Majjhimapaºº±sa-aµµhakath± : 1 - 3309

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato samm±sambuddhassa

Majjhimanik±ye

Majjhimapaºº±sa-aµµhakath±

1. Gahapativaggo

1. Kandarakasuttavaººan±

1. Eva½ (3.0001) me sutanti kandarakasutta½. Tattha camp±yanti eva½n±-

make nagare. Tassa hi nagarassa ±r±mapokkharaº²-±d²su tesu tesu µh±nesu
campakarukkh±va ussann± ahesu½, tasm± camp±ti saªkhamagam±si. Gaggar±ya
pokkharaºiy± t²reti tassa camp±nagarassa avid³re gaggar±ya n±ma r±jamahe-
siy± khaºitatt± gaggar±ti laddhavoh±r± pokkharaº² atthi. Tass± t²re samantato n²l±-
dipañcavaººakusumapaµimaº¹ita½ mahanta½ campakavana½. Tasmi½
bhagav± kusumagandhasugandhe campakavane viharati. Ta½ sandh±ya “gagga-
r±ya pokkharaºiy± t²re”ti vutta½. Mahat± bhikkhusaªghena saddhinti adassitapa-
ricchedena mahantena bhikkhusaªghena saddhi½. Pessoti tassa n±ma½. Hatth±-
rohaputtoti hatth±cariyassa putto. Kandarako Ca paribb±jakoTi kandarakoti eva½-
n±mo channaparibb±jako. Abhiv±detv±ti chabbaºº±na½ ghanabuddharasm²na½
antara½ pavisitv± pasannal±kh±rase nimujjam±no viya, siªg²suvaººavaººa½
dussavara½ pas±retv± sas²sa½ p±rupam±no viya, vaººagandhasampannacampa-
kapupph±ni siras± sampaµicchanto viya, sinerup±da½ upagacchanto puººacando
viya bhagavato cakkalakkhaºapaµimaº¹ite alattakavaººaphullapadumasassirike
p±de vanditv±ti attho. Ekamanta½ nis²d²ti chanisajjadosavirahite ekasmi½ ok±se
nis²di.
Tuºh²bh³ (3.0002) ta½ tuºh²bh³tanti yato yato anuviloketi, tato tato tuºh²bh³ta-
mev±ti attho. Tattha hi ekabhikkhuss±pi hatthakukkucca½ v± p±dakukkucca½ v±
natthi, sabbe bhagavato ceva g±ravena attano ca sikkhitasikkhat±ya aññamañña½
vigatasall±p± antamaso ukk±sitasaddampi akaront± sunikh±ta-indakh²l± viya niv±-
taµµh±ne sannisinna½ mah±samudda-udaka½ viya k±yenapi niccal± manas±pi
avikkhitt± rattaval±hak± viya sineruk³µa½ bhagavanta½ pariv±retv± nis²di½su.
Paribb±jakassa eva½ sannisinna½ parisa½ disv± mahanta½ p²tisomanassa½
uppajji. Uppanna½ pana antohadayasmi½yeva sannidahitu½ asakkonto piyasa-
mud±h±ra½ samuµµh±pesi. Tasm± acchariya½ bhoti-±dim±ha.
 Tattha andhassa pabbat±rohana½ viya nicca½ na hot²ti acchariya½. Aya½ t±va
saddanayo. Aya½ pana aµµhakath±nayo, acchar±yogganti acchariya½. Acchara½
paharitu½ yuttanti attho. Abh³tapubba½ bh³tanti abbhuta½. Ubhayampeta½
vimhayassev±dhivacana½. Ta½ paneta½ garaha-acchariya½, pasa½s±-acchari-
yanti duvidha½ hoti. Tattha acchariya½ moggall±na abbhuta½ moggall±na, y±va
b±h±gahaº±pi n±ma so moghapuriso ±gamessat²ti (c³¼ava. 383; a. ni. 8.20), ida½
garaha-acchariya½ n±ma. “Acchariya½ nandam±te abbhuta½ nandam±te, yatra
hi n±ma cittupp±dampi parisodhessas²ti (a. ni. 7.53) ida½ pasa½s±-acchariya½
n±ma. Idh±pi idameva adhippeta½” ayañhi ta½ pasa½santo evam±ha.
Y±vañcidanti ettha idanti nip±tamatta½. Y±v±ti pam±ºaparicchedo, y±va
samm± paµip±dito, yattakena pam±ºena samm± paµip±dito, na sakk± tassa vaººe
vattu½, atha kho acchariyameveta½ abbhutamevetanti vutta½ hoti. Etaparama½ye-
v±ti eva½ samm± paµip±dito eso bhikkhusaªgho tass±pi bhikkhusaªghassa para-
moti etaparamo, ta½ etaparama½ yath± aya½ paµip±dito, eva½ paµip±dita½ katv±
paµip±desu½, na ito bhiyyoti attho. Dutiyanaye eva½ paµip±dessanti, na ito
bhiyyoti yojetabba½. Tattha paµip±ditoti ±bhisam±c±rikavatta½ ±di½ katv±
samm± apaccan²kapaµipattiya½ yojito. Atha kasm± aya½ paribb±jako (3.0003) at²-
t±n±gate buddhe dasseti, kimassa tiyaddhaj±nanañ±ºa½ atth²ti. Natthi, naya-
gg±he pana µhatv± “yen±k±rena aya½ bhikkhusaªgho sannisinno danto vin²to upa-
santo, at²tabuddh±pi etaparama½yeva katv± paµipajj±pesu½, an±gatabuddh±pi
paµipajj±pessanti, natthi ito uttari paµip±dan±”ti maññam±no anubuddhiy± eva-
m±ha.
2. Evameta½ kandarak±ti p±µi-ekko anusandhi. Bhagav± kira ta½ sutv± “kanda-
raka tva½ bhikkhusaªgha½ upasantoti vadasi, imassa pana bhikkhusaªghassa
upasantak±raºa½ tuyha½ ap±kaµa½, na hi tva½ samati½sa p±ramiy± p³retv±
kusalam³la½ parip±cetv± bodhipallaªke sabbaññutaññ±ºa½ paµivijjhi, may± pana
p±ramiyo p³retv± ñ±tatthacariya½ lokatthacariya½ buddhatthacariyañca koµi½
p±petv± bodhipallaªke sabbaññutaññ±ºa½ paµividdha½, mayha½ etesa½ upasa-
ntak±raºa½ p±kaµan”ti dassetu½ ima½ desana½ ±rabhi.
Santi hi kandarak±ti ayampi p±µi-ekko anusandhi. Bhagavato kira etadahosi–
“aya½ paribb±jako ima½ bhikkhusaªgha½ upasantoti vadati, ayañca bhikkhu-
saªgho kappetv± pakappetv± kuhakabh±vena iriy±patha½ saºµhapento cittena
anupasanto na upasant±k±ra½ dasseti. Ettha pana bhikkhusaªghe paµipada½
p³rayam±n±pi paµipada½ p³retv± matthaka½ patv± µhitabhikkh³pi atthi, tattha
paµipada½ p³retv± matthaka½ patt± attan± paµividdhaguºeheva upasant±, paµi-
pada½ p³rayam±n± uparimaggassa vipassan±ya upasant±, ito mutt± pana ava-
ses± cat³hi satipaµµh±nehi upasant±. Ta½ nesa½ upasantak±raºa½ dassess±m²”-
ti “imin± ca imin± ca k±raºena aya½ bhikkhusaªgho upasanto”ti dassetu½ “santi
hi kandarak±”ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha arahanto kh²º±sav±ti-±d²su ya½ vattabba½, ta½ m³lapariy±yasuttava-
ººan±yameva vutta½. Sekhapaµipadampi tattheva vitth±rita½. Santatas²l±ti satata-
s²l± nirantaras²l±. Santatavuttinoti tasseva vevacana½, santataj²vik± v±tipi attho.
Tasmi½ santatas²le µhatv±va j²vika½ kappenti, na duss²lya½ maraºa½ p±puºa-
nt²ti attho.
Nipak±ti nepakkena samann±gat± paññavanto. Nipakavuttinoti paññ±ya vuttino,
paññ±ya µhatv± j²vika½ kappenti. Yath± ekacco s±sane pabbajitv±pi (3.0004) j²vita-
k±raº± chasu agocaresu carati, vesiy±gocaro hoti, vidhavathullakum±rikapaº¹aka-
p±n±g±rabhikkhunigocaro hoti. Sa½saµµho viharati r±j³hi r±jamah±mattehi titthi-
yehi titthiyas±vakehi ananulomikena gihisa½saggena (vibha. 514), vejjakamma½
karoti, d³takamma½ karoti, pahiºakamma½ karoti, gaº¹a½ ph±leti, aruma-
kkhana½ deti, uddha½virecana½ deti, adhovirecana½ deti, natthutela½ pacati,
pivanatela½ pacati, ve¼ud±na½, pattad±na½, pupphad±na½, phalad±na½, sin±na-
d±na½, dantakaµµhad±na½, mukhodakad±na½, cuººamattikad±na½ deti, c±µu-
kamya½ karoti, muggas³piya½, p±ribhaµu½, jaªghapesaniya½ karot²ti ekav²sativi-
dh±ya anesan±ya j²vika½ kappento anipakavutti n±ma hoti, na paññ±ya µhatv±
j²vika½ kappeti, tato k±lakiriya½ katv± samaºayakkho n±ma hutv± “tassa saªgh±-
µipi ±ditt± hoti sampajjalit±”ti vuttanayena mah±dukkha½ anubhoti. Eva½vidh±
ahutv± j²vitahetupi sikkh±pada½ anatikkamanto catup±risuddhis²le patiµµh±ya
yath±bala½ buddhavacana½ uggaºhitv± rathavin²tapaµipada½, mah±gosiªgapaµi-
pada½, mah±suññatapaµipada½, anaªgaºapaµipada½, dhammad±y±dapaµipada½,
n±lakapaµipada½, tuvaµµakapaµipada½, candopamapaµipadanti im±ni ariyapaµipa-
d±ni p³rento catupaccaya-santosa-bh±van±r±ma-ariyava½sapaµipattiya½ k±yasa-
kkhino hutv± an²k± nikkhantahatth² viya y³th± vissaµµhas²ho viya nipacch±bandha-
mah±n±v± viya ca gaman±d²su ekavih±rino vipassana½ paµµhapetv± ajja-ajjeva
arahattanti pavatta-uss±h± viharant²ti attho.
Suppatiµµhitacitt±ti cat³su satipaµµh±nesu suµµhapitacitt± hutv±. Ses± satipaµµh±-
nakath± heµµh± vitth±rit±va. Idha pana lokiyalokuttaramissak± satipaµµh±n± kathit±,
ettakena bhikkhusaªghassa upasantak±raºa½ kathita½ hoti.
3. Y±va supaññatt±ti y±va suµµhapit± sudesit±. Mayampi hi, bhanteti imin± esa
attano k±rakabh±va½ dasseti, bhikkhusaªghañca ukkhipati. Ayañhettha adhi-
pp±yo, mayampi hi, bhante, gihi …pe… suppatiµµhitacitt± vihar±ma, bhikkhusa-
ªghassa pana ayameva kasi ca b²jañca yuganaªgalañca ph±lap±canañca, tasm±
bhikkhusaªgho sabbak±la½ satipaµµh±napar±yaºo, maya½ (3.0005) pana k±lena
k±la½ ok±sa½ labhitv± eta½ manasik±ra½ karoma, mayampi k±rak±, na sabbaso
vissaµµhakammaµµh±n±yev±ti. Manussagahaneti manuss±na½ ajjh±sayagaha-
nena gahanat±, ajjh±sayass±pi nesa½ kilesagahanena gahanat± veditabb±. Kasa-
µas±µheyyesupi eseva nayo. Tattha aparisuddhaµµhena kasaµat±, ker±µiyaµµhena
s±µheyyat± veditabb±. Satt±na½ hit±hita½ j±n±t²ti eva½ gahanakasaµaker±µiy±na½
manuss±na½ hit±hitapaµipada½ y±va suµµhu bhagav± j±n±ti. Yadida½ pasavoti
ettha sabb±pi catuppadaj±ti pasavoti adhippet±. Pahom²ti sakkomi. Y±vatakena
antaren±ti yattakena khaºena. Campa½ gat±gata½ karissat²ti assamaº¹alato
y±va camp±nagaradv±r± gamanañca ±gamanañca karissati. S±µheyy±n²ti saµha-
tt±ni. K³µeyy±n²ti k³µatt±ni. Vaªkeyy±n²ti vaªkatt±ni. Jimheyy±n²ti jimhatt±ni. P±tuka-
rissat²ti pak±sessati dassessati. Na hi sakk± tena t±ni ettakena antarena dassetu½.
 Tattha yassa kismiñcideva µh±ne µh±tuk±massa sato ya½ µh±na½ manuss±na½
sappaµibhaya½, purato gantv± vañcetv± µhass±m²ti na hoti, tasmi½ µh±tuk±maµµh±-
neyeva nikh±tatthambho viya catt±ro p±de niccale katv± tiµµhati, aya½ saµho n±ma.
Yassa pana kismiñcideva µh±ne avacchinditv± khandhagata½ p±tetuk±massa
sato ya½ µh±na½ manuss±na½ sappaµibhaya½, purato gantv± vañcetv± p±tess±-
m²ti na hoti, tattheva avacchinditv± p±teti, aya½ k³µo n±ma. Yassa kismiñcideva
µh±ne magg± ukkamma nivattitv± paµimagga½ ±rohituk±massa sato ya½ µh±na½
manuss±na½ sappaµibhaya½, purato gantv± vañcetv± eva½ kariss±m²ti na hoti,
tattheva magg± ukkamma nivattitv± paµimagga½ ±rohati, aya½ vaªko n±ma.
Yassa pana k±lena v±mato k±lena dakkhiºato k±lena ujumaggeneva gantuk±-
massa sato ya½ µh±na½ manuss±na½ sappaµibhaya½, purato gantv± vañcetv±
eva½ kariss±m²ti na hoti, tattheva k±lena v±mato k±lena dakkhiºato k±lena uju-
magga½ gacchati, tath± laº¹a½ v± pass±va½ v± vissajjetuk±massa sato ida½
µh±na½ susammaµµha½ ±kiººamanussa½ ramaº²ya½, imasmi½ µh±ne evar³pa½
k±tu½ na yutta½, purato gantv± paµicchannaµh±ne kariss±m²ti na hoti, tattheva
karoti, aya½ jimho n±ma. Iti ima½ catubbidhampi kiriya½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½.
Sabb±ni t±ni s±µheyy±ni (3.0006) k³µeyy±ni vaªkeyy±ni jimheyy±ni p±tukarissat²ti
eva½ karont±pi te saµh±dayo t±ni s±µheyy±d²ni p±tukaronti n±ma.
Eva½ pas³na½ utt±nabh±va½ dassetv± id±ni manuss±na½ gahanabh±va½
dassento amh±ka½ pana, bhanteti-±dim±ha. Tattha d±s±ti antoj±tak± v± dhana-
kk²t± v± karamar±n²t± v± saya½ v± d±sabya½ upagat±. Pess±ti pesanak±rak±.
Kammakar±ti bhattavetanabhat±. Aññath±va k±yen±ti aññenev±k±rena k±yena
samud±caranti, aññenev±k±rena v±c±ya, aññena ca nesa½ ±k±rena citta½ µhita½
hot²ti dasseti. Tattha ye sammukh± s±mike disv± paccuggamana½ karonti,
hatthato bhaº¹aka½ gaºhanti, ima½ vissajjetv± ima½ gaºhant± ses±nipi ±sana-
paññ±pana-t±lavaºµab²jana-p±dadhovan±d²ni sabb±ni kicc±ni karonti, parammu-
khak±le pana telampi uttaranta½ na olokenti, satagghanakepi sahassagghana-
kepi kamme parih±yante nivattitv± oloketumpi na icchanti, ime aññath± k±yena
samud±caranti n±ma. Ye pana sammukh± “amh±ka½ s±mi amh±ka½ ayyo”ti-±-
d²ni vatv± pasa½santi, parammukh± avattabba½ n±ma natthi, ya½ icchanti, ta½
vadanti, ime aññath± v±c±ya samud±caranti n±ma.
4. Catt±rome pessapuggal±ti ayampi p±µi-ekko anusandhi. Ayañhi pesso “y±va-
ñcida½, bhante, bhagav± eva½ manussagahaºe eva½ manussakasaµe eva½
manussas±µheyye vattam±ne satt±na½ hit±hita½ j±n±t²”ti ±ha. Purime ca tayo
puggal± ahitapaµipada½ paµipann±, upari catuttho hitapaµipada½, evamaha½
satt±na½ hit±hita½ j±n±m²ti dassetu½ ima½ desana½ ±rabhi. Heµµh± kandara-
kassa
kath±ya saddhi½ yojetumpi vaµµati. Tena vutta½ “y±vañcida½ bhot± gotamena
samm± bhikkhusaªgho paµip±dito”ti. Athassa bhagav± “purime tayo puggale
pah±ya upari catutthapuggalassa hitapaµipattiya½yeva paµip±dem²”ti dassentopi
ima½ desana½ ±rabhi. Santoti ida½ sa½vijjam±n±ti padasseva vevacana½.
“Sant± honti samit± v³pasant±”ti (vibha. 542) ettha hi niruddh± sant±ti vutt±.
“Sant± ete vih±r± ariyassa vinaye vuccant²”ti ettha (ma. ni. 1.82) nibbut±. “Santo
have sabbhi pavedayant²”ti ettha (j±. 2.21.413) paº¹it±. Idha pana vijjam±n± upala-
bbham±n±ti attho.
Attantap±d²su (3.0007) att±na½ tapati dukkh±pet²ti attantapo. Attano parit±pan±-
nuyoga½ attaparit±pan±nuyoga½. Para½ tapati dukkh±pet²ti parantapo. Paresa½
parit±pan±nuyoga½ paraparit±pan±nuyoga½. Diµµheva dhammeti imasmi½yeva
attabh±ve. Nicch±toti ch±ta½ vuccati taºh±, s± assa natth²ti nicch±to. Sabbakile-
s±na½ nibbutatt± nibbuto. Anto t±panakiles±na½ abh±v± s²talo j±toti s²tibh³to.
Jh±namaggaphalanibb±nasukh±ni paµisa½vedet²ti sukhapaµisa½ved². Brahmabh³-
tena attan±ti seµµhabh³tena attan±. Citta½ ±r±dhet²ti citta½ samp±deti, parip³reti
gaºh±ti pas±det²ti attho.
5. Dukkhapaµikk³lanti dukkhassa paµik³la½, paccan²kasaºµhita½ dukkha½ apa-
tthayam±nanti attho.
6. Paº¹itoti idha cat³hi k±raºehi paº¹itoti na vattabbo, satipaµµh±nesu pana
kamma½ karot²ti paº¹itoti vattu½ vaµµati. Mah±paññoti idampi mahante atthe pari-
ggaºh±t²ti-±din± mah±paññalakkhaºena na vattabba½, satipaµµh±naparigg±hi-
k±ya pana paññ±ya samann±gatatt± mah±paññoti vattu½ vaµµati. Mahat± atthena
sa½yutto agamiss±ti mahat± atthena sa½yutto hutv± gato bhaveyya, sot±patti-
phala½ p±puºeyy±ti attho. Ki½ pana yesa½ maggaphal±na½ upanissayo atthi,
buddh±na½ sammukh²bh±ve µhitepi tesa½ antar±yo hot²ti. ¾ma hoti, na pana
buddhe paµicca, atha kho kiriyaparih±niy± v± p±pamittat±ya v± hoti. Tattha kiriya-
parih±niy± hoti n±ma– sace hi dhammasen±pati dhanañj±nissa br±hmaºassa
±saya½ ñatv± dhamma½ adesayiss±, so br±hmaºo sot±panno abhaviss±, eva½
t±va kiriyaparih±niy± hoti. P±pamittat±ya hoti n±ma– sace hi aj±tasattu devada-
ttassa vacana½ gahetv± pitugh±takamma½ n±kariss±, s±maññaphalasuttakathita-
divaseva sot±panno abhaviss±, tassa vacana½ gahetv± pitugh±takammassa
katatt± pana na hoti, eva½ p±pamittat±ya hoti. Imass±pi up±sakassa kiriyapari-
h±ni j±t±, apariniµµhit±ya desan±ya uµµhahitv± pakkanto. Apica, bhikkhave, ett±va-
t±pi pesso hatth±rohaputto mahat± atthena sa½yuttoti katarena mahantena
atthena? Dv²hi ±nisa½sehi. So kira up±sako saªghe ca pas±da½ paµilabhi, satipa-
µµh±napariggahaºatth±ya cassa abhinavo nayo udap±di. Tena vutta½ “mahat±
atthena sa½yutto”ti. Kandarako pana saªghe pas±dameva (3.0008) paµilabhi.
Etassa bhagav± k±loti etassa dhammakkh±nassa, catunna½ v± puggal±na½
vibhajanassa k±lo.
8. Orabbhik±d²su urabbh± vuccanti e¼ak±, urabbhe hanat²ti orabbhiko. S³karik±-
d²supi eseva nayo. Luddoti d±ruºo kakkha¼o. Macchagh±takoti macchabandhake-
vaµµo. Bandhan±g±rikoti bandhan±g±ragopako. Kururakammant±ti d±ruºaka-
mmant±.
9. Muddh±vasittoTi khattiy±bhisekena muddhani abhisitto. Puratthimena nagara-
ss±ti nagarato puratthimadis±ya. Santh±g±ranti yaññas±la½. Khar±jina½ niv±se-
tv±ti sakhura½ ajinacamma½ niv±setv±. Sappitelen±ti sappin± ca telena ca.
Ýhapetv± hi sappi½ avaseso yo koci sneho telanti vuccati. Kaº¹³vam±noTi
nakh±na½ chinnatt± kaº¹³vitabbak±le tena kaº¹³vam±no. Anantarahit±y±ti asa-
nthat±ya. Sar³pavacch±y±ti sadisavacch±ya. Sace g±v² set± hoti, vacchopi seta-
kova. Sace g±v² kabar± v± ratt± v±, vacchopi t±diso v±ti eva½ sar³pavacch±ya. So
evam±h±ti so r±j± eva½ vadeti. Vacchatar±ti taruºavacchakabh±va½ atikkant±
balavavacch±. Vacchatar²supi eseva nayo. Barihisatth±y±ti parikkhepakaraºa-
tth±ya ceva yaññabh³miya½ attharaºatth±ya ca. Sesa½ heµµh± tattha tattha vitth±-
ritatt± utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Kandarakasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

2. Aµµhakan±garasuttavaººan±

17. Eva½ me sutanti aµµhakan±garasutta½. Tattha beluvag±maketi ves±liy±

dakkhiºapasse avid³re beluvag±mako n±ma atthi, ta½ gocarag±ma½ katv±ti
attho. Dasamoti so hi j±tigottavasena ceva (3.0009) s±rappattakulagaºan±ya ca
dasame µh±ne gaº²yati, tenassa dasamotveva n±ma½ j±ta½. Aµµhakan±garoti
aµµhakanagarav±s². Kukkuµ±r±moti kukkuµaseµµhin± k±rito ±r±mo.
18. Tena bhagavat± …pe… akkh±toti ettha aya½ saªkhepattho, yo so bhagav±
samati½sa p±ramiyo p³retv± sabbakilese bhañjitv± anuttara½ samm±sambodhi½
abhisambuddho, tena bhagavat±, tesa½ tesa½ satt±na½ ±say±nusaya½ j±nat±,
hatthatale µhapita-±malaka½ viya sabba½ ñeyyadhamma½ passat±. Apica pubbe-
niv±s±d²hi j±nat±, dibbena cakkhun± passat±, t²hi vijj±hi chahi v± pana abhiññ±hi
j±nat±, sabbattha appaµihatena samantacakkhun± passat±, sabbadhammaj±nana-
samatth±ya paññ±ya j±nat±, sabbasatt±na½ cakkhuvisay±t²t±ni tirokuµµ±digat±-
nipi r³p±ni ativisuddhena ma½sacakkhun± passat±, attahitas±dhik±ya sam±dhipa-
daµµh±n±ya paµivedhapaññ±ya j±nat±, parahitas±dhik±ya karuº±padaµµh±n±ya
desan±paññ±ya passat±, ar²na½ hatatt± paccay±d²nañca arahatt± arahat±,
samm± s±mañca sacc±na½ buddhatt± samm±sambuddhena. Antar±yikadhamme
v± j±nat±, niyy±nikadhamme passat±, kiles±r²na½ hatatt± arahat±, s±ma½ sabba-
dhamm±na½ buddhatt± samm±sambuddhen±ti eva½ catuves±rajjavasena
cat³hi k±raºehi thomitena. Atthi nu kho eko dhammo akkh±toti.
19. Abhisaªkhatanti kata½ upp±dita½. Abhisañcetayitanti cetayita½ pakappita½.
So tattha µhitoti so tasmi½ samathavipassan±dhamme µhito. Dhammar±gena
dhammanandiy±ti padadvayehi samathavipassan±su chandar±go vutto. Samatha-
vipassan±su hi sabbena sabba½ chandar±ga½ pariy±diyitu½ sakkonto arah±
hoti, asakkonto an±g±m² hoti. So samathavipassan±su chandar±gassa appah²-
natt± catutthajjh±nacetan±ya suddh±v±se nibbattati, aya½ ±cariy±na½ sam±na-
kath±.
Vitaº¹av±d² pan±ha “teneva dhammar±gen±ti vacanato akusalena suddh±v±se
nibbattat²”ti so “sutta½ ±har±”ti vattabbo, addh± añña½ apassanto idameva ±hari-
ssati, tato vattabbo “ki½ panida½ sutta½ neyyattha½ n²tatthan”ti, addh± n²ta-
tthanti vakkhati. Tato vattabbo– eva½ sante an±g±miphalatthikena (3.0010) sama-
thavipassan±su chandar±go kattabbo bhavissati, chandar±ge upp±dite an±g±mi-
phala½ paµividdha½ bhavissati “m± sutta½ me laddhan”ti ya½ v± ta½ v± d²pehi.
Pañha½ kathentena hi ±cariyassa santike uggahetv± attharasa½ paµivijjhitv±
kathetu½ vaµµati, akusalena hi sagge, kusalena v± ap±ye paµisandhi n±ma natthi.
Vuttañheta½ bhagavat±–
“Na, bhikkhave, lobhajena kammena dosajena kammena mohajena
kammena dev± paññ±yanti, manuss± paññ±yanti, y± v± panaññ±pi k±ci suga-
tiyo, atha kho, bhikkhave, lobhajena kammena dosajena kammena mohajena
kammena nirayo paññ±yati, tiracch±nayoni paññ±yati, pettivisayo paññ±yati, y±
v± panaññ±pi k±ci duggatiyo”ti–
Eva½ paññ±petabbo. Sace sañj±n±ti sañj±n±tu, no ce sañj±n±ti, “gaccha
p±tova vih±ra½ pavisitv± y±gu½ piv±h²”ti uyyojetabbo.
Yath± ca pana imasmi½ sutte, eva½ mah±m±lukyov±depi mah±satipaµµh±nepi
k±yagat±satisuttepi samathavipassan± kathit±. Tattha imasmi½ sutte samathava-
sena gacchatopi vipassan±vasena gacchatopi samathadhurameva dhura½, mah±-
m±lukyov±de vipassan±va dhura½, mah±satipaµµh±na½ pana vipassanuttara½
n±ma kathita½, k±yagat±satisutta½ samathuttaranti.
Aya½ kho gahapati …pe… ekadhammo akkh±toti ekadhamma½ pucchitena
ayampi ekadhammoti eva½ pucch±vasena kathitatt± ek±dasapi dhamm± eka-
dhammo n±ma j±to. Mah±sakulud±yisuttasmiñhi ek³nav²sati pabb±ni paµipad±va-
sena ekadhammo n±ma j±t±ni, idha ek±dasapucch±vasena ekadhammoti ±ga-
t±ni. Amatuppattiyatthena v± sabb±nipi ekadhammoti vattu½ vaµµati.
21. Nidhimukha½ gavesantoti nidhi½ pariyesanto. Sakidev±ti ekapayogena.
Katha½ pana ekapayogeneva ek±dasanna½ nidh²na½ adhigamo hot²ti. Idhe-
kacco araññe nidhi½ gavesam±no carati, tamena½ aññataro atthacarako disv±
“ki½ bho caras²”ti pucchati. So “j²vitavutti½ pariyes±m²”ti (3.0011) ±ha. Itaro “tena
hi samma ±gaccha, eta½ p±s±ºa½ pavatteh²”ti ±ha. So ta½ pavattetv± upar³pari
µhapit± v± kucchiy± kucchi½ ±hacca µhit± v± ek±dasa kumbhiyo passeyya, eva½
ekapayogena ek±dasanna½ nidh²na½ adhigamo hoti.
¾cariyadhana½ pariyesissant²ti aññatitthiy± hi yassa santike sippa½ ugga-
ºhanti, tassa sippuggahaºato pure v± pacch± v± antarantare v± gehato n²haritv±
dhana½ denti. Yesa½ gehe natthi, te ñ±tisabh±gato pariyesanti, tath± alabha-
m±n± bhikkhampi caritv± dentiyeva. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½.
 Kimaªga½ pan±hanti b±hirak± t±va aniyy±nikepi s±sane sippamattad±yakassa
dhana½ pariyesanti; aha½ pana eva½vidhe niyy±nikas±sane ek±dasavidha½
amatuppattipaµipada½ desentassa ±cariyassa p³ja½ ki½ na kariss±mi, kariss±mi-
yev±ti vadati. Paccekadussayugena acch±des²ti ekamekassa bhikkhuno ekeka½
dussayugamad±s²ti attho. Samud±c±ravacana½ panettha evar³pa½ hoti, tasm±
acch±des²ti vutta½. Pañcasatavih±ranti pañcasatagghanika½ paººas±la½ k±re-
s²ti attho. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Aµµhakan±garasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

3. Sekhasuttavaººan±

22. Eva½ me sutanti sekhasutta½. Tattha nava½ santh±g±ranti adhun± k±rita½

santh±g±ra½, ek± mah±s±l±ti attho. Uyyogak±l±d²su hi r±j±no tattha µhatv±
“ettak± purato gacchantu, ettak± pacch±, ettak± ubhohi passehi, ettak± hatth²su
abhiruhantu, ettak± assesu, ettak± rathesu tiµµhant³”ti eva½ santha½ karonti,
mariy±da½ bandhanti, tasm± ta½ µh±na½ santh±g±ranti vuccati. Uyyogaµµh±nato
ca ±gantv± y±va gehesu allagomayaparibhaº¹±d²ni karonti, t±va dve t²ºi divas±ni
te r±j±no tattha santhambhant²tipi santh±g±ra½. Tesa½ r±j³na½ saha atth±nus±-
sana½ ag±rantipi santh±g±ra½ gaºar±j±no hi te (3.0012), tasm± uppannakicca½
ekassa vasena na chijjati, sabbesa½ chando laddhu½ vaµµati, tasm± sabbe tattha
sannipatitv± anus±santi. Tena vutta½ “saha atth±nus±sana½ ag±rantipi santh±g±-
ran”ti. Yasm± panete tattha sannipatitv± “imasmi½ k±le kasitu½ vaµµati, imasmi½
k±le vapitun”ti evam±din± nayena ghar±v±sakicc±ni sammantayanti, tasm±
chidd±vachidda½ ghar±v±sa½ tattha santharant²tipi santh±g±ra½. Acirak±rita½
hot²ti kaµµhakamma-sil±kamma-cittakamm±divasena susajjita½ devavim±na½
viya adhun± niµµh±pita½. Samaºena v±ti ettha yasm±
gharavatthupariggahak±leyeva devat± attano vasanaµµh±na½ gaºhanti, tasm±
“devena v±”ti avatv± “samaºena v± br±hmaºena v± kenaci v± manussabh³ten±”-
ti vutta½.
Yena bhagav± tenupasaªkami½s³ti santh±g±ra½ niµµhitanti sutv± “gacch±ma,
na½ passiss±m±”ti gantv± dv±rakoµµhakato paµµh±ya sabba½ oloketv± “ida½
santh±g±ra½ devavim±nasadisa½ ativiya manorama½ sassirika½ kena
paµhama½ paribhutta½ amh±ka½ d²gharatta½ hit±ya sukh±ya ass±”ti cintetv±
“amh±ka½ ñ±tiseµµhassa paµhama½ diyyam±nepi satthunova anucchavika½,
dakkhiºeyyavasena diyyam±nepi satthunova anucchavika½, tasm± paµhama½
satth±ra½ paribhuñj±pess±ma, bhikkhusaªghassa ±gamana½ kariss±ma,
bhikkhusaªghe ±gate tepiµaka½ buddhavacana½ ±gatameva bhavissati,
satth±ra½ tiy±maratti½ amh±ka½ dhammakatha½ kath±pess±ma, iti t²hi ratanehi
paribhutta½ maya½ pacch± paribhuñjiss±ma, eva½ no d²gharatta½ hit±ya
sukh±ya bhavissat²”ti sanniµµh±na½ katv± upasaªkami½su.
Yena santh±g±ra½ tenupasaªkami½s³ti ta½ divasa½ kira santh±g±ra½
kiñc±pi r±jakul±na½ dassanatth±ya devavim±na½ viya susajjita½ hoti supaµija-
ggita½, buddh±raha½ pana katv± appaññatta½. Buddh± hi n±ma araññajjh±say±
araññ±r±m± antog±me vaseyyu½ v± no v±, tasm± bhagavato mana½ j±nitv±va
paññ±pess±m±ti cintetv± te bhagavanta½ upasaªkami½su. Id±ni pana mana½
labhitv± paññ±petuk±m± yena santh±g±ra½ tenupasaªkami½su.
Sabbasanthari½ santh±g±ra½ santharitv±ti yath± sabbameva santhata½ hoti,
eva½ ta½ santhar±petv±. Sabbapaµhama½ t±va “gomaya½ n±ma sabbamaªga-
lesu vaµµat²”ti (3.0013) sudh±parikammakatampi bh³mi½ allagomayena opuñch±-
petv± parisukkhabh±va½ ñatv± yath± akkantaµµh±ne pada½ na paññ±yati, eva½
catujj±tiyagandhehi limp±petv± upari n±n±vaººe kaµas±rake santharitv± tesa½
upari mah±piµµhikakojavake ±di½ katv± hatthattharaka-assattharaka-s²hattharaka-
byagghattharakacandattharaka-s³riyattharaka-cittattharak±d²hi n±n±vaººehi
attharaºehi santharitabbakayutta½ sabbok±sa½ santhar±pesu½. Tena vutta½
“sabbasanthari½ santh±g±ra½ santharitv±”ti.
¾san±ni paññ±petv±ti majjhaµµh±ne t±va maªgalatthambha½ niss±ya mah±-
raha½ buddh±sana½ paññ±petv± tattha ya½ ya½ mudukañca manoramañca
paccattharaºa½, ta½ ta½ paccattharitv± bhagavato lohitaka½ manuññadassana½
upadh±na½ upadahitv± upari suvaººarajatat±rakavicitta½ vit±na½ bandhitv±
gandhad±mapupphad±mapattad±m±d²hi paccattharaºehi alaªkaritv± samant±
dv±dasahatthaµµh±ne pupphaj±la½ karitv± ti½sahatthamatta½ µh±na½ paµas±ºiy±
parikkhip±petv± pacchimabhitti½ niss±ya bhikkhusaªghassa pallaªkap²µha-apa-
ssayap²µha-muº¹ap²µh±ni paññ±petv± upari setapaccattharaºehi paccatthar±-
petv± p±c²nabhitti½ niss±ya attano attano mah±piµµhikakojavake paññ±petv±
ha½salom±dip³rit±ni upadh±n±ni µhap±pesu½ “eva½ akilamam±n± sabbaratti½
dhamma½ suºiss±m±”ti. Ida½ sandh±ya vutta½ “±san±ni paññ±petv±”ti.
Udakamaºikanti mah±kucchika½ udakac±µi½. Upaµµhapetv±ti eva½ bhagav± ca
bhikkhusaªgho ca yath±ruciy± hatthe v± dhovissanti p±de v±, mukha½ v± vikkh±-
lessant²ti tesu tesu µh±nesu maºivaººassa udakassa p³r±petv± v±satth±ya n±n±-
pupph±ni ceva udakav±sacuºº±ni ca pakkhipitv± kadalipaººehi pidahitv± patiµµh±-
pesu½. Ida½ sandh±ya vutta½ “upaµµhapetv±”ti.
Telappad²pa½ ±ropetv±ti rajatasuvaºº±dimayadaº¹±su d²pik±su yonakar³paki-
r±tar³pak±d²na½ hatthe µhapitasuvaººarajat±dimayakapallak±d²su ca telappa-
d²pa½ jalayitv±ti attho. Yena bhagav± tenupasaªkami½s³ti ettha pana te sakyar±-
j±no na kevala½ santh±g±rameva, atha kho yojan±vaµµe kapilavatthusmi½ nagara-
v²thiyopi sammajj±petv± dhaje (3.0014) uss±petv± gehadv±resu puººaghaµe ca
kadaliyo ca µhap±petv± sakalanagara½ d²pam±l±d²hi vippakiººat±raka½ viya
katv± “kh²rap±yake d±rake kh²ra½ p±yetha, dahare kum±re lahu½ lahu½ bhojetv±
say±petha, ucc±sadda½ m± karittha, ajja ekaratti½ satth± antog±me vasissati,
buddh± n±ma appasaddak±m± hont²”ti bheri½ car±petv± saya½ daº¹ad²pik±
±d±ya yena bhagav± tenupasaªkami½su.
Atha kho bhagav± niv±setv± pattac²varam±d±ya saddhi½ bhikkhusaªghena
yena nava½ santh±g±ra½ tenupasaªkam²ti. “Yassa d±ni, bhante, bhagav± k±la½
maññat²”ti eva½ kira k±le ±rocite bhagav± l±kh±rasena tintarattakovi¼±rapuppha-
vaººa½ rattadupaµµa½ kattariy± paduma½ kantanto viya sa½vidh±ya timaº¹ala½
paµicch±dento niv±setv± suvaººap±maªgena padumakal±pa½ parikkhipanto viya
vijjullat±sassirika½ k±yabandhana½ bandhitv± rattakambalena gajakumbha½
pariyonaddhanto viya ratanasatubbedhe suvaººagghike pav±¼aj±la½ khipam±no
viya suvaººacetiye rattakambalakañcuka½ paµimuñcanto viya gacchanta½ puººa-
canda½ rattavaººaval±hakena paµicch±dayam±no viya kañcanapabbatamatthake
supakkal±kh±rasa½ parisiñcanto viya cittak³µapabbatamatthaka½ vijjullat±ya
parikkhipanto viya ca sacakkav±¼asineruyugandhara½ mah±pathavi½ c±letv±
gahita½ nigrodhapallavasam±navaººa½ rattavarapa½suk³la½ p±rupitv± gandha-
kuµidv±rato nikkhami kañcanaguhato s²ho viya udayapabbatak³µato puººacando
viya ca. Nikkhamitv± pana gandhakuµipamukhe aµµh±si.
Athassa k±yato meghamukhehi vijjukal±p± viya rasmiyo nikkhamitv± suvaººara-
sadh±r±parisekamañjaripattapupphaphalaviµape viya ±r±marukkhe kari½su. T±va-
deva ca attano attano pattac²varam±d±ya mah±bhikkhusaªgho bhagavanta½
pariv±resi. Te pana pariv±retv± µhit± bhikkh³ evar³p± ahesu½ appicch± santuµµh±
pavivitt± asa½saµµh± ±raddhav²riy± vatt±ro vacanakkham± codak± p±pagarah² s²la-
sampann± sam±dhisampann± paññ±vimuttivimuttiñ±ºadassanasampann±ti.
Tehi pariv±rito bhagav± rattakambalaparikkhitto viya suvaººakkhandho rattapadu-
masaº¹amajjhagat± viya suvaººan±v± pav±¼avedik±parikkhitto viya suvaººap±-
s±do virocittha. S±riputtamoggall±n±dayo mah±ther±pi na½ meghavaººa½
pa½suk³la½ (3.0015) p±rupitv± maºivammavammik± viya mah±n±g± pariv±ra-
yi½su vantar±g± bhinnakiles± vijaµitajaµ± chinnabandhan± kule v± gaºe v± alagg±.
Iti bhagav± saya½ v²tar±go v²tar±gehi, v²tadoso v²tadosehi, v²tamoho v²tamo-
hehi, nittaºho nittaºhehi, nikkileso nikkilesehi, saya½ buddho bahussutabuddhehi
pariv±rito, pattapariv±rita½ viya kesara½, kesarapariv±rit± viya kaººik±, aµµhan±-
gasahassapariv±rito viya chaddanto n±gar±j±, navutiha½sasahassapariv±rito viya
dhataraµµho ha½sar±j±, senaªgapariv±rito viya cakkavatti, marugaºapariv±rito
viya sakko devar±j±, brahmagaºapariv±rito viya h±ritamah±brahm±, t±r±gaºapari-
v±rito viya puººacando, asamena buddhavesena aparim±ºena buddhavil±sena
kapilavatthugamanamagga½ paµipajji.
Athassa puratthimak±yato suvaººavaºº± rasm² uµµhahitv± as²tihatthaµµh±na½
aggahesi. Pacchimak±yato dakkhiºahatthato, v±mahatthato suvaººavaºº± rasm²
uµµhahitv± as²tihatthaµµh±na½ aggahesi. Upari kesantato paµµh±ya sabbakes±va-
ttehi morag²vavaºº± rasm² uµµhahitv± gaganatale as²tihatthaµµh±na½ aggahesi.
Heµµh± p±datalehi pav±¼avaºº± rasm² uµµhahitv± ghanapathaviya½ as²tihattha-
µµh±na½ aggahesi. Eva½ samant± as²tihatthamatta½ µh±na½ chabbaºº± buddha-
rasmiyo vijjotam±n± vipphandam±n± kañcanadaº¹ad²pik±hi niccharitv± ±k±sa½
pakkhandaj±l± viya c±tudd²pikamah±meghato nikkhantavijjullat± viya vidh±vi½su.
Sabbadis±bh±g± suvaººacampakapupphehi vikiriyam±n± viya, suvaººaghaµ±
nikkhantasuvaººarasadh±r±hi siñcam±n± viya, pas±ritasuvaººapaµaparikkhitt±
viya, verambhav±tasamuµµhitaki½sukakaºik±rapupphacuººasamokiºº± viya
vippakiri½su.
Bhagavatopi as²ti-anubyañjanaby±mappabh±dvatti½savaralakkhaºasamujjala½
sar²ra½ samuggatat±raka½ viya gaganatala½, vikasitamiva padumavana½,
sabbap±liphullo viya yojanasatiko p±ricchattako, paµip±µiy± µhapit±na½ dvatti½s³-
cand±na½ dvatti½sas³riy±na½ dvatti½sacakkavatt²na½ dvatti½sadevar±j±na½
dvatti½samah±brahm±na½ (3.0016) siriy± siri½ abhibhavam±na½ viya virocittha,
yath± ta½ dasahi p±ram²hi dasahi upap±ram²hi dasahi paramatthap±ram²hi sup³-
rit±hi samati½sap±ramit±hi alaªkata½. Kappasatasahas±dhik±ni catt±ri asaªkhye-
yy±ni dinnad±na½ rakkhitas²la½ katakaly±ºakamma½ ekasmi½ attabh±ve osa-
ritv± vip±ka½ d±tu½ µh±na½ alabham±na½ samb±dhapatta½ viya ahosi. N±v±sa-
hassabhaº¹a½ ekan±va½ ±ropanak±lo viya, sakaµasahassabhaº¹a½ ekasa-
kaµa½ ±ropanak±lo viya, pañcav²satiy± nad²na½ oghassa sambhijja mukhadv±re
ekato r±s²bh³tak±lo viya ca ahosi.
Im±ya buddhasiriy± obh±sam±nass±pi ca bhagavato purato anek±ni daº¹ad²pi-
kasahass±ni ukkhipi½su. Tath± pacchato. V±mapasse dakkhiºapasse. J±tikusu-
macampakavanamallikarattuppalan²luppalamakulasinduv±rapupph±ni ceva n²la-
p²t±divaººasugandhagandhacuºº±ni ca c±tudd²pikameghavissaµµhodakavuµµhiyo
viya vippakiri½su. Pañcaªgikat³riyanigghos± ceva buddhadhammasaªghaguºa-
ppaµisa½yutt± thutighos± ca sabbadis± p³rayi½su. Devamanussan±gasupaººa-
gandhabbayakkh±d²na½ akkh²ni amatap±na½ viya labhi½su. Imasmi½ pana
µh±ne µhatv± padasahassena gamanavaººa½ vattu½ vaµµati. Tatrida½ mukha-
matta½–
“Eva½ sabbaªgasampanno, kampayanto vasundhara½;
aheµhayanto p±º±ni, y±ti lokavin±yako.
Dakkhiºa½ paµhama½ p±da½, uddharanto nar±sabho;
gacchanto sirisampanno, sobhate dvipaduttamo.
Gacchato buddhaseµµhassa, heµµh± p±datala½ mudu;
 sama½ samphusate bh³mi½, rajas± nupalippati.
Ninnaµµh±na½ unnamati, gacchante lokan±yake;
unnatañca sama½ hoti, pathav² ca acetan±.
P±s±º± sakkhar± ceva, kathal± kh±ºukaºµak±;
sabbe magg± vivajjanti, gacchante lokan±yake.
N±tid³re (3.0017) uddharati, nacc±sanne ca nikkhipa½;
aghaµµayanto niyy±ti, ubho j±º³ ca gopphake.
N±tis²gha½ pakkamati, sampannacaraºo muni;
na c±tisaºika½ y±ti, gaccham±no sam±hito.
Uddha½ adho ca tiriya½, disañca vidisa½ tath±;
na pekkham±no so y±ti, yugamattamhi pekkhati.
N±gavikkantac±ro so, gamane sobhate jino;
c±ru½ gacchati lokaggo, h±sayanto sadevake.
U¼ur±j±va sobhanto, catuc±r²va kesar²;
tosayanto bah³ satte, pura½ seµµha½ up±gam²”ti.
Vaººak±lo n±ma kiresa, eva½vidhesu k±lesu buddhassa sar²ravaººe v± guºa-
vaººe v± dhammakathikassa th±moyeva pam±ºa½ cuººiyapadehi v± g±th±ba-
ndhena v± yattaka½ sakkoti, tattaka½ vattabba½. Dukkathitanti na vattabba½.
Appam±ºavaºº± hi buddh±, tesa½ buddh±pi anavasesato vaººa½ vattu½ asa-
matth±, pageva itar± paj±ti. Imin± sirivil±sena alaªkatappaµiyatta½ sakyar±ja-
pura½ pavisitv± bhagav± pasannacittena janena gandhadh³mav±sacuºº±d²hi
p³jayam±no santh±g±ra½
p±visi. Tena vutta½– “atha kho bhagav± niv±setv± pattac²varam±d±ya saddhi½
bhikkhusaªghena yena eva½ santh±g±ra½ tenupasaªkam²”ti.
Bhagavanta½yeva purakkhatv±ti bhagavanta½ purato katv±. Tattha bhagav±
bhikkh³nañceva up±sak±nañca majjhe nisinno gandhodakena nh±petv± duk³lacu-
mbaµakena vodaka½ katv± j±tihiªgulakena majjitv± rattakambalapaliveµhite p²µhe
µhapitarattasuvaººaghanapaµim± viya ativirocittha. Aya½ panettha por±º±na½
vaººabhaºanamaggo–
“Gantv±na maº¹alam±¼a½, n±gavikkantacaraºo;
obh±sayanto lokaggo, nis²di varam±sane.
Tasmi½ (3.0018) nisinno naradammas±rathi,
dev±tidevo satapuññalakkhaºo;
buddh±sane majjhagato virocati,
suvaººanekkha½ viya paº¹ukambale.
Nekkha½ jambonadasseva, nikkhitta½ paº¹ukambale;
virocati v²tamalo, maºiverocano yath±.
Mah±s±lova samphullo, nerur±j±valaªkato;
suvaººay³pasaªk±so, padumo kokanado yath±.
Jalanto d²parukkhova, pabbatagge yath± sikh²;
dev±na½ p±ricchattova, sabbaphullo virocath±”ti.
K±pilavatthave sakye bahudeva ratti½ dhammiy± kath±y±ti ettha dhamm² kath±
n±ma santh±g±ra-anumodanappaµisa½yutt± pakiººakakath± veditabb±. Tad± hi
bhagav± ±k±sagaªga½ ot±rento viya pathavoja½ ±ka¹¹hanto viya mah±jambu½
khandhe gahetv± c±lento viya yojanika½ madhubhaº¹a½ cakkayantena p²¼etv±
madhup±na½ p±yam±no viya k±pilavatthav±na½ saky±na½ hitasukh±vaha½
pakiººakakatha½ kathesi. “¾v±sad±na½ n±meta½ mah±r±ja mahanta½,
tumh±ka½ ±v±so may± paribhutto bhikkhusaªghena paribhutto may± ca bhikkhu-
saªghena ca paribhutto pana dhammaratanena paribhutto yev±ti t²hi ratanehi
paribhutto n±ma hoti. ¾v±sad±nasmiñhi dinne sabbad±na½ dinnameva hoti.
Bh³maµµhakapaººas±l±ya v± s±kh±maº¹apassa v±pi ±nisa½so n±ma paricchi-
nditu½ na sakk±”ti n±n±nayavicitta½ bahu½ dhammakatha½ kathetv±–
“S²ta½ uºha½ paµihanti, tato v±¼amig±ni ca;
sar²sape ca makase, sisire c±pi vuµµhiyo.
Tato v±t±tapo ghoro, sañj±to paµihaññati;
leºatthañca sukhatthañca, jh±yituñca vipassitu½.
Vih±rad±na½ saªghassa, agga½ buddhena vaººita½;
tasm± hi paº¹ito poso, sampassa½ atthamattano.
Vih±re (3.0019) k±raye ramme, v±sayettha bahussute;
tesa½ annañca p±nañca, vatthasen±san±ni ca.
Dadeyya ujubh³tesu, vippasannena cetas±;
te tassa dhamma½ desenti, sabbadukkh±pan³dana½;
ya½ so dhamma½ idhaññ±ya, parinibb±ti an±savo”ti. (c³¼ava. 295)–
Eva½ ayampi ±v±se ±nisa½so, ayampi ±nisa½soti bahudevaratti½ atirekatara½
diya¹¹hay±ma½ ±v±s±nisa½sakatha½ kathesi. Tattha im± g±th±va saªgaha½
±ru¼h±, pakiººakadhammadesan± pana saªgaha½ na ±rohati. Sandasses²ti-±d²ni
vuttatth±neva.
¾yasmanta½ ±nanda½ ±mantes²ti dhammakatha½ kath±petuk±mo j±n±pesi.
Atha kasm± s±riputtamah±moggall±namah±kassap±d²su as²timah±theresu vijja-
m±nesu bhagav± ±nandattherassa bh±ramak±s²ti. Parisajjh±sayavasena.
¾yasm± hi ±nando bahussut±na½ aggo, pahosi parimaº¹alehi padabyañjanehi
madhuradhammakatha½ kathetunti s±kiyamaº¹ale p±kaµo paññ±to. Tassa sakya-
r±j³hi vih±ra½ gantv±pi dhammakath± sutapubb±, orodh± pana nesa½ na yath±ru-
ciy± vih±ra½ gantu½ labhanti, tesa½ etadahosi– “aho vata bhagav± appa½yeva
dhammakatha½ kathetv± amh±ka½ ñ±tiseµµhassa ±nandassa bh±ra½ kareyy±”ti.
Tesa½ ajjh±sayavasena bhagav± tasseva bh±ramak±si.
Sekho p±µipadoti paµipannako sekhasamaºo. So tuyha½ paµibh±tu upaµµh±tu,
tassa paµipada½ deseh²ti paµipad±ya puggala½ niyametv± dasseti. Kasm± pana
bhagav± ima½ paµipada½ niyamesi? Bah³hi k±raºehi. Ime t±va saky± maªgalas±-
l±ya maªgala½ pacc±s²santi va¹¹hi½ icchanti, ayañca sekhapaµipad± mayha½
s±sane maªgalapaµipad± va¹¹ham±nakapaµipad±tipi ima½ paµipada½ niyamesi.
Tassañca parisati sekh±va bah³ nisinn±, te attan± paµividdhaµµh±ne kath²yam±ne
akilamant±va sallakkhessant²tipi ima½ paµipada½ niyamesi. ¾yasm± ca ±nando
sekhapaµisambhid±pattova, so attan± paµividdhe paccakkhaµµh±ne kathento akila-
manto viññ±petu½ sakkhissat²tipi ima½ paµipada½ niyamesi. Sekhapaµipad±ya ca
tissopi sikkh± osaµ± (3.0020), tattha adhis²lasikkh±ya kathit±ya sakala½ vinayapi-
µaka½ kathitameva hoti, adhicittasikkh±ya kathit±ya sakala½ suttantapiµaka½
kathita½ hoti, adhipaññ±sikkh±ya kathit±ya sakala½ abhidhammapiµaka½
kathita½ hoti, ±nando ca bahussuto tipiµakadharo, so pahoti t²hi piµakehi tisso
sikkh± kathetu½, eva½ kathite saky±na½ maªgalameva va¹¹hiyeva bhavissat²-
tipi ima½ paµipada½ niyamesi.
Piµµhi me ±gil±yat²ti kasm± ±gil±yati? Bhagavato hi chabbass±ni padh±na½
padahantassa mahanta½ k±yadukkha½ ahosi, athassa aparabh±ge mahallaka-
k±le piµµhiv±to uppajji. Ak±raºa½ v± eta½. Pahoti hi bhagav± uppanna½ vedana½
vikkhambhetv± ekampi dvepi satt±he ekapallaªkena nis²ditu½. Santh±g±ras±la½
pana cat³hi iriy±pathehi paribhuñjituk±mo ahosi, tattha p±dadhovanaµµh±nato
y±va dhamm±san± agam±si, ettake µh±ne gamana½ nipphanna½. Dhamm±-
sana½ patto thoka½ µhatv± nis²di, ettake µh±na½. Diya¹¹hay±ma½ dhamm±sane
nis²di, ettake µh±ne nisajj± nipphann±. Id±ni dakkhiºena passena thoka½ nipanne
sayana½ nipphajjissat²ti eva½ cat³hi iriy±pathehi paribhuñjituk±mo ahosi. Up±di-
nnakasar²rañca n±ma “no ±gil±yat²”ti na vattabba½, tasm± cira½ nisajj±ya
sañj±ta½ appakampi ±gil±yana½ gahetv± evam±ha.
Saªgh±µi½ paññ±petv±ti santh±g±rassa kira ekapasse te r±j±no paµµas±ºi½
parikkhip±petv± kappiyamañcaka½ paññapetv± kappiyapaccattharaºena attha-
ritv± upari suvaººa-t±raka-gandham±l±-d±mapaµimaº¹ita½ vit±na½ bandhitv±
gandhatelappad²pa½ ±ropayi½su “appeva n±ma satth± dhamm±sanato vuµµh±ya
thoka½ vissamanto idha nipajjeyya, eva½ no ima½ santh±g±ra½ bhagavat±
cat³hi iriy±pathehi paribhutta½ d²gharatta½ hit±ya sukh±ya bhavissat²”ti.
Satth±pi tadeva sandh±ya tattha saªgh±µi½ paññapetv± nipajji. Uµµh±nasañña½
manasi karitv±ti ettaka½ k±la½ atikkamitv± vuµµhahiss±m²ti vuµµh±nasañña½ citte
µhapetv±.
23. Mah±n±ma½ sakka½ ±mantes²ti so kira tasmi½ k±le tassa½ parisati
jeµµhako p±mokkho, tasmi½ saªgahite sesaparis± saªgahit±va (3.0021) hot²ti
thero tameva ±mantesi. S²lasampannoti s²lena sampanno, sampannas²lo paripu-
ººas²loti attho. Saddhammeh²ti sundaradhammehi, sata½ v± sappuris±na½
dhammehi.
24. Kathañca mah±n±m±ti imin± ettakena µh±nena sekhapaµipad±ya m±tika½
µhapetv± paµip±µiy± vitth±retuk±mo evam±ha. Tattha s²lasampannoti-±d²ni “sampa-
nnas²l±, bhikkhave, viharath±”ti ±kaªkheyyasutt±d²su vuttanayeneva veditabb±ni.
25. K±yaduccariten±ti-±d²su upayogatthe karaºavacana½, hiriyitabb±ni k±yadu-
ccarit±d²ni hiriyati jigucchat²ti attho. Ottappaniddese hetvatthe karaºavacana½,
k±yaduccarit±d²hi ottappassa hetubh³tehi ottappati bh±yat²ti attho. ¾raddhav²ri-
yoti paggahitav²riyo anosakkitam±naso. Pah±n±y±ti pah±natth±ya. Upasampad±-
y±ti paµil±bhatth±ya. Th±mav±ti v²riyath±mena samann±gato. Da¼haparakkamoti
thiraparakkamo. Anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammes³ti kusalesu dhammesu ano-
ropitadhuro anosakkitav²riyo. Paramen±ti uttamena. Satinepakken±ti satiy± ca
nipakabh±vena ca. Kasm± pana satibh±janiye paññ± ±gat±ti? Satiy± balavabh±va-
d²panattha½. Paññ±vippayutt± hi sati dubbal± hoti, sampayutt± balavat²ti.
Cirakatamp²ti attan± v± parena v± k±yena cirakata½ cetiyaªgaºavatt±di as²ti
mah±vattapaµipattip³raºa½. Cirabh±sitamp²ti attan± v± parena v± v±c±ya cirabh±-
sita½ sakkacca½ uddisana-uddis±pana-dhammos±raºa-dhammadesan±-upanisi-
nnakath±-anumodaniy±divasena pavattita½ vac²kamma½. Sarit± anussarit±ti
tasmi½ k±yena cirakate “k±yo n±ma k±yaviññatti, cirabh±site v±c± n±ma vac²vi-
ññatti. Tadubhayampi r³pa½, ta½samuµµh±pik± cittacetasik± ar³pa½. Iti ime r³p±-
r³padhamm± eva½ uppajjitv± eva½ niruddh±”ti sarati ceva anussarati ca, satisa-
mbojjhaªga½ samuµµh±pet²ti attho. Bojjhaªgasamuµµh±pik± hi sati idha adhippet±.
T±ya satiy± esa sakimpi saraºena sarit±, punappuna½ saraºena anussarit±ti
veditabb±.
Udayatthag±miniy±ti (3.0022) pañcanna½ khandh±na½ udayavayag±miniy±
udayañca vayañca paµivijjhitu½ samatth±ya. Ariy±y±ti vikkhambhanavasena ca
samucchedavasena ca kilesehi ±rak± µhit±ya parisuddh±ya. Paññ±ya samann±ga-
toti vipassan±paññ±ya ceva maggapaññ±ya ca samaªg²bh³to. Nibbedhik±y±ti
s±yeva nibbijjhanato nibbedhik±ti vuccati, t±ya samann±gatoti attho. Tattha
maggapaññ±ya samucchedavasena anibbiddhapubba½ apad±litapubba½ lobha-
kkhandha½ dosakkhandha½ mohakkhandha½ nibbijjhati pad±let²ti nibbedhik±.
Vipassan±paññ±ya tadaªgavasena nibbedhik±ya maggapaññ±ya paµil±bhasa½-
vattanato c±ti vipassan± “nibbedhik±”ti vattu½ vaµµati. Samm± dukkhakkhayag±-
miniy±ti idh±pi maggapaññ± “samm± hetun± nayena vaµµadukkha½ khepaya-
m±n± gacchat²ti samm± dukkhakkhayag±min² n±ma. Vipassan± tadaªgavasena
vaµµadukkhañca kilesadukkhañca khepayam±n± gacchat²ti dukkhakkhayag±min².
Dukkhakkhayag±miniy± v± maggapaññ±ya paµil±bhasa½vattanato es± dukkha-
kkhayag±min²”ti veditabb±.
26. Abhicetasik±nanti abhicitta½ seµµhacitta½ sit±na½ nissit±na½. Diµµhadha-
mmasukhavih±r±nanti appitappitakkhaºe sukhapaµil±bhahet³na½. Nik±mal±bh²ti
icchiticchitakkhaºe sam±pajjit±. Akicchal±bh²ti nidukkhal±bh². Akasiral±bh²Ti vipu-
lal±bh². Paguºabh±vena eko icchiticchitakkhaºe sam±pajjitu½ sakkoti, sam±dhip±-
ripanthikadhamme pana akilamanto vikkhambhetu½ na sakkoti, so attano ani-
cch±ya khippameva vuµµh±ti, yath±paricchedavasena sam±patti½ µhapetu½ na
sakkoti aya½ kicchal±bh² kasiral±bh² n±ma. Eko icchiticchitakkhaºe ca sam±pa-
jjitu½ sakkoti, sam±dhip±ripanthikadhamme ca akilamanto vikkhambheti, so
yath±paricchedavaseneva vuµµh±tu½ sakkoti, aya½ akicchal±bh² akasiral±bh²
n±ma.
27. Aya½ vuccati mah±n±ma ariyas±vako sekho p±µipadoti mah±n±ma ariyas±-
vako sekho p±µipado vipassan±gabbh±ya va¹¹ham±nakapaµipad±ya samann±ga-
toti vuccat²ti dasseti. Apuccaº¹at±y±ti ap³ti-aº¹at±ya. Bhabbo abhinibbhid±y±ti
vipassan±diñ±ºappabhed±ya bhabbo. Sambodh±y±ti ariyamagg±ya. Anuttarassa
yogakkhemass±ti arahatta½ (3.0023) anuttaro yogakkhemo n±ma, tadabhiga-
m±ya bhabboti dasseti. Y± pan±yamettha atthad²panattha½ upam± ±haµ±, s± ceto-
khilasutte vuttanayeneva veditabb±. Kevalañhi tattha “tass± kukkuµiy± aº¹esu tivi-
dhakiriyakaraºa½ viya hi imassa bhikkhuno usso¼hipannarasehi aªgehi samann±-
gatabh±vo”ti ya½ eva½ opammasa½sandana½ ±gata½, ta½ idha eva½ s²lasa-
mpanno hot²ti-±divacanato “tass± kukkuµiy± aº¹esu tividhakiriyakaraºa½ viya
imassa bhikkhuno s²lasampannat±d²hi pannarasehi dhammehi samaªgibh±vo”ti.
Eva½ yojetv± veditabba½. Sesa½ sabbattha vuttasadisameva.
28. Ima½yeva anuttara½ upekkh±satip±risuddhinti ima½ paµham±dijjh±nehi
asadisa½ uttama½ catutthajjh±nika½ upekkh±satip±risuddhi½. Paµham±bhinibbhi-
d±ti paµhamo ñ±ºabhedo. Dutiy±d²supi eseva nayo. Kukkuµacch±pako pana eka-
v±ra½ m±tukucchito ekav±ra½ aº¹akosatoti dve v±re j±yati. Ariyas±vako t²hi
vijj±hi t±yo v±re j±yati. Pubbeniv±sacch±daka½ tama½ vinodetv± pubbeniv±sañ±-
ºena paµhama½ j±yati, satt±na½ cutipaµisandhicch±daka½ tama½ vinodetv±
dibbacakkhuñ±ºena dutiya½ j±yati, catusaccapaµicch±daka½ tama½ vinodetv±
±savakkhayañ±ºena tatiya½ j±yati.
29. Idampissa hoti caraºasminti idampi s²la½ assa bhikkhuno caraºa½ n±ma
hot²ti attho. Caraºa½ n±ma bahu anekavidha½, s²l±dayo pannarasadhamm±,
tattha idampi eka½ caraºanti attho. Padattho pana carati tena agatapubba½
disa½ gacchat²ti caraºa½. Esa nayo sabbattha.
Idampissa hoti vijj±y±Ti ida½ pubbeniv±sañ±ºa½ tassa vijj± n±ma hot²ti attho.
Vijj± n±ma bahu anekavidh±, vipassanañ±º±d²ni aµµha ñ±º±ni, tattha idampi
ñ±ºa½ ek± vijj±tipi attho. Padattho pana vinivijjhitv± et±ya j±n±t²ti vijj±. Esa nayo
sabbattha. Vijj±sampanno itip²ti t²hi vijj±hi vijj±sampanno itipi. Caraºasampanno iti-
p²ti pañcadasahi dhammehi caraºasampanno itipi. Tadubhayena pana vijj±caraºa-
sampanno itip²ti.
30. Sanaªkum±ren±ti (3.0024) por±ºakakum±rena, cirak±lato paµµh±ya kum±-
roti paññ±tena. So kira manussapathe pañcac³¼akakum±rakak±le jh±na½ nibba-
ttetv± aparih²najjh±no brahmaloke nibbatti, tassa so attabh±vo piyo ahosi man±po,
tasm± t±diseneva attabh±vena carati, tena na½ sanaªkum±roti sañj±nanti. Janeta-
sminti janitasmi½, paj±y±ti attho. Ye gottapaµis±rinoti ye janetasmi½ gotta½ paµisa-
ranti “aha½ gotamo, aha½ kassapo”ti, tesu loke gottapaµis±r²su khattiyo seµµho.
Anumat± bhagavat±ti mama pañhaby±karaºena saddhi½ sa½sanditv± desit±ti
ambaµµhasutte buddhena bhagavat± “ahampi, ambaµµha, eva½ vad±mi–
‘Khattiyo seµµho janetasmi½, ye gottapaµis±rino;
vijj±caraºasampanno, so seµµho devam±nuse’ti”. (d². ni. 1.277)–
Eva½ bh±santena anuññ±t± anumodit±. S±dhu s±dhu ±nand±ti, bhagav± kira
±dito paµµh±ya nidda½ anokkamantova ima½ sutta½ sutv± ±nandena sekhapaµipa-
d±ya k³µa½ gahitanti ñatv± uµµh±ya pallaªka½ ±bhujitv± nisinno s±dhuk±ra½
ad±si. Ett±vat± ca pana ida½ sutta½ jinabh±sita½ n±ma j±ta½. Sesa½ sabbattha
utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Sekhasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

4. Potaliyasuttavaººan±

31. Eva½ me sutanti potaliyasutta½. Tattha aªguttar±pes³ti aªg±yeva so jana-

pado, mahiy± panassa uttarena y± ±po, t±sa½ avid³ratt± uttar±potipi vuccati. Kata-
ramahiy± uttarena y± ±poti, mah±mahiy±. Tatth±ya½ ±vibh±vakath±– aya½ kira
jambud²po dasasahassayojanaparim±ºo. Tattha ca catusahassayojanappam±ºo
padeso udakena ajjhotthaµo samuddoti saªkha½ gato (3.0025). Tisahassayojana-
ppam±ºe manuss± vasanti. Tisahassayojanappam±ºe himav± patiµµhito ubbe-
dhena pañcayojanasatiko catur±s²tik³µasahassapaµimaº¹ito samantato sandam±-
napañcasatanad²vicitto, yattha ±y±mavitth±rena ceva gambh²rat±ya ca paºº±sa-
paºº±sayojan± diya¹¹hayojanasataparimaº¹al± anotattadaho kaººamuº¹adaho
rathak±radaho chaddantadaho kuº±ladaho mand±kin²daho s²hapap±tadahoti
satta mah±sar± patiµµhit±. Tesu anotattadaho sudassanak³µa½ citrak³µa½ k±¼a-
k³µa½ gandham±danak³µa½ kel±sak³µanti imehi pañcahi pabbatehi parikkhitto.
Tattha sudassanak³µa½ sovaººamaya½ dviyojanasatubbedha½ antovaªka½
k±kamukhasaºµh±na½ tameva sara½ paµicch±detv± µhita½. Citrak³µa½ sabbarata-
namaya½. K±¼ak³µa½ añjanamaya½. Gandham±danak³µa½ s±numaya½ abbha-
ntare muggavaººa½, m³lagandho s±ragandho pheggugandho tacagandho papa-
µikagandho rasagandho pattagandho pupphagandho phalagandho gandhaga-
ndhoti imehi dasahi gandhehi ussanna½ n±nappak±ra-osadhasañchanna½, k±¼a-
pakkha-uposathadivase ±dittamiva aªg±ra½ jalanta½ tiµµhati. Kel±sak³µa½ rajata-
maya½. Sabb±ni sudassanena sam±nubbedhasaºµh±n±ni, tameva sara½ paµi-
cch±detv± µhit±ni. T±ni sabb±ni dev±nubh±vena n±g±nubh±vena ca vassanti,
nadiyo ca tesu sandanti. Ta½ sabbampi udaka½ anotattameva pavisati. Candima-
s³riy± dakkhiºena v± uttarena v± gacchant± pabbatantarena tattha obh±sa½
karonti, uju½ gacchant± na karonti, tenevassa anotattanti saªkh± udap±di.
Tattha manoharasil±tal±ni nimmacchakacchap±ni phalikasadisanimmaluda-
k±ni nh±natitth±ni supaµiyatt±ni honti, yesu buddhapaccekabuddhakh²º±sav± ca
iddhimanto ca isayo nh±yanti, devayakkh±dayo uyy±nak²¼aka½ k²¼anti.
Tassa cat³su passesu s²hamukha½ hatthimukha½ assamukha½ usabhamu-
khanti catt±ri mukh±ni honti, yehi catasso nadiyo sandanti. S²hamukhena nikkha-
ntanad²t²re s²h± bahutar± honti. Hatthimukh±d²hi hatthi-assa-usabh±. Puratthima-
disato nikkhantanad² anotatta½ tikkhattu½ padakkhiºa½ katv± itar± tisso nadiyo
anupagamma (3.0026) p±c²nahimavanteneva amanussapatha½ gantv± mah±sa-
mudda½ pavisati. Pacchimadisato ca uttaradisato ca nikkhantanadiyopi tatheva
padakkhiºa½ katv± pacchimahimavanteneva uttarahimavanteneva ca amanussa-
patha½ gantv± mah±samudda½ pavisanti. Dakkhiºadisato nikkhantanad² pana
ta½ tikkhattu½ padakkhiºa½ katv± dakkhiºena ujuka½ p±s±ºapiµµheneva saµµhiyo-
jan±ni gantv± pabbata½ paharitv± vuµµh±ya parikkhepena tig±vutappam±º± uda-
kadh±r± ca hutv± ±k±sena saµµhiyojan±ni gantv± tiyagga¼e n±ma p±s±ºe patit±,
p±s±ºo udakadh±r±vegena bhinno. Tattha paññ±sayojanappam±º± tiyagga¼±
n±ma pokkharaº² j±t±, pokkharaºiy± k³la½ bhinditv± p±s±ºa½ pavisitv± saµµhiyo-
jan±ni gat±. Tato ghanapathavi½ bhinditv± umaªgena saµµhiyojan±ni gantv±
viñjhu½ n±ma tiracch±napabbata½ paharitv± hatthatale pañcaªgulisadis± pañca-
dh±r± hutv± pavattanti. S± tikkhattu½ anotatta½ padakkhiºa½ katv± gataµµh±ne
±vaµµagaªg±ti vuccati. Ujuka½ p±s±ºapiµµhena saµµhiyojan±ni gataµµh±ne kaºhaga-
ªg±ti, ±k±sena saµµhiyojan±ni gataµµh±ne ±k±sagaªg±ti, tiyagga¼ap±s±ºe paññ±sa-
yojanok±se µhit± tiyagga¼apokkharaº²ti, k³la½ bhinditv± p±s±ºa½ pavisitv± saµµhi-
yojan±ni gataµµh±ne bahalagaªg±ti, umaªgena saµµhiyojan±ni gataµµh±ne umaªga-
gaªg±ti vuccati. Viñjhu½ n±ma tiracch±napabbata½ paharitv± pañcadh±r± hutv±
pavattaµµh±ne pana gaªg± yamun± aciravat² sarabh³ mah²ti pañcadh± saªkha½
gat±. Evamet± pañca mah±nadiyo himavantato pabhavanti. T±su y± aya½
pañcam² mah² n±ma, s± idha mah±mah²ti adhippet±. Tass± uttarena y± ±po, t±sa½
avid³ratt± so janapado aªguttar±poti veditabbo. Tasmi½ aªguttar±pesu janapade.
¾paºa½ n±m±Ti tasmi½ kira nigame v²sati ±paºamukhasahass±ni vibhatt±ni
ahesu½. Iti so ±paº±na½ ussannatt± ±paºantveva saªkha½ gato. Tassa ca niga-
massa avid³re nad²t²re ghanacch±yo ramaº²yo bh³mibh±go mah±vanasaº¹o,
tasmi½ bhagav± viharati. Tenevettha vasanaµµh±na½ na niy±mitanti veditabba½.
Yenaññataro vanasaº¹o tenupasaªkam²ti (3.0027) bhikkhusaªgha½ vasana-
µµh±na½ pesetv± ekakova upasaªkami potaliya½ gahapati½ sandh±ya. Potaliyopi
kho gahapat²Ti potaliyoti eva½n±mako gahapati. Sampannaniv±sanap±vuraºoti
paripuººaniv±sanap±vuraºo, eka½ d²ghadasa½ s±µaka½ nivattho eka½ p±rutoti
attho. Chattup±han±h²ti chatta½ gahetv± up±han± ±ruyh±ti attho. ¾san±n²ti palla-
ªkap²µhapal±lap²µhak±d²ni. Antamaso s±kh±bhaªgampi hi ±sananteva vuccati.
Gahapativ±den±Ti gahapat²ti imin± vacanena. Samud±carat²ti voharati.
Bhagavanta½ etadavoc±ti tatiya½ gahapat²ti vacana½ adhiv±setu½ asakkonto
bhagavantameta½ “tayida½, bho, gotam±”ti-±divacana½ avoca. Tattha naccha-
nnanti na anucchavika½. Nappatir³panti na s±ruppa½. ¾k±r±ti-±d²ni sabb±neva
k±raºavevacan±ni. D²ghadasavatthadh±raºa-kesamassunakhaµhapan±d²ni hi
sabb±neva gihibyañjan±ni tassa gihibh±va½ p±kaµa½ karont²ti ±k±r±, gihisaºµh±-
nena saºµhitatt± liªg±, gihibh±vassa sañj±nananimittat±ya nimitt±ti vutt±. Yath± ta½
gahapatiss±ti yath± gahapatissa ±k±raliªganimitt± bhaveyyu½, tatheva tuyha½.
Tena t±ha½ eva½ samud±car±m²ti dasseti. Atha so yena k±raºena gahapati-
v±da½ n±dhiv±seti, ta½ pak±sento “tath± hi pana me”ti-±dim±ha.
Niyy±tanti niyy±tita½. Anov±d² anupav±d²ti “t±t±, kasatha, vapatha, vaºippatha½
payojeth±”ti-±din± hi nayena ovadanto ov±d² n±ma hoti. “Tumhe na kasatha, na
vapatha, na vaºippatha½ payojetha, katha½ j²vissatha, puttad±ra½ v± bharissath±”-
ti-±din± nayena pana upavadanto upav±d² n±ma hoti. Aha½ pana ubhayampi ta½
na karomi. Ten±ha½ tattha anov±d² anupav±d²ti dasseti. Gh±sacch±danaparamo
vihar±m²ti gh±samattañceva acch±danamattañca parama½ katv± vihar±mi, tato
para½ natthi, na ca patthem²ti d²peti.
32. Giddhilobho pah±tabboti gedhabh³to lobho pah±tabbo. Anind±rosanti ani-
nd±bh³ta½ aghaµµana½. Nind±rosoti nind±ghaµµan±. Voh±rasamucched±y±ti
ettha voh±roti byavah±ravoh±ropi paººattipi vacanampi cetan±pi. Tattha–
“Yo (3.0028) hi koci manussesu, voh±ra½ upaj²vati;
eva½ v±seµµha j±n±hi, v±ºijo so na br±hmaºo”ti. (ma. ni. 2.457)–
Aya½ byavah±ravoh±ro n±ma. “Saªkh± samaññ± paññatti voh±ro”ti (dha. sa.
1313-1315) aya½ paººattivoh±ro n±ma. “Tath± tath± voharati apar±masan”ti (ma.
ni. 3.332) aya½ vacanavoh±ro n±ma. “Aµµha ariyavoh±r± aµµha anariyavohar±”ti (a.
ni. 8.67) aya½ cetan±voh±ro n±ma, ayamidh±dhippeto. Yasm± v± pabbajitak±lato
paµµh±ya gih²ti cetan± natthi, samaºoti cetan± hoti. Gih²ti vacana½ natthi, sama-
ºoti vacana½ hoti. Gih²ti paººatti natthi, samaºoti paººatti hoti. Gih²ti byavah±ro
natthi, samaºoti v± pabbajitoti v± byavah±ro
hoti. Tasm± sabbepete labbhanti.
33. Yesa½ kho aha½ sa½yojan±na½ hetu p±º±tip±t²ti ettha p±º±tip±tova
sa½yojana½. P±º±tip±tasseva hi hetu p±º±tip±tapaccay± p±º±tip±t² n±ma hoti.
P±º±tip±t±na½ pana bahut±ya “yesa½ kho ahan”ti vutta½. Tes±ha½ sa½yojan±-
nanti tesa½ aha½ p±º±tip±tabandhan±na½. Pah±n±ya samucched±ya paµipa-
nnoti imin± ap±º±tip±tasaªkh±tena k±yikas²lasa½varena pah±natth±ya samu-
cchedanatth±ya paµipanno. Att±pi ma½ upavadeyy±ti kunthakipillikampi n±ma
j²vit± avoropanakas±sane pabbajitv± p±º±tip±tamattatopi oramitu½ na sakkomi,
ki½ mayha½ pabbajj±y±ti eva½ att±pi ma½ upavadeyya. Anuvicc±pi ma½ viññ³
garaheyyunti evar³pe n±ma s±sane pabbajitv± p±º±tip±tamattatopi oramitu½ na
sakkoti, ki½ etassa pabbajj±y±ti eva½ anuvicca tulayitv± pariyog±hetv± aññepi
viññ³ paº¹it± garaheyyu½. Etadeva kho pana sa½yojanameta½ n²varaºanti
dasasu sa½yojanesu pañcasu ca n²varaºesu apariy±pannampi “aµµha n²varaº±”ti
desan±vaseneta½ vutta½. Vaµµabandhanaµµhena hi hitapaµicch±danaµµhena ca
sa½yojanantipi n²varaºantipi vutta½. ¾sav±ti p±º±tip±tak±raº± eko avijj±savo
uppajjati. Vigh±tapari¼±h±ti vigh±t± ca pari¼±h± ca. Tattha (3.0029) vigh±taggaha-
ºena kilesadukkhañca vip±kadukkhañca gahita½, pari¼±haggahaºenapi kilesapa-
ri¼±ho ca vip±kapari¼±ho ca gahito. Imin± up±yena sabbattha attho veditabbo.
34-40. Aya½ pana viseso– tes±ha½ sa½yojan±na½ pah±n±y±ti imasmi½ pade
imin± dinn±d±nasaªkh±tena k±yikas²lasa½varena, saccav±c±saªkh±tena v±casi-
kas²lasa½varena, apisuº±v±c±saªkh±tena v±casikas²lasa½varena, agiddhilobha-
saªkh±tena m±nasikas²lasa½varena, anind±rosasaªkh±tena k±yikav±casikas²la-
sa½varena, akodhup±y±sasaªkh±tena m±nasikas²lasa½varena, anatim±nasa-
ªkh±tena m±nasikas²lasa½varena pah±natth±ya samucchedanatth±ya paµipa-
nnoti eva½ sabbav±resu yojan± k±tabb±.
Att±pi ma½ upavadeyya anuvicc±pi ma½ viññ³ garaheyyunti imesu pana
padesu tiºasal±kampi n±ma up±d±ya adinna½ aggahaºas±sane pabbajitv± adi-
nn±d±namattatopi viramitu½ na sakkomi, ki½ mayha½ pabbajj±y±ti eva½ att±pi
ma½ upavadeyya. Evar³pe n±ma s±sane pabbajitv± adinn±d±namattatopi ora-
mitu½ na sakkoti, ki½ imassa pabbajj±y±ti eva½ anuvicc±pi ma½ viññ³ gara-
heyyu½? Has±pekkhat±yapi n±ma davakamyat±ya v± mus±v±da½ akaraºas±-
sane pabbajitv±. Sabb±k±rena pisuºa½ akaraºas±sane n±ma pabbajitv±. Appa-
mattakampi giddhilobha½ akaraºas±sane n±ma pabbajitv±pi. Kakacena aªgesu
okkantiyam±nesupi n±ma paresa½ nind±rosa½ akaraºas±sane pabbajitv±.
Chinnakh±ºukaºµak±d²supi n±ma kodhup±y±sa½ akaraºas±sane pabbajitv±.
Adhim±namattampi n±ma m±na½ akaraºas±sane pabbajitv± atim±namattampi
pajahitu½ na sakkomi, ki½ mayha½ pabbajj±y±ti eva½ att±pi ma½ upavadeyya.
Evar³pe n±ma s±sane pabbajitv± atim±namattampi pajahitu½ na sakkoti, ki½
imassa pabbajj±y±ti eva½ anuvicc±pi ma½ viññ³ garaheyyunti eva½ sabbav±-
resu yojan± k±tabb±.
¾sav±ti imasmi½ pana pade adinn±d±nak±raº± k±m±savo diµµh±savo avijj±sa-
voti tayo ±sav± uppajjanti, tath± mus±v±dak±raº± pisuº±v±c±k±raº± ca, giddhilo-
bhak±raº± diµµh±savo avijj±savo (3.0030) ca, nind±rosak±raº± avijj±savova, tath±
kodhup±y±sak±raº±, atim±nak±raº± bhav±savo avijj±savo c±ti dveva ±sav± uppa-
jjant²ti eva½ ±savuppatti veditabb±.
Imesu pana aµµhasupi v±resu asammohattha½ puna aya½ saªkhepavinicchayo–
purimesu t±va cat³su viramitu½ na sakkom²ti vattabba½, pacchimesu pajahitu½
na sakkom²ti. P±º±tip±tanind±rosakodhup±y±sesu ca eko avijj±savova hoti, adi-
nn±d±namus±v±dapisuº±v±c±su k±m±savo diµµh±savo avijj±savo, giddhilobhe
diµµh±savo avijj±savo, atim±ne bhav±savo avijj±savo, ap±º±tip±ta½ dinn±d±na½
k±yika½ s²la½, amus± apisuºa½ v±casikas²la½, µhapetv± anind±rosa½ ses±ni
t²ºi m±nasikas²l±ni. Yasm± pana k±yenapi ghaµµeti roseti v±c±yapi, tasm± anind±-
roso dve µh±n±ni y±ti, k±yikas²lampi hoti v±casikas²lampi. Ett±vat± ki½ kathita½?
P±timokkhasa½varas²la½. P±timokkhasa½varas²le µhitassa ca bhikkhuno paµisa-
ªkh±pah±navasena gihivoh±rasamucchedo kathitoti veditabbo.

K±m±d²navakath±vaººan±

42. Vitth±radesan±ya½ tamena½ dakkhoti padassa upasumbheyy±ti imin±

saddhi½ sambandho veditabbo. Ida½ vutta½ hoti, tamena½ kukkura½ upasu-
mbheyya, tassa sam²pe khipeyy±ti attho. Aµµhikaªkalanti uraµµhi½ v± piµµhika-
ºµaka½ v± s²saµµhi½ v±. Tañhi nimma½satt± kaªkalanti vuccati. Sunikkanta½ nikka-
ntanti yath± sunikkanta½ hoti, eva½ nikkanta½ nillikhita½, yadettha all²nama½sa½
atthi, ta½ sabba½ nillikhitv± aµµhimattameva katanti attho. Tenev±ha “nimma½san”-
ti. Lohita½ pana makkhitv± tiµµhati, tena vutta½ “lohitamakkhitan”ti.
Bahudukkh± bahup±y±s±ti diµµhadhammikasampar±yikehi dukkhehi bahu-
dukkh±, up±y±sasa½kilesehi bahup±y±s±. Y±ya½ upekkh± n±natt± n±nattasit±ti
y± aya½ pañcak±maguº±rammaºavasena n±n±sabh±v±, t±neva (3.0031) ca ±ra-
mmaº±ni nissitatt± “n±nattasit±”ti vuccati pañcak±maguº³pekkh±, ta½ abhiniva-
jjetv±. Ekatt± ekattasit±ti catutthajjh±nupekkh±, s± hi divasampi ekasmi½ ±ra-
mmaºe uppajjanato ekasabh±v±, tadeva eka½ ±rammaºa½ nissitatt± ekattasit±
n±ma. Yattha sabbaso lok±mis³p±d±n± aparises± nirujjhant²ti yattha catutthajjh±-
nupekkh±ya½ ya½ upekkha½ ±gamma ya½ paµicca sabbena sabba½ aparises±
lok±misasaªkh±t± pañcak±maguº±mis± nirujjhanti. Pañcak±maguº±mis±ti ca
k±maguº±rammaºachandar±g±, gahaºaµµhena teyeva ca up±d±n±tipi vutt±. Tame-
v³pekkha½ bh±vet²ti ta½ lok±mis³p±d±n±na½ paµipakkhabh³ta½ catutthajjh±nu-
pekkhameva va¹¹heti.
43. U¹¹²yeyy±ti uppatitv± gaccheyya. Anupatitv±ti anubandhitv±. Vitacche-
yyunti mukhatuº¹akena ¹a½sant± taccheyyu½. Vissajjeyyunti ma½sapesi½
nakhehi ka¹¹hitv± p±teyyu½.
47. Y±na½ v± poriseyyanti puris±nucchavika½ y±na½. Pavaramaºikuº¹alanti
n±nappak±ra½ uttamamaºiñca kuº¹alañca. S±ni harant²Ti attano bhaº¹ak±ni
gaºhanti.
48. Sampannaphalanti madhuraphala½. Upapannaphalanti phal³papanna½
bahuphala½.
49. Anuttaranti uttama½ pabhassara½ nirupakkilesa½.
50. ¾rak± aha½, bhanteti pathavito nabha½ viya samuddassa orimat²rato para-
t²ra½ viya ca suvid³ravid³re aha½. An±j±n²yeti gihivoh±rasamucchedanassa
k±raºa½ aj±nanake. ¾j±n²yabhojananti k±raºa½ j±nantehi bhuñjitabba½
bhojana½. An±j±n²yabhojananti k±raºa½ aj±nantehi bhuñjitabba½ bhojana½.
Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Potaliyasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

5. J²vakasuttavaººan±

51. Eva½ (3.0032) me sutanti j²vakasutta½. Tattha j²vakassa kom±rabhaccassa

ambavaneti ettha j²vat²ti j²vako. Kum±rena bhatoti kom±rabhacco. Yath±ha “ki½
eta½ bhaºe k±kehi samparikiººanti? D±rako dev±ti. J²vati bhaºeti? J²vati dev±ti.
Tena hi bhaºe ta½ d±raka½ amh±ka½ antepura½ netv± dh±t²na½ detha pose-
tunti. Tassa j²vat²ti j²vakoti n±ma½ aka½su, kum±rena pos±pitoti kom±rabhaccoti
n±ma½ aka½s³”ti (mah±va. 328). Ayamettha saªkhepo. Vitth±rena pana j²vaka-
vatthu khandhake ±gatameva. Vinicchayakath±pissa samantap±s±dik±ya vinaya-
µµhakath±ya vutt±.
Aya½ pana j²vako ekasmi½ samaye bhagavato dos±bhisanna½ k±ya½ vire-
cetv± s²veyyaka½ dussayuga½ datv± vatth±numodanapariyos±ne sot±pattiphale
patiµµh±ya cintesi– “may± divasassa dvattikkhattu½ buddhupaµµh±na½ gantabba½,
idañca ve¼uvana½ atid³re, mayha½ uyy±na½ ambavana½ ±sannatara½, ya½n³-
n±hamettha bhagavato vih±ra½ k±reyyan”ti. So tasmi½ ambavane rattiµµh±nadiv±-
µµh±naleºakuµimaº¹ap±d²ni samp±detv± bhagavato anucchavika½ gandhakuµi½
k±retv± ambavana½ aµµh±rasahatthubbedhena tambapaµµavaººena p±k±rena
parikkhip±petv± buddhappamukha½ bhikkhusaªgha½ c²varabhattena santa-
ppetv± dakkhiºodaka½ p±tetv± vih±ra½ niyy±tesi. Ta½ sandh±ya vutta½– “j²va-
kassa kom±rabhaccassa ambavane”ti.
¾rabhant²ti gh±tenti. Uddissakatanti uddisitv± kata½. Paµiccakammanti att±na½
paµicca kata½. Atha v± paµiccakammanti nimittakammasseta½ adhivacana½, ta½
paµicca kammamettha atth²ti ma½sa½ “paµiccakamman”ti vutta½ hoti yo eva-
r³pa½ ma½sa½ paribhuñjati, sopi tassa kammassa d±y±do hoti, vadhakassa viya
tass±pi p±ºagh±takamma½ hot²ti tesa½ laddhi. Dhammassa c±nudhamma½
by±karont²ti bhagavat± vuttak±raºassa anuk±raºa½ kathenti. Ettha ca k±raºa½
n±ma tikoµiparisuddhamacchama½saparibhogo, anuk±raºa½ n±ma mah±janassa
tath± by±karaºa½. Yasm± pana bhagav± uddissakata½ na paribhuñjati, tasm±
neva ta½ k±raºa½ hoti, na titthiy±na½ tath± by±karaºa½ (3.0033) anuk±raºa½.
Sahadhammiko v±d±nuv±doti parehi vuttak±raºena sak±raºo hutv± tumh±ka½
v±do v± anuv±do v± viññ³hi garahitabbak±raºa½ koci appamattakopi ki½ na ±ga-
cchati. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– “ki½ sabb±k±renapi tumh±ka½ v±de g±rayha½ k±raºa½
natth²”ti. Abbh±cikkhant²ti abhibhavitv± ±cikkhanti.
52. Ýh±neh²ti k±raºehi. Diµµh±d²su diµµha½ n±ma bhikkh³na½ atth±ya miga-
macche vadhitv± gayham±na½ diµµha½. Suta½ n±ma bhikkh³na½ atth±ya miga-
macche vadhitv± gahitanti suta½. Parisaªkita½ n±ma diµµhaparisaªkita½ sutapari-
saªkita½ tadubhayavimuttaparisaªkitanti tividha½ hoti.
Tatr±ya½ sabbasaªg±hakavinicchayo– idha bhikkh³ passanti manusse j±lav±-
gur±dihatthe g±mato v± nikkhamante araññe v± vicarante. Dutiyadivase ca nesa½
ta½ g±ma½ piº¹±ya paviµµh±na½ samacchama½sa½ piº¹ap±ta½ abhiharanti. Te
tena diµµhena parisaªkanti “bhikkh³na½ nu kho atth±ya katan”ti, ida½ diµµhaparisa-
ªkita½ n±ma, eta½ gahetu½ na vaµµati. Ya½ eva½ aparisaªkita½, ta½ vaµµati.
Sace pana te manuss± “kasm±, bhante, na gaºhath±”ti pucchitv± tamattha½
sutv± “nayida½, bhante, bhikkh³na½ atth±ya kata½, amhehi attano atth±ya v±
r±jayutt±d²na½ atth±ya v± katan”ti vadanti, kappati.
Na heva kho bhikkh³ passanti, apica suºanti “manuss± kira j±lav±gur±dihatth±
g±mato v± nikkhamanti araññe v± vicarant²”ti. Dutiyadivase ca nesa½ ta½ g±ma½
piº¹±ya paviµµh±na½ samacchama½sa½ piº¹ap±ta½ abhiharanti. Te tena sutena
parisaªkanti “bhikkh³na½ nu kho atth±ya katan”ti, ida½ sutaparisaªkita½ n±ma,
eta½ gahetu½ na vaµµati. Ya½ eva½ aparisaªkita½, ta½ vaµµati. Sace pana te
manuss± “kasm±, bhante, na gaºhath±”ti pucchitv± tamattha½ sutv± “nayida½,
bhante, bhikkh³na½ atth±ya kata½, amhehi attano atth±ya v± r±jayutt±d²na½
atth±ya v± katan”ti vadanti, kappati.
Na heva kho pana passanti na suºanti, apica tesa½ g±ma½ piº¹±ya pavi-
µµh±na½ patta½ gahetv± samacchama½sa½ piº¹ap±ta½ abhisaªkharitv± abhiha-
ranti. Te parisaªkanti “bhikkh³na½ nu kho atth±ya katan”ti, ida½ tadubhayavimutta-
parisaªkita½ n±ma. Etampi gahetu½
na vaµµati. Ya½ eva½ aparisaªkita½, ta½ vaµµati (3.0034). Sace pana te manuss±
“kasm±, bhante, na gaºhath±”ti pucchitv± tamattha½ sutv± “nayida½, bhante,
bhikkh³na½ atth±ya kata½, amhehi attano atth±ya v± r±jayutt±d²na½ atth±ya v±
kata½, pavattama½sa½ v± kata½, kappiyameva labhitv± bhikkh³na½ atth±ya
samp±ditan”ti vadanti, kappati.
Mat±na½ petakiccatth±ya maªgal±d²na½ v± atth±ya katepi eseva nayo. Ya½
yañhi bhikkh³na½yeva atth±ya akata½, yattha ca nibbematik± honti, ta½ sabba½
kappati. Sace pana ekasmi½ vih±re bhikkh³ uddissa kata½ hoti, te ca attano
atth±ya katabh±va½ na j±nanti, aññe j±nanti. Ye j±nanti, tesa½ na vaµµati, itaresa½
vaµµati. Aññe na j±nanti, teyeva j±nanti, tesa½yeva na vaµµati, aññesa½ vaµµati.
Tepi “amh±ka½ atth±ya kata½”ti j±nanti aññepi “etesa½ atth±ya katan”ti j±nanti,
sabbesampi ta½ na vaµµati. Sabbe na j±nanti, sabbesa½ vaµµati. Pañcasu hi saha-
dhammikesu yassa kassaci v± atth±ya uddissa kata½ sabbesa½ na kappati.
Sace pana koci eka½ bhikkhu½ uddissa p±ºa½ vadhitv± tassa patta½ p³retv±
deti, so ce attano atth±ya katabh±va½ j±na½yeva gahetv± aññassa bhikkhuno
deti, so tassa saddh±ya paribhuñjati. Kass±patt²ti? Dvinnampi an±patti. Yañhi
uddissa kata½, tassa abhuttat±ya an±patti, itarassa aj±nanat±ya. Kappiyama½-
sassa hi paµiggahaºe ±patti natthi. Uddissakatañca aj±nitv± bhuttassa pacch±
ñatv± ±pattidesan±kicca½ n±ma natthi. Akappiyama½sa½ pana aj±nitv± bhuttena
pacch± ñatv±pi ±patti desetabb±. Uddissakatañhi ñatv± bhuñjatova ±patti, akappi-
yama½sa½ aj±nitv± bhuttass±pi ±pattiyeva. Tasm± ±pattibh²rukena r³pa½ salla-
kkhenten±pi pucchitv±va ma½sa½ paµiggahetabba½, paribhogak±le pucchitv±
paribhuñjiss±m²ti v± gahetv± pucchitv±va paribhuñjitabba½. Kasm±? Duviññe-
yyatt±. Acchama½sañhi s³karama½sasadisa½ hoti, d²pima½s±d²ni ca migama½-
sasadis±ni, tasm± pucchitv± gahaºameva vaµµat²ti vadanti.
Adiµµhanti bhikkh³na½ atth±ya vadhitv± gayham±na½ adiµµha½. Asutanti
bhikkh³na½ atth±ya vadhitv± gahitanti asuta½. Aparisaªkitanti diµµhaparisaªkit±-
divasena aparisaªkita½. Paribhoganti vad±m²ti imehi t²hi k±raºehi parisuddha½
tikoµiparisuddha½ n±ma hoti, tassa paribhogo araññe j±tas³peyyas±kaparibhoga-
sadiso hoti, tath±r³pa½ paribhuñjantassa mett±vih±rissa (3.0035) bhikkhuno doso
v± vajja½ v± natthi, tasm± ta½ paribhuñjitabbanti vad±m²ti attho.
53. Id±ni t±disassa paribhoge mett±vih±rinopi anavajjata½ dassetu½ idha, j²vaka,
bhikkh³ti-±dim±ha. Tattha kiñc±pi aniyametv± bhikkh³ti vutta½, atha kho att±na-
meva sandh±ya eta½ vuttanti veditabba½. Bhagavat± hi mah±vacchagottasutte,
caªk²sutte, imasmi½ sutteti t²su µh±nesu att±na½yeva sandh±ya desan± kat±. Paº²-
tena piº¹ap±ten±ti heµµh± anaªgaºasutte yo koci mahaggho piº¹ap±to paº²tapi-
º¹ap±toti adhippeto, idha pana ma½s³pasecanova adhippeto. Agathitoti taºh±ya
agathito. Amucchitoti taºh±mucchan±ya amucchito. Anajjhopannoti na adhi-o-
panno, sabba½ ±lumpitv± ekappah±reneva gilituk±mo k±ko viya na hot²ti attho.
¾d²navadass±v²ti ekarattiv±sena udarapaµala½ pavisitv± navahi vaºamukhehi
nikkhamissat²ti-±din± nayena ±d²nava½ passanto. Nissaraºapañño paribhuñja-
t²Ti idamattham±h±raparibhogoti paññ±ya paricchinditv± paribhuñjati. Attaby±b±-
dh±ya v± cetet²Ti attadukkh±ya v± citeti. Sutametanti suta½ may± eta½ pubbe,
eta½ mayha½ savanamattamev±ti dasseti. Sace kho te, j²vaka, ida½ sandh±ya
bh±sitanti, j²vaka, mah±brahmun± vikkhambhanappah±nena by±p±d±dayo pah²n±,
tena so mett±vih±r² mayha½ samucchedappah±nena, sace te ida½ sandh±ya
bh±sita½, eva½ sante tava ida½ vacana½ anuj±n±m²ti attho. So sampaµicchi.
54. Athassa bhagav± sesabrahmavih±ravasen±pi uttari desana½ va¹¹hento
“idha, j²vaka, bhikkh³”ti-±dim±ha. Ta½ utt±natthameva.
55. Yo kho j²vak±ti aya½ p±µi-ekko anusandhi. Imasmiñhi µh±ne bhagav±
dv±ra½ thaketi, satt±nuddaya½ dasseti. Sace hi kassaci evamassa “eka½ rasapi-
º¹ap±ta½ datv± kappasatasahassa½ saggasampatti½ paµilabhanti, ya½kiñci
katv± para½ m±retv±pi rasapiº¹ap±tova d±tabbo”ti, ta½ paµisedhento “yo kho,
j²vaka, tath±gata½ v±”ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha (3.0036) imin± paµhamena µh±nen±ti imin± ±ºattimatteneva t±va paµha-
mena k±raºena. Galappavedhaken±ti yottena gale bandhitv± ka¹¹hito galena
pavedhentena. ¾rabhiyam±noti m±riyam±no. Akappiyena ±s±det²ti acchama½sa½
s³karama½santi, d²pima½sa½ v± migama½santi kh±d±petv±– “tva½ ki½ samaºo
n±ma, akappiyama½sa½ te kh±ditan”ti ghaµµeti. Ye pana dubbhikkh±d²su v±
by±dhiniggahaºattha½ v± “acchama½sa½ n±ma s³karama½sasadisa½, d²pi-
ma½sa½ migama½sasadisan”ti j±nant± “s³karama½sa½ ida½, migama½sa½
idan”ti vatv± hitajjh±sayena kh±d±penti, na te sandh±yeta½ vutta½. Tesañhi bahu-
puññameva hoti. Es±ha½, bhante, bhagavanta½ saraºa½ gacch±mi dhammañca
bhikkhusaªghañc±ti aya½ ±gataphalo viññ±tas±sano diµµhasacco ariyas±vako.
Ima½ pana dhammadesana½ og±hanto pas±da½ upp±detv± dhammakath±ya
thuti½ karonto evam±ha. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

J²vakasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

6. Up±lisuttavaººan±

56. Eva½ me sutanti up±lisutta½. Tattha n±¼and±yanti n±land±ti eva½n±make

nagare ta½ nagara½ gocarag±ma½ katv±. P±v±rikambavaneti dussap±v±rikase-
µµhino ambavane. Ta½ kira tassa uyy±na½ ahosi, so bhagavato dhammadesana½
sutv± bhagavati pasanno tasmi½ uyy±ne kuµileºamaº¹ap±dipaµimaº¹ita½ bhaga-
vato vih±ra½ katv± niyy±desi, so vih±ro j²vakambavana½ viya p±v±rikambavana-
nteva saªkha½ gato. Tasmi½ p±v±rikambavane viharat²ti attho. D²ghatapass²ti
d²ghatt± eva½laddhan±mo. Piº¹ap±tapaµikkantoti piº¹ap±tato paµikkanto. S±sane
viya ki½ pana b±hir±yatane piº¹ap±toti voh±ro atth²ti, natthi.
Paññapet²ti dasseti µhapeti. Daº¹±ni paññapet²ti ida½ nigaºµhasamayena
pucchanto ±ha. K±yadaº¹a½ vac²daº¹a½ manodaº¹anti ettha purimadaº¹a-
dvaya½ te acittaka½ payyapenti. Yath± kira v±te v±yante s±kh± calati, udaka½ (3.00
calati, na ca tattha citta½ atthi, eva½ k±yadaº¹opi acittakova hoti. Yath± ca v±te
v±yante t±lapaºº±d²ni sadda½ karonti, udak±ni sadda½ karonti, na ca tattha citta½
atthi, eva½ vac²daº¹opi acittakova hot²ti ima½ daº¹advaya½ acittaka½ pañña-
penti. Citta½ pana manodaº¹anti paññapenti. Athassa bhagav± vacana½ patiµµha-
petuk±mo “ki½ pana tapass²”ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha kath±vatthusminti ettha kath±yeva kath±vatthu. Kath±ya½ patiµµhapes²ti
attho. Kasm± pana bhagav± evamak±si? Passati hi bhagav± “aya½ ima½ katha½
±d±ya gantv± attano satthu mah±nigaºµhassa ±rocessati, t±sañca parisati, up±li
gahapati nisinno, so ima½ katha½ sutv± mama v±da½ ±ropetu½ ±gamissati,
tass±ha½ dhamma½ desess±mi, so tikkhattu½ saraºa½ gamissati, athassa
catt±ri sacc±ni pak±sess±mi, so saccapak±san±vas±ne sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi-
ssati, paresa½ saªgahatthameva hi may± p±ramiyo p³rit±”ti. Imamattha½
passanto evamak±si.
57. Kamm±ni paññapes²ti ida½ nigaºµho buddhasamayena pucchanto ±ha. K±ya-
kamma½ vac²kamma½ manokammanti ettha k±yadv±re ±d±nagahaºamuñcana-
copanapatt± aµµhak±m±vacarakusalacetan± dv±das±kusalacetan±ti v²saticetan±
k±yakamma½ n±ma. K±yadv±re ±d±n±d²ni apatv± vac²dv±re vacanabheda½
p±payam±n± uppann± t±yeva v²saticetan± vac²kamma½ N±ma. Ubhayadv±re
copana½ appatv± manodv±re uppann± ek³nati½sakusal±kusalacetan± mano-
kamma½ n±ma. Apica saªkhepato tividha½ k±yaduccarita½ k±yakamma½ n±ma,
catubbidha½ vac²duccarita½ vac²kamma½ n±ma, tividha½ manoduccarita½
manokamma½ n±ma. Imasmiñca sutte kamma½ dhura½, anantarasutte “catt±ri-
m±ni puººa kamm±ni may± saya½ abhiññ± sacchikatv± pavedit±n²”ti (ma. ni.
2.81) evam±gatepi cetan± dhura½. Yattha katthaci pavatt± cetan± “kaºha½
kaºhavip±kan”ti-±dibheda½ labhati. Niddesav±re cassa “saby±bajjha½ k±yasa-
ªkh±ra½ abhisaªkharot²”ti-±din± nayena s± vutt±va. K±yadv±re pavatt± pana idha
k±yakammanti adhippeta½, vac²dv±re (3.0038) pavatt± vac²kamma½, manodv±re
pavatt± manokamma½. Tena vutta½– “imasmi½ sutte kamma½ dhura½, anantara-
sutte cetan±”ti. Kammampi hi bhagav± kammanti paññapeti yath± imasmi½yeva
sutte. Cetanampi, yath±ha– “cetan±ha½, bhikkhave, kamma½ vad±mi, cetayitv±
kamma½ karot²”ti (a. ni. 6.63). Kasm± pana cetan± kammanti vutt±? Cetan±m³la-
katt± kammassa.
Ettha ca akusala½ patv± k±yakamma½ vac²kamma½ mahantanti vadanto na
kilamati, kusala½ patv± manokamma½. Tath± hi m±tugh±t±d²ni catt±ri kamm±ni
k±yeneva upakkamitv± k±yeneva karoti, niraye kappaµµhikasaªghabhedakamma½
vac²dv±rena karoti. Eva½ akusala½ patv± k±yakamma½ vac²kamma½ maha-
ntanti vadanto na kilamati n±ma. Ek± pana jh±nacetan± catur±s²tikappasaha-
ss±ni saggasampatti½ ±vahati, ek± maggacetan± sabb±kusala½ samuggh±tetv±
arahatta½ gaºh±peti. Eva½ kusala½ patv± manokamma½ mahantanti vadanto na
kilamati n±ma. Imasmi½ pana µh±ne bhagav± akusala½ patv± manokamma½
mah±s±vajja½ vadam±no niyatamicch±diµµhi½ sandh±ya vadati. Tenev±ha–
“n±ha½, bhikkhave, añña½ ekadhammampi samanupass±mi, ya½ eva½ mah±s±-
vajja½, yathayida½, bhikkhave, micch±diµµhi. Micch±diµµhiparam±ni, bhikkhave,
mah±s±vajj±n²”ti (a. ni. 1.310).
Id±ni nigaºµhopi tath±gatena gatamagga½ paµipajjanto kiñci atthanipphatti½
apassantopi “ki½ pan±vuso, gotam±”ti-±dim±ha.
58. B±lakiniy±ti up±lissa kira b±lakaloºak±rag±mo n±ma atthi, tato ±ya½
gahetv± manuss± ±gat±, so “etha bhaºe, amh±ka½ satth±ra½ mah±nigaºµha½
passiss±m±”ti t±ya paris±ya parivuto tattha agam±si. Ta½ sandh±ya vutta½ “b±la-
kiniy± paris±y±”ti, b±lakag±mav±siniy±ti attho. Up±lipamukh±y±ti up±lijeµµhak±ya.
Apica b±lakiniy±ti b±lavatiy± b±lussann±y±tipi attho. Up±lipamukh±y±ti up±ligaha-
patiyeva tattha thoka½ sappañño, so tass± pamukho jeµµhako. Ten±pi vutta½ “up±-
lipamukh±y±”ti. Hand±ti vacas±yatthe nip±to. Chavoti l±mako. O¼±rikass±ti maha-
ntassa (3.0039). Upanidh±y±ti upanikkhipitv±. Ida½ vutta½ hoti, k±yadaº¹assa
santike nikkhipitv± “aya½ nu kho mahanto, aya½ mahanto”ti eva½ olokiyam±no
chavo manodaº¹o ki½ sobhati, kuto sobhissati, na sobhati, upanikkhepama-
ttampi nappahot²ti d²peti. S±dhu s±dhu, bhante, tapass²ti d²ghatapassissa s±dhu-
k±ra½ dento, bhanteti n±µaputtam±lapati.
60. Na kho meta½, bhante, ruccat²ti, bhante, eta½ mayha½ na ruccati. M±y±v²ti
m±y±k±ro. ¾vaµµanim±yanti ±vaµµetv± gahaºam±ya½. ¾vaµµet²ti ±vaµµetv± parikkhi-
pitv± gaºh±ti. Gaccha tva½ gahapat²ti kasm± mah±nigaºµho gahapati½ y±vata-
tiya½ pahiºatiyeva? D²ghatapass² pana paµib±hateva? Mah±nigaºµhena hi bhaga-
vat± saddhi½ eka½ nagara½ upaniss±ya viharantenapi na bhagav± diµµhapubbo.
Yo hi satthuv±dapaµiñño hoti, so ta½ paµiñña½ appah±ya buddhadassane
abhabbo. Tasm± esa buddhadassanassa aladdhapubbatt± dasabalassa dassana-
sampattiñca niyy±nikakath±bh±vañca aj±nanto y±vatatiya½ pahiºateva. D²ghata-
pass² pana k±lena k±la½ bhagavanta½ upasaªkamitv± tiµµhatipi nis²datipi
pañhampi pucchati, so tath±gatassa dassanasampattimpi niyy±nikakath±bh±-
vampi j±n±ti. Athassa etadahosi– “aya½ gahapati paº¹ito, samaºassa gotamassa
santike
gantv± dassanepi pas²deyya, niyy±nikakatha½ sutv±pi pas²deyya. Tato na puna
amh±ka½ santika½ ±gaccheyy±”ti. Tasm± y±vatatiya½ paµib±hateva.
Abhiv±detv±ti vanditv±. Tath±gatañhi disv± pasann±pi appasann±pi yebhu-
yyena vandantiyeva, appak± na vandanti. Kasm±? Ati-ucce hi kule j±to ag±ra½
ajjh±vasantopi vanditabboyev±ti. Aya½ pana gahapati pasannatt±va vandi, dassa-
neyeva kira pasanno. ¾gam± nu khvidh±ti ±gam± nu kho idha.
61. S±dhu s±dhu, bhante, tapass²ti d²ghatapassissa s±dhuk±ra½ dento,
bhanteti, bhagavanta½ ±lapati. Sacce patiµµh±y±ti thusar±simhi ±koµitakh±ºuko
viya acalanto vac²sacce patiµµhahitv±. Siy± noti bhaveyya amh±ka½.
62. Idh±ti (3.0040) imasmi½ loke. Ass±ti bhaveyya. S²todakapaµikkhittoti
nigaºµh± sattasaññ±ya s²todaka½ paµikkhipanti. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½. Mano-
satt± n±ma dev±ti manamhi satt± lagg± lagit±. Manopaµibaddhoti yasm±
manamhi paµibaddho hutv± k±laªkaroti, tasm± manosattesu devesu upapajjat²ti
dasseti. Tassa hi pittajararogo bhavissati. Tenassa uºhodaka½ pivitu½ v± hattha-
p±d±didhovanatth±ya v± gattaparisiñcanatth±ya v± upanetu½ na vaµµati, rogo bala-
vataro hoti. S²todaka½ vaµµati, roga½ v³pasameti. Aya½ pana uºhodakameva
paµisevati, ta½ alabham±no odanakañjika½ paµisevati. Cittena pana s²todaka½
p±tuk±mo ca paribhuñjituk±mo ca hoti. Tenassa manodaº¹o tattheva bhijjati. So
k±yadaº¹a½ vac²daº¹a½ rakkh±m²ti s²todaka½ p±tuk±mo v± paribhuñjituk±mo v±
s²todakameva deth±ti vattu½ na visahati. Tassa eva½ rakkhit±pi k±yadaº¹avac²-
daº¹± cuti½ v± paµisandhi½ v± ±ka¹¹hitu½ na sakkonti. Manodaº¹o pana
bhinnopi cutimpi paµisandhimpi ±ka¹¹hatiyeva. Iti na½ bhagav± dubbalak±yada-
º¹avac²daº¹± chav± l±mak±, manodaº¹ova balav± mahantoti vad±pesi.
Tassapi up±sakassa etadahosi. “Mucch±vasena asaññibh³t±nañhi satt±hampi
ass±sapass±s± nappavattanti, cittasantatipavattimatteneva pana te mat±ti na
vuccanti. Yad± nesa½ citta½ nappavattati, tad± ‘mat± ete n²haritv± te jh±peth±’ti
vattabbata½ ±pajjanti. K±yadaº¹o nir²ho aby±p±ro, tath± vac²daº¹o. Citteneva
pana tesa½ cutipi paµisandhipi hoti. Itipi manodaº¹ova mahanto. Bhijjitv±pi cutipa-
µisandhi-±ka¹¹hanato eseva mahanto. Amh±ka½ pana mah±nigaºµhassa kath±
aniyy±nik±”ti sallakkhesi. Bhagavato pana vicitt±ni pañhapaµibh±n±ni sotuk±mo
na t±va anuj±n±ti.
Na kho te sandhiyat²ti na kho te ghaµiyati. Purimena v± pacchimanti “k±yadaº¹o
mahanto”ti imin± purimena vacanena id±ni “manodaº¹o mahanto”ti ida½
vacana½. Pacchimena v± purimanti tena v± pacchimena adu½ purimavacana½
na ghaµiyati.
63. Id±nissa (3.0041) bhagav± aññ±nipi k±raº±ni ±haranto “ta½ ki½ maññas²”-
ti-±dim±ha. Tattha c±tuy±masa½varasa½vutoTi na p±ºamatip±teti, na p±ºamati-
p±tayati, na p±ºamatip±tayato samanuñño hoti. Na adinna½ ±diyati, na adinna½
±diy±peti, na adinna½ ±diyato samanuñño hoti. Na mus± bhaºati, na mus± bhaº±-
peti, na mus± bhaºato samanuñño hoti. Na bh±vitam±s²sati, na bh±vitam±s²s±-
peti, na bh±vitam±s²sato samanuñño hot²ti imin± catukoµµh±sena sa½varena
sa½vuto. Ettha ca bh±vitanti pañcak±maguº±.
 Sabbav±riv±ritoti v±ritasabba-udako, paµikkhittasabbas²todakoti attho. So hi s²to-
dake sattasaññ² hoti, tasm± na ta½ valañjeti. Atha v± sabbav±riv±ritoti sabbena
p±pav±raºena v±ritap±po. Sabbav±riyuttoti sabbena p±pav±raºena yutto. Sabba-
v±ridhutoti sabbena p±pav±raºena dhutap±po. Sabbav±riphuµoti sabbena p±pav±-
raºena phuµo. Khuddake p±ºe saªgh±ta½ ±p±det²ti khuddake p±ºe vadha½ ±p±-
deti. So kira ekindriya½ p±ºa½ duvindriya½ p±ºanti paññapeti. Sukkhadaº¹aka-
pur±ºapaººasakkhara-kathal±nipi p±ºoteva paññapeti. Tattha khuddaka½ udaka-
bindu khuddako p±ºo, mahanta½ mahantoti saññ² hoti. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½.
Kismi½ paññapet²ti kattha katarasmi½ koµµh±se paññapeti. Manodaº¹asminti
manodaº¹akoµµh±se, bhanteti. Aya½ pana up±sako bhaºantova sayampi salla-
kkhesi– “amh±ka½ mah±nigaºµho ‘asañcetanika½ kamma½ appas±vajja½, sañce-
tanika½ mah±s±vajjan’ti paññapetv± cetana½ manodaº¹oti paññapeti, aniyy±nik±
etassa kath±, bhagavatova niyy±nik±”ti.
64. Iddh±ti samiddh±. Ph²t±ti atisamiddh± sabbap±liphull± viya. ¾kiººamanu-
ss±ti janasam±kul±. P±º±ti hatthi-ass±dayo tiracch±nagat± ceva itthipurisad±rak±-
dayo manussaj±tik± ca. Eka½ ma½sakhalanti eka½ ma½sar±si½. Puñjanti
tasseva vevacana½. Iddhim±ti ±nubh±vasampanno. Cetovasippattoti citte vas²-
bh±vappatto. Bhasma½ kariss±m²ti ch±rika½ kariss±mi. Kiñhi sobhati ek± chav±
n±¼and±ti idampi bhaºanto so gahapati– “k±yapayogena paññ±sampi manuss±
eka½ n±¼anda½ eka½ ma½sakhala½ k±tu½ na sakkonti, iddhim± pana eko (3.0042)
ekeneva manopadosena bhasma½ k±tu½ samattho. Amh±ka½ mah±nigaºµhassa
kath± aniyy±nik±, bhagavatova kath± niyy±nik±”ti sallakkhesi.
65. Arañña½ araññabh³tanti ag±maka½ araññameva hutv± arañña½ j±ta½.
Is²na½ manopadosen±ti is²na½ atth±ya katena manopadosena ta½ manopa-
dosa½ asaham±n±hi devat±hi t±ni raµµh±ni vin±sit±ni. Lokik± pana isayo mana½
padosetv± vin±sayi½s³ti maññanti. Tasm± imasmi½ lokav±de µhatv±va ida½
v±d±ropana½ katanti veditabba½.
Tattha daº¹ak²raññ±d²na½ eva½ araññabh³tabh±vo j±nitabbo– sarabhaªgabo-
dhisattassa t±va paris±ya ativepullata½ gat±ya kisavaccho n±ma t±paso mah±sa-
ttassa antev±s² vivekav±sa½ patthayam±no gaºa½ pah±ya godh±var²t²rato kali-
ªgaraµµhe daº¹ak²rañño kumbhapura½ n±ma nagara½ upaniss±ya r±juyy±ne vive-
kamanubr³hayam±no viharati. Tassa sen±pati upaµµh±ko hoti.
Tad± ca ek± gaºik± ratha½ abhiruhitv± pañcam±tug±masatapariv±r± nagara½
upasobhayam±n± vicarati. Mah±jano tameva olokayam±no pariv±retv± vicarati,
nagarav²thiyo nappahonti. R±j± v±tap±na½ vivaritv± µhito ta½ disv± k± es±ti
pucchi. Tumh±ka½ nagarasobhin² dev±ti. So uss³yam±no “ki½ et±ya sobhati,
nagara½ saya½ sobhissat²”ti ta½ µh±nantara½ acchind±pesi.
S± tato paµµh±ya kenaci saddhi½ santhava½ katv± µh±nantara½ pariyesam±n±
ekadivasa½ r±juyy±na½ pavisitv± caªkamanakoµiya½ ±lambanaphalaka½
niss±ya p±s±ºaphalake nisinna½ t±pasa½ disv± cintesi– “kiliµµho vat±ya½ t±paso
anañjitamaº¹ito, d±µhik±hi paru¼h±hi mukha½ pihita½, massun± ura½ pihita½,
ubho kacch± paru¼h±”ti. Athass± domanassa½ uppajji– “aha½ ekena kiccena vica-
r±mi, ayañca me k±¼akaºº² diµµho, udaka½ ±haratha, akkh²ni dhoviss±m²”ti udaka-
dantakaµµha½ ±har±petv± dantakaµµha½ kh±ditv± t±pasassa sar²re piº¹a½ piº¹a½
khe¼a½ p±tetv± dantakaµµha½ jaµ±matthake khipitv± mukha½ vikkh±letv± udaka½
t±pasassa matthakasmi½yeva siñcitv± (3.0043)– “yehi me akkh²hi k±¼akaºº² diµµho,
t±ni dhot±ni kalipav±hito”ti nikkhant±.
Ta½divasañca r±j± sati½ paµilabhitv±– “bho kuhi½ nagarasobhin²”ti pucchi. Ima-
smi½yeva nagare dev±ti. Pakatiµµh±nantara½ tass± deth±ti µh±nantara½ d±pesi.
S± pubbe sukatakamma½ niss±ya laddha½ µh±nantara½ t±pasassa sar²re khe¼a-
p±tanena laddhanti saññamak±si.
Tato katip±hassaccayena r±j± purohitassa µh±nantara½ gaºhi. So nagarasobhi-
niy± santika½ gantv± “bhagini kinti katv± µh±nantara½ paµilabh²”ti pucchi. “Ki½
br±hmaºa añña½ k±tabba½ atthi, r±juyy±ne anañjitak±¼akaºº² k³µajaµilo eko atthi,
tassa sar²re khe¼a½ p±tehi, eva½ µh±nantara½ labhissas²”ti ±ha. So “eva½ kari-
ss±mi bhagin²”ti tattha gantv± t±ya kathitasadisameva sabba½ katv± nikkhami.
R±j±pi ta½divasameva sati½ paµilabhitv±– “kuhi½, bho, br±hmaºo”ti pucchi. Ima-
smi½yeva nagare dev±ti. “Amhehi anupadh±retv± kata½, tadevassa µh±nantara½
deth±”ti d±pesi. Sopi puññabalena labhitv± “t±pasassa sar²re khe¼ap±tanena
laddha½ me”ti saññamak±si.
Tato katip±hassaccayena rañño paccanto kupito. R±j± paccanta½ v³pasame-
ss±m²ti caturaªginiy± sen±ya nikkhami. Purohito gantv± rañño purato µhatv±
“jayatu mah±r±j±”ti vatv±– “tumhe, mah±r±ja, jayatth±ya gacchath±”ti pucchi. ¾ma
br±hmaº±ti. Eva½ sante r±juyy±ne anañjitak±¼akaºº² eko k³µajaµilo vasati, tassa
sar²re khe¼a½ p±teth±ti. R±j± tassa vacana½ gahetv± yath± gaºik±ya ca tena ca
kata½, tatheva sabba½ katv± orodhepi ±º±pesi– “etassa k³µajaµilassa sar²re
khe¼a½ p±teth±”ti. Tato orodh±pi orodhap±lak±pi tatheva aka½su. Atha r±j± uyy±-
nadv±re rakkha½ µhap±petv± “raññ± saddhi½ nikkhamant± sabbe t±pasassa
sar²re khe¼a½ ap±tetv± nikkhamitu½ na labhant²”ti ±º±pesi. Atha sabbo balak±yo
ca seniyo ca teneva niy±mena t±pasassa upari khe¼añca dantakaµµh±ni ca mukha-
vikkh±lita udakañca p±payi½su, khe¼o ca dantakaµµh±ni ca sakalasar²ra½ avattha-
ri½su.
Sen±pati (3.0044) sabbapacch± suºitv± “mayha½ kira satth±ra½ bhavanta½
puññakkhetta½ saggasop±na½ eva½ ghaµµayi½s³”ti usumaj±tahadayo mukhena
assasanto vegena r±juyy±na½ ±gantv± tath± byasanapatta½ isi½ disv± kaccha½
bandhitv± dv²hi hatthehi dantakaµµh±ni apaviy³hitv± ukkhipitv± nis²d±petv± udaka½
±har±petv± nh±petv± sabba-osadhehi ceva catujj±tigandhehi ca sar²ra½ ubba-
µµetv± sukhumas±µakena puñchitv± purato añjali½ katv± µhito evam±ha “ayutta½,
bhante, manussehi kata½, etesa½ ki½ bhavissat²”ti. Devat± sen±pati tidh± bhinn±,
ekacc± “r±j±nameva n±sess±m±”ti vadanti, ekacc± “saddhi½ paris±ya r±j±nan”ti,
ekacc± “rañño vijita½ sabba½ n±sess±m±”ti. Ida½ vatv± pana t±paso appamatta-
kampi kopa½ akatv± lokassa santi-up±yameva ±cikkhanto ±ha “apar±dho n±ma
hoti, accaya½ pana desetu½ j±nantassa p±katikameva hot²”ti.
Sen±pati naya½ labhitv± rañño santika½ gantv± r±j±na½ vanditv± ±ha–
“tumhehi, mah±r±ja, nir±par±dhe mahiddhike t±pase aparajjhantehi bh±riya½
kamma½ kata½, devat± kira tidh± bhinn± eva½ vadant²”ti sabba½ ±rocetv±–
“kham±pite kira, mah±r±ja, p±katika½ hoti, raµµha½ m± n±setha, t±pasa½ kham±-
peth±”ti ±ha. R±j± attani dosa½ kata½ disv±pi eva½ vadati “na ta½ kham±pess±-
m²”ti. Sen±pati y±vatatiya½ y±citv± anicchantam±ha– “aha½, mah±r±ja, t±pa-
sassa bala½ j±n±mi, na so abh³tav±d², n±pi kupito, satt±nuddayena pana eva-
m±ha kham±petha na½ mah±r±j±”ti. Na kham±pem²ti. Tena hi sen±patiµµh±na½
aññassa detha, aha½ tumh±ka½ ±º±pavattiµµh±ne na vasiss±m²ti. Tva½ yena-
k±ma½ gaccha, aha½ mayha½ sen±pati½ labhiss±m²ti. Tato sen±pati t±pasassa
santika½ ±gantv± vanditv± “katha½ paµipajj±mi, bhante”ti ±ha. Sen±pati ye te
vacana½ suºanti, sabbe saparikkh±re sadhane sadvipadacatuppade gahetv±
sattadivasabbhantare bahi rajjas²ma½ gaccha, devat± ativiya kupit± dhuva½
raµµhampi araµµha½ karissant²ti. Sen±pati tath± ak±si.
R±j± gatamattoyeva amittamathana½ katv± janapada½ v³pasametv± ±gamma
jayakhandh±v±raµµh±ne nis²ditv± nagara½ paµijagg±petv± antonagara½ p±visi.
Devat± (3.0045) paµhama½yeva udakavuµµhi½ p±tayi½su. Mah±jano attamano
ahosi “k³µajaµila½ aparaddhak±lato paµµh±ya amh±ka½ rañño va¹¹hiyeva, amitte
nimmathesi, ±gatadivaseyeva devo vuµµho”ti. Devat± puna sumanapupphavuµµhi½
p±tayi½su, mah±jano
attamanataro ahosi. Devat± puna m±sakavuµµhi½ p±tayi½su. Tato kah±paºa-
vuµµhi½, tato kah±paºattha½ na nikkhameyyunti maññam±n± hatth³pagap±d³pa-
g±dikatabhaº¹avuµµhi½ p±tesu½. Mah±jano sattabh³mikap±s±de µhitopi otaritv±
±bharaº±ni pi¼andhanto attamano ahosi. “Arahati vata k³µajaµilake khe¼ap±tana½,
tassa upari khe¼ap±titak±lato paµµh±ya amh±ka½ rañño va¹¹hi j±t±, amittama-
thana½ kata½, ±gatadivaseyeva devo vassi, tato sumanavuµµhi m±sakavuµµhi
kah±paºavuµµhi katabhaº¹avuµµh²ti catasso vuµµhiyo j±t±”ti attamanav±ca½ nicch±-
retv± rañño katap±pe samanuñño j±to.
Tasmi½ samaye devat± ekatodh±ra-ubhatodh±r±d²ni n±nappak±r±ni ±vudh±ni
mah±janassa upari phalake ma½sa½ koµµayam±n± viya p±tayi½su. Tadanantara½
v²taccike v²tadh³me ki½sukapupphavaººe aªg±re, tadanantara½ k³µ±g±rappa-
m±ºe p±s±ºe, tadanantara½ antomuµµhiya½ asaºµhahanika½ sukhumav±lika½
vass±payam±n± as²tihatthubbedha½ thala½ aka½su. Rañño vijitaµµh±ne kisava-
cchat±paso sen±pati m±tuposakar±moti tayova manussabh³t± arog± ahesu½.
Ses±na½ tasmi½ kamme asamaªg²bh³t±na½ tiracch±n±na½ p±n²yaµµh±ne
p±n²ya½ n±hosi, tiºaµµh±ne tiºa½. Te yena p±n²ya½ yena tiºanti gacchant± appa-
tteyeva sattame divase bahirajjas²ma½ p±puºi½su. Ten±ha sarabhaªgabodhi-
satto–
“Kisañhi vaccha½ avakiriya daº¹ak²,
ucchinnam³lo sajano saraµµho;
kukku¼an±me nirayamhi paccati,
tassa phuliªg±ni patanti k±ye”ti. (j±. 2.17.70);
Eva½ t±va daº¹ak²raññassa araññabh³tabh±vo veditabbo.
Kaliªgaraµµhe (3.0046) pana n±¼ikiraraññe rajja½ k±rayam±ne himavati pañcasa-
tat±pas± anitthigandh± ajinajaµav±kac²radhar± vanam³laphalabhakkh± hutv±
cira½ v²tin±metv± loºambilasevanattha½ manussapatha½ otaritv± anupubbena
kaliªgaraµµhe n±¼ikirarañño nagara½ sampatt±. Te jaµ±jinav±kac²r±ni saºµhapetv±
pabbajit±nur³pa½ upasamasiri½ dassayam±n± nagara½ bhikkh±ya pavisi½su.
Manuss± anuppanne buddhupp±de t±pasapabbajite disv± pasann± nisajjaµµh±na½
sa½vidh±ya hatthato bhikkh±bh±jana½ gahetv± nis²d±petv± bhikkha½ samp±-
detv± ada½su. T±pas± katabhattakicc± anumodana½ aka½su. Manuss± sutv±
pasannacitt± “kuhi½ bhadant± gacchant²”ti pucchi½su. Yath±ph±sukaµµh±na½,
±vusoti. Bhante, ala½ aññattha gamanena, r±juyy±ne vasatha, maya½ bhuttap±ta-
r±s± ±gantv± dhammakatha½ soss±m±ti. T±pas± adhiv±setv± uyy±na½ aga-
ma½su. N±gar± bhuttap±tar±s± suddhavatthanivatth± “dhammakatha½ soss±m±”-
ti saªgh± gaº± gaº²bh³t± uyy±n±bhimukh± agama½su. R±j± uparip±s±de µhito te
tath± gaccham±ne disv± upaµµh±ka½ pucchi “ki½ ete bhaºe n±gar± suddhavatth±
suddhuttar±saªg± hutv± uyy±n±bhimukh± gacchanti, kimettha samajja½ v±
n±µaka½ v± atth²”ti? Natthi deva, ete t±pas±na½ santike dhamma½ sotuk±m±
gacchant²ti. Tena hi bhaºe ahampi gacchiss±mi, may± saddhi½ gacchant³ti. So
gantv± tesa½ ±rocesi– “r±j±pi gantuk±mo, r±j±na½ pariv±retv±va gacchath±”ti.
N±gar± pakatiy±pi attaman± ta½ sutv±– “amh±ka½ r±j± assaddho appasanno
duss²lo, t±pas± dhammik±, te ±gamma r±j±pi dhammiko bhavissat²”ti attamana-
tar± ahesu½.
R±j± nikkhamitv± tehi pariv±rito uyy±na½ gantv± t±pasehi saddhi½ paµisa-
nth±ra½ katv± ekamanta½ nis²di. T±pas± r±j±na½ disv± parikath±ya kusalasse-
kassa t±pasassa “rañño dhamma½ katheh²”ti saññamada½su, so t±paso parisa½
oloketv± pañcasu veresu ±d²nava½ pañcasu ca s²lesu ±nisa½sa½ kathento–
“P±ºo (3.0047) na hantabbo, adinna½ n±d±tabba½, k±mesumicch±c±ro na
caritabbo, mus± na bh±sitabb±, majja½ na p±tabba½, p±º±tip±to n±ma niraya-
sa½vattaniko hoti tiracch±nayonisa½vattaniko pettivisayasa½vattaniko, tath±
adinn±d±n±d²ni. P±º±tip±to niraye paccitv± manussaloka½ ±gatassa vip±k±va-
sesena app±yukasa½vattaniko hoti, adinn±d±na½ appabhogasa½vattanika½,
micch±c±ro bahusapattasa½vattaniko, mus±v±do abh³tabbhakkh±nasa½vatta-
niko, majjap±na½ ummattakabh±vasa½vattanikan”ti–
Pañcasu veresu ima½ ±d²nava½ kathesi.
R±j± pakatiy±pi assaddho appasanno duss²lo, duss²lassa ca s²lakath± n±ma
dukkath±, kaººe s³lappavesana½ viya hoti. Tasm± so cintesi– “aha½ ‘ete pagga-
ºhiss±m²’ti ±gato, ime pana mayha½ ±gatak±lato paµµh±ya ma½yeva ghaµµent±
vijjhant± parisamajjhe kathenti, kariss±mi nesa½ k±ttabban”ti. So dhammakath±-
pariyos±ne “±cariy± sve mayha½ gehe bhikkha½ gaºhath±”ti nimantetv± aga-
m±si. So dutiyadivase mahante mahante ko¼umbe ±har±petv± g³thassa p³r±-
petv± kadalipattehi nesa½ mukh±ni bandh±petv± tattha tattha µhap±pesi, puna
bahalamadhukatelan±gabalapicchill±d²na½ k³µe p³retv± nisseºimatthake µhap±-
pesi, tattheva ca mah±malle baddhakacche hatthehi muggare g±h±petv± µhapetv±
±ha “k³µat±pas± ativiya ma½ viheµhayi½su, tesa½ p±s±dato otaraºak±le k³µehi
picchilla½ sop±namatthake vissajjetv± s²se muggarehi pothetv± gale gahetv±
sop±ne khipath±”ti. Sop±nap±dam³le pana caº¹e kukkure bandh±pesi.
T±pas±pi “sve r±jagehe bhuñjiss±m±”ti aññamañña½ ovadi½su– “m±ris± r±ja-
geha½ n±ma s±saªka½ sappaµibhaya½, pabbajitehi n±ma chadv±r±rammaºe
saññatehi bhavitabba½, diµµhadiµµhe ±rammaºe nimitta½ na gahetabba½, cakkhu-
dv±re sa½varo paccupaµµhapetabbo”ti.
Punadivase (3.0048) bhikkh±c±ravela½ sallakkhetv± v±kac²ra½ niv±setv± ajina-
camma½ eka½sagata½ katv± jaµ±kal±pa½ saºµhapetv± bhikkh±bh±jana½
gahetv± paµip±µiy± r±janivesana½ abhiru¼h±. R±j± ±ru¼habh±va½ ñatv± g³thako¼u-
mbamukhato kadalipatta½ n²har±pesi. Duggandho t±pas±na½ n±sapuµa½ paha-
ritv± matthaluªgap±tan±k±rapatto ahosi. Mah±t±paso r±j±na½ olokesi. R±j±–
“ettha bhonto y±vadattha½ bhuñjantu ceva harantu ca, tumh±kameta½ anuccha-
vika½, hiyyo aha½ tumhe paggaºhiss±m²ti ±gato, tumhe pana ma½yeva
ghaµµento vijjhant± parisamajjhe kathayittha, tumh±kamida½ anucchavika½,
bhuñjath±”ti mah±t±pasassa uluªkena g³tha½ upan±mesi. Mah±t±paso dh² dh²ti
vadanto paµinivatti. “Ettakeneva gacchissatha tumhe”ti sop±ne k³µehi picchilla½
vissajj±petv± mall±na½ saññamad±si. Mall± muggarehi s²s±ni pothetv± g²v±ya
gahetv± sop±ne khipi½su, ekopi sop±ne patiµµh±tu½ n±sakkhi, pavaµµam±n± sop±-
nap±dam³la½yeva p±puºi½su. Sampatte sampatte caº¹akukkur± paµapaµ±ti
luñcam±n± kh±di½su. Yopi nesa½ uµµhahitv± pal±yati, sopi ±v±µe patati, tatr±pi
na½ kukkur± anubandhitv± kh±dantiyeva. Iti nesa½ kukkur± aµµhisaªkhalikameva
avasesayi½su. Eva½ so r±j± tapasampanne pañcasate t±pase ekadivaseneva
j²vit± voropesi.
Athassa raµµhe devat± purimanayeneva puna navavuµµhiyo p±tesu½. Tassa
rajja½ saµµhiyojanubbedhena v±likathalena avacch±diyittha. Ten±ha sarabhaªgo
bodhisatto–
“Yo saññate pabbajite avañcayi,
dhamma½ bhaºante samaºe ad³sake;
ta½ n±¼ikera½ sunakh± parattha,
saªgamma kh±danti viphandam±nan”ti. (j±. 2.17.71);
Eva½ k±liªg±raññassa araññabh³tabh±vo veditabbo.
At²te pana b±r±ºasinagare diµµhamaªgalik± n±ma catt±l²sakoµivibhavassa
seµµhino ek± dh²t± ahosi dassan²y± p±s±dik±. S± r³pabhogakulasampattisampa-
nnat±ya bah³na½ patthan²y± ahosi. Yo (3.0049) panass± v±reyyatth±ya pahiº±ti,
ta½ ta½ disv±nassa j±tiya½ v± hatthap±d±d²su v± yattha katthaci dosa½ ±ropetv±
“ko esa dujj±to dussaºµhito”ti-±d²ni vatv±– “n²haratha nan”ti n²har±petv± “evar³-
pampi n±ma addasa½, udaka½ ±haratha, akkh²ni dhoviss±m²”ti akkh²ni dhovati.
Tass± diµµha½ diµµha½ vippak±ra½ p±petv± n²har±pet²ti diµµhamaªgalik± tveva
saªkh± udap±di, m³lan±ma½ antaradh±yi.
S± ekadivasa½ gaªg±ya udakak²¼a½ k²¼iss±m²ti tittha½ sajj±petv± pah³ta½
kh±dan²yabhojan²ya½ sakaµesu p³r±petv± bah³ni gandham±l±d²ni ±d±ya paµi-
cchannay±na½ ±ruyha ñ±tigaºaparivut± gehamh± nikkhami. Tena ca samayena
mah±puriso caº¹±layoniya½ nibbatto bahinagare cammagehe vasati, m±taªgotve-
vassa n±ma½ ahosi. So so¼asavassuddesiko hutv± kenacideva karaº²yena anto-
nagara½ pavisituk±mo eka½ n²lapilotika½ niv±setv± eka½ hatthe bandhitv±
ekena hatthena pacchi½, ekena ghaº¹a½ gahetv± “ussaratha ayy±, caº¹±lohan”-
ti j±n±panattha½ ta½ v±dento n²cacitta½ paccupaµµhapetv± diµµhadiµµhe manusse
namassam±no nagara½ pavisitv± mah±patha½ paµipajji.
Diµµhamaªgalik± ghaº¹asadda½ sutv± s±ºi-antarena olokent² d³ratova ta½ ±ga-
cchanta½ disv± “kimetan”ti pucchi. M±taªgo ayyeti. “Ki½ vata, bho, akusala½ aka-
ramha, kass±ya½ nissando, vin±so nu kho me paccupaµµhito, maªgalakiccena
n±ma gaccham±n± caº¹±la½ addasan”ti sar²ra½ kampetv± jiguccham±n± khe¼a½
p±tetv± dh±tiyo ±ha– “vegena udaka½ ±haratha, caº¹±lo diµµho, akkh²ni ceva
n±ma gahitamukhañca dhoviss±m²”ti dhovitv± ratha½ nivatt±petv± sabbapaµiy±-
d±na½ geha½ pesetv± p±s±da½ abhiruhi. Sur±soº¹±dayo ceva tass± upaµµh±ka-
manuss± ca “kuhi½, bho diµµhamaªgalik±, im±yapi vel±ya n±gacchat²”ti pucchant±
ta½ pavatti½ sutv±– “mahanta½ vata, bho, sur±ma½sagandham±l±disakk±ra½
caº¹±la½ niss±ya anubhavitu½ na labhimha, gaºhatha caº¹±lan”ti gataµµh±na½
gavesitv± nir±par±dha½ m±taªgapaº¹ita½ tajjitv±– “are m±taªga ta½ niss±ya ida-
ñcidañca sakk±ra½ anubhavitu½ na labhimh±”ti kesesu (3.0050) gahetv±
bh³miya½ p±tetv± j±ºukapparap±s±º±d²hi koµµetv± matoti saññ±ya p±de gahetv±
ka¹¹hant± saªk±rak³µe cha¹¹esu½.
Mah±puriso sañña½ paµilabhitv± hatthap±de par±masitv±– “ida½ dukkha½ ka½
niss±ya uppannan”ti cintento– “na añña½ kañci, diµµhamaªgalika½ niss±ya uppa-
nnan”ti ñatv± “sac±ha½ puriso, p±desu na½ nip±tess±m²”ti cintetv± vedham±no
diµµhamaªgalik±ya kuladv±ra½ gantv±– “diµµhamaªgalika½ labhanto vuµµhahi-
ss±mi, alabhantassa ettheva maraºan”ti gehaªgaºe nipajji. Tena ca samayena
jambud²pe aya½ dhammat± hoti– yassa caº¹±lo kujjhitv± gabbhadv±re nipanno
marati, ye ca tasmi½ gabbhe vasanti, sabbe caº¹±l± honti. Gehamajjhamhi mate
sabbe gehav±sino, dv±ramhi mate ubhato anantaragehav±sik±, aªgaºamhi mate
ito satta ito satt±ti cuddasagehav±sino sabbe caº¹±l± hont²ti. Bodhisatto pana
aªgaºe nipajji.
Seµµhissa ±rocesu½– “m±taªgo te s±mi gehaªgaºe patito”ti gacchatha bhaºe,
ki½ k±raº±ti vatv± ekam±saka½ datv± uµµh±peth±ti. Te gantv± “ima½ kira
m±saka½ gahetv± uµµhah±”ti vadi½su. So– “n±ha½ m±sakatth±ya nipanno, diµµha-
maªgalik±ya sv±ha½ nipanno”ti ±ha. Diµµhamaªgalik±ya ko dosoti? Ki½ tass±
dosa½ na passatha, nirapar±dho aha½ tass± manussehi byasana½ p±pito, ta½
labhantova vuµµhahiss±mi, alabhanto na vuµµhahiss±m²ti.
Te gantv± seµµhissa ±rocesu½. Seµµhi dh²tu dosa½ ñatv± “gacchatha, eka½
kah±paºa½ deth±”ti peseti. So “na icch±mi kah±paºa½, tameva icch±m²”ti ±ha.
Ta½ sutv± seµµhi ca seµµhibhariy± ca– “ek±yeva no piyadh²t±, paveºiy± ghaµako
añño d±rakopi natth²”ti sa½vegappatt±– “gacchatha t±t±, koci amh±ka½ asaha-
nako eta½ j²vit±pi voropeyya, etasmiñhi mate sabbe maya½ naµµh± homa, ±rakkha-
massa gaºhath±”ti pariv±retv± ±rakkha½ sa½vidh±ya y±gu½ pesayi½su, bhatta½
dhana½ pesayi½su, eva½ so sabba½ paµikkhipi. Eva½
eko divaso gato; dve, tayo, catt±ro, pañca divas± gat±.
Tato (3.0051) sattasattagehav±sik± uµµh±ya– “na sakkoma maya½ tumhe
niss±ya caº¹±l± bhavitu½, amhe m± n±setha, tumh±ka½ d±rika½ datv± eta½
uµµh±peth±”ti ±ha½su. Te satampi sahassampi satasahassampi pahiºi½su, so
paµikkhipateva. Eva½ cha divas± gat±. Sattame divase ubhato cuddasagehav±-
sik± sannipatitv±– “na maya½ caº¹±l± bhavitu½ sakkoma, tumh±ka½ ak±mak±-
nampi maya½ etassa d±rika½ dass±m±”ti ±ha½su.
M±t±pitaro sokasallasamappit± visaññ² hutv± sayane nipati½su. Ubhato cudda-
sagehav±sino p±s±da½ ±ruyha supupphitaki½sukas±kha½ ucchindant± viya
tass± sabb±bharaº±ni omuñcitv± nakhehi s²manta½ katv± kese bandhitv± n²las±-
µaka½ niv±s±petv± hatthe n²lapilotikakhaº¹a½ veµhetv± kaººesu tipupaµµake pi¼a-
ndh±petv± t±lapaººapacchi½ datv± p±s±dato ot±r±petv± dv²su b±h±su gahetv±–
“tava s±mika½ gahetv± y±h²”ti mah±purisassa ada½su.
N²luppalampi atibh±roti anukkhittapubb± sukhum±lad±rik± “uµµh±hi s±mi,
gacch±m±”ti ±ha. Bodhisatto nipannakova ±ha “n±ha½ uµµhah±m²”ti. Atha kinti
vad±m²ti. “Uµµhehi ayya m±taªg±”ti eva½ ma½ vad±h²ti. S± tath± avoca. Na
tuyha½ manuss± uµµh±nasamattha½ ma½ aka½su, b±h±ya ma½ gahetv± uµµh±pe-
h²ti. S± tath± ak±si. Bodhisatto uµµhahanto viya parivaµµetv± bh³miya½ patitv±–
“n±sita½, bho, diµµhamaªgalik±ya paµhama½ manussehi koµµ±petv±, id±ni saya½
koµµet²”ti viravittha. S± ki½ karomi ayy±ti? Dv²hi hatthehi gahetv± uµµh±peh²ti. S±
tath± uµµh±petv± nis²d±petv± gacch±ma s±m²ti. Gacch± n±ma araññe honti,
maya½ manuss±, atikoµµitomhi tuyha½ manussehi, na sakkomi padas± gantu½,
piµµhiy± ma½ neh²ti. S± onamitv± piµµhi½ ad±si. Bodhisatto abhiruhi. Kuhi½ nemi
s±m²ti? Bahinagara½ neh²ti. S± p±c²nadv±ra½ gantv±– “idha te s±mi vasanaµµh±-
nan”ti pucchi. Kataraµµh±na½ etanti? P±c²nadv±ra½ s±m²ti. P±c²nadv±re caº¹±la-
putt± vasitu½ na labhant²ti attano vasanaµµh±na½ an±cikkhitv±va sabbadv±r±ni
±hiº¹±pesi. Kasm±? Bhavaggapattamass± (3.0052) m±na½ p±tess±m²ti. Mah±-
jano ukkuµµhimak±si– “µhapetv± tumh±disa½ añño etiss± m±na½ bhedako
natth²”ti.
S± pacchimadv±ra½ patv± “idha te s±mi vasanaµµh±nan”ti pucchi. Katara-
µµh±na½ etanti? Pacchimadv±ra½ s±m²ti. Imin± dv±rena nikkhamitv± camma-
geha½ olokent² gacch±ti. S± tattha gantv± ±ha “ida½ cammageha½ tumh±ka½
vasanaµµh±na½ s±m²”ti? ¾m±ti piµµhito otaritv± cammageha½ p±visi.
Tattha sattaµµhadivase vasanto sabbaññutagavesanadh²ro ettakesu divasesu
na ca j±tisambhedamak±si. “Mah±kulassa dh²t± sace ma½ niss±ya mahanta½
yasa½ na p±puº±ti, na camh±ha½ catuv²satiy± buddh±na½ antev±siko. Etiss±
p±dadhovana-udakena sakalajambud²pe r±j³na½ abhisekakicca½ kariss±m²”ti
cintetv± puna cintesi– “ag±ramajjhevasanto na sakkhiss±mi, pabbajitv± pana
sakkhiss±m²”ti. Cintetv± ta½ ±mantesi– “diµµhamaªgalike maya½ pubbe ekacar±
kamma½ katv±pi akatv±pi sakk± j²vitu½, id±ni pana d±rabharaºa½ paµipannamha,
kamma½ akatv± na sakk± j²vitu½, tva½ y±v±ha½ ±gacch±mi, t±va m± ukkaºµhi-
tth±”ti arañña½ pavisitv± sus±n±d²su nantak±ni saªka¹¹hitv± niv±sanap±rupana½
katv± samaºapabbajja½ pabbajitv± ekacaro laddhak±yaviveko kasiºapari-
kamma½ katv± aµµha sam±pattiyo pañca abhiññ±yo ca nibbattetv± “id±ni sakk±
diµµhamaªgalik±ya avassayena may± bhavitun”ti b±r±ºasi-abhimukho gantv±
c²vara½ p±rupitv± bhikkha½ caram±no diµµhamaªgalik±ya geh±bhimukho aga-
m±si.
S± ta½ dv±re µhita½ disv± asañj±nant²– “aticchatha, bhante, caº¹±l±na½ vasa-
naµµh±nametan”ti ±ha. Bodhisatto tattheva aµµh±si. S± punappuna½ olokent² sañj±-
nitv± hatthehi ura½ paharitv± viravam±n± p±dam³le patitv± ±ha– “yadi te s±mi
edisa½ citta½ atthi, kasm± ma½ mahat± yas± parih±petv± an±tha½ ak±s²”ti.
N±nappak±ra½ parideva½ paridevitv± akkh²ni puñcham±n± uµµh±ya bhikkh±bh±-
jana½ gahetv± antogehe nis²d±petv± bhikkha½ ad±si. Mah±puriso bhattakicca½
katv± ±ha– “diµµhamaªgalike m± soci m± paridevi, aha½ tuyha½ p±dadhovana-u-
dakena sakalajambud²pe r±j³na½ abhisekakicca½ k±retu½ samattho, tva½ pana
(3.0053) eka½ mama vacana½ karohi, nagara½ pavisitv± ‘na mayha½ s±miko
caº¹±lo, mah±brahm± mayha½ s±miko’ti ugghosayam±n± sakalanagara½ car±-
h²”ti.
Eva½ vutte diµµhamaªgalik±– “pakatiy±pi aha½ s±mi mukhadoseneva byasana½
patt±, na sakkhiss±meva½ vattun”ti ±ha. Bodhisatto– “ki½ pana tay± mayha½
ag±re vasantassa alikavacana½ sutapubba½, aha½ tad±pi alika½ na bhaº±mi,
id±ni pabbajito ki½ vakkh±mi, saccav±d² puriso n±m±han”ti vatv±– “ajja
pakkhassa aµµham², tva½ ‘ito satt±hassaccayena uposathadivase mayha½ s±miko
mah±brahm± candamaº¹ala½ bhinditv± mama santika½ ±gamissat²’ti sakalana-
gare ugghoseh²”ti vatv± pakk±mi.
S± saddahitv± haµµhatuµµh± s³r± hutv± s±ya½p±ta½ nagara½ pavisitv± tath±
ugghosesi. Manuss± p±ºin± p±ºi½ paharant±– “passatha, amh±ka½ diµµhamaªga-
lik± caº¹±laputta½ mah±brahm±na½ karot²”ti hasant± ke¼i½ karonti. S± punadiva-
sepi tatheva s±ya½p±ta½ pavisitv±– “id±ni ch±haccayena, pañc±ha-cat³ha-t²ha-
dv²ha-ek±haccayena mayha½ s±miko mah±brahm± candamaº¹ala½ bhinditv±
mama santika½ ±gamissat²”ti ugghosesi.
Br±hmaº± cintayi½su– “aya½ diµµhamaªgalik± atis³r± hutv± katheti, kad±ci
eva½ siy±, etha maya½ diµµhamaªgalik±ya vasanaµµh±na½ paµijagg±m±”ti camma-
gehassa b±hirabh±ga½ samant± tacch±petv± v±lika½ okiri½su. S±pi uposathadi-
vase p±tova nagara½ pavisitv± “ajja mayha½ s±miko ±gamissat²”ti ugghosesi.
Br±hmaº± cintayi½su– “aya½ bho na d³ra½ apadissati, ajja kira mah±brahm±
±gamissati, vasanaµµh±na½ sa½vidah±m±”ti cammageha½ samajj±petv± harit³pa-
litta½ ahatavatthehi parikkhipitv± mah±raha½ pallaªka½ attharitv± upari celavi-
t±na½ bandhitv± gandham±lad±m±ni os±rayi½su. Tesa½ paµijaggant±na½yeva
s³riyo attha½ gato.
Mah±puriso cande uggatamatte abhiññ±p±dakajjh±na½ sam±pajjitv± vuµµh±ya
k±m±vacaracittena parikamma½ katv± iddhicittena dv±dasayojanika½ brahmatta-
bh±va½ m±petv± veh±sa½ abbhuggantv± candavim±nassa anto pavisitv± (3.0054)
vanantato abbhussakkam±na½ canda½ bhinditv± candavim±na½ oh±ya purato
hutv± “mah±jano ma½ passat³”ti adhiµµh±si. Mah±jano disv±– “sacca½, bho,
diµµhamaªgalik±ya vacana½, ±gacchanta½ mah±brahm±na½ p³jess±m±”ti
gandham±la½ ±d±ya diµµhamaªgalik±ya ghara½ pariv±retv± aµµh±si. Mah±puriso
matthakamatthakena sattav±re b±r±ºasi½ anuparigantv± mah±janena diµµha-
bh±va½ ñatv± dv±dasayojanika½ attabh±va½ vijahitv± manussappam±ºameva
m±petv± mah±janassa passantasseva cammageha½ p±visi. Mah±jano disv±–
“otiººo no mah±brahm±, s±ºi½ ±harath±”ti nivesana½ mah±s±ºiy± parikkhipitv±
pariv±retv± µhito.
Mah±purisopi sirisayanamajjhe nis²di. Diµµhamaªgalik± sam²pe aµµh±si. Atha
na½ pucchi “utusamayo te diµµhamaªgalike”ti. ¾ma ayy±ti. May± dinna½ putta½
gaºh±h²ti aªguµµhakena n±bhimaº¹ala½ phusi. Tass± par±masaneneva gabbho
patiµµh±si. Mah±puriso– “ett±vat± te diµµhamaªgalike p±dadhovana-udaka½ sakala-
jambud²pe r±j³na½ abhisekodaka½ bhavissati, tva½ tiµµh±”ti vatv± brahmatta-
bh±va½ m±petv± passantasseva mah±janassa nikkhamitv± veh±sa½ abbhu-
ggantv± caº¹amaº¹alameva paviµµho. S± tato paµµh±ya brahmapaj±pat² n±ma j±t±.
P±dadhovana-udaka½ labhanto n±ma natthi.
Br±hmaº±– “brahmapaj±pati½ antonagare vas±pess±m±”ti suvaººasivik±ya
±ropetv± y±va sattamakoµiy± aparisuddhaj±tikassa sivika½ gahetu½ na ada½su.
So¼asa j±timantabr±hmaº± gaºhi½su. Ses± gandhapupph±d²hi p³jetv± nagara½
pavisitv±– “na sakk±, bho, ucchiµµhagehe brahmapaj±patiy± vasitu½, vatthu½
gahetv± geha½ kariss±ma, y±va pana ta½ kar²yati, t±va maº¹apeva vasat³”ti
maº¹ape vas±pesu½. Tato paµµh±ya cakkhupathe µhatv± vandituk±m± kah±-
paºa½ datv± vanditu½ labhanti, savan³pac±re vandituk±m± sata½ datv±
labhanti, ±sanne pakatikatha½ savanaµµh±ne vandituk±m± pañcasat±ni datv±
labhanti, p±dapiµµhiya½ s²sa½ µhapetv± vandituk±m± sahassa½ datv± labhanti,
p±dadhovana-udaka½ patthayam±n± dasasahass±ni datv± labhanti. Bahinaga-
rato antonagare y±va maº¹ap± ±gacchantiy± laddhadhana½yeva koµisatamatta½
ahosi.
Sakalajambud²po (3.0055) saªkhubhi, tato sabbar±j±no “brahmapaj±patiy±
p±dadhovanena abhiseka½ kariss±m±”ti satasahassa½ pesetv± labhi½su.
Maº¹ape vasantiy± eva gabbhavuµµh±na½ ahosi. Mah±purisa½ paµicca laddhaku-
m±ro p±s±diko ahosi lakkhaºasampanno. Mah±brahmuno putto j±toti sakala
jambud²po ekakol±halo ahosi. Kum±rassa kh²ramaºim³la½ hot³ti tato tato ±gata-
dhana½ koµisahassa½ ahosi. Ett±vat± nivesanampi niµµhita½. Kum±rassa n±ma-
karaºa½ kariss±m±ti nivesana½ sajjetv± kum±ra½ gandhodakena nh±petv± ala-
ªkaritv± maº¹ape j±tatt± maº¹abyotveva n±ma½ aka½su.
Kum±ro sukhena sa½va¹¹ham±no sippuggahaºavayapattoti sakalajambud²pe
sippaj±nanak± tassa santike ±gantv± sippa½ sikkh±penti. Kum±ro medh±v²
paññav± suta½ suta½ muta½ ±vuºanto viya gaºh±ti, gahitagahita½ suvaººa-
ghaµe pakkhittatela½ viya tiµµhati. Y±vat± v±cuggat± pariyatti atthi, tena anugga-
hit± n±ma n±hosi. Br±hmaº± ta½ pariv±retv± caranti, sopi br±hmaºabhatto ahosi.
Gehe as²tibr±hmaºasahass±ni niccabhatta½ bhuñjanti. Gehampissa sattadv±rako-
µµhaka½ mahanta½ ahosi. Gehe maªgaladivase jambud²pav±s²hi pesitadhana½
koµisahassamatta½ ahosi.
Bodhisatto ±vajjesi– “pamatto nu kho kum±ro appamatto”ti. Athassa ta½
pavatti½ ñatv±– “br±hmaºabhatto j±to, yattha dinna½ mahapphala½ hoti, ta½ na
j±n±ti, gacch±mi na½ damem²”ti c²vara½ p±rupitv± bhikkh±bh±jana½ gahetv±–
“dv±rakoµµhak± atisamb±dh±, na sakk± koµµhakena pavisitun”ti ±k±sen±gantv±
as²tibr±hmaºasahass±na½ bhuñjanaµµh±ne ±k±saªgaºe otari. Maº¹abyakum±-
ropi suvaººakaµacchu½ g±h±petv±– “idha s³pa½ detha idha odanan”ti parivis±-
pento bodhisatta½ disv± daº¹akena ghaµµita-±siviso viya kupitv± ima½ g±tha-
m±ha–
“Kuto (3.0056) nu ±gacchasi dummav±s²,
otallako pa½supis±cakova;
saªk±raco¼a½ paµimuñca kaºµhe,
ko re tuva½ hosi adakkhiºeyyo”ti. (j±. 1.15.1);
Atha na½ mah±satto akujjhitv±va ovadanto ±ha–
“Anna½ taveda½ pakata½ yasassi,
ta½ khajjare bhuñjare piyyare ca;
j±n±si ma½ tva½ paradatt³paj²vi½,
uttiµµha piº¹a½ labhata½ sap±ko”ti. (j±. 1.15.2);
So nayida½ tumh±dis±na½ paµiyattanti dassento ±ha–
“Anna½ mameda½ pakata½ br±hmaº±na½,
atthatthita½ saddahato mameda½;
apehi etto kimidhaµµhitosi,
 na m±dis± tuyha½ dadanti jamm±”ti. (j±. 1.15.3);
Atha bodhisatto “d±na½ n±ma saguºassapi nigguºassapi yassa kassaci
d±tabba½, yath± hi ninnepi thalepi patiµµh±pita½ b²ja½ pathav²rasa½ ±porasañca
±gamma sampajjati, eva½ nipphala½ n±ma natthi, sukhette vapitab²ja½ viya guºa-
vante mahapphala½ hot²”ti dassetu½ ima½ g±tham±ha–
“Thale ca ninne ca vapanti b²ja½,
an³pakhette phalam±sam±n±;
et±ya saddh±ya dad±hi d±na½,
appeva ±r±dhaye dakkhiºeyye”ti. (j±. 1.15.4);
Atha kum±ro kodh±bhibh³to– “kenimassa muº¹akassa paveso dinno”ti dv±rara-
kkh±dayo tajjetv±–
“Khett±ni (3.0057) mayha½ vidit±ni loke,
yes±ha½ b²j±ni patiµµhapemi;
ye br±hmaº± j±timant³papann±,
t±n²dha khett±ni supesal±n²”ti. (j±. 1.15.5)–
G±tha½ vatv± “ima½ jamma½ veºupadarena pothetv± g²v±ya½ gahetv± sattapi
dv±rakoµµhake atikkamitv± bahi n²harath±”ti ±ha. Atha na½ mah±puriso ±ha–
“Giri½ nakhena khaºasi, ayo dantebhi kh±dasi;
j±taveda½ padahasi, yo isi½ paribh±sas²”ti. (j±. 1.15.9);
Evañca pana vatv±– “sace my±ya½ hatthe v± p±de v± gaºh±petv± dukkha½
upp±deyya, bahu½ apuñña½ pasaveyy±”ti satt±nuddayat±ya veh±sa½ abbhu-
ggantv± antarav²thiya½ otari. Bhagav± sabbaññuta½ patto tamattha½ pak±sento
ima½ g±tham±ha–
“Ida½ vatv±na m±taªgo, isi saccaparakkamo;
antalikkhasmi½ pakk±mi, br±hmaº±na½ udikkhatan”ti. (j±. 1.15.10);
T±vadeva nagararakkhikadevat±na½ jeµµhakadevar±j± maº¹abyassa g²va½
parivattesi. Tassa mukha½ parivattetitv± pacch±mukha½ j±ta½, akkh²ni pariva-
tt±ni, mukhena khe¼a½ vamati, sar²ra½ thaddha½ s³le ±ropita½ viya ahosi. As²tisa-
hass± paric±rakayakkh± as²tibr±hmaºasahass±ni tatheva aka½su. Vegena
gantv± brahmapaj±patiy± ±rocayi½su. S± taram±nar³p± ±gantv± ta½ vippak±ra½
disv± g±tham±ha–
“¾vedhita½ piµµhito uttamaªga½,
b±hu½ pas±reti akammaneyya½;
set±ni akkh²ni yath± matassa,
ko me ima½ puttamak±si evan”ti. (j±. 1.15.11);
Athass± (3.0058) ±rocesu½–
“Idh±gam± samaºo dummav±s²,
otallako pa½supis±cakova,
saªk±raco¼a½ paµimuñca kaºµhe,
so te ima½ puttamak±si evan”ti. (j±. 1.15.12);
S± sutv±va aññ±si– “mayha½ yasad±yako ayyo anukamp±ya puttassa pamatta-
bh±va½ ñatv± ±gato bhavissat²”ti. Tato upaµµh±ke pucchi–
 “Katama½ disa½ agam± bh³ripañño,
akkh±tha me m±ºav± etamattha½;
gantv±na ta½ paµikaremu accaya½,
appeva na½ putta labhemu j²vitan”ti. (j±. 1.15.13);
Te ±ha½su–
“Veh±yasa½ agam± bh³ripañño,
pathaddhuno pannaraseva cando;
apic±pi so purimadisa½ agacchi,
saccappaµiñño isi s±dhur³po”ti. (j±. 1.15.14);
Mah±purisopi antarav²thiya½ otiººaµµh±nato paµµh±ya– “mayha½ padava¼añja½
hatthi-ass±d²na½ vasena m± antaradh±yittha, diµµhamaªgalik±yeva na½ passatu,
m± aññe”ti adhiµµhahitv± piº¹±ya caritv± y±panamatta½ missakodana½ gahetv±
paµikkamanas±l±ya½ nisinno bhuñjitv± thoka½ bhutt±vasesa½ bhikkh±bh±jane-
yeva µhapesi. Diµµhamaªgalik±pi p±s±d± oruyha antarav²thi½ paµipajjam±n± pada-
va¼añja½ disv±– “ida½ mayha½ yasad±yakassa ayyassa padan”ti pad±nus±ren±-
gantv± vanditv± ±ha– “tumh±ka½, bhante, d±sena kat±par±dha½ mayha½
khamatha, na hi tumhe kodhavasik± n±ma, detha me puttassa j²vitan”ti.
Evañca pana vatv±–
“¾vedhita½ (3.0059) piµµhito uttamaªga½,
b±hu½ pas±reti akammaneyya½;
set±ni akkh²ni yath± matassa,
ko me ima½ puttamak±si evan”ti. (j±. 1.15.15)–
G±tha½ abh±si. Mah±puriso ±ha– “na maya½ evar³pa½ karoma, pabbajita½
pana hi½sante disv± pabbajitesu sag±rav±hi bh³tayakkhadevat±hi kata½ bhavi-
ssat²”ti.
Kevala½, bhante, tumh±ka½ manopadoso m± hotu, devat±hi kata½ hotu, sukha-
m±pay±, bhante, devat±, apic±ha½, bhante, katha½ paµipajj±m²ti. Tena hi
osadha½ te kathess±mi, mama bhikkh±bh±jane bhutt±vasesa½ bhattamatthi,
tattha thoka½ udaka½ ±siñcitv± thoka½ gahetv± tava puttassa mukhe pakkhipa,
avasesa½ udakac±µiya½ ±lo¼etv± as²tiy± br±hmaºasahass±na½ mukhe pakkhi-
p±ti. S± eva½ kariss±m²ti bhatta½ gahetv± mah±purisa½ vanditv± gantv± tath±
ak±si.
Mukhe pakkhittamatte jeµµhakadevar±j±– “s±mimhi saya½ bhesajja½ karonte
amhehi na sakk± kiñci k±tun”ti kum±ra½ vissajjesi. Sopi khipitv± kiñci dukkha½
appattapubbo viya pakativaººo ahosi. Atha na½ m±t± avoca– “passa t±ta tava
kulupak±na½ hirottapparahit±na½ vippak±ra½, samaº± pana na evar³p± honti,
samaºe t±ta bhojeyy±s²”ti. Tato sesaka½ udakac±µiya½ ±lu¼±petv± br±hmaº±na½
mukhe pakkhip±pesi. Yakkh± t±vadeva vissajjetv± pal±yi½su. Br±hmaº± khipitv±
khipitv± uµµhahitv± ki½ amh±ka½ mukhe pakkhittanti pucchi½su. M±taªga-isissa
ucchiµµhabhattanti. Te “caº¹±lassa ucchiµµhaka½ kh±d±pitamh±, abr±hmaº±
d±nimh± j±t±, id±ni no br±hmaº± ‘asuddhabr±hmaº± ime’ti sambhoga½ na dassa-
nt²”ti tato pal±yitv± majjharaµµha½ gantv± majjhar±jassa nagare agg±sanik±
br±hmaº± n±ma mayanti r±jagehe bhuñjanti.
Tasmi½ samaye bodhisatto p±paniggaha½ karonto m±naj±tike nimmadayanto
vicarati. Atheko “j±timantat±paso n±ma may± sadiso (3.0060) natth²”ti aññesu
saññampi na karoti. Bodhisatto ta½ gaªg±t²re vasam±na½ disv± “m±naniggaha-
massa kariss±m²”ti tattha agam±si. Ta½ j±timantat±paso pucchi– “ki½ jacco
bhavan”ti? Caº¹±lo aha½ ±cariy±ti. Apehi caº¹±la apehi caº¹±la, heµµh±gaªg±ya
vasa, m± uparigaªg±ya udaka½ ucchiµµhamak±s²ti.
Bodhisatto– “s±dhu ±cariya, tumhehi vuttaµµh±ne vasiss±m²”ti heµµh±gaªg±ya
vasanto “gaªg±ya udaka½ paµisota½ sandat³”ti adhiµµh±si. J±timantat±paso
p±tova gaªga½ oruyha udaka½ ±camati, jaµ± dhovati. Bodhisatto dantakaµµha½
kh±danto piº¹a½ piº¹a½ khe¼a½ udake p±teti. Dantakaµµhakucchiµµhakampi
tattheva pav±heti. Yath± ce ta½ aññattha alaggitv± t±pasasseva jaµ±su laggati,
tath± adhiµµh±si. Khe¼ampi dantakaµµhampi t±pasassa jaµ±suyeva patiµµh±ti.
T±paso caº¹±lassida½ kamma½ bhavissat²ti vippaµis±r² hutv± gantv± pucchi–
“ida½, bho caº¹±la, gaªg±ya udaka½ tay± paµisotag±mikatan”ti? ¾ma ±cariya.
Tena hi tva½ heµµh±gaªg±ya m± vasa, uparigaªg±ya vas±ti. S±dhu ±cariya,
tumhehi vuttaµµh±ne vasiss±m²ti tattha vasanto iddhi½ paµippassambhesi, udaka½
yath±gatikameva j±ta½. Puna t±paso tadeva byasana½ p±puºi. So puna gantv±
bodhisatta½ pucchi,– “bho caº¹±la, tvamida½ gaªg±ya udaka½ k±lena paµisota-
g±mi½ k±lena anusotag±mi½ karos²”ti? ¾ma ±cariya. Caº¹±la, “tva½ sukhavih±-
r²na½ pabbajit±na½ sukhena vasitu½ na desi, sattame te divase sattadh± muddh±
phalat³”ti. S±dhu acariya, aha½ pana s³riyassa uggantu½ na dass±m²ti.
Atha mah±satto cintesi– “etassa abhis±po etasseva upari patissati, rakkh±mi
nan”ti satt±nuddayat±ya punadivase iddhiy± s³riyassa uggantu½ na ad±si. Iddhi-
mato iddhivisayo n±ma acinteyyo, tato paµµh±ya aruºugga½ na paññ±yati, rattindi-
vaparicchedo natthi, kasivaºijj±d²ni kamm±ni payojento n±ma natthi.
Manuss±– “yakkh±vaµµo nu kho aya½ bh³tadevaµµon±gasupaºº±vaµµo”ti upadda-
vappatt± “ki½ nu kho k±tabban”ti cintetv± “r±jakula½ n±ma mah±pañña½,
lokassa hita½ cintetu½ sakkoti, tattha gacch±m±”ti r±jakula½ gantv± (3.0061)
tamattha½ ±rocesu½. R±j± sutv± bh²topi abh²t±k±ra½ katv±– “m± t±t± bh±yatha,
ima½ k±raºa½ gaªg±t²rav±s² j±timantat±paso j±nissati, ta½ pucchitv± nikkaªkh±
bhaviss±m±”ti katipayeheva atthacarakehi manussehi saddhi½ t±pasa½ upasa-
ªkamitv± katapaµisanth±ro tamattha½ pucchi. T±paso ±ha– “±ma mah±r±ja, eko
caº¹±lo atthi, so ima½ gaªg±ya udaka½ k±lena anusotag±mi½ k±lena patisota-
g±mi½ karoti, may± tadattha½ kiñci kathita½ atthi, ta½ pucchatha, so j±nissat²”ti.
R±j± m±taªga-isissa santika½ gantv±– “tumhe, bhante, aruºassa uggantu½ na
deth±”ti pucchi. ¾ma, mah±r±j±ti. Ki½ k±raº± bhanteti? J±timantat±pasak±raº±,
mah±r±ja, j±timantat±pasena ±gantv± ma½ vanditv± kham±pitak±le dass±mi
mah±r±j±ti. R±j± gantv± “etha ±cariya, t±pasa½ kham±peth±”ti ±ha. N±ha½,
mah±r±ja, caº¹±la½ vand±m²ti. M± ±cariya, eva½
karotha, janapadassa mukha½ passath±ti. So puna paµikkhipiyeva. R±j± bodhi-
satta½ upasaªkamitv± “±cariyo kham±petu½ na icchit²”ti ±ha. Akham±pite aha½
s³riya½ na muñc±m²ti. R±j± “aya½ kham±petu½ na icchati, aya½ akham±pite
s³riya½ na muñcati, ki½ amh±ka½ tena t±pasena, loka½ olokess±m±”ti
“gacchatha, bho, t±pasasantika½, ta½ hatthesu ca p±desu ca gahetv± m±taªga-i-
sissa p±dam³le netv± nipajj±petv± kham±petha etassa janapad±nuddayata½
paµicc±”ti ±ha. Te r±japuris± gantv± ta½ tath± katv± ±netv± m±taªga-isissa p±da-
m³le nipajj±petv± kham±pesu½.
Aha½ n±ma khamitabba½ kham±mi, apica kho pana etassa kath± etasseva
upari patissati. May± s³riye vissajjite s³riyarasmi etassa matthake patissati,
athassa sattadh± muddh± phalissati. Tañca kho panesa byasana½ m± p±puº±tu,
etha tumhe eta½ galappam±ºe udake ot±retv± mahanta½ mattik±piº¹amassa
s²se µhapetha. Ath±ha½ s³riya½ vissajjiss±mi. S³riyarasmi mattik±piº¹e patitv±
ta½ sattadh± bhindissati. Athesa mattik±piº¹a½ cha¹¹etv± nimujjitv± aññena
titthena uttaratu, iti na½ vadatha, evamassa sotthi bhavissat²ti. Te manuss± “eva½
kariss±m±”ti tath± k±resu½. Tass±pi tatheva sotthi j±t±. So tato paµµh±ya– “j±ti (3.006
n±ma ak±raºa½, pabbajit±na½ abbhantare guºova k±raºan”ti j±tigottam±na½
pah±ya nimmado ahosi.
Iti j±timantat±pase damite mah±jano bodhisattassa th±ma½ aññ±si, mah±kol±-
hala½ j±ta½. R±j± attano nagara½ gamanatth±ya bodhisatta½ y±ci. Mah±satto
paµiñña½ datv± t±ni ca as²tibr±hmaºasahass±ni damess±mi, paµiññañca mocess±-
m²ti majjhar±jassa nagara½ agam±si. Br±hmaº± bodhisatta½ disv±va– bho, “aya½
so, bho mah±coro, ±gato, id±neva sabbe ete mayha½ ucchiµµhaka½ kh±ditv± abr±-
hmaº± j±t±ti amhe p±kaµe karissati, eva½ no idh±pi ±v±so na bhavissati, paµika-
cceva m±ress±m±”ti r±j±na½ puna upasaªkamitv± ±ha½su– “tumhe, mah±r±ja,
eta½ caº¹±lapabbajita½ m± s±dhur³poti maññittha, esa garukamanta½ j±n±ti,
pathavi½ gahetv± ±k±sa½ karoti, ±k±sa½ pathavi½, d³ra½ gahetv± santika½
karoti, santika½ d³ra½, gaªga½ nivattetv± uddhag±mini½ karoti, icchanto
pathavi½ ukkhipitv± p±tetu½ maññe sakkoti. Parassa v± citta½ n±ma sabbak±la½
na sakk± gahetu½, aya½ idha patiµµha½ labhanto tumh±ka½ rajjampi n±seyya,
j²vitantar±yampi va½supacchedampi kareyya, amh±ka½ vacana½ karotha, mah±-
r±ja, ajjeva ima½ m±retu½ vaµµat²”ti.
R±j±no n±ma parapattiy± honti, iti so bah³na½ kath±vasena niµµha½ gato.
Bodhisatto pana nagare piº¹±ya caritv± udakaph±sukaµµh±ne missakodana½
bhuñjitv± r±juyy±na½ gantv± nir±par±dhat±ya nir±saªko maªgalasil±paµµe nis²di.
At²te catt±l²sa, an±gate catt±l²s±ti as²tikappe anussaritu½ samatthañ±ºassa an±va-
jjanat±ya muhuttamattake k±le sati nappahoti, r±j± añña½ aj±n±petv± sayameva
gantv± nir±vajjanat±ya pam±dena nisinna½ mah±purisa½ asin± paharitv± dve
bh±ge ak±si. Imassa rañño vijite aµµhama½ lohak³µavassa½, navama½ kalala-
vassa½ vassi. Iti imass±pi raµµhe nava vuµµhiyo patit±. So ca r±j± sapariso mah±ni-
raye nibbatto. Ten±ha sa½kiccapaº¹ito–
“Upahacca (3.0063) mana½ majjho, m±taªgasmi½ yasassine;
 sap±risajjo ucchinno, majjh±rañña½ tad± ah³ti”. (j±. 2.19.96)–
Eva½ majjh±raññassa araññabh³tabh±vo veditabbo. M±taªgassa pana isino
vasena tadeva m±taªg±raññanti vutta½.
66. Pañhapaµibh±n±n²Ti pañhaby±karaº±ni. Paccan²ka½ katabbanti pacca-
n²ka½ k±tabba½. Amaññissanti vilomabh±ga½ gaºhanto viya ahosinti attho.
67. Anuviccak±ranti anuvic±retv± cintetv± tulayitv± k±tabba½ karoh²ti vutta½
hoti. S±dhu hot²Ti sundaro hoti. Tumh±disasmiñhi ma½ disv± ma½ saraºa½
gacchante nigaºµha½ disv± nigaºµha½ saraºa½ gacchante– “ki½ aya½ up±li
diµµhadiµµhameva saraºa½ gacchat²”ti? Garah± uppajjissati, tasm± anuviccak±ro
tumh±dis±na½ s±dh³ti dasseti. Paµ±ka½ parihareyyunti te kira evar³pa½
s±vaka½ labhitv±– “asuko n±ma r±j± v± r±jamah±matto v± seµµhi v± amh±ka½
saraºa½ gato s±vako j±to”ti paµ±ka½ ukkhipitv± nagare ghosent± ±hiº¹anti.
Kasm±? Eva½ no mahantabh±vo ±vi bhavissat²ti ca, sace tassa “kimaha½ etesa½
saraºa½ gato”ti vippaµis±ro uppajjeyya, tampi so “etesa½ me saraºagatabh±va½
bah³ j±nanti, dukkha½ id±ni paµinivattitun”ti vinodetv± na paµikkamissat²ti ca.
“Ten±ha paµ±ka½ parihareyyun”ti.
68. Op±nabh³tanti paµiyatta-udap±no viya µhita½. Kulanti tava nivesana½.
D±tabba½ maññeyy±s²ti pubbe dasapi v²satipi saµµhipi jane ±gate disv± natth²ti
avatv± deti. Id±ni ma½ saraºa½ gatak±raºamattenava m± imesa½ deyya-
dhamma½, upacchindittha, sampatt±nañhi d±tabbamev±ti ovadati. Sutameta½,
bhanteti kuto suta½? Nigaºµh±na½ santik±, te kira kulagharesu eva½ pak±senti–
“maya½ ‘yassa kassaci sampattassa d±tabban’ti vad±ma, samaºo pana gotamo
‘mayhameva d±na½ d±tabba½ …pe… na aññesa½ s±vak±na½ dinna½ maha-
pphalan’ti vadat²”ti. Ta½ sandh±ya aya½ gahapati “sutametan”ti ±ha.
69. Anupubbi½ (3.0064) kathanti d±n±nantara½ s²la½, s²l±nantara½ sagga½,
sagg±nantara½ magganti eva½ anupaµip±µikatha½. Tattha d±nakathanti ida½
d±na½ n±ma sukh±na½ nid±na½, sampatt²na½ m³la½, bhog±na½ patiµµh±, visa-
magatassa t±ºa½ leºa½ gatipar±yaºa½, idhalokaparalokesu d±nasadiso ava-
ssayo patiµµh± ±rammaºa½ t±ºa½ leºa½ gati par±yaºa½ natthi. Idañhi avassaya-
µµhena ratanamayas²h±sanasadisa½, patiµµh±naµµhena mah±pathavisadisa½, ±la-
mbanaµµhena ±lambanarajjusadisa½. Idañhi dukkhanittharaºaµµhena n±v±, sama-
ss±sanaµµhena saªg±mas³ro, bhayaparitt±ºaµµhena susaªkhatanagara½, macche-
ramal±d²hi anupalittaµµhena paduma½, tesa½ nidahanaµµhena aggi, dur±sada-
µµhena ±s²viso. Asant±sanaµµhena s²ho, balavantaµµhena hatth², abhimaªgalasa-
mmataµµhena setavasabho, khemantabh³misamp±panaµµhena val±hako assar±j±.
D±na½ n±mebha½ mayha½ gatamaggo, mayheveso va½so, may± dasa p±ra-
miyo p³rentena vel±mamah±yañño, mah±govindamah±yañño mah±sudassana-
mah±yañño, vessantaramah±yaññoti anekamah±yaññ± pavattit±, sasabh³tena
jalite aggikkhandhe att±na½ niyy±dentena sampattay±cak±na½ citta½ gahita½.
D±nañhi loke sakkasampatti½ deti, m±rasampatti½ deti, brahmasampatti½ deti,
cakkavattisampatti½ deti, s±vakap±ram²ñ±ºa½, paccekabodhiñ±ºa½, abhisambo-
dhiñ±ºa½ det²ti evam±di½ d±naguºapaµisa½yutta½ katha½.
 Yasm± pana d±na½ dadanto s²la½ sam±d±tu½ sakkoti, tasm± tadanatara½ s²la-
katha½ kathesi. S²lakathanti s²la½ n±meta½ avassayo patiµµh± ±rammaºa½ t±ºa½
leºa½ gati par±yaºa½, s²la½ n±meta½ mama va½so, aha½ saªkhap±lan±gar±ja-
k±le, bh³ridattan±gar±jak±le, campeyyan±gar±jak±le, s²lavan±gar±jak±le, m±tupo-
sakahatthir±jak±le, chaddantahatthir±jak±leti anantesu attabh±vesu s²la½ parip³-
resi½. Idhalokaparalokasampatt²nañhi s²lasadiso avassayo, s²lasadis± patiµµh±,
±rammaºa½ t±ºa½ leºa½ gati par±yaºa½ natthi, s²l±laªk±rasadiso alaªk±ro
natthi, s²lapupphasadisa½ puppha½ natthi, s²lagandhasadiso gandho natthi. S²l±la-
ªk±rena hi alaªkata½ s²lakusumapi¼andhana½ s²lagandh±nulitta½ (3.0065) sade-
vakopi loko olokento titti½ na gacchat²ti evam±di½ s²laguºapaµisa½yutta½ katha½.
Ida½ pana s²la½ niss±ya aya½ saggo labbhat²ti dassetu½ s²l±nantara½ sagga-
katha½ kathesi. Saggakathanti aya½ saggo n±ma iµµho kanto man±po, nicca-
mettha k²¼±, nicca½ sampattiyo labbhanti, c±tumah±r±jik± dev± navutivassasatasa-
hass±ni dibbasukha½ dibbasampatti½ anubhavanti, t±vati½s± tisso ca vassako-
µiyo saµµhi ca vassasatasahass±n²ti evam±di½ saggaguºapaµisa½yutta½ katha½.
Saggasampatti½ kathayant±nañhi buddh±na½ mukha½ nappahoti. Vuttampi
ceta½ “anekapariy±yena kho aha½, bhikkhave, saggakatha½ katheyyan”ti-±di
(ma. ni. 3.255).
Eva½ saggakath±ya palobhetv± puna hatthi½ alaªkaritv± tassa soº¹a½
chindanto viya– “ayampi saggo anicco addhuvo, na ettha chandar±go k±tabbo”ti
dassanattha½– “appass±d± k±m± vutt± may± bahudukkh± bahup±y±s±, ±d²navo
ettha bhiyyo”ti-±din± (p±ci. 417; ma. ni. 1.235) nayena k±m±na½ ±d²nava½
ok±ra½ sa½kilesa½ kathesi. Tattha ±d²navoti doso. Ok±roTi avak±ro l±maka-
bh±vo. Sa½kilesoti tehi satt±na½ sa½s±re sa½kilissana½. Yath±ha “kilissanti
vata, bho, satt±”ti (ma. ni. 2.351).
Eva½ k±m±d²navena tajjitv± nekkhamme ±nisa½sa½ pak±sesi. Kallacittanti aro-
gacitta½. S±mukka½sik±ti s±ma½ ukka½sik± attan±yeva gahetv± uddharitv±
gahit±, sayambh³ñ±ºena diµµh±, as±dh±raº± aññesanti attho. K± panes±ti, ariya-
saccadesan±? Tenev±ha– “dukkha½ samudaya½ nirodha½ maggan”ti.
Viraja½ v²tamalanti r±garaj±d²na½ abh±v± viraja½, r±gamal±d²na½ vigatatt±
v²tamala½. Dhammacakkhunti upari brahm±yusutte tiººa½ magg±na½, c³¼ar±hu-
lov±de ±savakkhayasseta½ n±ma½. Idha pana sot±pattimaggo adhippeto. Tassa
uppatti-±k±radassanattha½ “ya½kiñci samudayadhamma½, sabba½ ta½ nirodha-
dhamman”ti ±ha. Tañhi nirodha½ ±rammaºa½ katv± kiccavasena eva½ sabbasa-
ªkhata½ paµivijjhanta½ uppajjati.
Diµµho (3.0066) ariyasaccadhammo eten±ti diµµhadhammo. Esa nayo sesapade-
supi. Tiºº± vicikicch± anen±ti tiººavicikiccho. Vigat± katha½kath± ass±ti vigataka-
tha½katho. Ves±rajjappattoti ves±rajja½ patto. Kattha? Satthu s±sane. N±ssa
paro paccayo, na parassa saddh±ya ettha vattat²ti aparappaccayo.
70. Cittena sampaµiccham±no abhinanditv±, v±c±ya pasa½sam±no anumoditv±.
¾var±m²ti thakemi pidah±mi. An±vaµanti na ±varita½ vivaµa½ uggh±µita½.
71. Assosi kho d²ghatapass²ti so kira tassa gatak±lato paµµh±ya– “paº¹ito gaha-
pati, samaºo ca gotamo dassanasampanno niyy±nikakatho, dassanepi tassa
pas²dissati, dhammakath±yapi pas²dissati, pas²ditv± saraºa½ gamissati, gato nu
kho saraºa½ gahapati na t±va gato”ti ohitasotova hutv± vicarati. Tasm± paµha-
ma½yeva assosi.
72. Tena hi samm±ti balavasokena abhibh³to “ettheva tiµµh±”ti vacana½
sutv±pi attha½ asallakkhento dov±rikena saddhi½ sallapatiyeva.
Majjhim±ya dv±ras±l±y±nti yassa gharassa satta dv±rakoµµhak±, tassa sabba-a-
bbhantarato v± sabbab±hirato v± paµµh±ya catutthadv±rakoµµhako, yassa pañca,
tassa tatiyo, yassa tayo, tassa dutiyo dv±rakoµµhako majjhimadv±ras±l± n±ma.
Ekadv±rakoµµhakassa pana gharassa majjhaµµh±ne maªgalatthambha½ niss±ya
majjhimadv±ras±l±. Tassa pana gehassa satta dv±rakoµµhak±, pañc±tipi vutta½.
73. Agganti-±d²ni sabb±ni aññamaññavevacan±ni. Ya½ sudanti ettha yanti ya½
n±µaputta½. Sudanti nip±tamatta½. Pariggahetv±ti teneva uttar±saªgena udare
parikkhipanto gahetv±. Nis²d±pet²ti saºika½ ±cariya, saºika½ ±cariy±ti mahanta½
telaghaµa½ µhapento viya nis²d±peti. Dattos²ti ki½ ja¼osi j±toti attho. Paµimukkoti
s²se parikkhipitv± (3.0067) gahito. Aº¹ah±rakoti-±di½ duµµhullavacanampi
sam±na½ upaµµh±kassa aññath±bh±vena uppannabalavasokat±ya ida½ n±ma
bhaº±m²ti asallakkhetv±va bhaºati.
74. Bhaddik±, bhante, ±vaµµan²ti nigaºµho
m±yameva sandh±ya vadati, up±sako attan± paµividdha½ sot±pattimagga½. Tena
h²ti nip±tamattameta½, bhante, upama½ te kariss±micceva attho. K±raºavacana½
v±, yena k±raºena tumh±ka½ s±sana½ aniyy±nika½, mama satthu niyy±nika½,
tena k±raºena upama½ te kariss±m²ti vutta½ hoti.
75. Upavijaññ±ti vij±yanak±la½ upagat±. Makkaµacch±pakanti makkaµapotaka½.
Kiºitv± ±neh²Ti m³la½ datv±va ±hara. ¾paºesu hi saviññ±ºakampi aviññ±ºa-
kampi makkaµ±dik²¼anabhaº¹aka½ vikkiºanti. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ ±ha. Rajitanti
bahalabahala½ p²t±valepanaraªgaj±ta½ gahetv± rajitv± dinna½ ima½ icch±m²ti
attho. ¾koµitapacc±koµitanti ±koµitañceva parivattetv± punappuna½ ±koµitañca.
Ubhatobh±gavimaµµhanti maºip±s±ºena ubhosu passesu suµµhu vimaµµha½
ghaµµetv± upp±ditacchavi½.
Raªgakkhamo hi khoti saviññ±ºakampi aviññ±ºakampi raªga½ pivati. Tasm±
evam±ha. No ±koµµanakkhamoti saviññ±ºakassa t±va ±koµµanaphalake µhapetv±
kucchiya½ ±koµitassa kucchi bhijjati, kar²sa½ nikkhamati. Ses² ±koµitassa s²sa½
bhijjati, mattaluªga½ nikkhamati. Aviññ±ºako khaº¹akhaº¹ita½ gacchati. Tasm±
evam±ha. No vimajjanakkhamoti saviññ±ºako maºip±s±ºena vimaddiyam±no
nillomata½ nicchavitañca ±pajjati, aviññ±ºakopi vacuººakabh±va½ ±pajjati.
Tasm± evam±ha. Raªgakkhamo hi kho b±l±nanti b±l±na½ mandabuddh²na½
raªgakkhamo, r±gamatta½ janeti, piyo hoti. Paº¹it±na½ pana nigaºµhav±do v±
añño v± bh±ratar±mas²t±haraº±di niratthakakath±maggo appiyova hoti. No anuyo-
gakkhamo, no vimajjanakkhamoti anuyoga½ v± v²ma½sa½ v± na khamati, thuse
koµµetv± taº¹ulapariyesana½ viya kadaliya½ s±ragavesana½ viya ca rittako
tucchakova hoti. Raªgakkhamo ceva paº¹it±nanti (3.0068) catusaccakath± hi
paº¹it±na½ piy± hoti, vassasatampi suºanto titti½ na gacchati. Tasm± evam±ha.
Buddhavacana½ pana yath± yath±pi og±hissati mah±samuddo viya gambh²ra-
meva hot²ti “anuyogakkhamo ca vimajjanakkhamo c±”ti ±ha. Suºohi yass±ha½
s±vakoti tassa guºe suº±h²ti bhagavato vaººe vattu½ ±raddho.
76. Dh²rass±ti dh²ra½ vuccati paº¹icca½, y± paññ± paj±nan± …pe… samm±-
diµµhi, tena samann±gatassa dh±tu-±yatanapaµiccasamupp±daµµh±n±µµh±nakusa-
lassa paº¹itass±ha½ s±vako, so mayha½ satth±ti eva½ sabbapadesu
sambandho veditabbo. Pabhinnakh²lass±ti bhinnapañcacetokhilassa. Sabbapu-
thujjane vijini½su vijinanti vijinissanti v±ti vijay±. Ke te, maccum±rakilesam±rade-
vaputtam±r±ti? Te vijit± vijay± eten±ti vijitavijayo. Bhagav±, tassa vijitavijayassa.
An²ghass±ti kilesadukkhenapi vip±kadukkhenapi niddukkhassa. Susamacitta-
ss±ti devadattadhanap±laka-aªgulim±lar±hulather±d²supi devamanussesu suµµhu
samacittassa. Vuddhas²lass±ti va¹¹hit±c±rassa. S±dhupaññass±ti sundarapa-
ññassa. Vesamantarass±ti r±g±divisama½ taritv± vitaritv± µhitassa. Vimalass±ti
vigatar±g±dimalassa.
Tusitass±ti tuµµhacittassa. Vantalok±misass±ti vantak±maguºassa. Muditass±ti
mudit±vih±ravasena muditassa, punaruttameva v± eta½. Pas±davasena hi
ekampi guºa½ punappuna½ vadatiyeva. Katasamaºass±ti katas±maññassa,
samaºadhammassa matthaka½ pattass±ti attho. Manujass±Ti lokavoh±ravasena
ekassa sattassa. Narass±ti punarutta½. Aññath± vuccam±ne ekekag±th±ya dasa
guº± nappahonti.
Venayikass±ti satt±na½ vin±yakassa. Ruciradhammass±ti sucidhammassa.
Pabh±sakass±ti obh±sakassa. V²rass±ti v²riyasampannassa. Nisabhass±ti usa-
bhavasabhanisabhesu sabbattha appaµisamaµµhena nisabhassa. Gambh²rass±ti
gambh²raguºassa, guºehi v± gambh²rassa. Monapattass±Ti ñ±ºapattassa. Veda-
ss±ti vedo vuccati ñ±ºa½, tena samann±gatassa. Dhammaµµhass±ti dhamme
µhitassa. Sa½vutattass±ti pihitattassa.
N±gass±ti (3.0069) cat³hi k±raºehi n±gassa. Pantasenass±ti pantasen±sa-
nassa. Paµimantakass±Ti paµimantanapaññ±ya samann±gatassa. Monass±ti
mona½ vuccati ñ±ºa½, tena samann±gatassa, dhutakilesassa v±. Dantass±ti
nibbisevanassa.
Isisattamass±ti vipassi-±dayo cha isayo up±d±ya sattamassa. Brahmapatta-
ss±ti seµµhapattassa. Nh±takass±ti nh±takilesassa. Padakass±ti akkhar±d²ni samo-
dh±netv± g±th±padakaraºakusalassa. Viditavedass±ti viditañ±ºassa. Purindada-
ss±ti sabbapaµhama½ dhammad±nad±yakassa. Sakkass±ti samatthassa. Pattipa-
ttass±ti ye pattabb± guº±, te pattassa. Veyy±karaºass±ti vitth±retv± atthad²pa-
kassa. Bhagavat± hi aby±kata½ n±ma tanti pada½ natthi sabbesa½yeva attho
kathito.
Vipassiss±ti vipassanakassa. Anabhinatass±ti anatassa. No apanatass±ti adu-
µµhassa.
Ananugatantarass±ti kilese ananugatacittassa. Asitass±ti abaddhassa.
Bh³ripaññass±ti bh³ri vuccati pathav², t±ya pathav²sam±ya paññ±ya vipul±ya
mahant±ya vitthat±ya samann±gatass±ti attho. Mah±paññass±ti mah±paññ±ya
samann±gatassa.
Anupalittass±ti taºh±diµµhikilesehi alittassa. ¾huneyyass±ti ±huti½ paµiggahetu½
yuttassa. Yakkhass±ti ±nubh±vadassanaµµhena ±dissam±nakaµµhena v± bhagav±
yakkho n±ma. Ten±ha “yakkhass±”ti. Mahatoti mahantassa. Tassa s±vakohama-
sm²ti tassa eva½vividhaguºassa satthussa aha½ s±vakoti. Up±sakassa sobh±pa-
ttimaggeneva paµisambhid± ±gat±. Iti paµisambhid±visaye µhatv± padasatena
dasabalassa kilesappah±navaººa½ kathento “kassa ta½ gahapati s±vaka½
dh±rem±”ti pañhassa attha½ vissajjesi.
77. Kad± (3.0070) saññ³¼h±ti kad± sampiº¹it±. Eva½ kirassa ahosi– “aya½ id±-
neva samaºassa gotamassa santika½ gantv± ±gato, kad±nena ete vaºº± sampi-
º¹it±”ti. Tasm± evam±ha. Vicitta½ m±la½ gantheyy±ti sayampi dakkhat±ya
pupph±nampi n±n±vaººat±ya ekatovaºµik±dibheda½ vicitram±la½ gantheyya. Eva-
meva kho, bhanteti ettha n±n±pupph±na½ mah±pupphar±si viya n±n±vidh±na½
vaºº±na½ bhagavato sinerumatto vaººar±si daµµhabbo. Chekam±l±k±ro viya
up±li gahapati. M±l±k±rassa vicitram±l±ganthana½ viya gahapatino tath±gatassa
vicitravaººaganthana½.
Uºha½ lohita½ mukhato uggañch²ti tassa hi bhagavato sakk±ra½ asaham±-
nassa etadahosi– “anatthiko d±ni aya½ gahapati amhehi, sve paµµh±ya paºº±sa
saµµhi jane gahetv± etassa ghara½ pavisitv± bhuñjitu½ na labhiss±mi, bhinn± me
bhattakumbh²”ti. Athassa upaµµh±kavipariº±mena balavasoko uppajji. Ime hi satt±
attano attanova cintayanti. Tassa tasmi½ soke uppanne abbhantara½ uºha½
ahosi, lohita½ vil²yittha, ta½ mah±v±tena samuddharita½ kuµe pakkhittarajana½
viya pattamatta½ mukhato uggañchi. Nidh±nagatalohita½ vamitv± pana appak±
satt± j²vitu½ sakkonti. Nigaºµho tattheva j±ºun± patito, atha na½ p±µaªkiy± bahina-
gara½ n²haritv± mañcakasivik±ya gahetv± p±va½ agama½su, so na cirasseva
p±v±ya½ k±lamak±si. Imasmi½ pana sutte uggh±µitaññ³puggalassa vasena
dhammadesan± pariniµµhit±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Up±lisuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

7. Kukkuravatikasuttavaººan±

78. Eva½ me sutanti kukkuravatikasutta½. Tattha koliyes³ti eva½n±make jana-

pade. So hi ekopi kolanagare patiµµhit±na½ koliy±na½ r±jakum±r±na½ niv±saµµh±-
natt± eva½ vuccati. Tasmi½ koliyesu janapade. Haliddavasananti tassa kira niga-
massa m±pitak±le p²takavatthanivatth± (3.0071) manuss± nakkhatta½ k²¼i½su. Te
nakkhattak²¼±vas±ne nigamassa n±ma½ ±ropent± haliddavasananti n±ma½
aka½su. Ta½ gocarag±ma½ katv± viharat²ti attho. Vih±ro panettha kiñc±pi na
niy±mito, tath±pi buddh±na½ anucchavike sen±saneyeva vih±s²ti veditabbo. Gova-
tikoti sam±dinnagovato, s²se siªg±ni µhapetv± naªguµµha½ bandhitv± g±v²hi
saddhi½ tiº±ni kh±danto viya carati. Aceloti naggo niccelo. Seniyoti tassa n±ma½.
Kukkuravatikoti sam±dinnakukkuravato, sabba½ sunakhakiriya½ karoti. Ubho-
pete sahapa½suk²¼ik± sah±yak±. Kukkurova palikujjitv±ti sunakho n±ma s±mi-
kassa santike nis²danto dv²hi p±dehi bh³miya½ vilekhitv± kukkurak³jita½ k³janto
nis²dati, ayampi “kukkurakiriya½ kariss±m²”ti bhagavat± saddhi½ sammoditv±
dv²hi hatthehi bh³miya½ vilekhitv± s²sa½ vidhunanto ‘bh³ bh³’ti katv± hatthap±de
samiñjitv± sunakho viya nis²di. Cham±nikkhittanti bh³miya½ µhapita½. Samatta½
sam±dinnanti paripuººa½ katv± gahita½. K± gat²ti k± nipphatti. Ko abhisampar±-
yoti abhisampar±yamhi kattha nibbatti. Alanti tassa appiya½ bhavissat²ti y±vata-
tiya½ paµib±hati. Kukkuravatanti kukkuravatasam±d±na½.
79. Bh±vet²ti va¹¹heti. Paripuººanti an³na½. Abbokiººanti nirantara½. Kukkura-
s²lanti kukkur±c±ra½. Kukkuracittanti “ajja paµµh±ya kukkurehi k±tabba½ kariss±-
m²”ti eva½ uppannacitta½. Kukkur±kappanti kukkur±na½ gaman±k±ro atthi, tiµµha-
n±k±ro atthi, nis²dan±k±ro atthi, sayan±k±ro atthi, ucc±rapass±vakaraº±k±ro atthi,
aññe kukkure disv± dante vivaritv± gaman±k±ro atthi, aya½ kukkur±kappo n±ma,
ta½ bh±vet²ti attho. Imin±ha½ s²len±ti-±d²su aha½ imin± ±c±rena v± vatasam±d±-
nena v± dukkaratapacaraºena v± methunaviratibrahmacariyena v±ti attho.
Devoti sakkasuy±m±d²su aññataro. Devaññataroti tesa½ dutiyatatiyaµµh±n±d²su
aññataradevo. Micch±diµµh²ti adevalokag±mimaggameva devalokag±mimaggoti
gahetv± uppannat±ya s± assa (3.0072) micch±diµµhi n±ma hoti. Aññatara½ gati½
vad±m²ti tassa hi nirayato v± tiracch±nayonito v± aññ± gati natthi, tasm± evam±ha.
Sampajjam±nanti diµµhiy± asammissa½ hutv± nipajjam±na½.
N±ha½, bhante, eta½ rod±mi, ya½ ma½ bhagav± evam±h±ti ya½ ma½, bhante,
bhagav± evam±ha, ahameta½ bhagavato by±karaºa½ na rod±mi na paridev±mi,
na anutthun±m²ti attho. Eva½ sakammakavasenettha attho veditabbo, na assumu-
ñcanamattena.
“Mata½ v± amma rodanti, yo v± j²va½ na dissati;
j²vanta½ amma passant², kasm± ma½ amma rodas²”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.239)–
Ayañcettha payogo. Apica me ida½, bhanteti apica kho me ida½, bhante, kukkura-
vata½ d²gharatta½ sam±dinna½, tasmi½ sampajjantepi vuddhi natthi, vipajjantepi.
Iti “ettaka½ k±la½ may± katakamma½ mogha½ j±tan”ti attano vipatti½ paccave-
kkham±no rod±mi, bhanteti.
80. Govatanti-±d²ni kukkuravat±d²su vuttanayeneva veditabb±ni. Gav±kappanti
go-±kappa½. Sesa½ kukkur±kappe vuttasadisameva. Yath± pana tattha aññe
kukkure disv± dante vivaritv± gaman±k±ro, evamidha aññe g±vo disv± kaººe
ukkhipitv± gaman±k±ro veditabbo. Sesa½ t±disameva.
81. Catt±rim±ni puººa kamm±n²ti kasm± ima½ desana½ ±rabhi? Ayañhi
desan± ekaccakammakiriyavasena ±gat±, imasmiñca kammacatukke kathite
imesa½ kiriy± p±kaµ± bhavissat²ti ima½ desana½ ±rabhi. Apica ima½ kammacatu-
kkameva desiyam±na½ ime sañj±nissanti, tato eko saraºa½ gamissati, eko
pabbajitv± arahatta½ p±puºissat²ti ayameva etesa½ sapp±y±ti ñatv±pi ima½
desana½ ±rabhi.
Tattha kaºhanti k±¼aka½ dasa-akusalakammapathakamma½. Kaºhavip±kanti
ap±ye nibbattanato k±¼akavip±ka½. Sukkanti paº¹ara½ dasakusalakammapatha-
kamma½. Sukkavip±kanti sagge nibbattanato paº¹aravip±ka½. Kaºhasukkanti
vomissakakamma½. Kaºhasukkavip±kanti sukhadukkhavip±ka½. Missakaka-
mmañhi katv± (3.0073) akusalena tiracch±nayoniya½ maªgalahatthiµµh±n±d²su
uppanno kusalena pavatte sukha½ vediyati. Kusalena r±jakulepi nibbatto akusa-
lena pavatte dukkha½ vediyati. Akaºha½ asukkanti kammakkhayakara½ catuma-
ggacetan±kamma½ adhippeta½. Tañhi yadi kaºha½ bhaveyya, kaºhavip±ka½
dadeyya. Yadi sukka½ bhaveyya, sukkavip±ka½ dadeyya. Ubhayavip±kassa
pana ad±nato akaºh±sukkavip±katt± “akaºha½ asukkan”ti vutta½. Aya½ t±va
uddese attho.
Niddese pana saby±bajjhanti sadukkha½. K±yasaªkh±r±d²su k±yadv±re gaha-
º±divasena copanappatt± dv±dasa akusalacetan± saby±bajjhak±yasaªkh±ro
n±ma. Vac²dv±re hanusañcopanavasena vac²bhedapavattik± t±yeva dv±dasa vac²-
saªkh±ro n±ma. Ubhayacopana½ appatt± raho cintayantassa manodv±re pavatt±
manosaªkh±ro n±ma. Iti t²supi dv±resu k±yaduccarit±dibhed± akusalacetan±va
saªkh±r±ti veditabb±. Imasmiñhi sutte cetan± dhura½, up±lisutte kamma½. Abhisa-
ªkharitv±ti saªka¹¹hitv±, piº¹a½ katv±ti attho. Saby±bajjha½ lokanti sadukkha½
loka½ upapajjanti. Saby±bajjh± phass± phusant²ti sadukkh± vip±kaphass±
phusanti. Ekantadukkhanti nirantaradukkha½. Bh³t±ti hetvatthe nissakkavacana½,
bh³takammato bh³tassa sattassa uppatti hoti. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– yath±bh³ta½
kamma½ satt± karonti, tath±bh³tena kammena kammasabh±gavasena tesa½
upapatti hoti. Tenev±ha “ya½ karoti tena upapajjat²”ti. Ettha ca ten±ti kammena
viya vutt±, upapatti ca n±ma vip±kena hoti. Yasm± pana vip±kassa kamma½ hetu,
tasm± tena m³lahetubh³tena kammena nibbattat²ti ayamettha attho. Phass±
phusant²ti yena kammavip±kena nibbatto, ta½kammavip±kaphass± phusanti.
Kammad±y±d±Ti kammad±yajj± kammameva nesa½ d±yajja½ santakanti
vad±mi.
Aby±bajjhanti niddukkha½. Imasmi½ v±re k±yadv±re pavatt± aµµha k±m±vacara-
kusalacetan± k±yasaªkh±ro n±ma. T±yeva vac²dv±re pavatt± vac²saªkh±ro n±ma.
Manodv±re pavatt± t±yeva aµµha, tisso ca heµµhimajh±nacetan± aby±bajjhamanosa-
ªkh±ro n±ma. Jh±nacetan± t±va hotu, k±m±vacar± kinti aby±bajjhamanosaªkh±ro
n±ma j±t±ti. Kasiºasajjanak±le (3.0074) ca kasiº±sevanak±le ca labbhanti. K±m±-
vacaracetan± paµhamajjh±nacetan±ya ghaµit±, catutthajjh±nacetan± tatiyajjh±na-
cetan±ya ghaµit±. Iti t²supi dv±resu k±yasucarit±dibhed± kusalacetan±va saªkh±-
r±ti veditabbo. Tatiyav±ro ubhayamissakavasena veditabb±.
Seyyath±pi manuss±ti-±d²su manuss±na½ t±va k±lena sukha½ k±lena dukkha½
p±kaµameva, devesu pana bhummadevat±na½, vinip±tikesu vem±nikapet±na½
k±lena sukha½ k±lena dukkha½ hot²ti veditabba½. Hatthi-±d²su tiracch±nesupi
labbhatiyeva.
Tatr±ti tesu t²su kammesu. Tassa pah±n±ya y± cetan±ti tassa pah±natth±ya
maggacetan±. Kamma½ patv±va maggacetan±ya añño paº¹arataro dhammo
n±ma natthi. Ida½ pana kammacatukka½ patv± dv±dasa akusalacetan± kaºh±
n±ma, tebh³makakusalacetan± sukk± n±ma, maggacetan± akaºh± asukk±ti
±gat±.
82. “Labheyy±ha½, bhante”ti ida½ so “cira½ vata me aniyy±nikapakkhe
yojetv± att± kilamito, ‘sukkhanad²t²re nh±yiss±m²’ti samparivattentena viya thuse
koµµentena viya ca na koci attho nipph±dito, hand±ha½ att±na½ yoge yojem²”ti
cintetv± ±ha. Atha bhagav± yonena khandhake titthiyapariv±so paññatto, ya½
aññatitthiyapubbo s±maºerabh³miya½ µhito– “aha½, bhante, itthann±mo aññati-
tthiyapubbo imasmi½ dhammavinaye ±kaªkh±mi upasampada½, sv±ha½, bhante,
saªgha½ catt±ro m±se pariv±sa½ y±c±m²”ti-±din± (mah±va. 86) nayena sam±di-
yitv± parivasati, ta½ sandh±ya “yo kho, seniya, aññatitthiyapubbo”ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha pabbajjanti vacanasiliµµhat±vaseneva vutta½. Aparivasitv±yeva hi
pabbajja½ labhati. Upasampadatthikena pana n±tik±lena g±mappavesan±d²ni
aµµha vatt±ni p³rentena parivasitabba½. ¾raddhacitt±ti aµµhavattap³raºena tuµµha-
citt±. Ayamettha saªkhepo. Vitth±rato panesa titthiyapariv±so samantap±s±dik±ya
vinayaµµhakath±ya pabbajjakhandhakavaººan±ya½ (mah±va. aµµha. 86) vuttana-
yeneva veditabbo (3.0075). Apica metth±ti apica me ettha. Puggalavemattat± vidi-
t±ti puggalan±natta½ vidita½. Aya½ puggalo pariv±s±raho, aya½ na pariv±s±ra-
hoti ida½ mayha½ p±kaµanti dasseti.
Tato seniyo cintesi– “aho acchariya½ buddhas±sana½, yattha eva½ gha½sitv±
koµµetv± yuttameva gaºhanti, ayutta½ cha¹¹ent²”ti. Tato suµµhutara½ pabbajj±ya
sañj±tuss±ho sace, bhanteTi-±dim±ha. Atha bhagav± tassa tibbacchandata½
viditv± na seniyo pariv±sa½ arahat²ti aññatara½ bhikkhu½ ±mantesi– “gaccha
tva½, bhikkhu, seniya½ nh±petv± pabb±jetv± ±neh²”ti. So tath± katv± ta½ pabb±-
jetv± bhagavato santika½ ±nayi. Bhagav± gaºe nis²ditv± upasamp±desi. Tena
vutta½– “alattha kho acelo seniyo bhagavato santike pabbajja½ alattha upasampa-
dan”ti.
Acir³pasampannoti upasampanno hutv± nacirameva. V³pakaµµhoti vatthuk±ma-
kilesak±mehi k±yena ca cittena ca v³pakaµµho. Appamattoti kammaµµh±ne sati½
avijahanto. ¾t±p²ti k±yikacetasikasaªkh±tena v²riy±t±pena ±t±p². Pahitattoti k±ye
ca j²vite ca anapekkhat±ya pesitatto vissaµµha-attabh±vo. Yassatth±y±ti yassa
atth±ya. Kulaputt±ti ±c±rakulaputt±. Sammadev±ti hetun±va k±raºeneva. Tadanu-
ttaranti ta½ anuttara½. Brahmacariyapariyos±nanti maggabrahmacariyapariyos±-
nabh³ta½ arahattaphala½. Tassa hi atth±ya kulaputt± pabbajanti. Diµµheva
dhammeti imasmi½yeva attabh±ve. Saya½ abhiññ± sacchikatv±ti attan±yeva
paññ±ya paccakkha½ katv±, aparappaccaya½ ñatv±ti attho. Upasampajja vih±-
s²ti p±puºitv± samp±detv± vih±si. Eva½ viharantova kh²º± j±ti …pe… abbhaññ±si.
Evamassa paccavekkhaºabh³mi½ dassetv± arahattanik³µeneva desana½
niµµh±petu½ “aññataro kho pan±yasm± seniyo arahata½ ahos²”ti vutta½. Tattha
aññataroti eko. Arahatanti arahant±na½, bhagavato s±vak±na½ arahant±na½
abbhantaro ahos²ti ayamevattha adhipp±yo. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Kukkuravatikasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

8. Abhayar±jakum±rasuttavaººan±

83. Eva½ (3.0076) me sutanti abhayasutta½. Tattha abhayoTi tassa n±ma½.

R±jakum±roti bimbis±rassa orasaputto. V±da½ ±ropeh²ti dosa½ ±ropehi. Nerayi-
koti niraye nibbattako. Kappaµµhoti kappaµµhitiko. Atekicchoti buddhasahassen±pi
tikicchitu½ na sakk±. Uggilitunti dve ante mocetv± kathetu½ asakkonto uggilitu½
bahi n²haritu½ na sakkhiti. Ogilitunti pucch±ya dosa½ datv± h±retu½ asakkonto
ogilitu½ anto pavesetu½ na sakkhiti.
Eva½, bhanteti nigaºµho kira cintesi– “samaºo gotamo mayha½ s±vake
bhinditv± gaºh±ti, hand±ha½ eka½ pañha½ abhisaªkharomi, ya½ puµµho samaºo
gotamo ukkuµiko hutv± nisinno uµµh±tu½ na sakkhissat²”ti. So abhayassa geh±
n²haµabhatto siniddhabhojana½ bhuñjanto bah³ pañhe abhisaªkharitv±– “ettha
samaºo gotamo ima½ n±ma dosa½ dassessati, ettha ima½ n±m±”ti sabbe
pah±ya c±tum±samatthake ima½ pañha½ addasa. Athassa etadahosi– “imassa
pañhassa pucch±ya v± vissajjane v± na sakk± doso d±tu½, ovaµµikas±ro aya½, ko
nu kho ima½ gahetv± samaºassa gotamassa v±da½ ±ropessat²”ti. Tato “abhayo
r±jakum±ro paº¹ito, so sakkhissat²ti ta½ uggaºh±pem²”ti niµµha½ gantv± uggaºh±-
pesi. So v±dajjh±sayat±ya tassa vacana½ sampaµicchanto “eva½, bhante,”ti ±ha.
84. Ak±lo kho ajj±ti aya½ pañho cat³hi m±sehi abhisaªkhato, tattha ida½
gahetv± ida½ vissajjiyam±ne divasabh±go nappahossat²ti maññanto eva½
cintesi. So d±n²ti sve d±ni. Attacatutthoti kasm± bah³hi saddhi½ na nimantesi?
Eva½ kirassa ahosi– “bah³su nisinnesu thoka½ datv± vadantassa añña½ sutta½
añña½ k±raºa½ añña½ tath±r³pa½ vatthu½ ±haritv± dassessati, eva½ sante
kalaho v± kol±halameva v± bhavissati. Ath±pi ekaka½yeva nimantess±mi,
evampi me garah± uppajjissati ‘y±vamacchar² v±ya½ abhayo, bhagavanta½
divase divase bhikkh³na½ satenapi sahassenapi saddhi½ caranta½ disv±pi eka-
ka½yeva (3.0077) nimantes²’”ti. “Eva½ pana doso na bhavissat²”ti aparehi t²hi
saddhi½ attacatuttha½ nimantesi.
85. Na khvettha, r±jakum±ra, eka½sen±ti na kho, r±jakum±ra, ettha pañhe eka½-
sena vissajjana½ hoti. Evar³pañhi v±ca½ tath±gato bh±seyy±pi na bh±seyy±pi.
Bh±sitapaccayena attha½ passanto bh±seyya, apassanto na bh±seyy±ti attho. Iti
bhagav± mah±nigaºµhena cat³hi m±sehi abhisaªkhata½ pañha½ asanip±tena
pabbatak³µa½ viya ekavacaneneva sa½cuººesi. Anassu½ nigaºµh±ti naµµh±
nigaºµh±.
86. Aªke nisinno hot²ti ³r³su nisinno hoti. Lesav±dino hi v±da½ paµµhapent±
kiñcideva phala½ v± puppha½ v± potthaka½ v± gahetv± nis²danti. Te attano jaye
sati para½ ajjhottharanti, parassa jaye sati phala½ kh±dant± viya puppha½
gh±yant± viya potthaka½ v±cent± viya vikkhepa½ dassenti. Aya½ pana cintesi–
“samm±sambuddho esa osaµasaªg±mo parav±damaddano. Sace me jayo bhavi-
ssati, icceta½ kusala½. No ce bhavissati, d±raka½ vijjhitv± rod±pess±mi. Tato
passatha, bho, aya½ d±rako rodati, uµµhahatha t±va, pacch±pi j±niss±m±”ti tasm±
d±raka½ gahetv± nis²di. Bhagav± pana r±jakum±rato sahassaguºenapi satasaha-
ssaguºenapi v±d²varataro, “imamevassa d±raka½ upama½ katv± v±da½ bhindi-
ss±m²”ti cintetv± “ta½ ki½ maññasi r±jakum±r±”ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha mukhe ±hareyy±ti mukhe µhapeyya. ¾hareyyass±hanti apaneyya½ assa
aha½. ¾dikenev±Ti paµhamapayogeneva. Abh³tanti abh³tattha½. Atacchanti na
taccha½. Anatthasa½hitanti na atthasa½hita½ na va¹¹hinissita½. Appiy± aman±-
p±ti neva piy± na man±p±. Imin± nayeneva sabbattha attho daµµhabbo.
Tattha appiyapakkhe paµhamav±c± acora½yeva coroti, ad±sa½yeva d±soti,
aduppayutta½yeva duppayuttoti pavatt±. Na ta½ tath±gato bh±sati. Dutiyav±c±
cora½yeva coro ayanti-±divasena pavatt±. Tampi (3.0078) tath±gato na bh±sati.
Tatiyav±c± “id±ni akatapuññat±ya duggato dubbaººo appesakkho, idha µhatv±pi
puna puñña½ na karosi, dutiyacittav±re katha½ cat³hi ap±yehi na muccissas²”ti
eva½ mah±janassa atthapurekkh±rena
dhammapurekkh±rena anus±san²purekkh±rena ca vattabbav±c±. Tatra k±laññ³
tath±gatoti tasmi½ tatiyaby±karaºe tass± v±c±ya by±karaºatth±ya tath±gato
k±laññ³ hoti, mah±janassa ±d±nak±la½ gahaºak±la½ j±nitv±va by±karot²ti attho.
Piyapakkhe paµhamav±c± aµµh±niyakath± n±ma. S± eva½ veditabb±– eva½ kira
g±mav±simahallaka½ nagara½ ±gantv± p±n±g±re pivanta½ vañcetuk±m± samba-
hul± dhutt± p²taµµh±ne µhatv± tena saddhi½ sura½ pivant± “imassa niv±sanap±vu-
raºampi hatthe bhaº¹akampi sabba½ gaºhiss±m±”ti cintetv± katika½ aka½su–
“ekeka½ attapaccakkhakatha½ kathema, yo ‘abh³tan’ti kathesi, kathita½ v± na
saddahati, ta½ d±sa½ katv± gaºhiss±m±”ti. Tampi mahallaka½ pucchi½su
“tumh±kampi t±ta ruccat²”ti. Eva½ hotu t±t±ti.
Eko dhutto ±ha– mayha½, bho m±tu, mayi kucchigate kapiµµhaphaladohalo
ahosi. S± añña½ kapiµµhah±raka½ alabbham±n± ma½yeva pesesi. Aha½ gantv±
rukkha½ abhiruhitu½ asakkonto attan±va att±na½ p±de gahetv± muggara½ viya
rukkhassa upari khipi½; atha s±khato s±kha½ vicaranto phal±ni gahetv± otaritu½
asakkonto ghara½ gantv± nisseºi½ ±haritv± oruyha m±tu santika½ gantv±
phal±ni m±tuy± ad±si½; t±ni pana mahant±ni honti c±µippam±º±ni. Tato me
m±tar± ek±sane nisinn±ya samasaµµhiphal±ni kh±dit±ni. May± ekucchaªgena ±n²-
taphalesu sesak±ni kulasantake g±me khuddakamahallak±na½ ahesu½.
Amh±ka½ ghara½ so¼asahattha½, sesaparikkh±rabhaº¹aka½ apanetv± kapiµµha-
phaleheva y±va chadana½ p³rita½. Tato atirek±ni gahetv± gehadv±re r±si½
aka½su. So as²tihatthubbedho pabbato viya ahosi. Ki½ ²disa½, bho sakk±, sadda-
hitunti?
G±mikamahallako (3.0079) tuºh² nis²ditv± sabbesa½ kath±pariyos±ne pucchito
±ha– “eva½ bhavissati t±t±, mahanta½ raµµha½, raµµhamahantat±ya sakk± sadda-
hitun”ti. Yath± ca tena, eva½ sesehipi tath±r³p±su nikk±raºakath±su kathit±su
±ha– mayhampi t±t± suº±tha, na tumh±ka½yeva kul±ni, amh±kampi kula½ mah±-
kula½, amh±ka½ pana avasesakhettehi kapp±sakhetta½ mahantatara½. Tassa
anekakar²sasatassa kapp±sakhettassa majjhe eko kapp±sarukkho mah± as²tiha-
tthubbedho ahosi. Tassa pañca s±kh±, t±su avasesas±kh± phala½ na gaºhi½su,
p±c²nas±kh±ya ekameva mah±c±µimatta½ phala½ ahosi. Tassa cha a½siyo,
chasu a½s²su cha kapp±sapiº¹iyo pupphit±. Aha½ massu½ k±retv± nh±tavilitto
khetta½ gantv± t± kapp±sapiº¹iyo pupphit± disv± µhitakova hattha½ pas±retv±
gaºhi½. T± kapp±sapiº¹iyo th±masampann± cha d±s± ahesu½. Te sabbe ma½
ekaka½ oh±ya pal±t±. Ettake addh±ne te na pass±mi, ajja diµµh±, tumhe te cha
jan±. Tva½ nando n±ma, tva½ puººo n±ma, tva½ va¹¹ham±no n±ma, tva½ citto
n±ma tva½ maªgalo n±ma, tva½ poµµhiyo n±m±ti vatv± uµµh±ya nisinnakeyeva
c³¼±su gahetv± aµµh±si. Te “na maya½ d±s±”tipi vattu½ n±sakkhi½su. Atha ne
ka¹¹hanto vinicchaya½ netv± lakkhaºa½ ±ropetv± y±vaj²va½ d±se katv± pari-
bhuñji. Evar³pi½ katha½ tath±gato na bh±sati.
Dutiyav±c± ±misahetuc±µukamyat±divasena n±nappak±r± paresa½ thomana-
v±c± ceva, corakatha½ r±jakathanti ±dinayappavatt± tiracch±nakath± ca. Tampi
tath±gato na bh±sati. Tatiyav±c± ariyasaccasannissitakath±, ya½ vassasatampi
suºant± paº¹it± neva titti½ gacchanti. Iti tath±gato neva sabbampi appiyav±ca½
bh±sati na piyav±ca½. Tatiya½ tatiyameva pana bh±sitabbak±la½ anatikkamitv±
bh±sati. Tattha tatiya½ appiyav±ca½ sandh±ya heµµh± daharakum±ra-upam± ±ga-
t±ti veditabba½.
87. Ud±hu µh±nasovetanti ud±hu µh±nuppattikañ±ºena taªkhaºa½yeva ta½
tath±gatassa upaµµh±t²ti pucchati. Saññ±toti ñ±to paññ±to p±kaµo. Dhammadh±-
t³ti dhammasabh±vo. Sabbaññutaññ±ºasseta½ adhivacana½ (3.0080). Ta½
bhagavat± suppaµividdha½, hatthagata½ bhagavato. Tasm± so ya½ ya½ icchati,
ta½ ta½ sabba½ µh±nasova paµibh±t²ti. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±nameva. Aya½ pana
dhammadesan± neyyapuggalavasena pariniµµhit±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Abhayar±jakum±rasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

9. Bahuvedan²yasuttavaººan±

88. Eva½ me sutanti bahuvedan²yasutta½. Tattha pañcakaªgo thapat²ti pañca-

kaªgoti tassa n±ma½. V±sipharasunikh±danadaº¹amuggarak±¼asuttan±¼isaªkh±-
tehi v± aªgehi samann±gatatt± so pañcaªgoti paññ±to. Thapat²ti va¹¹hak²jeµµhako.
Ud±y²ti paº¹ita-ud±yitthero.
89. Pariy±yanti k±raºa½. Dvep±nand±ti dvepi, ±nanda. Pariy±yen±ti k±raºena.
Ettha ca k±yikacetasikavasena dve veditabb±. Sukh±divasena tisso, indriyava-
sena sukhindriy±dik± pañca, dv±ravasena cakkhusamphassaj±dik± cha, Upavic±-
ravasena “cakkhun± r³pa½ disv± somanassaµµh±niya½ r³pa½ upavicarat²”ti-±-
dik± aµµh±rasa, cha gehassit±ni somanass±ni, cha nekkhammasit±ni somana-
ss±ni, cha gehassit±ni domanass±ni, cha nekkhammasit±ni domanass±ni, cha
gehassit± upekkh±, cha nekkhammasit±ti eva½ chatti½sa, T± at²te chatti½sa, an±-
gate chatti½sa, paccuppanne chatti½s±ti eva½ aµµhavedan±sata½ veditabba½.
90. Pañca kho ime, ±nanda, k±maguº±ti aya½ p±µi-ekko anusandhi. Na keva-
lampi dve ±di½ katv± vedan± bhagavat± paññatt±, pariy±yena ek±pi vedan±
kathit±. Ta½ dassento pañcakaªgassa thapatino v±da½ upatthambhetu½ ima½
desana½ ±rabhi.
Abhikkantataranti sundaratara½. Paº²tataranti atappakatara½. Ettha ca catu-
tthajjh±nato paµµh±ya adukkhamasukh± vedan±, s±pi santaµµhena paº²taµµhena ca
sukhanti vutt±. Cha gehassit±ni sukhanti vutt±ni. Nirodho avedayitasukhavasena
(3.0081) sukha½ n±ma j±to. Pañcak±maguºavasena hi aµµhasam±pattivasena ca
uppanna½ vedayitasukha½ n±ma. Nirodho avedayitasukha½ n±ma. Iti vedayita-
sukha½ v± hotu avedayitasukha½ v±, ta½ niddukkhabh±vasaªkh±tena sukha-
µµhena ekantasukhameva j±ta½.
 91. Yattha yatth±ti yasmi½ yasmi½ µh±ne. Sukha½ upalabbhat²ti vedayita-
sukha½ v± avedayitasukha½ v± upalabbhati. Ta½ ta½ tath±gato sukhasmi½
paññapet²ti ta½ sabba½ tath±gato niddukkhabh±va½ sukhasmi½yeva paññape-
t²ti. Idha bhagav± nirodhasam±patti½ s²sa½ katv± neyyapuggalavasena arahatta-
nik³µeneva desana½ niµµh±pes²ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Bahuvedan²yasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

10. Apaººakasuttavaººan±

92. Eva½ me sutanti apaººakasutta½. Tattha c±rikanti aturitac±rika½.

93. Atthi pana vo gahapatayoti kasm± ±ha? So kira g±mo aµavidv±re niviµµho.
N±n±vidh± samaºabr±hmaº± divasa½ magga½ gantv± s±ya½ ta½ g±ma½ v±sa-
tth±ya upenti, tesa½ te manuss± mañcap²µh±ni pattharitv± p±de dhovitv± p±de
makkhetv± kappiyap±nak±ni datv± punadivase nimantetv± d±na½ denti. Te pasa-
nnacitt± tehi saddhi½ sammantayam±n± eva½ vadanti “atthi pana vo gahapatayo
kiñci dassana½ gahitan”ti? Natthi, bhanteti. “Gahapatayo vin± dassanena loko na
niyy±ti, eka½ dassana½ ruccitv± kham±petv± gahetu½ vaµµati, ‘sassato loko’ti
dassana½ gaºhath±”ti vatv± pakkant±. Aparadivase aññe ±gat±. Tepi tatheva
pucchi½su. Te tesa½ “±ma, bhante, purimesu divasesu tumh±dis± samaºabr±-
hmaº± ±gantv± ‘sassato loko’ti amhe ida½ dassana½ g±h±petv± gat±”ti ±rocesu½.
“Te b±l± ki½ j±nanti? ‘Ucchijjati aya½ loko’ti ucchedadassana½ gaºhath±”ti eva½
tepi ucchedadassana½ gaºh±petv± pakkant±. Etenup±yena aññe ekaccasa-
ssata½, aññe ant±nanta½ (3.0082), aññe amar±vikkhepanti eva½ dv±saµµhi
diµµhiyo uggaºh±pesu½. Te pana ekadiµµhiyampi patiµµh±tu½ n±sakkhi½su. Sabba-
pacch± bhagav± agam±si. So tesa½ hitatth±ya pucchanto “atthi pana vo gahapa-
tayo”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha ±k±ravat²ti k±raºavat² sahetuk±. Apaººakoti aviraddho
advejjhag±m² eka½sag±hiko.
94. Natthi dinnanti-±di dasavatthuk± micch±diµµhi heµµh± s±leyyakasutte vitth±-
rit±. Tath± tabbipaccan²kabh³t± samm±diµµhi.
95. Nekkhamme ±nisa½santi yo nesa½ akusalato nikkhantabh±ve ±nisa½so,
yo ca vod±napakkho visuddhipakkho, ta½ na passant²ti attho. Asaddhammasañña-
tt²ti abh³tadhammasaññ±pan±. Att±nukka½set²ti µhapetv± ma½ ko añño attano
dassana½ pare gaºh±petu½ sakkot²ti att±na½ ukkhipati. Para½ vambhet²ti etta-
kesu janesu ekopi attano dassana½ pare gaºh±petu½ na sakkot²ti eva½ para½
heµµh± khipati. Pubbeva kho pan±ti pubbe micch±dassana½ gaºhantasseva
sus²lya½ pah²na½ hoti, duss²labh±vo paccupaµµhito. EvamassimeTi eva½ assa
ime micch±diµµhi-±dayo satta. Apar±para½ uppajjanavasena pana teyeva micch±-
diµµhipaccay± aneke p±pak± akusal± dhamm± uppajjanti n±ma.
Tatr±ti t±su tesa½ samaºabr±hmaº±na½ laddh²su. Kaliggahoti par±jayagg±ho.
Dussamatto sam±dinnoTi duggahito duppar±maµµho. Eka½sa½ pharitv± tiµµhat²ti
ekanta½ ekakoµµh±sa½ sakav±dameva pharitv± adhimuccitv± tiµµhati, “sace kho
natthi paro loko”ti eva½ santeyeva sotthibh±v±vaho hoti. Riñcat²ti vajjeti.
96. Saddhammasaññatt²ti bh³tadhammasaññ±pan±.
Kaµaggahoti jayagg±ho. Susamatto sam±dinnoti suggahito supar±maµµho. Ubha-
ya½sa½ pharitv± tiµµhat²ti ubhayanta½ ubhayakoµµh±sa½ sakav±da½ parav±-
dañca pharitv± adhimuccitv± tiµµhati “sace kho atthi paro loko”ti eva½ santepi
“sace kho natthi paro loko”ti eva½ santepi sotthibh±v±vaho hoti. Paratopi eka½-
sa-ubhaya½sesu imin±va nayena attho veditabbo.
97. Karototi (3.0083) sahatth± karontassa. K±rayatoti ±ºattiy± k±rentassa.
Chindatoti paresa½ hatth±d²ni chindantassa. Pacatoti daº¹ena p²¼entassa v± tajje-
ntassa v±. SocayatoTi parassa bhaº¹aharaº±d²hi soka½ saya½ karontassapi
parehi k±rentassapi. Kilamatoti ±h±r³paccheda-bandhan±g±rappavesan±d²hi
saya½ kilamantass±pi parehi kilam±pentass±pi. Phandato phand±payatoti para½
phandanta½ phandanak±le sayampi phandato parampi phand±payato. P±ºamati-
p±tayatoti p±ºa½ hanantassapi han±pentassapi. Eva½ sabbattha karaºak±r±pa-
navaseneva attho veditabbo.
Sandhinti gharasandhi½. Nillopanti mah±vilopa½. Ek±g±rikanti ekameva
ghara½ pariv±retv± vilumpana½. Paripanthe tiµµhatoti ±gat±gat±na½ acchinda-
nattha½ magge tiµµhato. Karoto na kar²yati p±panti ya½kiñci p±pa½ karom²ti
saññ±ya karotopi p±pa½ na kar²yati, natthi p±pa½. Satt± pana karom±ti eva½sa-
ññino hont²ti attho. Khurapariyanten±ti khuranemin±, khuradh±rasadisapariya-
ntena v±. Eka½ ma½sakhalanti eka½ ma½sar±si½. Puñjanti tasseva vevacana½.
Tatonid±nanti ekama½sakhalakaraºanid±na½. Dakkhiºat²re manuss± kakkha¼±
d±ruº±, te sandh±ya hanantoti-±di vutta½. Uttarat²re saddh± honti pasann±
buddham±mak± dhammam±mak± saªgham±mak±, te sandh±ya dadantoti-±di
vutta½.
Tattha yajantoti mah±y±ga½ karonto. Damen±ti indriyadamena uposathaka-
mmena. Sa½yamen±ti s²lasa½yamena. Saccavajjen±ti saccavacanena. ¾gamoti
±gamana½, pavatt²ti attho. Sabbath±pi p±papuññ±na½ kiriyameva paµikkhipanti.
Sukkapakkhopi vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Sesamettha purimav±re vuttasadisa-
meva.
100. Natthi hetu natthi paccayoti ettha paccayo hetuvevacana½. Ubhayen±pi
vijjam±nakameva k±yaduccarit±disa½kilesapaccaya½ k±yasucarit±divisuddhipa-
ccaya½ paµikkhipanti. Natthi bala½, natthi v²riya½, natthi purisath±mo, natthi puri-
saparakkamoti satt±na½ sa½kilesitu½ v± visujjhitu½ v± (3.0084) bala½ v± v²riya½
v± purisena k±tabbo n±ma purisath±mo v± purisaparakkamo v± natthi.
Sabbe satt±ti oµµhagoºagadrabh±dayo anavasese nidassenti. Sabbe p±º±ti eki-
ndriyo p±ºo dvindriyo p±ºoti ±divasena vadanti. Sabbe bh³t±ti aº¹akosavatthiko-
sesu bh³te sandh±ya vadanti. Sabbe j²v±ti s±liyavagodhum±dayo sandh±ya
vadanti. Tesu hete viruhanabh±vena j²vasaññino. Avas± abal± av²riy±ti tesa½
attano vaso v± bala½ v± v²riya½ v± natthi. Niyatisaªgatibh±vapariºat±ti ettha niya-
t²ti niyatat±. Saªgat²ti channa½ abhij±t²na½ tattha tattha gamana½. Bh±voti sabh±-
voyeva. Eva½ niyatiy± ca saªgatiy± ca bh±vena ca pariºat± n±nappak±rata½
patt±. Yena hi yath± bhavitabba½, so tatheva bhavati. Yena no bhavitabba½, so
na bhavat²ti dassenti. Chasvev±bhij±t²s³ti chasu eva abhij±t²su µhatv± sukhañca
dukkhañca paµisa½vedenti, aññ± sukhadukkhabh³mi natth²ti dassenti.
Tattha cha abhij±tiyo n±ma kaºh±bhij±ti n²l±bhij±ti lohit±bhij±ti halidd±bhij±ti
sukk±bhij±ti paramasukk±bhij±t²ti. Tattha s±kuºiko s³kariko luddo macchagh±-
tako coro coragh±tako, ye v± panaññepi keci kur³rakammant±, aya½ kaºh±bhi-
j±ti n±ma. Bhikkh³ n²l±bhij±t²ti vadanti. Te kira cat³su paccayesu kaºµake pakkhi-
pitv± kh±danti. “Bhikkh³ ca kaºµakavuttino”ti ayañhi nesa½ p±¼iyeva. Atha v±
kaºµakavuttik± eva½ n±ma eke pabbajit±ti vadanti. “Samaºakaºµakavuttik±”tipi hi
nesa½ p±¼i. Lohit±bhij±ti n±ma nigaºµh± ekas±µak±ti vadanti. Ime kira purimehi
dv²hi paº¹aratar±. Gih² acelakas±vak± halidd±bhij±t²ti vadanti. Iti attano paccaya-
d±yake nigaºµhehipi jeµµhakatare karonti. Nando, vaccho, saªkicco, aya½ sukk±-
bhij±t²ti vadanti. Te kira purimehi cat³hi paº¹aratar±. ¾j²vake pana paramasukk±-
bhij±t²ti vadanti. Te kira sabbehi paº¹aratar±.
Tattha (3.0085) sabbe satt± paµhama½ s±kuºik±dayova honti, tato visujjha-
m±n± sakyasamaº± honti, tato visujjham±n± nigaºµh±, tato ±j²vakas±vak±, tato
nand±dayo, tato ±j²vak±ti ayametesa½ laddhi. Sukkapakkho vuttapaccan²kena
veditabbo. Sesamidh±pi purimav±re vuttasadisameva.
Im±su pana t²su diµµh²su natthikadiµµhi vip±ka½ paµib±hati, akiriyadiµµhi kamma½
paµib±hati, ahetukadiµµhi ubhayampi paµib±hati. Tattha kamma½ paµib±hanten±pi
vip±ko paµib±hito hoti, vip±ka½ paµib±hanten±pi kamma½ paµib±hita½. Iti sabbe-
pete atthato ubhayapaµib±hak± natthikav±d± ceva ahetukav±d± akiriyav±d± ca
honti. Ye pana tesa½ laddhi½ gahetv± rattiµµh±ne div±µµh±ne nisinn± sajjh±yanti
v²ma½santi, tesa½– “natthi dinna½ natthi yiµµha½, karoto na kariyati p±pa½, natthi
hetu natthi paccayo”ti tasmi½ ±rammaºe micch±sati santiµµhati, citta½ ekagga½
hoti, javan±ni javanti, paµhamajavane satekicch± honti, tath± dutiy±d²su. Sattame
buddh±nampi atekicch± anivattino ariµµhakaºµakasadis±.
Tattha koci eka½ dassana½ okkamati, koci dve, koci t²ºipi, ekasmi½ okkantepi
dv²su t²su okkantesupi niyatamicch±diµµhikova hoti, patto saggamagg±varaºa-
ñceva mokkhamagg±varaºañca, abhabbo tassa attabh±vassa anantara½
saggampi gantu½, pageva mokkha½. Vaµµakh±ºu n±mesa satto pathav²gopako.
Ki½ panesa ekasmi½yeva attabh±ve niyato hoti, ud±hu aññasmimp²ti? Ekasmi-
ññeva niyato, ±sevanavasena pana bhavantarepi ta½ ta½ diµµhi½ rocetiyeva. Eva-
r³passa hi yebhuyyena bhavato vuµµh±na½ n±ma natthi.
Tasm± akaly±ºajana½, ±s²visamivoraga½;
±rak± parivajjeyya, bh³tik±mo vicakkhaºoti.
103. Natthi sabbaso ±rupp±ti ar³pabrahmaloko n±ma sabb±k±rena natthi. Mano-
may±ti jh±nacittamay±. Saññ±may±Ti ar³pajjh±nasaññ±ya saññ±may±. R³p±na½-
yeva nibbid±ya vir±g±ya nirodh±ya paµipanno hot²ti aya½ l±bh² v± hoti takk² v±.
L±bh² n±ma r³p±vacarajjh±nal±bh². Tassa r³p±vacare kaªkh± natthi, ar³p±vacara-
loke atthi (3.0086). So– “aha½ ±rupp± atth²ti vadant±nampi natth²ti vadant±nampi
suº±mi, atthi natth²ti pana na j±n±mi. Catutthajjh±na½ padaµµh±na½ katv± ar³p±-
vacarajjh±na½ nibbattess±mi. Sace ±rupp± atthi, tattha nibbattiss±mi, sace natthi,
r³p±vacarabrahmaloke nibbattiss±mi. Eva½ me apaººako dhammo apaººakova
aviraddhova bhavissat²”ti tath± paµipajjati. Takk² pana appaµiladdhajjh±no, tass±pi
r³pajjh±ne kaªkh± natthi, ar³paloke pana atthi. So– “aha½ ±rupp± atth²ti vadant±-
nampi natth²ti vadant±nampi suº±mi, atthi natth²ti pana na j±n±mi. Kasiºapari-
kamma½ katv± catutthajjh±na½ nibbattetv± ta½ padaµµh±na½ katv± ar³p±vacara-
jjh±na½ nibbattess±mi. Sace ±rupp± atthi, tattha nibbattiss±mi. Sace natthi, r³p±-
vacarabrahmaloke nibbattiss±mi. Eva½ me apaººako dhammo apaººakova avira-
ddhova bhavissat²”ti tath± paµipajjati.
104. BhavanirodhoTi nibb±na½. S±r±g±ya santiketi r±gavasena vaµµe rajja-
nassa santike. Sa½yog±y±ti taºh±vasena sa½yojanatth±ya. Abhinandan±y±ti
taºh±diµµhivasena abhinandan±ya. Paµipanno hot²ti ayampi l±bh² v± hoti takk² v±.
L±bh² n±ma aµµhasam±pattil±bh². Tassa ±ruppe kaªkh± natthi, nibb±ne atthi. So–
“aha½ nirodho atth²tipi natth²tipi suº±mi, saya½ na j±n±mi. Sam±patti½ p±daka½
katv± vipassana½ va¹¹hess±mi. Sace nirodho bhavissati, arahatta½ patv± parini-
bb±yiss±mi. No ce bhavissati, ±ruppe nibbattiss±m²”ti eva½ paµipajjati. Takk² pana
ekasam±pattiy±pi na l±bh², ±ruppe panassa kaªkh± natthi, bhavanirodhe atthi. So–
“aha½ nirodho atth²tipi natth²tipi suº±mi, saya½ na j±n±mi, kasiºaparikamma½
katv± aµµhasam±pattiyo nibbattetv± sam±pattipadaµµh±na½ vipassana½ va¹¹he-
ss±mi. Sace nirodho bhavissati, arahatta½ patv± parinibb±yiss±mi. No ce bhavi-
ssati, ±ruppe nibbattiss±m²”ti eva½ paµipajjati. Etth±ha– “atthi dinnanti-±d²ni t±va
apaººak±ni bhavantu, natthi dinnanti-±d²ni pana katha½ apaººak±n²”ti. Gahaºa-
vasena. T±ni hi apaººaka½ apaººakanti eva½ gahitatt± apaººak±ni n±ma j±t±ni.
 105. Catt±rometi (3.0087) aya½ p±µi-ekko anusandhi. Natthikav±do, ahetuka-
v±do akiriyav±do, ±rupp± natthi nirodho natth²ti eva½v±dino ca dveti ime pañca
puggal± heµµh± tayo puggal±va honti. Atthikav±d±dayo pañca eko catutthapugga-
lova hoti. Etamattha½ dassetu½ bhagav± ima½ desana½ ±rabhi. Tattha sabba½
atthato utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Apaººakasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

Paµhamavaggavaººan± niµµhit±.

2. Bhikkhuvaggo

1. Ambalaµµhikar±hulov±dasuttavaººan±

107. Eva½ (3.0088) me sutanti ambalaµµhikar±hulov±dasutta½. Tattha ambala-

µµhik±ya½ viharat²ti ve¼uvanavih±rassa paccante padh±nagharasaªkhepe viveka-
k±m±na½ vasanatth±ya kate ambalaµµhik±ti eva½n±make p±s±de paviveka½
br³hayanto viharati. Kaºµako n±ma j±tak±lato paµµh±ya tikhiºova hoti, evameva½
ayampi ±yasm± sattavassikas±maºerak±leyeva paviveka½ br³hayam±no tattha
vih±si. Paµisall±n± vuµµhitoti phalasam±pattito vuµµh±ya. ¾sananti pakatipaññatta-
mevettha ±sana½ atthi, ta½ papphoµetv± µhapesi. Udak±dh±neti udakabh±jane.
“Udakaµµh±ne”tipi p±µho.
¾yasmanta½ r±hula½ ±mantes²ti ov±dad±nattha½ ±mantesi. Bhagavat± hi r±hu-
lattherassa sambahul± dhammadesan± kat±. S±maºerapañha½ therasseva
vutta½. Tath± r±hulasa½yutta½ mah±r±hulov±dasutta½ c³¼ar±hulov±dasutta-
mida½ ambalaµµhikar±hulov±dasuttanti.
Ayañhi ±yasm± sattavassikak±le bhagavanta½ c²varakaººe gahetv± “d±yajja½
me samaºa deh²”ti d±yajja½ y±cam±no bhagavat± dhammasen±patis±riputtatthe-
rassa niyy±detv± pabb±jito. Atha bhagav± daharakum±r± n±ma yutt±yutta½
katha½ kathenti, ov±damassa dem²ti r±hulakum±ra½ ±mantetv± “s±maºerena
n±ma, r±hula, tiracch±nakatha½ kathetu½ na vaµµati, tva½ kathayam±no evar³pa½
katha½ katheyy±s²”ti sabbabuddhehi avijahita½ dasapuccha½ pañcapaºº±savi-
ssajjana½– “eko pañho eko uddeso eka½ veyy±karaºa½ dve pañh± …pe… dasa
pañh± dasa uddes± dasa veyy±karaº±ti. Eka½ n±ma ki½? Sabbe satt± ±h±raµµhi-
tik± …pe… dasa n±ma ki½? Dasahaªgehi samann±gato arah±ti vuccat²”ti (khu.
p±. 4.10) ima½ s±maºerapañha½ kathesi. Puna cintesi “daharakum±r± n±ma
piyamus±v±d± honti, adiµµhameva diµµha½ amhehi, diµµhameva na diµµha½ amhe-
h²ti vadanti ov±damassa dem²”ti akkh²hi oloketv±pi sukhasañj±nanattha½ paµha-
mameva catasso udak±dh±n³pam±yo (3.0089), tato dve hatthi-upam±yo eka½
±d±s³pamañca dassetv± ima½ sutta½ kathesi. Cat³su pana paccayesu taºh±vi-
vaµµana½ pañcasu k±maguºesu chandar±gappah±na½ kaly±ºamittupanissa-
yassa mahantabh±vañca dassetv± r±hulasutta½ (su. ni. r±hulasutta) kathesi. ¾ga-
t±gataµµh±ne bhavesu chandar±go na kattabboti dassetu½ r±hulasa½yutta½ (sa½.
ni. 2.188 ±dayo) kathesi. “Aha½ sobh±mi, mama vaºº±yatana½ pasannan”ti atta-
bh±va½ niss±ya gehassitachandar±go na kattabboti mah±r±hulov±dasutta½
kathesi.
Tattha r±hulasutta½ imasmi½ n±ma k±le vuttanti na vattabba½. Tañhi abhiºho-
v±davasena vutta½. R±hulasa½yutta½ sattavassikak±lato paµµh±ya y±va avassi-
kabhikkhuk±l± vutta½. Mah±r±hulov±dasutta½ aµµh±rasa vassas±maºerak±le
vutta½. C³¼ar±hulov±dasutta½ avassikabhikkhuk±le vutta½. Kum±rakapañhañca
idañca ambalaµµhikar±hulov±dasutta½ sattavassikas±maºerak±le vutta½. Tesu
r±hulasutta½ abhiºhov±dattha½, r±hulasa½yutta½, therassa vipassan±gabbhaga-
haºattha½, mah±r±hulov±da½ gehassitachandar±gavinodanattha½, c³¼ar±hulo-
v±da½ therassa pañcadasa-vimuttiparip±can²ya-dhammaparip±kak±le arahattag±-
h±panattha½ vutta½. Idañca pana sandh±ya r±hulatthero bhikkhusaªghamajjhe
tath±gatassa guºa½ kathento idam±ha–
“Kik²va b²ja½ rakkheyya, c±mar² v±lamuttama½;
nipako s²lasampanno, mama½ rakkhi tath±gato”ti. (apa. 1.2.83);
S±maºerapañha½ ayuttavacanapah±nattha½, ida½ ambalaµµhikar±hulov±da-
sutta½ sampaj±namus±v±dassa akaraºattha½ vutta½.
Tattha passasi noti passasi nu. Parittanti thoka½. S±maññanti samaºadhammo.
Nikkujjitv±ti adhomukha½ katv±. Ukkujjitv±ti utt±na½ katv±.
 108. Seyyath±pi, r±hula, rañño n±goti aya½ upam± sampaj±namus±v±de
sa½vararahitassa opammadassanattha½ vutt±. Tattha ²s±dantoti rath²s±sadisa-
danto (3.0090). Uru¼hav±ti abhiva¹¹hito ±rohasampanno. Abhij±toti suj±to j±tisa-
mpanno. Saªg±m±vacaroti saªg±ma½ otiººapubbo. Kamma½ karot²ti ±gat±gate
pavaµµento gh±teti. Puratthimak±y±d²su pana puratthimak±yena t±va paµisen±ya
phalakakoµµhakamuº¹ap±k±r±dayo p±teti, tath± pacchimak±yena. S²sena
kamma½ n±ma niyametv± eta½ padesa½ maddiss±m²ti nivattitv± oloketi, etta-
kena satampi sahassampi dvedh± bhijjati. Kaººehi kamma½ n±ma ±gat±gate
sare kaººehi paharitv± p±tana½. Dantehi kamma½ n±ma paµihatthi-assahatth±ro-
ha-ass±rohapad±d²na½ vijjhana½. Naªguµµhena kamma½ n±ma naªguµµhe
bandh±ya d²gh±silaµµhiy± v± ayamusalena v± chedanabhedana½. Rakkhateva
soº¹anti soº¹a½ pana mukhe pakkhipitv± rakkhati.
Tatth±ti tasmi½ tassa hatthino karaºe. Apariccattanti anissaµµha½, paresa½
jaya½ amh±kañca par±jaya½ pass²ti maññati. Soº¹±yapi kamma½ karot²ti ayamu-
ggara½ v± khadiramusala½ v± gahetv± samant± aµµh±rasahatthaµµh±na½
maddati. Pariccattanti vissaµµha½, id±ni hatthiyodh±d²su na kutoci bh±yati,
amh±ka½ jaya½ paresañca par±jaya½ pass²ti maññati. N±ha½ tassa kiñci
p±panti tassa dukkaµ±di-±pattiv²tikkame v± m±tugh±tak±dikammesu v± kiñci
p±pa½ akattabba½ n±ma natthi. Tasm± tiha teti yasm± sampaj±namus±v±dino
akattabba½ p±pa½ n±ma natthi, tasm± tay± has±yapi davakamyat±yapi mus± na
bhaºiss±m²ti sikkhitabba½. Paccavekkhaºatthoti olokanattho, ya½ mukhe vajja½
hoti, tassa dassanatthoti vutta½ hoti. Paccavekkhitv± paccavekkhitv±ti oloketv±
oloketv±.
109. Sasakka½ na karaº²yanti eka½seneva na k±tabba½. Paµisa½hareyy±s²ti
nivatteyy±si m± kareyy±si. Anupadajjeyy±s²ti anupadeyy±si upatthambheyy±si
punappuna½ kareyy±si. Ahoratt±nusikkh²ti rattiñca divañca sikkham±no.
111. Aµµ²yitabbanti aµµena p²¼itena bhavitabba½. Har±yitabbanti lajjitabba½. Jigu-
cchitabbanti g³tha½ disv± viya jigucch± upp±detabb±. Manokammassa pana ade-
san±vatthukatt± idha desetabbanti na vutta½. Kittake pana µh±ne k±yakammava-
c²kamm±ni (3.0091) sodhetabb±ni, kittake manokammanti. K±yakammavac²ka-
mm±ni t±va ekasmi½ purebhatteyeva sodhetabb±ni. Bhattakicca½ katv± div±-
µµh±ne nisinnena hi paccavekkhitabba½ “aruºuggamanato paµµh±ya y±va imasmi½
µh±ne nisajj± atthi nu kho me imasmi½ antare paresa½ appiya½ k±yakamma½ v±
vac²kamma½ v±”ti. Sace atth²ti j±n±ti, desan±yutta½ desetabba½, ±vikaraºa-
yutta½ ±vik±tabba½. Sace natthi, teneva p²tip±mojjena vih±tabba½. Mano-
kamma½ pana etasmi½ piº¹ap±tapariyesanaµµh±ne sodhetabba½. Katha½?
“Atthi nu kho me ajja piº¹ap±tapariyesanaµµh±ne r³p±d²su chando v± r±go v±
paµigha½ v±”ti? Sace atthi, “puna na eva½ kariss±m²”ti citteneva adhiµµh±tabba½.
Sace natthi, teneva p²tip±mojjena vih±tabba½.
112. Samaº± v± br±hmaº± v±ti buddh± v± paccekabuddh± v± tath±gatas±vak±
v±. Tasm±tih±ti yasm± at²tepi eva½ parisodhesu½, an±gatepi parisodhessanti,
etarahipi parisodhenti, tasm± tumhehipi tesa½ anusikkhantehi eva½ sikkhita-
bbanti attho. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±nameva. Ima½ pana desana½ bhagav± y±va
bhavagg± ussitassa ratanar±sino yojaniyamaºikkhandhena k³µa½ gaºhanto viya
neyyapuggalavasena pariniµµh±pes²ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Ambalaµµhikar±hulov±dasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

2. Mah±r±hulov±dasuttavaººan±

113. Eva½ me sutanti mah±r±hulov±dasutta½. Tattha piµµhito piµµhito anuba-

ndh²ti dassana½ avijahitv± gamana½ abbocchinna½ katv± pacchato pacchato iri-
y±path±nubandhanena anubandhi. Tad± hi bhagav± pade pada½ nikkhipanto vil±-
sitagamanena purato purato gacchati, r±hulatthero dasabalassa pad±nupadiko
hutv± pacchato pacchato.
Tattha bhagav± supupphitas±lavanamajjhagato subh³mi-otaraºatth±ya nikkha-
ntamattavarav±raºo viya virocittha, r±hulabhaddo ca varav±raºassa pacchato (3.009
nikkhantagajapotako viya. Bhagav± s±yanhasamaye maºiguhato nikkhamitv±
gocara½ paµipanno kesaras²ho viya, r±hulabhaddo ca s²hamigar±j±na½ anuba-
ndhanto nikkhantas²hapotako viya. Bhagav± maºipabbatasassirikavanasaº¹ato
d±µhabalo mah±byaggho viya, r±hulabhaddo ca byagghar±j±na½ anubandhabya-
gghapotako viya. Bhagav± simbalid±yato nikkhantasupaººar±j± viya, r±hula-
bhaddo ca supaººar±jassa pacchato nikkhantasupaººapotako viya. Bhagav±
cittak³µapabbatato gaganatala½ pakkhandasuvaººaha½sar±j± viya, r±hula-
bhaddo ca ha½s±dhipati½ anupakkhandaha½sapotako viya. Bhagav± mah±-
sara½ ajjhog±¼h± suvaººamah±n±v± viya, r±hulabhaddo ca suvaººan±va½
pacch± anubandhan±v±potako viya. Bhagav± cakkaratan±nubh±vena gaganatale
sampay±tacakkavattir±j± viya, r±hulabhaddo ca r±j±na½ anusampay±tapariº±ya-
karatana½ viya. Bhagav± vigataval±haka½ nabha½ paµipannat±rakar±j± viya,
r±hulabhaddo ca t±rak±dhipatino anumaggapaµipann± parisuddha-osadhit±rak±
viya.
Bhagav±pi mah±sammatapaveºiya½ okk±kar±java½se j±to, r±hulabhaddopi.
Bhagav±pi saªkhe pakkhittakh²rasadiso suparisuddhaj±tikhattiyakule j±to, r±hula-
bhaddopi. Bhagav±pi rajja½ pah±ya pabbajito, r±hulabhaddopi. Bhagavatopi
sar²ra½ dvatti½samah±purisalakkhaºapaµimaº¹ita½ devanagaresu samussitara-
tanatoraºa½ viya sabbap±liphullo p±ricchattako viya ca atimanoharaºa½, r±hula-
bhaddass±pi. Iti dvepi abhin²h±rasampann±, dvepi r±japabbajit±, dvepi khattiyasu-
khum±l±, dvepi suvaººavaºº±, dvepi lakkhaºasampann± ekamagga½ paµipann±
paµip±µiy± gacchant±na½ dvinna½ candamaº¹al±na½ dvinna½ s³riyamaº¹a-
l±na½ dvinna½ sakkasuy±masantusitasunimmitavasavattimah±brahm±d²na½
siriy± siri½ abhibhavam±n± viya viroci½su.
Tatr±yasm± r±hulo bhagavato piµµhito piµµhito gacchantova p±datalato y±va
upari kesant± tath±gata½ ±lokesi. So bhagavato buddhavesavil±sa½ disv±
“sobhati bhagav± dvatti½samah±purisalakkhaºavicittasar²ro by±mappabh±pari-
kkhittat±ya vippakiººasuvaººacuººamajjhagato viya, vijjulat±parikkhitto kanaka-
pabbato viya, yantasuttasam±ka¹¹hitaratanavicitta½ suvaººa-agghika½ viya,
rattapa½suk³lac²varapaµicchannopi rattakambalaparikkhittakanakapabbato viya,
pav±¼alat±paµimaº¹ita½ suvaººa-agghika½ viya (3.0093), c²napiµµhacuººap³jita½
suvaººacetiya½ viya, l±kh±ras±nulitto kanakay³po viya, rattaval±hakantarato
taªkhaºabbhuggatapuººacando viya, aho samati½sap±ramit±nubh±vasajjitassa
attabh±vassa sir²sampatt²”ti cintesi. Tato att±nampi oloketv±– “ahampi sobh±mi.
Sace bhagav± cat³su mah±d²pesu cakkavattirajja½ akariss±, mayha½ pariº±yaka-
µµh±nantara½ adass±. Eva½ sante ativiya jambud²patala½ asobhiss±”ti atta-
bh±va½ niss±ya gehassita½ chandar±ga½ upp±desi.
Bhagav±pi purato gacchantova cintesi– “paripuººacchavima½salohito d±ni
r±hulassa attabh±vo. Rajan²yesu r³p±rammaº±d²su hi cittassa pakkhandanak±lo
j±to, ki½ bahulat±ya nu kho r±hulo v²tin±met²”ti. Atha sah±vajjaneneva pasanna-u-
dake maccha½ viya, parisuddhe ±d±samaº¹ale mukhanimitta½ viya ca tassa ta½
cittupp±da½ addasa. Disv±va– “aya½ r±hulo mayha½ atrajo hutv± mama
pacchato ±gacchanto ‘aha½ sobh±mi, mayha½ vaºº±yatana½ pasannan’ti atta-
bh±va½ niss±ya gehassitachandar±ga½ upp±deti, atitthe pakkhando uppatha½
paµipanno agocare carati, dis±m³¼ha-addhiko viya agantabba½ disa½ gacchati.
Aya½ kho panassa kileso abbhantare va¹¹hanto attatthampi yath±bh³ta½
passitu½ na dassati, paratthampi, ubhayatthampi. Tato nirayepi paµisandhi½
gaºh±pessati, tiracch±nayoniyampi, pettivisayepi, asurak±yepi, samb±dhepi m±tu-
kucchisminti anamatagge sa½s±ravaµµe parip±tessati. Ayañhi–
Anatthajanano lobho, lobho cittappakopano;
bhayamantarato j±ta½, ta½ jano n±vabujjhati.
Luddho attha½ na j±n±ti, luddho dhamma½ na passati;
andhatama½ tad± hoti, ya½ lobho sahate nara½. (itivu. 88)–
Yath± kho pana anekaratanap³r± mah±n±v± bhinnaphalakantarena udaka½ ±di-
yam±n± muhuttampi na ajjhupekkhitabb± hoti, vegenass± vivara½ pidahitu½
vaµµati, evameva½ ayampi na ajjhupekkhitabbo. Y±vassa aya½ kileso abbhantare
s²laratan±d²ni na vin±seti, t±vadeva na½ niggaºhiss±m²”ti ajjh±sayamak±si. Evar³-
pesu pana µh±nesu buddh±na½ n±gavilokana½ (3.0094) n±ma hoti. Tasm±
yantena parivattitasuvaººapaµim± viya sakalak±yeneva parivattetv± µhito r±hula-
bhadda½ ±mantesi. Ta½ sandh±ya “atha kho bhagav± apaloketv±”ti-±di vutta½.
Tattha ya½kiñci r³panti-±d²ni sabb±k±rena visuddhimagge khandhaniddese
vitth±rit±ni. Neta½ mam±ti-±d²ni mah±hatthipadopame vutt±ni. R³pameva nu kho
bhagav±ti kasm± pucchati? Tassa kira– “sabba½ r³pa½ neta½ mama, nesoha-
masmi na meso att±”ti sutv±– “bhagav± sabba½ r³pa½ vipassan±paññ±ya eva½
daµµhabbanti vadati, vedan±d²su nu kho katha½ paµipajjitabban”ti nayo udap±di.
Tasm± tasmi½ naye µhito pucchati. Nayakusalo hesa ±yasm± r±hulo, ida½ na
kattabbanti vutte idampi na kattabba½ idampi na kattabbamev±ti nayasatenapi
nayasahassenapi paµivijjhati. Ida½ kattabbanti vuttepi eseva nayo.
Sikkh±k±mo hi aya½ ±yasm±, p±tova gandhakuµipariveºe patthamatta½
v±lika½ okirati– “ajja samm±sambuddhassa santik± mayha½ upajjh±yassa
santik± ettaka½ ov±da½ ettaka½ paribh±sa½ labh±m²”ti. Samm±sambuddhopi
na½ etadagge µhapento– “etadagga½, bhikkhave, mama s±vak±na½ bhikkh³na½
sikkh±k±m±na½ yadida½ r±hulo”ti (a. ni. 1.209) sikkh±yameva agga½ katv±
µhapesi. Sopi ±yasm± bhikkhusaªghamajjhe tameva s²han±da½ nadi–
“Sabbameta½ abhiññ±ya, dhammar±j± pit± mama;
sammukh± bhikkhusaªghassa, etadagge µhapesi ma½.
Sikkh±k±m±naha½ aggo, dhammar±jena thomito;
saddh±pabbajit±nañca, sah±yo pavaro mama.
Dhammar±j± pit± mayha½, dhamm±rakkho ca pettiyo;
s±riputto upajjh±yo, sabba½ me jinas±sanan”ti.
Athassa bhagav± yasm± na kevala½ r³pameva, vedan±dayopi eva½
daµµhabb±, tasm± r³pampi r±hul±ti-±dim±ha. Ko najj±ti ko nu ajja. Therassa kira
etadahosi “samm±sambuddho mayha½ attabh±vanissita½ chandar±ga½ ñatv±
‘samaºena n±ma evar³po vitakko na vitakkitabbo’ti neva pariy±yena katha½
kathesi, gaccha bhikkhu r±hula½ vadehi (3.0095) ‘m± puna evar³pa½ vitakka½
vitakkes²’ti na d³ta½ pesesi. Ma½ sammukkhe µhatv±yeva pana sabhaº¹aka½
cora½ c³¼±ya gaºhanto viya sammukh± sugatov±da½ ad±si. Sugatov±do ca
n±ma asaªkheyyehipi kappehi dullabho. Evar³passa buddhassa sammukh±
ov±da½ labhitv± ko nu viññ³ paº¹itaj±tiko ajja g±ma½ piº¹±ya pavisissat²”ti.
Athesa ±yasm± ±h±rakicca½ pah±ya yasmi½ nisinnaµµh±ne µhitena ov±do laddho,
tatova paµinivattetv± aññatarasmi½ rukkham³le nis²di. Bhagav±pi ta½ ±ya-
smanta½ nivattam±na½ disv± na evam±ha– “m± nivatta t±va, r±hula, bhikkh±c±ra-
k±lo te”ti. Kasm±? Eva½ kirassa ahosi– “ajja t±va k±yagat±sati-amatabhojana½
bhuñjat³”ti.
Addas± kho ±yasm± s±riputtoti bhagavati gate pacch± gacchanto addasa.
Etassa kir±yasmato ekakassa viharato añña½ vatta½, bhagavat± saddhi½ viha-
rato añña½. Yad± hi dve aggas±vak± ek±kino vasanti, tad± p±tova sen±sana½
sammajjitv± sar²rapaµijaggana½ katv± sam±patti½ appetv± sannisinn± attano citta-
ruciy± bhikkh±c±ra½ gacchanti. Bhagavat± saddhi½ viharant± pana ther± eva½
na karonti. Tad± hi bhagav± bhikkhusaªghapariv±ro paµhama½ bhikkh±c±ra½
gacchati. Tasmi½ gate thero attano sen±san± nikkhamitv±– “bah³na½ vasana-
µµh±ne n±ma sabbeva p±s±dika½ k±tu½ sakkonti v±, na v± sakkont²”ti tattha tattha
gantv± asammaµµha½ µh±na½ sammajjati. Sace kacavaro acha¹¹ito hoti, ta½
cha¹¹eti. P±n²yaµµhapetabbaµµh±namhi p±n²yak³µe asati p±n²yaghaµa½ µhapeti.
Gil±n±na½ santika½ gantv±, “±vuso, tumh±ka½ ki½ ±har±mi, ki½ vo icchitabban”-
ti? Pucchati. Avassikadahar±na½ santika½ gantv±– “abhiramatha, ±vuso, m±
ukkaºµhittha, paµipattis±raka½ buddhas±sanan”ti ovadati. Eva½ katv± sabba-
pacch± bhikkh±c±ra½ gacchati. Yath± hi cakkavatti kuhiñci gantuk±mo sen±ya
pariv±rito paµhama½ nikkhamati, pariº±yakaratana½ senaªg±ni sa½vidh±ya
pacch± nikkhamati, eva½ saddhammacakkavatti bhagav± bhikkhusaªghapariv±ro
paµhama½ nikkhamati, tassa bhagavato pariº±yakaratanabh³to dhammasen±-
pati ima½ kicca½ katv± sabbapacch± nikkhamati. So eva½ nikkhanto tasmi½
divase aññatarasmi½ rukkham³le nisinna½ r±hulabhadda½ addasa. Tena vutta½
“pacch± gacchanto addas±”ti.
Atha (3.0096) kasm± ±n±p±nassatiya½ niyojesi? Nisajj±nucchavikatt±. Thero
kira “etassa bhagavat± r³pakammaµµh±na½ kathitan”ti an±vajjitv±va yen±k±rena
aya½ acalo anobaddho hutv± nisinno, idamassa etiss± nisajj±ya kammaµµh±na½
anucchavikanti cintetv± evam±ha. Tattha ±n±p±nassatinti ass±sapass±se parigga-
hetv± tattha catukkapañcakajjh±na½ nibbattetv± vipassana½ va¹¹hetv± ara-
hatta½ gaºh±h²ti dasseti.
Mahapphal± hot²ti k²vamahapphal± hoti? Idha bhikkhu ±n±p±nassati½ anuyutto
ek±sane nisinnova sabb±save khepetv± arahatta½ p±puº±ti, tath± asakkonto
maraºak±le samas²s² hoti, tath± asakkonto devaloke nibbattitv± dhammakathika-
devaputtassa dhamma½ sutv± arahatta½ p±puº±ti, tato viraddho anuppanne
buddhupp±de paccekabodhi½ sacchikaroti, ta½ asacchikaronto buddh±na½
sammukh²bh±ve b±hiyatther±dayo viya khipp±bhiñño hoti, eva½ mahapphal±.
Mah±nisa½s±ti tasseva vevacana½. Vuttampi ceta½–
“¾n±p±nassat² yassa, paripuºº± subh±vit±;
anupubba½ paricit±, yath± buddhena desit±;
soma½ loka½ pabh±seti, abbh± muttova candim±”ti. (therag±. 548; paµi. ma.
1.1.60)–
Ima½ mahapphalata½ sampassam±no thero saddhivih±rika½ tattha niyojeti.
Iti bhagav± r³pakammaµµh±na½, thero ±n±p±nassatinti ubhopi kammaµµh±na½
±cikkhitv± gat±, r±hulabhaddo vih±reyeva oh²no. Bhagav± tassa oh²nabh±va½
j±nantopi neva attan± kh±dan²ya½ bhojan²ya½ gahetv± agam±si, na ±nandatthe-
rassa hatthe pesesi, na pasenadimah±r±ja-an±thapiº¹ik±d²na½ sañña½ ad±si.
Saññ±mattakañhi labhitv± te k±jabhatta½ abhihareyyu½. Yath± ca bhagav±, eva½
s±riputtattheropi na kiñci ak±si. R±hulatthero nir±h±ro chinnabhatto ahosi. Tassa
pan±yasmato– “bhagav± ma½ vih±re oh²na½ j±nantopi attan± laddhapiº¹ap±ta½
n±pi saya½ gahetv± ±gato, na aññassa hatthe pahiºi (3.0097), na manuss±na½
sañña½ ad±si, upajjh±yopi me oh²nabh±va½ j±nanto tatheva na kiñci ak±s²”ti
cittampi na uppanna½, kuto tappaccay± om±na½ v± atim±na½ v± janessati.
Bhagavat± pana ±cikkhitakammaµµh±nameva purebhattampi pacch±bhattampi–
“itipi r³pa½ anicca½, itipi dukkha½, itipi asubha½, itipi anatt±”ti aggi½ abhima-
tthento viya nirantara½ manasikatv± s±yanhasamaye cintesi– “aha½ upajjh±yena
±n±p±nassati½ bh±veh²ti vutto, tassa vacana½ na kariss±mi. ¾cariyupajjh±y±-
nañhi vacana½ akaronto dubbaco n±ma hoti. ‘Dubbaco r±hulo, upajjh±yassapi
vacana½ na karot²’ti ca garahuppattito kakkha¼atar± p²¼± n±ma natth²”ti bh±van±vi-
dh±na½ pucchituk±mo bhagavato santika½ agam±si. Ta½ dassetu½ atha kho
±yasm± r±huloti-±di vutta½.
114. Tattha paµisall±n±ti ek²bh±vato. Ya½kiñci r±hul±ti kasm±? Bhagav± ±n±p±-
nassati½ puµµho r³pakammaµµh±na½ kathet²ti. R³pe chandar±gappah±nattha½.
Eva½ kirassa ahosi– “r±hulassa attabh±va½ niss±ya chandar±go uppanno, heµµh±
cassa saªkhepena r³pakammaµµh±na½ kathita½. Id±niss±pi dvicatt±l²s±ya ±k±-
rehi attabh±va½ vir±jetv± visaªkharitv± ta½nissita½ chandar±ga½ anuppattidha-
mmata½ ±p±dess±m²”ti. Atha ±k±sadh±tu½ kasm± vitth±res²ti? Up±d±r³padassa-
nattha½. Heµµh± hi catt±ri mah±bh³t±neva kathit±ni, na up±d±r³pa½. Tasm±
imin± mukhena ta½ dassetu½ ±k±sadh±tu½ vitth±resi. Apica ajjhattikena ±k±-
sena paricchinnar³pampi p±kaµa½ hoti.
¾k±sena paricchinna½, r³pa½ y±ti vibh³tata½;
tasseva½ ±vibh±vattha½, ta½ pak±sesi n±yako.
Ettha pana purim±su t±va cat³su dh±t³su ya½ vattabba½, ta½ mah±hatthipado-
pame vuttameva.
118. ¾k±sadh±tuya½ ±k±sagatanti ±k±sabh±va½ gata½. Up±dinnanti-±dinna½
gahita½ par±maµµha½, sar²raµµhakanti attho. Kaººacchiddanti ma½salohit±d²hi
asamphuµµhakaººavivara½. N±sacchidd±d²supi eseva nayo. Yena (3.0098) c±ti
yena chiddena. Ajjhoharat²ti anto paveseti, jivh±bandhanato hi y±va udarapaµal±
manuss±na½ vidatthicaturaªgula½ chiddaµµh±na½ hoti. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½.
Yattha c±ti yasmi½ ok±se. Santiµµhat²ti patiµµh±ti. Manuss±nañhi mahanta½ paµa-
pariss±vanamattañca udarapaµala½ n±ma hoti. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½. Adho-
bh±ga½ nikkhamat²ti yena heµµh± nikkhamati. Dvatti½sahatthamatta½ ekav²satiy±
µh±nesu vaªka½ anta½ n±ma hoti. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½. Ya½ v± panañña-
mp²ti imin± sukhumasukhuma½ cammama½s±di-antaragatañceva lomak³pabh±-
vena ca µhita½ ±k±sa½ dasseti. Sesametth±pi pathav²dh±tu-±d²su vuttanayeneva
veditabba½.
119. Id±nissa t±dibh±valakkhaºa½ ±cikkhanto pathav²samanti-±dim±ha. Iµµh±ni-
µµhesu hi arajjanto adussanto t±d² n±ma hoti. Man±p±man±p±ti ettha aµµha lobhasa-
hagatacittasampayutt± man±p± n±ma, dve domanassacittasampayutt± aman±p±
n±ma. Citta½ na pariy±d±ya µhassant²ti ete phass± uppajjitv± tava citta½ antomu-
µµhigata½ karonto viya pariy±d±ya gahetv± µh±tu½ na sakkhissanti “aha½
sobh±mi, mayha½ vaºº±yatana½ pasannan”ti puna attabh±va½ niss±ya chanda-
r±go nuppajjissati. G³thagatanti-±d²su g³thameva g³thagata½. Eva½ sabbattha.
Na katthaci patiµµhitoti pathav²pabbatarukkh±d²su ekasmimpi na patiµµhito, yadi
hi pathaviya½ patiµµhito bhaveyya, pathaviy± bhijjam±n±ya saheva bhijjeyya,
pabbate patam±ne saheva pateyya, rukkhe chijjam±ne saheva chijjeyya.
120. Metta½ r±hul±ti kasm± ±rabhi? T±dibh±vassa k±raºadassanattha½.
Heµµh± hi t±dibh±valakkhaºa½ dassita½, na ca sakk± aha½ t±d² hom²ti ak±raº±
bhavitu½, napi “aha½ ucc±kulappasuto bahussuto l±bh², ma½ r±jar±jamah±matt±-
dayo bhajanti, aha½ t±d² hom²”ti imehi k±raºehi koci t±d² n±ma hoti, mett±dibh±va-
n±ya pana hot²ti t±dibh±vassa k±raºadassanattha½ ima½ desana½ ±rabhi.
Tattha (3.0099) bh±vayatoTi upac±ra½ v± appana½ v± p±pentassa. Yo by±p±-
doti yo satte kopo, so pah²yissati. Vihes±ti p±ºi-±d²hi satt±na½ vihi½sana½. Ara-
t²ti pantasen±sanesu ceva adhikusaladhammesu ca ukkaºµhitat±. Paµighoti yattha
katthaci sattesu saªkh±resu ca paµihaññanakileso. Asubhanti uddhum±tak±d²su
upac±rappana½. Uddhum±tak±d²su asubhabh±van± ca n±mes± vitth±rato visu-
ddhimagge kathit±va. R±goti pañcak±maguºikar±go. Aniccasaññanti anicc±nupa-
ssan±ya sahaj±tasañña½. Vipassan± eva v± es± asaññ±pi saññ±s²sena saññ±ti
vutt±. Asmim±noti r³p±d²su asm²ti m±no.
121. Id±ni therena pucchita½ pañha½ vitth±rento ±n±p±nassatinti-±dim±ha.
Tattha ida½ kammaµµh±nañca kammaµµh±nabh±van± ca p±¼i-attho ca saddhi½
±nisa½sakath±ya sabbo sabb±k±rena visuddhimagge anussatiniddese vitth±rito-
yeva. Ima½ desana½ bhagav± neyyapuggalavaseneva pariniµµh±pes²ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

M±h±r±hulov±dasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

3. C³¼am±lukyasuttavaººan±

122. Eva½ me sutanti m±lukyasutta½. Tattha m±lukyaputtass±ti eva½n±ma-

kassa therassa. Ýhapit±ni paµikkhitt±n²ti diµµhigat±ni n±ma na by±k±tabb±n²ti eva½
µhapit±ni ceva paµikkhitt±ni ca. Tath±gatoti satto. Ta½ me na ruccat²ti ta½ aby±ka-
raºa½ mayha½ na ruccati. Sikkha½ paccakkh±y±ti sikkha½ paµikkhipitv±.
125. Ko santo ka½ pacc±cikkhas²ti y±cako v± hi y±citaka½ pacc±cikkheyya,
y±citako v± y±caka½. Tva½ neva y±cako na y±citako, so d±ni tva½ ko santo ka½
pacc±cikkhas²ti attho.
126. Viddho (3.0100) ass±ti parasen±ya µhitena viddho bhaveyya. G±¼hapalepa-
nen±Ti bahalalepanena. Bhisakkanti vejja½. Sallakattanti sallakantana½ sallaka-
ntiyasuttav±caka½. Akkass±ti akkav±ke gahetv± jiya½ karonti. Tena vutta½ “akka-
ss±”ti. Saºhass±ti veºuvil²vassa. Maruv±kh²rapaºº²nampi v±kehiyeva karonti.
Tena vutta½ yadi v± maruv±ya yadi v± kh²rapaººinoti. Gacchanti pabbatagaccha-
nad²gacch±d²su j±ta½. Ropimanti ropetv± va¹¹hita½ saravanato sara½ gahetv±
kata½. Sithilahanunoti eva½n±makassa pakkhino. Bheravass±ti k±¼as²hassa.
Semh±rass±ti makkaµassa. Eva½ noti et±ya diµµhiy± sati na hot²ti attho.
127. Attheva j±t²ti et±ya diµµhiy± sati brahmacariyav±sova natthi, j±ti pana atthi-
yeva. Tath± jar±maraº±d²n²ti dasseti. Yes±hanti yesa½ aha½. Nigh±tanti upa-
gh±ta½ vin±sa½. Mama s±vak± hi etesu nibbinn± idheva nibb±na½ p±puºant²ti
adhipp±yo.
128. Tasm±tih±ti yasm± aby±katameta½, catusaccameva may± by±kata½,
tasm±ti attho. Na heta½ m±lukyaputta atthasa½hitanti eta½ diµµhigata½ v± eta½
by±karaºa½ v±
k±raºanissita½ na hoti. Na ±dibrahmacariyakanti brahmacariyassa ±dimattampi
pubbabh±gas²lamattampi na hoti. Na nibbid±y±ti-±d²su vaµµe nibbindanatth±ya v±
virajjhanatth±ya v± vaµµanirodh±ya v± r±g±div³pasamanatth±ya v± abhiññeyye
dhamme abhij±nanatth±ya v± catumaggasaªkh±tasambodhatth±ya v± asaªkhata-
nibb±nasacchikiriyatth±ya v± na hoti. Eta½ h²ti eta½ catusaccaby±karaºa½. ¾dibra-
hmacariyakanti brahmacariyassa ±dibh³ta½ pubbapadaµµh±na½. Sesa½ vuttapa-
µivipakkhanayena veditabba½. Imampi desana½ bhagav± neyyapuggalavasena
niµµh±pes²ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

C³¼am±lukyasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

4. Mah±m±lukyasuttavaººan±

129. Eva½ (3.0101) me sutanti mah±m±lukyasutta½. Tattha orambh±giy±n²ti

heµµh± koµµh±sik±ni k±mabhave nibbattisa½vattanik±ni. Sa½yojan±n²ti bandha-
n±ni. Kassa kho n±m±ti kassa devassa v± manussassa v± desit±ni dh±resi, ki½
tvameveko assosi, na añño koc²ti? Anuset²ti appah²nat±ya anuseti. Anusayam±no
sa½yojana½ n±ma hoti.
Ettha ca bhagavat± sa½yojana½ pucchita½, therenapi sa½yojanameva
by±kata½. Eva½ santepi tassa v±de bhagavat± doso ±ropito. So kasm±ti ce?
Therassa tath±laddhikatt±. Ayañhi tassa laddhi “samud±c±rakkhaºeyeva kilesehi
sa½yutto n±ma hoti, itarasmi½ khaºe asa½yutto”ti. Tenassa bhagavat± doso ±ro-
pito. Ath±yasm± ±nando cintesi– “bhagavat± bhikkhusaªghassa dhamma½ dese-
ss±m²ti attano dhammat±yeva aya½ dhammadesan± ±raddh±, s± imin± apaº¹i-
tena bhikkhun± visa½v±dit±. Hand±ha½ bhagavanta½ y±citv± bhikkh³na½
dhamma½ desess±m²”ti. So evamak±si. Ta½ dassetu½ “eva½ vutte ±yasm± ±na-
ndo”ti-±di vutta½.
Tattha sakk±yadiµµhipariyuµµhiten±ti sakk±yadiµµhiy± gahitena abhibh³tena.
Sakk±yadiµµhipareten±ti sakk±yadiµµhiy± anugatena. Nissaraºanti diµµhinissaraºa½
n±ma nibb±na½, ta½ yath±bh³ta½ nappaj±n±ti. Appaµivin²t±ti avinodit± an²haµ±.
Orambh±giya½ sa½yojananti heµµh±bh±giyasa½yojana½ n±ma hoti. Sesapade-
supi eseva nayo. Sukkapakkho utt±natthoyeva. “S±nusay± pah²yat²”ti vacanato
panettha ekacce “añña½ sa½yojana½ añño anusayo”ti vadanti. “Yath± hi sabya-
ñjana½ bhattan”ti vutte bhattato añña½ byañjana½ hoti, eva½ “s±nusay±”ti vaca-
nato pariyuµµh±nasakk±yadiµµhito aññena anusayena bhavitabbanti tesa½ laddhi.
Te “sas²sa½ p±rupitv±”ti-±d²hi paµikkhipitabb±. Na hi s²sato añño puriso atthi.
Ath±pi siy±– “yadi tadeva sa½yojana½ so anusayo, eva½ sante bhagavat±
therassa (3.0102) taruº³pamo up±rambho du-±ropito hot²”ti. Na du-±ropito,
kasm±? Eva½laddhikatt±ti vitth±ritameta½. Tasm± soyeva kileso bandhanaµµhena
sa½yojana½, appah²naµµhena anusayoti imamattha½ sandh±ya bhagavat± “s±nu-
say± pah²yat²”ti eva½ vuttanti veditabba½.
132. Taca½ chetv±ti-±d²su ida½ opammasa½sandana½– tacacchedo viya hi
sam±patti daµµhabb±, pheggucchedo viya vipassan±, s±racchedo viya maggo.
Paµipad± pana lokiyalokuttaramissak±va vaµµati. Evamete daµµhabb±Ti evar³p±
puggal± eva½ daµµhabb±.
133. Upadhivivek±ti upadhivivekena. Imin± pañcak±maguºaviveko kathito. Aku-
sal±na½ dhamm±na½ pah±n±ti imin± n²varaºappah±na½ kathita½. K±yaduµµhu-
ll±na½ paµippassaddhiy±ti imin± k±y±lasiyapaµippassaddhi kathit±. Vivicceva k±me-
h²ti upadhivivekena k±mehi vin± hutv±. Vivicca akusaleh²Ti akusal±na½
dhamm±na½ pah±nena k±yaduµµhull±na½ paµippassaddhiy± ca akusalehi vin±
hutv±. Yadeva tattha hot²ti ya½ tattha antosam±pattikkhaºeyeva sam±pattisamu-
µµhitañca r³p±didhammaj±ta½ hoti. Te dhammeti te r³pagatanti-±din± nayena
vutte r³p±dayo dhamme. Aniccatoti na niccato. Dukkhatoti na sukhato. Rogatoti-±-
d²su ±b±dhaµµhena rogato, antodosaµµhena gaº¹ato, anupaviddhaµµhena dukkhaja-
nanaµµhena ca sallato, dukkhaµµhena aghato, rogaµµhena ±b±dhato, asakaµµhena
parato, palujjanaµµhena palokato, nissattaµµhena suññato, na attaµµhena anattato.
Tattha aniccato, palokatoti dv²hi padehi aniccalakkhaºa½ kathita½, dukkhatoti-±-
d²hi chahi dukkhalakkhaºa½, parato suññato anattatoti t²hi anattalakkhaºa½.
So tehi dhammeh²ti so tehi eva½ tilakkhaºa½ ±ropetv± diµµhehi antosam±pa-
ttiya½ pañcakkhandhadhammehi. Citta½ paµiv±pet²ti citta½ paµisa½harati moceti
apaneti. Upasa½harat²ti vipassan±citta½ t±va savanavasena (3.0103) thutiva-
sena pariyattivasena paññattivasena ca eta½ santa½ nibb±nanti eva½ asaªkha-
t±ya amat±ya dh±tuy± upasa½harati. Maggacitta½ nibb±na½ ±rammaºakaraºava-
seneva eta½ santameta½ paº²tanti na eva½ vadati, imin± pana ±k±rena ta½ paµi-
vijjhanto tattha citta½ upasa½harat²ti attho. So tattha µhitoti t±ya tilakkhaº±ramma-
º±ya vipassan±ya µhito. ¾sav±na½ khaya½ p±puº±t²ti anukkamena catt±ro
magge bh±vetv± p±puº±ti. Teneva dhammar±gen±ti samathavipassan±dhamme
chandar±gena. Samathavipassan±su hi sabbaso chandar±ga½ pariy±d±tu½
sakkonto arahatta½ p±puº±ti, asakkonto an±g±m² hoti.
Yadeva tattha hoti vedan±gatanti idha pana r³pa½ na gahita½. Kasm±? Sama-
tikkantatt±. Ayañhi heµµh± r³p±vacarajjh±na½ sam±pajjitv± r³pa½ atikkamitv± ar³-
p±vacarasam±patti½ sam±pannoti samathavasenapinena r³pa½ atikkanta½,
heµµh± r³pa½ sammadeva sammasitv± ta½ atikkamma id±ni ar³pa½ sammasat²ti
vipassan±vasenapinena r³pa½ atikkanta½. Ar³pe pana sabbasopi r³pa½ natth²ti
ta½ sandh±yapi idha r³pa½ na gahita½.
Atha kiñcarah²ti ki½ pucch±m²ti pucchati? Samathavasena gacchato citteka-
ggat± dhura½ hoti, so cetovimutto n±ma. Vipassan±vasena gacchato paññ±
dhura½ hoti, so paññ±vimutto n±m±ti ettha therassa kaªkh± natthi. Aya½ sabh±-
vadhammoyeva, samathavaseneva pana gacchantesu eko cetovimutto n±ma
hoti, eko paññ±vimutto. Vipassan±vasena gacchantesupi eko paññ±vimutto n±ma
hoti, eko cetovimuttoti ettha ki½ k±raºanti pucchati.
Indriyavemattata½ vad±m²ti indriyan±nattata½ vad±mi. Ida½ vutta½ hoti, na
tva½, ±nanda, dasa p±ramiyo p³retv± sabbaññuta½ paµivijjhi, tena te eta½ ap±-
kaµa½. Aha½ pana paµivijjhi½, tena me eta½ p±kaµa½. Ettha hi indriyan±nattat±
k±raºa½. Samathavaseneva hi gacchantesu ekassa bhikkhuno cittekaggat±
dhura½ hoti, so cetovimutto n±ma hoti. Ekassa paññ± dhura½ hoti, so paññ±vi-
mutto n±ma hoti. Vipassan±vaseneva ca gacchantesu ekassa paññ± dhura½ hoti,
so paññ±vimutto (3.0104) n±ma hoti. Ekassa cittekaggat± dhura½ hoti, so cetovi-
mutto n±ma hoti. Dve aggas±vak± samathavipassan±dhurena arahatta½ patt±.
Tesu dhammasen±pati paññ±vimutto j±to, mah±moggall±natthero cetovimutto. Iti
indriyavemattamettha k±raºanti veditabba½. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Mah±m±lukyasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

5. Bhadd±lisuttavaººan±

134. Eva½ me sutanti bhadd±lisutta½. Tattha ek±sanabhojananti ekasmi½ pure-

bhatte asanabhojana½, bhuñjitabbabhattanti attho. App±b±dhatanti-±d²ni kakaco-
pame vitth±rit±ni. Na ussah±m²Ti na sakkomi. Siy± kukkucca½ siy± vippaµis±roti
eva½ bhuñjanto y±vaj²va½ brahmacariya½ caritu½ sakkhiss±mi nu kho, na nu
khoti iti me vippaµis±rakukkucca½ bhaveyy±ti attho. Ekadesa½ bhuñjitv±ti por±ºa-
katther± kira patte bhatta½ pakkhipitv± sappimhi dinne sappin± uºhameva thoka½
bhuñjitv± hatthe dhovitv± avasesa½ bahi n²haritv± ch±y³dakaph±suke µh±ne nis²-
ditv± bhuñjanti. Eta½ sandh±ya satth± ±ha. Bhadd±li, pana cintesi– “sace saki½
patta½ p³retv± dinna½ bhatta½ bhuñjitv± puna patta½ dhovitv± odanassa
p³retv± laddha½ bahi n²haritv± ch±y³dakaph±suke µh±ne bhuñjeyya, iti eva½
vaµµeyya, itarath± ko sakkot²”ti. Tasm± evampi kho aha½, bhante, na ussah±m²ti
±ha. Aya½ kira at²te anantar±ya j±tiy± k±kayoniya½ nibbatti. K±k± ca n±ma mah±-
ch±tak± honti. Tasm± ch±takatthero n±ma ahosi. Tassa pana viravantasseva
bhagav± ta½ madditv± ajjhottharitv±– “yo pana bhikkhu vik±le kh±dan²ya½ v±
bhojan²ya½ v± kh±deyya v± bhuñjeyya v± p±cittiyan”ti (p±ci. 248) sikkh±pada½
paññapesi. Tena vutta½ atha kho ±yasm±, bhadd±li, …pe… anuss±ha½ pavede-
s²ti.
Yath± (3.0105) tanti yath± aññopi sikkh±ya na parip³rak±r² ekavih±repi vasanto
satthu sammukh²bh±va½ na dadeyya, tatheva na ad±s²ti attho. Neva bhagavato
upaµµh±na½ agam±si, na dhammadesanaµµh±na½ na vitakkam±¼aka½, na eka½
bhikkh±c±ramagga½ paµipajji. Yasmi½ kule bhagav± nis²dati, tassa dv±repi na
aµµh±si. Sacassa vasanaµµh±na½ bhagav± gacchati, so puretarameva ñatv±
aññattha gacchati. Saddh±pabbajito kiresa kulaputto parisuddhas²lo. Tenassa na
añño vitakko ahosi,– “may± n±ma udarak±raº± bhagavato sikkh±padapaññ±-
pana½ paµib±hita½, ananucchavika½ me katan”ti ayameva vitakko ahosi. Tasm±
ekavih±re vasantopi lajj±ya satthu sammukh²bh±va½ n±d±si.
135. C²varakamma½ karont²ti manuss± bhagavato c²varas±µaka½ ada½su, ta½
gahetv± c²vara½ karonti. Eta½ dosakanti eta½ ok±sameta½ apar±dha½, satthu
sikkh±pada½ paññapentassa paµib±hitak±raºa½ s±dhuka½ manasi karoh²ti attho.
Dukkarataranti vassañhi vasitv± dis±pakkante bhikkh³ kuhi½ vasitth±ti pucchanti,
tehi jetavane vasimh±ti vutte, “±vuso, bhagav± imasmi½ antovasse katara½
j±taka½ kathesi, katara½ suttanta½, katara½ sikkh±pada½ paññapes²”ti pucchi-
t±ro honti. Tato “vik±labhojanasikkh±pada½ paññapesi, bhadd±li, n±ma na½ eko
thero paµib±h²”ti vakkhanti. Ta½ sutv± bhikkh³– “bhagavatopi n±ma sikkh±pada½
paññapentassa paµib±hita½ ayutta½ ak±raºan”ti vadanti. Eva½ te aya½ doso
mah±janantare p±kaµo hutv± duppaµik±rata½ ±pajjissat²ti maññam±n± evam±-
ha½su. Apica aññepi bhikkh³ pav±retv± satthu santika½ ±gamissanti. Atha tva½
“eth±vuso, mama satth±ra½ kham±pentassa sah±y± hoth±”ti saªgha½ sannip±te-
ssasi. Tattha ±gantuk± pucchissanti, “±vuso, ki½ imin±pi bhikkhun± katan”ti. Tato
etamattha½ sutv± “bh±riya½ kata½ bhikkhun±, dasabala½ n±ma paµib±hissat²ti
ayuttametan”ti vakkhanti. Evampi te aya½ apar±dho mah±janantare p±kaµo hutv±
duppaµik±rata½ ±pajjissat²ti maññam±n±pi evam±ha½su. Atha v± bhagav± pav±-
retv± c±rika½ pakkamissati, atha tva½ gatagataµµh±ne bhagavato kham±pana-
tth±ya saªgha½ sannip±tessasi. Tatra dis±v±sino (3.0106) bhikkh³ pucchissanti,
“±vuso, ki½ imin± bhikkhun± katan”ti …pe… duppaµik±rata½ ±pajjissat²ti mañña-
m±n±pi evam±ha½su.
Etadavoc±ti appatir³pa½ may± kata½, bhagav± pana mahantepi aguºe ala-
ggitv± mayha½ accaya½ paµiggaºhissat²ti maññam±no eta½ “accayo ma½,
bhante,”ti-±divacana½ avoca. Tattha accayoti apar±dho. Ma½ accagam±ti ma½
atikkamma abhibhavitv± pavatto. Paµiggaºh±t³ti khamatu. ¾yati½ sa½var±y±ti
an±gate sa½varaºatth±ya, puna evar³passa apar±dhassa dosassa khalitassa
akaraºatth±ya. Taggh±ti eka½sena. Samayopi kho te, bhadd±l²ti, bhadd±li, tay±
paµivijjhitabbayuttaka½ eka½ k±raºa½ atthi, tampi te na paµividdha½ na sallakkhi-
tanti dasseti.
136. Ubhatobh±gavimuttoti-±d²su dhamm±nus±r², saddh±nus±r²ti dve ekacitta-
kkhaºik± maggasamaªgipuggal±. Ete pana sattapi ariyapuggale bhagavat±pi
eva½ ±º±petu½ na yutta½, bhagavat±
±ºatte tesampi eva½ k±tu½ na yutta½. Aµµh±naparikappavasena pana ariyapugga-
l±na½ suvacabh±vadassanattha½ bhadd±littherassa ca dubbacabh±vadassana-
tthameta½ vutta½.
Api nu tva½ tasmi½ samaye ubhatobh±gavimuttoti desana½ kasm± ±rabhi?
Bhadd±lissa niggahaºattha½. Ayañhettha adhipp±yo– bhadd±li, ime satta ariyapu-
ggal± loke dakkhiºeyy± mama s±sane s±mino, mayi sikkh±pada½ paññapente
paµib±hitabbayutte k±raºe sati etesa½ paµib±hitu½ yutta½. Tva½ pana mama
s±sanato b±hirako, mayi sikkh±pada½ paññapente tuyha½ paµib±hitu½ na
yuttanti.
Ritto tucchoti anto ariyaguº±na½ abh±vena rittako tucchako, issaravacane
kiñci na hoti. Yath±dhamma½ paµikaros²ti yath± dhammo µhito, tatheva karosi,
kham±pes²ti vutta½ hoti. Ta½ te maya½ paµiggaºh±m±ti ta½ tava apar±dha½
maya½ kham±ma. Vu¹¹hi hes±, bhadd±li, ariyassa vinayeti es±, bhadd±li, ari-
yassa vinaye buddhassa bhagavato s±sane vu¹¹hi n±ma. Katam±? Accaya½
accayato disv± yath±dhamma½ paµikaritv± ±yati½ sa½var±pajjan±. Desana½
pana puggal±dhiµµh±na½ karonto “yo accaya½ accayato disv± yath±dhamma½
paµikaroti, ±yati½ sa½vara½ ±pajjat²”ti ±ha.
137. Satth±pi (3.0107) upavadat²ti “asukavih±rav±s² asukassa therassa saddhi-
vih±riko asukassa antev±siko itthann±mo n±ma bhikkhu lokuttaradhamma½
nibbattetu½ arañña½ paviµµho”ti sutv±– “ki½ tassa araññav±sena, yo mayha½
pana s±sane sikkh±ya aparip³rak±r²”ti eva½ upavadati, sesapadesupi eseva
nayo, apicettha devat± na kevala½ upavadanti, bherav±rammaºa½ dassetv± pal±-
yan±k±rampi karonti. Attan±pi att±nanti s²la½ ±vajjantassa sa½kiliµµhaµµh±na½
p±kaµa½ hoti, citta½ vidh±vati, na kammaµµh±na½ all²yati. So “ki½ m±disassa ara-
ññav±sen±”ti vippaµis±r² uµµh±ya pakkamati. Att±pi att±na½ upavaditoti attan±pi
att± upavadito, ayameva v± p±µho. Sukkapakkho vuttapaccan²kanayena vedi-
tabbo. So vivicceva k±meh²ti-±di eva½ sacchikarot²ti dassanattha½ vutta½.
140. Pasayha pasayha k±raºa½ karont²ti appamattakepi dose niggahetv± puna-
ppuna½ k±renti. No tath±ti mahantepi apar±dhe yath± itara½, eva½ pasayha na
k±renti. So kira, “±vuso, bhadd±li, m± cintayittha, evar³pa½ n±ma hoti, ehi
satth±ra½ kham±peh²”ti bhikkhusaªghatopi, kañci bhikkhu½ pesetv± attano
santika½ pakkos±petv±, “bhadd±li, m± cintayittha, evar³pa½ n±ma hot²”ti eva½
satthusantik±pi anuggaha½ pacc±s²sati. Tato “bhikkhusaªghen±pi na samass±-
sito, satth±r±p²”ti cintetv± evam±ha.
Atha bhagav± bhikkhusaªghopi satth±pi ovaditabbayuttameva ovadati, na ita-
ranti dassetu½ idha, bhadd±li, ekaccoti-±dim±ha. Tattha aññen±ññanti-±d²ni anu-
m±nasutte vitth±rit±ni. Na samm± vattat²ti samm± vattampi na vattati. Na loma½
p±tet²ti anulomavatte na vattati, vilomameva gaºh±ti. Na nitth±ra½ vattat²ti nitth±ra-
ºakavattamhi na vattati, ±pattivuµµh±nattha½ turitaturito chandaj±to na hoti.
Tatr±ti tasmi½ tassa dubbacakaraºe. Abhiºh±pattikoti nirantar±pattiko. ¾pattibahu-
loti s±pattikak±lovassa bahu, suddho nir±pattikak±lo appoti attho. Na khippameva
v³pasammat²ti khippa½ na v³pasammati, d²ghasutta½ hoti. Vinayadhar± (3.0108)
p±dadhovanak±le ±gata½ “gacch±vuso, vattavel±”ti vadanti. Puna k±la½
maññitv± ±gata½ “gacch±vuso, tuyha½ vih±ravel±, gacch±vuso, s±maºer±d²na½
uddesad±navel±, amh±ka½ nh±navel±, ther³paµµh±navel±, mukhadhovanavel±”-
ti-±d²ni vatv± divasabh±gepi rattibh±gepi ±gata½ uyyojentiyeva. “K±ya vel±ya,
bhante, ok±so bhavissat²”ti vuttepi “gacch±vuso, tva½ imameva µh±na½ j±n±si,
asuko n±ma vinayadharatthero sinehap±na½ pivati, asuko virecana½ k±reti,
kasm± turitos²”ti-±d²ni vatv± d²ghasuttameva karonti.
141. Khippameva v³pasammat²ti lahu½ v³pasammati, na d²ghasutta½ hoti.
Ussukk±pann± bhikkh³– “±vuso, aya½ subbaco bhikkhu, janapadav±sino n±ma
g±mantasen±sane vasanaµµh±nanisajjan±d²ni na ph±suk±ni honti, bhikkh±c±ropi
dukkho hoti, s²ghamassa adhikaraºa½ v³pasamem±”ti sannipatitv± ±pattito
vuµµh±petv± suddhante patiµµh±penti.
142. Adhicc±pattikoti kad±ci kad±ci ±patti½ ±pajjati. So kiñc±pi lajj² hoti paka-
tatto, dubbacatt± panassa bhikkh³ tatheva paµipajjanti.
144. Saddh±mattakena vahati pemamattaken±ti ±cariyupajjh±yesu appamatti-
k±ya gehassitasaddh±ya appamattakena gehassitapemena y±peti. Paµisandhigga-
haºasadis± hi aya½ pabbajj± n±ma, navapabbajito pabbajj±ya guºa½ aj±nanto
±cariyupajjh±yesu pemamattena y±peti, tasm± evar³p± saªgaºhitabb±. Appama-
ttakampi hi saªgaha½ labhitv± pabbajj±ya µhit± abhiññ±patt± mah±samaº± bhavi-
ssanti. Ettakena kath±maggena “ovaditabbayuttaka½ ovadanti, na itaran”ti ima-
meva bhagavat± dassita½.
145. Aññ±ya saºµhahi½s³ti arahatte patiµµhahi½su. Sattesu h±yam±nes³ti paµi-
pattiy± h±yam±n±ya satt± h±yanti n±ma. Saddhamme antaradh±yam±neti paµipa-
ttisaddhamme antaradh±yam±ne. Paµipattisaddhammopi hi paµipattip³rakesu
sattesu asati antaradh±yati n±ma (3.0109). ¾savaµµh±n²y±ti ±sav± tiµµhanti etes³ti
±savaµµh±n²y±. Yesu diµµhadhammikasampar±yik± par³pav±davippaµis±ravadha-
bandhan±dayo ceva ap±yadukkhavisesabh³t± ca ±sav± tiµµhantiyeva. Yasm±
nesa½ te k±raºa½ hont²ti attho. Te ±savaµµh±n²y± v²tikkamadhamm± y±va na
saªghe p±tubhavanti, na t±va satth± s±vak±na½ sikkh±pada½ paññapet²ti aya-
mettha yojan±.
Eva½ ak±la½ dassetv± puna k±la½ dassetu½ yato ca kho, bhadd±l²ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha yatoti yad±, yasmi½ k±leti vutta½ hoti. Sesa½ vutt±nus±reneva veditabba½.
Aya½ v± ettha saªkhepattho– yasmi½ k±le ±savaµµh±n²y± dhamm±ti saªkha½
gat± v²tikkamados± saªghe p±tubhavanti, tad± satth± s±vak±na½ sikkh±pada½
paññapeti. Kasm±? Tesa½yeva ±savaµµh±n²yadhammasaªkh±t±na½ v²tikkamado-
s±na½ paµigh±t±ya.
Eva½ ±savaµµh±n²y±na½ dhamm±na½ anuppatti½ sikkh±padapaññattiy±
ak±la½, uppattiñca k±lanti vatv± id±ni tesa½ dhamm±na½ anuppattik±lañca uppa-
ttik±lañca dassetu½ “na t±va, bhadd±li, idhekacce”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha mahattanti
mahantabh±va½. Saªgho hi y±va na theranavamajjhim±na½ vasena mahatta½
patto hoti, t±va sen±san±ni pahonti, s±sane ekacce ±savaµµh±n²y± dhamm± na
uppajjanti. Mahatta½ patte pana te uppajjanti, atha satth± sikkh±pada½ pañña-
peti. Tattha mahatta½ patte saªghe paññattasikkh±pad±ni–
“Yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannena uttaridvirattatiratta½ sahaseyya½
kappeyya p±cittiya½ (p±ci. 51). Y± pana bhikkhun² anuvassa½ vuµµh±peyya p±ci-
ttiya½ (p±ci. 1171). Y± pana bhikkhun² ekavassa½ dve vuµµh±peyya p±cittiyan”ti
(p±ci. 1175).
Imin± nayena veditabb±ni.
L±bhagganti l±bhassa agga½. Saªgho hi y±va na l±bhaggapatto hoti, na t±va
l±bha½ paµicca ±savaµµh±n²y± dhamm± uppajjanti. Patte pana uppajjanti, atha
satth± sikkh±pada½ paññapeti–
“Yo (3.0110) pana bhikkhu acelakassa v± paribb±jakassa v± paribb±jik±ya v±
sahatth± kh±dan²ya½ v± bhojan²ya½ v± dadeyya p±cittiyan”ti (p±ci. 270).
Idañhi l±bhaggapatte saªghe sikkh±pada½ paññatta½.
Yasagganti yasassa agga½. Saªgho hi y±va na yasaggapatto hoti, na t±va
yasa½ paµicca ±savaµµh±n²y± dhamm± uppajjanti. Patte pana uppajjanti, atha
satth± sikkh±pada½ paññapeti “sur±merayap±ne p±cittiyan”ti (p±ci. 327). Idañhi
yasaggapatte saªghe sikkh±pada½ paññatta½.
B±husaccanti bahussutabh±va½. Saªgho hi y±va na b±husaccapatto hoti, na
t±va ±savaµµh±n²y± dhamm± uppajjanti. B±husaccapatte pana yasm± eka½
nik±ya½ dve nik±ye pañcapi nik±ye uggahetv± ayoniso ummujjam±n± puggal±
rasena rasa½ sa½sandetv± uddhamma½ ubbinaya½ satthu s±sana½ d²penti,
atha satth±– “yo pana bhikkhu eva½ vadeyya tath±ha½ bhagavat± dhamma½
desita½ ±j±n±mi (p±ci. 418) …pe… samaºuddesopi ce eva½ vadeyy±”ti-±din±
(p±ci. 429) nayena sikkh±pada½ paññapeti.
Rattaññuta½ pattoti ettha rattiyo j±nant²ti rattaññ³. Attano pabbajitadivasato
paµµh±ya bah³ rattiyo j±nanti, cirapabbajit±ti vutta½ hoti. Rattaññ³na½ bh±va½
rattaññuta½. Tatra rattaññuta½ patte saªghe upasena½ vaªgantaputta½ ±rabbha
sikkh±pada½ paññattanti veditabba½. So h±yasm± ³nadasavasse bhikkh³ upasa-
mp±dente disv± ekavasso saddhivih±rika½ upasamp±desi. Atha bhagav± sikkh±-
pada½ paññapesi– “na, bhikkhave, ³nadasavassena upasamp±detabbo, yo upa-
samp±deyya ±patti dukkaµass±”ti (mah±va. 75). Eva½ paññatte sikkh±pade puna
bhikkh³ “dasavassamh± dasavassamh±”ti b±l± abyatt± upasamp±denti. Atha
bhagav± aparampi sikkh±pada½ paññapesi– “na, bhikkhave, b±lena abyattena
upasamp±detabbo, yo upasamp±deyya, ±patti dukkaµassa. Anuj±n±mi, bhikkhave,
byattena bhikkhun± paµibalena dasavassena v± atirekadasavassena v± upasa-
mp±detun”ti. Iti rattaññuta½ pattak±le dve sikkh±pad±ni paññatt±ni.
146. ¾j±n²yasus³pama½ (3.0111) dhammapariy±ya½ desesinti taruº±j±n²ya-u-
pama½ katv± dhamma½ desayi½. Tatr±ti tasmi½ asaraºe. Na kho, bhadd±li,
eseva het³ti na esa sikkh±ya aparip³rak±r²bh±voyeva eko hetu.
147. Mukh±dh±ne k±raºa½ k±ret²ti khal²nabandh±d²hi mukhaµµhapane
s±dhuka½ g²va½ paggaºh±petu½ k±raºa½ k±reti. Vis³k±yit±n²ti-±d²hi visevan±-
c±ra½ kathesi. Sabb±neva het±ni aññamaññavevacan±ni. Tasmi½ µh±neti tasmi½
visevan±c±re. Parinibb±yat²ti nibbisevano hoti, ta½ visevana½ jahat²ti attho. Yug±-
dh±neti yugaµµhapane yugassa s±dhuka½ gahaºattha½.
Anukkameti catt±ropi p±de ekappah±reneva ukkhipane ca nikkhipane ca. Para-
sen±ya hi ±v±µe µhatv± asi½ gahetv± ±gacchantassa assassa p±de chindanti.
Tasmi½ samaye esa ekappah±reneva catt±ropi p±de ukkhipissat²ti rajjubandhana-
vidh±nena eta½ k±raºa½ karonti. Maº¹aleti yath± asse nisinnoyeva bh³miya½
patita½ ±vudha½ gahetu½ sakkoti, eva½ karaºattha½ maº¹ale k±raºa½ k±reti.
Khurak±seti aggaggakhurehi pathav²kamane. Ratti½ okkantakaraºasmiñhi yath±
padasaddo na suyyati, tadattha½ ekasmi½ µh±ne sañña½ datv± aggaggakhurehi-
yeva gamana½ sikkh±penti. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½. Javeti s²ghav±hane.
“Dh±ve”tipi p±µho. Attano par±jaye sati pal±yanattha½, para½ pal±yanta½ anuba-
ndhitv± gahaºatthañca eta½ k±raºa½ k±reti. Davatteti davatt±ya, yuddhak±la-
smiñhi hatth²su v± koñcan±da½ karontesu assesu v± hasantesu rathesu v± nigho-
santesu yodhesu v± ukkuµµhi½ karontesu tassa ravassa abh±yitv± parasenapave-
sanattha½ aya½ k±raº± kar²yati.
R±jaguºeti raññ± j±nitabbaguºe. K³µakaººarañño kira gu¼avaººo n±ma asso
ahosi. R±j± p±c²nadv±rena nikkhamitv± cetiyapabbata½ gamiss±m²ti (3.0112)
kalambanad²t²ra½ sampatto. Asso t²re µhatv± udaka½ otaritu½ na icchati, r±j±
ass±cariya½ ±mantetv±–
“aho tay± asso sikkh±pito udaka½ otaritu½ na icchat²”ti ±ha. ¾cariyo– “susikkh±-
pito deva asso, evamassa hi citta½ ‘sac±ha½ udaka½ otariss±mi, v±la½ temi-
ssati, v±le tinte rañño aªge udaka½ p±teyy±’ti eva½ tumh±ka½ sar²re udakap±ta-
nabhayena na otarati, v±la½ gaºh±peth±”ti ±ha. R±j± tath± k±resi. Asso vegena
otaritv± p±ra½ gato. Etadattha½ aya½ k±raº± kar²yati. R±java½seti assar±ja-
va½se. Va½so ceso assar±j±na½, tath±r³pena pah±rena chinnabhinnasar²r±pi
ass±roha½ parasen±ya ap±tetv± bahi n²harantiyeva. Etadattha½ k±raºa½ k±re-
t²ti attho.
Uttame javeti javasampattiya½, yath± uttamajavo hoti, eva½ k±raºa½ k±ret²ti
attho. Uttame hayeti uttamahayabh±ve, yath± uttamahayo hoti, eva½ k±raºa½
k±ret²ti attho. Tattha pakatiy± uttamahayova uttamahayak±raºa½ arahati, na añño.
Uttamahayak±raº±ya eva ca hayo uttamajava½ paµipajjati, na aññoti.
Tatrida½ vatthu– eko kira r±j± eka½ sindhavapotaka½ labhitv± sindhavabh±va½
aj±nitv±va ima½ sikkh±peh²ti ±cariyassa ad±si. ¾cariyopi tassa sindhavabh±va½
aj±nanto ta½ m±sakh±dakaghoµak±na½ k±raº±su upaneti. So attano ananuccha-
vikatt± k±raºa½ na paµipajjati. So ta½ dametu½ asakkonto “k³µasso aya½ mah±-
r±j±”ti vissajj±pesi.
Athekadivasa½ eko ass±cariyapubbako daharo upajjh±yassa bhaº¹aka½
gahetv± gacchanto ta½ parikh±piµµhe caranta½ disv±– “anaggho, bhante, sindha-
vapotako”ti upajjh±yassa kathesi. Sace r±j± j±neyya, maªgalassa½ na½ kare-
yy±ti. Thero ±ha– “micch±diµµhiko, t±ta, r±j± appeva n±ma buddhas±sane pas²-
deyya rañño katheh²”ti. So gantv±,– “mah±r±ja, anaggho sindhavapotako atth²”ti
kathesi. Tay± diµµho (3.0113), t±t±ti? ¾ma, mah±r±j±ti. Ki½ laddhu½ vaµµat²ti?
Tumh±ka½ bhuñjanakasuvaººath±le tumh±ka½ bhuñjanakabhatta½ tumh±ka½
pivanakaraso tumh±ka½ gandh± tumh±ka½ m±l±ti. R±j± sabba½ d±pesi. Daharo
g±h±petv± agam±si.
Asso gandha½ gh±yitv±va “mayha½ guºaj±nanaka-±cariyo atthi maññe”ti
s²sa½ ukkhipitv± olokento aµµh±si. Daharo gantv± “bhatta½ bhuñj±”ti acchara½
pahari. Asso ±gantv± suvaººath±le bhatta½ bhuñji, rasa½ pivi. Atha na½
gandhehi vilimpitv± r±japi¼andhana½ pi¼andhitv± “purato purato gacch±”ti
acchara½ pahari. So daharassa purato purato gantv± maªgalassaµµh±ne aµµh±si.
Daharo– “aya½ te, mah±r±ja, anaggho sindhavapotako, imin±va na½ niy±mena
katip±ha½ paµijagg±peh²”ti vatv± nikkhami.
Atha katip±hassa accayena ±gantv± assassa ±nubh±va½ passissasi, mah±r±-
j±ti. S±dhu ±cariya kuhi½ µhatv± pass±m±ti? Uyy±na½ gaccha, mah±r±j±ti. R±j±
assa½ g±h±petv± agam±si. Daharo acchara½ paharitv± “eta½ rukkha½ anupari-
y±h²”ti assassa sañña½ ad±si. Asso pakkhanditv± rukkha½ anuparigantv± ±gato.
R±j± neva gacchanta½ na ±gacchanta½ addasa. Diµµho te, mah±r±j±ti? Na diµµho,
t±t±ti. Valañjakadaº¹a½ eta½ rukkha½ niss±ya µhapeth±ti vatv± acchara½
pahari “valañjakadaº¹a½ gahetv± eh²”ti. Asso pakkhanditv± mukhena gahetv±
±gato. Diµµha½, mah±r±j±ti. Diµµha½, t±t±ti.
Puna acchara½ pahari “uyy±nassa p±k±ramatthakena caritv± eh²”ti. Asso tath±
ak±si. Diµµho, mah±r±j±ti. Na diµµho, t±t±ti. Rattakambala½ ±har±petv± assassa
p±de bandh±petv± tatheva sañña½ ad±si. Asso ullaªghitv± p±k±ramatthakena
anupariy±yi. Balavat± purisena ±viñchana-al±taggisikh± viya uyy±nap±k±rama-
tthake paññ±yittha. Asso gantv± sam²pe µhito. Diµµha½, mah±r±j±ti. Diµµha½, t±t±ti.
Maªgalapokkharaºip±k±ramatthake anupariy±h²ti sañña½ ad±si.
Puna “pokkharaºi½ otaritv± padumapattesu c±rika½ car±h²”ti sañña½ ad±si.
Pokkharaºi½ otaritv± sabbapadumapatte caritv± agam±si, eka½ pattampi (3.0114)
anakkanta½ v± ph±lita½ v± chindita½ v± khaº¹ita½ v± n±hosi. Diµµha½, mah±r±-
j±ti. Diµµha½, t±t±ti. Acchara½ paharitv± ta½ hatthatala½ upan±mesi. Dh±t³pa-
tthaddho laªghitv± hatthatale aµµh±si. Diµµha½, mah±r±j±ti? Diµµha½, t±t±ti. Eva½
uttamahayo eva uttamak±raº±ya uttamajava½ paµipajjati.
Uttame s±khalyeti muduv±c±ya. Muduv±c±ya hi, “t±ta, tva½ m± cintayi, rañño
maªgalasso bhavissasi, r±jabhojan±d²ni labhissas²”ti uttamahayak±raºa½ k±re-
tabbo. Tena vutta½ “uttame s±khalye”ti. R±jabhoggoti rañño upabhogo. Rañño
aªganteva saªkha½ gacchat²ti yattha katthaci gacchantena hattha½ viya p±da½
viya anoh±yeva gantabba½ hoti. Tasm± aªganti saªkha½ gacchati, cat³su v±
senaªgesu eka½ aªga½ hoti.
Asekh±ya samm±diµµhiy±ti arahattaphalasamm±diµµhiy±. Samm±saªkapp±da-
yopi ta½sampayutt±va. Samm±ñ±ºa½ pubbe vuttasamm±diµµhiyeva. Ýhapetv±
pana aµµha phalaªg±ni ses± dhamm± vimutt²ti veditabb±. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±na-
meva. Aya½ pana desan± ugghaµitaññ³puggalassa vasena arahattanik³µa½
gahetv± niµµh±pit±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Bhadd±lisuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

6. Laµukikopamasuttavaººan±

148. Eva½ me sutanti laµukikopamasutta½. Tattha yena so vanasaº¹oti

ayampi mah±-ud±yitthero bhagavat± saddhi½yeva piº¹±ya pavisitv± saddhi½
paµikkami. Tasm± yena so bhagavat± upasaªkamanto vanasaº¹o tenupasaªka-
m²ti veditabbo. Apahatt±ti apah±rako. Upahatt±ti upah±rako. Paµisall±n± vuµµhitoti
phalasam±pattito vuµµhito.
149. Ya½ (3.0115) bhagav±ti yasmi½ samaye bhagav±. Iªgh±ti ±ºattiya½
nip±to. Aññathattanti cittassa aññathatta½. Tañca kho na bhagavanta½ paµicca,
evar³pa½ pana paº²tabhojana½ alabhant± katha½ y±pess±m±ti eva½ paº²tabho-
jana½ paµicca ahos²ti veditabba½. Bh³tapubbanti imin± rattibhojanassa paº²ta-
bh±va½ dasseti. S³peyyanti s³pena upanetabba½ macchama½saka¼²r±di.
Samagg± bhuñjiss±m±ti ekato bhuñjiss±ma. Saªkhatiyoti abhisaªkh±rikakh±dan²-
y±ni. Sabb± t± rattinti sabb± t± saªkhatiyo ratti½yeva honti, div± pana app± paritt±
thokik± hont²ti. Manuss± hi div± y±gukañjiy±d²hi y±petv±pi ratti½ yath±satti yath±-
paº²tameva bhuñjanti.
Puna bh³tapubbanti imin± ratti vik±labhojane ±d²nava½ dasseti. Tattha andhak±-
ratimis±yanti bahalandhak±re. M±ºaveh²ti corehi. Katakammeh²ti katacoraka-
mmehi. Cor± kira katakamm± ya½ nesa½ devata½ ±y±citv± kamma½
nipphanna½, tassa upah±ratth±ya manusse m±retv± galalohit±d²ni gaºhanti. Te
aññesu manussesu m±riyam±nesu kol±hal± uppajjissanti, pabbajita½ pariyesanto
n±ma natth²ti maññam±n± bhikkh³ gahetv± m±renti. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½.
Akatakammeh²ti aµavito g±ma½ ±gamanak±le kammanipphannattha½ puretara½
balikamma½ k±tuk±mehi. Asaddhammena nimantet²ti “ehi bhikkhu ajjekaratti½
idheva bhuñjitv± idha vasitv± sampatti½ anubhavitv± sve gamissas²”ti methuna-
dhammena nimanteti.
Puna bh³tapubbanti imin± attan± diµµhak±raºa½ katheti. Vijjantarik±y±ti vijjuvijjo-
tanakkhaºe. Vissaramak±s²ti mah±saddamak±si. Abhummeti bh³’ti va¹¹hi, abh³’-
ti ava¹¹hi, vin±so mayhanti attho. Pis±co vata manti pis±co ma½ kh±ditu½ ±gato
vata. ¾tum±r² m±tum±r²ti ettha ±t³ti pit±, m±t³ti m±t±. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– yassa pit±
v± m±t± v± atthi, ta½ m±t±pitaro amh±ka½ puttakoti yath± tath± v± upp±detv±
ya½kiñci kh±dan²yabhojan²ya½ datv± ekasmi½ µh±ne say±penti. So eva½ ratti½
piº¹±ya na carati. Tuyha½ pana m±t±pitaro mat± maññe, tena eva½ caras²ti.
150. Evamev±ti (3.0116) evameva kiñci ±nisa½sa½ apassant± nikk±raºeneva.
Evam±ha½s³ti garahanto ±ha. Tattha ±ha½s³ti vadanti. Ki½ panimass±ti imassa
appamattakassa hetu ki½ vattabba½ n±ma, nanu apassantena viya asuºantena
viya bhavitabbanti. Oramattakass±ti parittamattakassa. Adhisallikhatev±yanti
aya½ samaºo navan²ta½ pisanto viya paduman±¼asutta½ kakacena okkantanto
viya atisallekhati, ativ±y±ma½ karoti. Sikkh±k±m±ti s±riputtamoggall±n±dayo viya
sikkh±k±m±, tesu ca appaccaya½ upaµµhapenti. Tesañhi eva½ hoti “sace ete
‘appamattakameta½, haratha bhagav±’ti vadeyyu½, ki½ satth± na hareyya. Eva½
pana avatv± bhagavanta½ pariv±retv± nisinn± ‘eva½ bhagav±, s±dhu bhagav±,
paññapetha bhagav±’ti atirekatara½ uss±ha½ paµilabhant²”ti. Tasm± tesu appa-
ccaya½ upaµµhapenti.
Tesanti tesa½ ekacc±na½ moghapuris±na½. Tanti ta½ appamattaka½ pah±-
tabba½. Th³lo kaliªgaroti gale baddha½ mah±kaµµha½ viya hoti. Laµukik± sakuºi-
k±ti c±takasakuºik±. S± kira ravasata½ ravitv± naccasata½ naccitv± saki½
gocara½ gaºh±ti. ¾k±sato bh³miya½ patiµµhita½ pana na½ disv± vacchap±lak±-
dayo k²¼anattha½ p³tilat±ya bandhanti. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½. ¾gamet²ti
upeti. Tañhi tass±ti ta½ p³tilat±bandhana½ tass± appasar²rat±ya ceva appath±-
mat±ya ca balavabandhana½ n±ma, mahanta½ n±¼ikerarajju viya ducchijja½ hoti.
Tesanti tesa½ moghapuris±na½ saddh±mandat±ya ca paññ±mandat±ya ca
balava½ bandhana½ n±ma, dukkaµavatthumattakampi mahanta½ p±r±jikavatthu
viya duppajaha½ hoti.
151. Sukkapakkhe pah±tabbass±ti ki½ imassa appamattakassa pah±tabbassa
hetu bhagavat± vattabba½ atthi, yassa no bhagav± pah±nam±ha. Nanu eva½
bhagavato adhipp±ya½ ñatv±pi pah±tabbamev±ti attho. Appossukk±ti anussukk±.
Pannalom±ti patitalom±, na tassa pah±tabbabhayena uddhaggalom±. Paradattavu-
tt±ti parehi dinnavuttino, parato laddhena y±pent±ti attho. Migabh³tena cetas±
viharant²ti apacc±s²sanapakkhe (3.0117) µhit± hutv± viharanti. Migo hi pah±ra½
labhitv± manuss±v±sa½ gantv± bhesajja½ v± vaºatela½ v± labhiss±m²ti ajjh±-
saya½ akatv± pah±ra½ labhitv±va ag±maka½ arañña½ pavisitv± pahaµaµµh±na½
heµµh± katv± nipatitv± ph±subh³tak±le uµµh±ya gacchati. Eva½ mig± apacc±s²sana-
pakkhe µhit±. Ida½ sandh±ya vutta½ “migabh³tena cetas± viharant²”ti. Tañhi
tass±ti ta½ varattabandhana½ tassa hatthin±gassa mah±sar²rat±ya ceva mah±-
th±mat±ya ca dubbalabandhana½ n±ma. P³tilat± viya suchijja½ hoti. Tesa½ tanti
tesa½ ta½ kulaputt±na½ saddh±mahantat±ya ca paññ±mahantat±ya ca
mahanta½ p±r±jikavatthupi dukkaµavatthumattaka½ viya suppajaha½ hoti.
152. Daliddoti d±liddiyena samann±gato. Assakoti nissako. An±¼hiyoti ana¹¹ho.
Ag±rakanti khuddakageha½. Oluggavilugganti yassa gehayaµµhiyo piµµhiva½sato
muccitv± maº¹ale lagg±, maº¹alato muccitv± bh³miya½ lagg±. K±k±tid±yinti
yattha kiñcideva bhuñjiss±m±ti anto nisinnak±le visu½ dv±rakicca½ n±ma natthi,
tato tato k±k± pavisitv± pariv±renti. S³rak±k± hi pal±yanak±le ca yath±sammukha-
µµh±neneva nikkhamitv± pal±yanti. Naparamar³panti na puññavant±na½ geha½
viya uttamar³pa½. Khaµopik±ti vil²vamañcako. Oluggavilugg±ti oºatuººat±.
Dhaññasamav±pakanti dhaññañca samav±pakañca. Tattha dhañña½ n±ma
kudr³sako. Samav±pakanti l±bub²jakumbhaº¹ab²jak±di b²jaj±ta½. Naparamar³-
panti yath± puññavant±na½ gandhas±lib²j±di parisuddha½ b²ja½, na evar³pa½.
J±yik±ti kapaºaj±y±. Naparamar³p±ti pacchis²s±
lambatthan² mahodar± pis±c± viya b²bhacch±. S±maññanti samaºabh±vo. So
vatassa½, yohanti so vat±ha½ puriso n±ma assa½, yo kesamassu½ oh±retv±
pabbajeyyanti.
So na sakkuºeyy±ti so eva½ cintetv±pi geha½ gantv±– “pabbajj± n±ma l±bhaga-
ruk± dukkar± dur±sad±, sattapi aµµhapi g±me piº¹±ya caritv± yath±dhoteneva
pattena ±gantabbampi hoti, eva½ y±petu½ asakkontassa (3.0118) me puna ±ga-
tassa vasanaµµh±na½ icchitabba½, tiºavallidabbasambh±r± n±ma dussamodh±-
niy±, kinti karom²”ti v²ma½sati. Athassa ta½ ag±raka½ vejayantap±s±do viya upa-
µµh±ti. Athassa khaµopika½ oloketv±– “mayi gate ima½ visaªkharitv± uddhan±l±ta½
karissanti, puna aµµanip±davil²v±d²ni laddhabb±ni honti, kinti kariss±m²”ti cinteti.
Athassa s± sirisayana½ viya upaµµh±ti. Tato dhaññakumbhi½ oloketv±– “mayi gate
aya½ gharaº² ima½ dhañña½ tena tena saddhi½ bhuñjissati. Puna ±gatena j²vita-
vutti n±ma laddhabb± hoti, kinti kariss±m²”ti cinteti. Athassa s± a¹¹hate¼as±ni
koµµh±g±rasat±ni viya upaµµh±ti. Tato m±tug±ma½ oloketv±– “mayi gate ima½
hatthigopako v± assagopako v± yo koci palobhessati, puna ±gatena bhattap±cik±
n±ma laddhabb± hoti, kinti kariss±m²”ti cinteti. Athassa s± r³pin² dev² viya upa-
µµh±ti. Ida½ sandh±ya “so na sakkuºeyy±”ti-±di vutta½.
153. Nikkhagaº±nanti suvaººanikkhasat±na½. Cayoti sant±nato katasannicayo.
Dhaññagaº±nanti dhaññasakaµasat±na½.
154. Catt±rome, ud±yi, puggal±ti idha ki½ dasseti? Heµµh± “te tañceva paja-
hanti, te tañceva nappajahant²”ti pajahanak± ca appajahanak± ca r±sivasena
dassit±, na p±µiyekka½ vibhatt±. Id±ni yath± n±ma dabbasambh±rattha½ gato
puriso paµip±µiy± rukkhe chinditv± puna nivattitv± vaªkañca pah±ya kamme upane-
tabbayuttakameva gaºh±ti, evameva appajahanake cha¹¹etv± abboh±rike katv±
pajahanakapuggal± catt±ro hont²ti dassetu½ ima½ desana½ ±rabhi.
Upadhipah±n±y±ti khandhupadhikilesupadhi-abhisaªkh±rupadhik±maguº³pa-
dh²ti imesa½ upadh²na½ pah±n±ya. Upadhipaµisa½yutt±ti upadhi-anudh±vanak±.
Sarasaªkapp±ti ettha saranti dh±vant²ti sar±. Saªkappent²ti saªkapp±. Padadva-
yenapi vitakk±yeva vutt±. Samud±carant²ti abhibhavanti ajjhottharitv± vattanti.
Sa½yuttoti kilesehi sa½yutto. Indriyavemattat±ti indriyan±nattat± (3.0119). Kad±ci
karahac²ti bahuk±la½ v²tivattetv±. Satisammos±ti satisammosena. Nip±toti ayoka-
µ±hamhi patana½. Ett±vat± “nappajahati, pajahati, khippa½ pajahat²”ti tayo r±sayo
dassit±. Tesu catt±ro jan± nappajahanti n±ma, catt±ro pajahanti n±ma, catt±ro
khippa½ pajahanti n±ma.
Tattha puthujjano sot±panno sakad±g±m² an±g±m²ti ime catt±ro jan± nappaja-
hanti n±ma. Puthujjan±dayo t±va m± pajahantu, an±g±m² katha½ na pajahat²ti?
Sopi hi y±vadevassa bhavalobho atthi, t±va ahosukha½ ahosukhanti abhinandati.
Tasm± nappajahati n±ma. Eteyeva pana catt±ro jan± pajahanti n±ma. Sot±pann±-
dayo t±va pajahantu, puthujjano katha½ pajahat²ti? ¾raddhavipassako hi satisa-
mmosena sahas± kilese uppanne “m±disassa n±ma bhikkhuno kileso uppanno”ti
sa½vega½ katv± v²riya½ paggayha vipassana½ va¹¹hetv± maggena kilese samu-
ggh±teti. Iti so pajahati n±ma. Teyeva catt±ro khippa½ pajahanti n±ma. Tattha
imasmi½ sutte, mah±hatthipadopame (ma. ni. 1.288 ±dayo), indriyabh±vaneti (ma.
ni. 3.453 ±dayo) imesu suttesu kiñc±pi tatiyav±ro gahito, pañho pana dutiyav±re-
neva kathitoti veditabbo.
Upadhi dukkhassa m³lanti ettha pañca khandh± upadhi n±ma. Ta½ dukkhassa
m³lanti iti viditv± kilesupadhin± nirupadhi hoti, niggahaºo nitaºhoti attho. Upadhisa-
ªkhaye vimuttoti taºhakkhaye nibb±ne ±rammaºato vimutto.
155. Eva½ catt±ro puggale vitth±retv± id±ni ye pajahanti, te “ime n±ma ettake
kilese pajahanti”. Ye nappajahanti, tepi “ime n±ma ettake kilese nappajahant²”ti
dassetu½ pañca kho ime ud±yi k±maguº±ti-±dim±ha. Tattha mi¼hasukhanti asuci-
sukha½. Anariyasukhanti anariyehi sevitasukha½. Bh±yitabbanti etassa
sukhassa paµil±bhatopi vip±katopi bh±yitabba½. Nekkhammasukhanti k±mato
nikkhantasukha½. Pavivekasukhanti gaºatopi kilesatopi pavivittasukha½. Upasa-
masukhanti r±g±div³pasamatth±ya sukha½. Sambodhasukhanti maggasaªkh±-
tassa sambodhassa nibbattanatth±ya (3.0120) sukha½. Na bh±yitabbanti etassa
sukhassa paµil±bhatopi vip±katopi na bh±yitabba½, bh±vetabbameveta½.
156. Iñjitasmi½ vad±m²ti iñjana½ calana½ phandananti vad±mi. Kiñca tattha iñji-
tasminti kiñca tattha iñjita½. Ida½ tattha iñjitasminti ye ete aniruddh± vitakkavi-
c±r±, ida½ tattha iñjita½. Dutiyatatiyajjh±nesupi eseva nayo. Aniñjitasmi½ vad±-
m²ti ida½ catutthajjh±na½ aniñjana½ acalana½ nipphandananti vad±mi.
Analanti vad±m²ti akattabba-±layanti vad±mi, taºh±layo ettha na upp±detabboti
dasseti. Atha v± anala½ apariyatta½, na ett±vat± alametanti sanniµµh±na½ k±ta-
bbanti vad±mi. Nevasaññ±n±saññ±yatanass±p²ti evar³p±yapi sant±ya sam±pa-
ttiy± pah±nameva vad±mi. Aºu½ v± th³la½ v±ti khuddaka½ v± mahanta½ v±
appas±vajja½ v± mah±s±vajja½ v±. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±nameva. Desan± pana
neyyapuggalassa vasena arahattanik³µeneva niµµh±pit±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Laµukikopamasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

7. C±tumasuttavaººan±

157. Eva½ me sutanti c±tumasutta½. Tattha c±tum±yanti eva½n±make g±me.

Pañcamatt±ni bhikkhusat±n²ti adhun± pabbajit±na½ bhikkh³na½ pañca sat±ni.
Ther± kira cintesu½– “ime kulaputt± dasabala½ adisv±va pabbajit±, etesa½ bhaga-
vanta½ dassess±ma, bhagavato santike dhamma½ sutv± attano attano yath±-upa-
nissayena patiµµhahissant²”ti. Tasm± te bhikkh³ gahetv± ±gat±. Paµisammodam±-
n±ti “kacc±vuso, khaman²yan”ti-±di½ paµisanth±rakatha½ kurum±n±. Sen±san±ni
paññ±payam±n±ti attano attano ±cariyupajjh±y±na½ vasanaµµh±n±ni pucchitv±
dv±rav±tap±n±ni vivaritv± mañcap²µhakaµas±rak±d²ni n²haritv± papphoµetv± yath±-
µµh±ne saºµh±payam±n±. Pattac²var±ni paµis±mayam±n±ti, bhante, ida½ (3.0121)
me patta½ µhapetha, ida½ c²vara½, ida½ th±laka½, ida½ udakatumba½, ima½
kattarayaµµhinti eva½ samaºaparikkh±re saªgopayam±n±.
Ucc±sadd± mah±sadd±ti uddha½ uggatatt± ucca½, patthaµatt± mahanta½ avi-
nibbhogasadda½ karont±. Kevaµµ± maññe macchavilopeti kevaµµ±na½ macchapa-
cchiµhapitaµµh±ne mah±jano sannipatitv±– “idha añña½ eka½ maccha½ dehi, eka½
macchaph±la½ dehi, etassa te mah± dinno, mayha½ khuddako”ti eva½ ucc±-
sadda½ mah±sadda½ karonti. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½. Macchagahaºattha½
j±le pakkhittepi tasmi½ µh±ne kevaµµ± ceva aññe ca “paviµµho na paviµµho, gahito
na gahito”ti mah±sadda½ karonti. Tampi sandh±yeta½ vutta½. Paº±mem²ti n²ha-
r±mi. Na vo mama santike vatthabbanti tumhe m±disassa buddhassa vasana-
µµh±na½ ±gantv± eva½ mah±sadda½ karotha, attano dhammat±ya vasant± ki½
n±ma s±ruppa½ karissatha, tumh±dis±na½ mama santike vasanakicca½ natth²ti
d²peti. Tesu ekabhikkhupi “bhagav± tumhe mah±saddamattakena amhe paº±me-
th±”ti v± añña½ v± kiñci vattu½ n±sakkhi, sabbe bhagavato vacana½ sampaµi-
cchant± “eva½, bhante,”ti vatv± nikkhami½su. Eva½ pana tesa½ ahosi “maya½
satth±ra½ passiss±ma, dhammakatha½ soss±ma, satthu santike vasiss±m±ti
±gat±. Evar³passa pana garuno satthu santika½ ±gantv± mah±sadda½ karimh±,
amh±kameva dosoya½, paº±mitamh±, na no laddha½ bhagavato santike vatthu½,
na suvaººavaººasar²ra½ oloketu½, na madhurassarena dhamma½ sotun”ti. Te
balavadomanassaj±t± hutv± pakkami½su.
158. Tenupasaªkami½s³ti te kira saky± ±gamanasamayepi te bhikkh³ tattheva
nisinn± passi½su. Atha nesa½ etadahosi– “ki½ nu kho ete bhikkh³ pavisitv±va
paµinivatt±, j±niss±ma ta½ k±raºan”ti cintetv± yena te bhikkh³ tenupasaªkami½su.
Hand±ti vavassaggatthe nip±to. Kaha½ pana tumheti tumhe id±neva ±gantv±
kaha½ gacchatha, ki½ tumh±ka½ koci upaddavo, ud±hu dasabalass±ti? Tesa½
pana bhikkh³na½,– “±vuso, maya½ bhagavanta½ dassan±ya ±gat±, diµµho no
bhagav±, id±ni attano vasanaµµh±na½ gacch±m±”ti kiñc±pi eva½ vacanaparih±ro
atthi, evar³pa½ pana lesakappa½ (3.0122) akatv± yath±bh³tameva ±rocetv±
bhagavat± kho, ±vuso, bhikkhusaªgho paº±mitoti ±ha½su. Te pana r±j±no
s±sane dhuravah±, tasm± cintesu½– “dv²hi aggas±vakehi saddhi½ pañcasu
bhikkhusatesu gacchantesu bhagavato p±dam³la½ vigacchissati, imesa½ nivatta-
n±k±ra½ kariss±m±”ti. Eva½ cintetv± tena h±yasmantoti-±dim±ha½su. Tesupi
bhikkh³su “maya½ mah±saddamattakena paº±mit±, na maya½ j²vitu½ asakkont±
pabbajit±”ti ekabhikkhupi paµippharito n±ma n±hosi, sabbe pana samaka½yeva,
“evam±vuso,”ti sampaµicchi½su.
159. Abhinandat³Ti bhikkhusaªghassa ±gamana½ icchanto abhinandatu. Abhi-
vadat³ti etu bhikkhusaªghoti eva½ citta½ upp±dento abhivadatu. Anuggahitoti
±mis±nuggahena ca dhamm±nuggahena ca anuggahito. Aññathattanti dasaba-
lassa dassana½ na labh±m±ti pas±daññathatta½ bhaveyya. Vipariº±moti pas±da-
ññathattena vibbhamant±na½ vipariº±maññathatta½ bhaveyya. B²j±na½ taruº±-
nanti taruºasass±na½. Siy± aññathattanti udakav±rak±le udaka½ alabhant±na½
mil±tabh±vena aññathatta½ bhaveyya, sussitv± mil±tabh±va½ ±pajjanena vipari-
º±mo bhaveyya. Vacchakassa pana kh²rapip±s±ya sussana½ aññathatta½ n±ma,
sussitv± k±lakiriy± vipariº±mo n±ma.
160. Pas±dito bhagav±ti thero kira tattha nisinnova dibbacakkhun± brahm±na½
±gata½ addasa, dibb±ya sotadh±tuy± ca ±y±canasadda½ suºi, cetopariyañ±ºena
bhagavato pasannabh±va½ aññ±si. Tasm±– “kañci bhikkhu½ pesetv± pakkosiya-
m±n±na½ gamana½ n±ma na ph±suka½, y±va satth± na peseti, t±vadeva gami-
ss±m±”ti maññam±no evam±ha. Appossukkoti aññesu kiccesu anussukko hutv±.
Diµµhadhammasukhavih±ranti phalasam±pattivih±ra½ anuyutto maññe bhagav±
viharituk±mo, so id±ni yath±ruciy± viharissat²ti eva½ me ahos²ti vadati. Mayampi
d±n²ti maya½ para½ ovadam±n± vih±rato nikka¹¹hit±, ki½ amh±ka½ parov±dena.
Id±ni mayampi diµµhadhammasukhavih±reneva vihariss±m±ti d²peti. Thero
imasmi½ µh±ne viraddho attano bh±rabh±va½ na aññ±si. Ayañhi bhikkhusaªgho
dvinnampi mah±ther±na½ bh±ro, tena (3.0123) na½ paµisedhento bhagav± ±game-
h²ti-±dim±ha. Mah±moggall±natthero pana attano bh±rabh±va½ aññ±si. Tenassa
bhagav± s±dhuk±ra½ ad±si.
161. Catt±rim±ni, bhikkhaveti kasm± ±rabhi? Imasmi½ s±sane catt±ri bhay±ni.
Yo t±ni abh²to hoti, so imasmi½ s±sane patiµµh±tu½ sakkoti. Itaro pana na sakko-
t²ti dassetu½ ima½ desana½ ±rabhi. Tattha udakorohanteti udaka½ orohante
puggale. Kumbh²labhayanti su½sum±rabhaya½. Susuk±bhayanti caº¹amaccha-
bhaya½.
162. Kodhup±y±sasseta½ adhivacananti yath± hi b±hira½ udaka½ otiººo
³m²su os²ditv± marati, eva½ imasmi½ s±sane kodhup±y±se os²ditv± vibbhamati.
Tasm± kodhup±y±so “³mibhayan”ti vutto.
163. Odarikattasseta½ adhivacananti yath± hi
b±hira½ udaka½ otiººo kumbh²lena kh±dito marati, eva½ imasmi½ s±sane odari-
kattena kh±dito vibbhamati. Tasm± odarikatta½ “kumbh²labhayan”ti vutta½.
164. Arakkhiteneva k±yen±ti s²sappac±lak±dikaraºena arakkhitak±yo hutv±. Ara-
kkhit±ya v±c±y±ti duµµhullabh±san±divasena arakkhitav±co hutv±. Anupaµµhit±ya
satiy±ti k±yagat±sati½ anupaµµh±petv±. Asa½vuteh²ti apihitehi. Pañcanneta½ k±ma-
guº±na½ adhivacananti yath± hi b±hira½ udaka½ otiººo ±vaµµe nimujjitv± marati,
eva½ imasmi½ s±sane pabbajito pañcak±maguº±vaµµe nimujjitv± vibbhamati.
Tasm± pañca k±maguº± “±vaµµabhayan”ti vutt±.
165. Anuddha½set²ti kilameti mil±peti. R±g±nuddha½sen±ti r±g±nuddha½si-
tena. M±tug±masseta½ adhivacananti yath± hi b±hira½ udaka½ otiººo caº¹a-
maccha½ ±gamma laddhappah±ro marati, eva½ imasmi½ s±sane m±tug±ma½
±gamma uppannak±mar±go vibbhamati. Tasm± m±tug±mo “susuk±bhayan”ti
vutto.
Im±ni (3.0124) pana catt±ri bhay±ni bh±yitv± yath± udaka½ anorohantassa
udaka½ niss±ya ±nisa½so natthi, udakapip±s±ya pip±sito ca hoti rajojallena kili-
µµhasar²ro ca, evameva½ im±ni catt±ri bhay±ni bh±yitv± s±sane apabbajantass±pi
ima½ s±sana½ niss±ya ±nisa½so natthi, taºh±pip±s±ya pip±sito ca hoti kilesara-
jena sa½kiliµµhacitto ca. Yath± pana im±ni catt±ri bhay±ni abh±yitv± udaka½ oro-
hantassa vuttappak±ro ±nisa½so hoti, eva½ im±ni abh±yitv± s±sane pabbajita-
ss±pi vuttappak±ro ±nisa½so hoti. Thero pan±ha– “catt±ri bhay±ni bh±yitv±
udaka½ anotaranto sota½ chinditv± parat²ra½ p±puºitu½ na sakkoti, abh±yitv±
otaranto sakkoti, evameva½ bh±yitv± s±sane apabbajantopi taºh±sota½ chinditv±
nibb±nap±ra½ daµµhu½ na sakkoti, abh±yitv± pabbajanto pana sakkot²”ti. Sesa½
sabbattha utt±nameva. Aya½ pana desan± neyyapuggalassa vasena niµµh±pit±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

C±tumasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

8. Na¼akap±nasuttavaººan±

166. Eva½ me sutanti na¼akap±nasutta½. Tattha na¼akap±neti eva½n±make

g±me. Pubbe kira amh±ka½ bodhisatto v±narayoniya½ nibbatto, mah±k±yo kapi-
r±j± anekav±narasahassaparivuto pabbatap±de vicarati. Paññav± kho pana hoti
mah±puñño. So parisa½ eva½ ovadati– “imasmi½ pabbatap±de t±t±, visaphal±ni
n±ma honti, amanussapariggahit± pokkharaºiyo n±ma honti, tumhe pubbe kh±di-
tapubb±neva phal±ni kh±datha, p²tapubb±neva p±n²y±ni ca pivatha, ettha vo ma½
paµipucchitabbakicca½ natthi, akh±ditapubb±ni pana phal±ni ap²tapubb±ni ca
p±n²y±ni ma½ apucchitv± m± kh±dittha m± pivitth±”ti.
Te (3.0125) ekadivasa½ caram±n± añña½ pabbatap±da½ gantv± gocara½
gahetv± p±n²ya½ olokent± eka½ amanussapariggahita½ pokkharaºi½ disv±
sahas± apivitv± samant± pariv±retv± mah±sattassa ±gamana½ olokayam±n±
nis²di½su. Mah±satto ±gantv± “ki½ t±t± p±n²ya½ na pivath±”ti ±ha. Tumh±ka½
±gamana½ olokem±ti. S±dhu t±t±ti samant± pada½ pariyesam±no otiººapada½-
yeva addasa, na uttiººapada½, disv± saparissay±ti aññ±si. T±vadeva ca tattha
abhinibbatta-amanusso udaka½ dvedh± katv± uµµh±si setamukho n²lakucchi ratta-
hatthap±do mah±d±µhiko vaªkad±µho vir³po b²bhaccho udakarakkhaso. So eva-
m±ha– “kasm± p±n²ya½ na pivatha, madhura½ udaka½ pivatha, ki½ tumhe
etassa vacana½ suº±th±”ti? Mah±satto ±ha– “tva½ idha adhivattho amanusso”ti?
¾m±hanti. Tva½ idha otiººe labhas²ti? ¾ma labh±mi, tumhe pana sabbe kh±diss±-
m²ti. Na sakkhissasi, yakkh±ti. P±n²ya½ pana pivissath±ti? ¾ma piviss±m±ti. Eva½
sante ekopi vo na muccissat²ti. P±n²yañca piviss±ma, na ca te vasa½ gamiss±-
m±ti ekana¼a½ ±har±petv± koµiya½ gahetv± dhami, sabbo ekacchiddo ahosi, t²re
nis²ditv±va p±n²ya½ pivi, sesav±nar±na½ p±µiyekke na¼e ±har±petv± dhamitv±
ad±si. Sabbe yakkhassa passantasseva p±n²ya½ pivi½su. Vuttampi ceta½–
“Disv± padamanuttiººa½, disv±no’ tarita½ pada½;
na¼ena v±ri½ piss±ma, neva ma½ tva½ vadhissas²”ti. (j±. 1.1.20);
Tato paµµh±ya y±va ajjadivas± tasmi½ µh±ne na¼± ekacchidd±va honti. Imin± hi
saddhi½ imasmi½ kappe catt±ri kappaµµhiyap±µih±riy±ni n±ma– cande sasa-
bimba½, vaµµakaj±takamhi saccakiriyaµµh±ne aggissa gamanupacchedo, ghaµik±ra-
kumbhak±rassa m±t±pit³na½ vasanaµµh±ne devassa avassana½, tass± pokkhara-
ºiy± t²re na¼±na½ ekacchiddabh±voti. Iti s± pokkharaº² na¼ena p±n²yassa p²tatt±
na¼akap±n±ti n±ma½ labhi. Aparabh±ge ta½ pokkharaºi½ niss±ya g±mo pati-
µµh±si, tass±pi na¼akap±nanteva n±ma½ j±ta½. Ta½ sandh±ya vutta½ “na¼akap±-
ne”ti. Pal±savaneti ki½sukavane.
167. Taggha (3.0126) maya½, bhanteti eka½seneva maya½, bhante, abhirat±.
Aññepi ye tumh±ka½ s±sane abhiramanti, te amhehi sadis±va hutv± abhirama-
nt²ti d²penti.
Neva r±j±bhin²t±ti-±d²su eko rañño apar±dha½ katv± pal±yati. R±j± kuhi½, bho,
asukoti? Pal±to dev±ti. Pal±taµµh±nepi me na muccissati, sace pana pabbajeyya,
mucceyy±ti vadati. Tassa kocideva suhado gantv± ta½ pavatti½ ±rocetv± tva½
sace j²vitumicchasi, pabbaj±h²ti. So pabbajitv± j²vita½ rakkham±no carati. Aya½
r±j±bhin²to n±ma.
Eko pana cor±na½ m³la½ chindanto carati. Cor± sutv± “puris±na½ atthika-
bh±va½ na j±n±ti, j±n±pess±ma nan”ti vadanti. So ta½ pavatti½ sutv± pal±yati.
Cor± pal±toti sutv± “pal±taµµh±nepi no na muccissati, sace pana pabbajeyya,
mucceyy±”ti vadanti. So ta½ pavatti½ sutv± pabbajati. Aya½ cor±bhin²to n±ma.
Eko pana bahu½ iºa½ kh±ditv± tena iºena aµµo p²¼ito tamh± g±m± pal±yati. Iºa-
s±mik± sutv± “pal±taµµh±nepi no na muccissati, sace pana pabbajeyya, mucceyy±”-
ti vadanti. So ta½ pavatti½ sutv± pabbajati. Aya½ iºaµµo n±ma.
R±jabhay±d²na½ pana aññatarena bhayena bh²to aµµo ±turo hutv± nikkhamma
pabbajito bhayaµµo n±ma. Dubbhikkh±d²su j²vitu½ asakkonto pabbajito ±j²vik±pa-
kato n±ma, ±j²vik±ya pakato abhibh³toti attho. Imesu pana ekopi imehi k±raºehi
pabbajito n±ma natthi, tasm± “neva r±j±bhin²to”ti-±dim±ha.
Vivekanti vivicca vivitto hutv±. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– ya½ k±mehi ca akusaladha-
mmehi ca vivittena paµhamadutiyajjh±nasaªkh±ta½ p²tisukha½ adhigantabba½,
sace ta½ vivicca k±mehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi p²tisukha½ n±dhigacchati,
añña½ v± upari dvinna½ jh±n±na½ catunnañca magg±na½ vasena santatara½
sukha½ n±dhigacchati, tassa ime abhijjh±dayo citta½ pariy±d±ya tiµµhant²ti. Tattha
arat²ti adhikusalesu dhammesu ukkaºµhitat±. Tand²ti ±lasiyabh±vo. Eva½ yo
pabbajitv± pabbajitakicca½ k±tu½ na sakkoti, tassa ime satta p±padhamm± uppa-
jjitv± (3.0127) citta½ pariy±diyant²ti dassetv± id±ni yassa te dhamm± citta½ pariy±-
d±ya tiµµhanti, soyeva samaºakiccampi k±tu½ na sakkot²ti puna viveka½ anu-
ruddh± …pe… añña½ v± tato santataranti ±ha.
Eva½ kaºhapakkha½ dassetv± id±ni teneva nayena sukkapakkha½ dassetu½
puna vivekanti-±dim±ha. Tassattho vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
168. Saªkh±y±ti j±nitv±. Ekanti ekacca½. Paµisevat²ti sevitabbayuttaka½ sevati.
Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Upapatt²su by±karot²ti sappaµisandhike t±va by±karotu,
appaµisandhike katha½ by±karot²ti. Appaµisandhikassa puna bhave paµisandhi
natth²ti vadanto upapatt²su by±karoti n±ma.
Janakuhanatthanti janavimh±panattha½. Janalapanatthanti mah±janassa upal±-
panattha½. Na iti ma½ jano j±n±t³ti eva½ ma½ mah±jano j±nissati, eva½ me
mah±janassa antare kittisaddo uggacchissat²ti imin±pi k±raºena na by±karot²ti
attho. U¼±raved±ti mahantatuµµhino.
169. So kho panassa ±yasm±ti so parinibbuto ±yasm± imassa µhitassa ±ya-
smato. Eva½s²loti-±d²su lokiyalokuttaramissak±va s²l±dayo veditabbo. Eva½dha-
mmoTi ettha pana sam±dhipakkhik± dhamm± dhamm±ti adhippet±. Ph±suvih±ro
hot²ti tena bhikkhun± p³ritapaµipatti½ p³rentassa arahattaphala½ sacchikatv±
phalasam±pattivih±rena ph±suvih±ro hoti, arahatta½ pattumasakkontassa paµi-
patti½ p³rayam±nassa caratopi ph±suvih±royeva n±ma hoti. Imin± nayena sabba-
v±resu attho veditabboti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Na¼akap±nasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

9. Goliy±nisuttavaººan±

173. Eva½ me sutanti goliy±nisutta½. Tattha padasam±c±roti dubbalasam±-

c±ro o¼±rik±c±ro, paccayesu s±pekkho mah±rakkhitatthero (3.0128) viya. Ta½
kira upaµµh±kakule nisinna½ upaµµh±ko ±ha “asukattherassa me, bhante, c²vara½
dinnan”ti. S±dhu te kata½ ta½yeva takketv± viharantassa c²vara½ denten±ti.
Tumh±kampi, bhante, dass±m²ti. S±dhu karissasi ta½yeva takkentass±ti ±ha.
Ayampi evar³po o¼±rik±c±ro ahosi. Sappatissen±ti sajeµµhakena, na att±na½
jeµµhaka½ katv± viharitabba½. Serivih±ren±ti sacchandavih±rena niraªkusavih±-
rena.
N±n³pakhajj±ti na anupakhajja na anupavisitv±. Tattha yo dv²su mah±theresu
ubhato nisinnesu te an±pucchitv±va c²varena v± j±ºun± v± ghaµµento nis²dati,
aya½ anupakhajja nis²dati n±ma. Eva½ akatv± pana attano patta-±sanasantike
µhatv± nis²d±vusoti vutte nis²ditabba½. Sace na vadanti, nis²d±mi, bhanteti ±pu-
cchitv± nis²ditabba½ ±pucchitak±lato paµµh±ya nis²d±ti vuttepi avuttepi nis²ditu½
vaµµatiyeva. Na paµib±hiss±m²ti ettha yo attano patt±sana½ atikkamitv± nava-
k±na½ p±puºanaµµh±ne nis²dati, aya½ nave bhikkh³ ±sanena paµib±hati n±ma.
Tasmiñhi tath± nisinne nav± bhikkh³ “amh±ka½ nis²ditu½ na det²”ti ujjh±yant±
tiµµhanti v± ±sana½ v± pariyesant± ±hiº¹anti. Tasm± attano patt±saneyeva nis²di-
tabba½. Eva½ na paµib±hati n±ma.
¾bhisam±c±rikampi dhammanti abhisam±c±rika½ vattapaµipattimattampi. N±tik±-
len±ti na atip±to pavisitabba½, na atidiv± paµikkamitabba½, bhikkhusaªghena
saddhi½yeva pavisitabbañca nikkhamitabbañca. Atip±to pavisitv± atidiv± nikkha-
mantassa hi cetiyaªgaºabodhiyaªgaºavatt±d²ni parih±yanti. K±lasseva mukha½
dhovitv± makkaµakasutt±ni chindantena uss±vabind³ nip±tentena g±ma½ pavi-
sitv± y±gu½ pariyesitv± y±va bhikkh±k±l± antog±meyeva n±nappak±ra½ tiracch±-
nakatha½ kathentena nis²ditv± bhattakicca½ katv±
div± nikkhamma bhikkh³na½ p±dadhovanavel±ya vih±ra½ pacc±gantabba½ hoti.
Na purebhatta½ pacch±bhatta½ kulesu c±ritta½ ±pajjitabbanti “yo pana bhikkhu
nimantito sabhatto sam±no santa½ bhikkhu½ an±pucch± purebhatta½ v± pacch±-
bhatta½ v± kulesu c±ritta½ ±pajjeyya, aññatra samay± p±cittiyan”ti (p±ci. 299)
ima½ sikkh±pada½ rakkhantena tassa (3.0129) vibhaªge vutta½ purebhattañca
pacch±bhattañca c±ritta½ na ±pajjitabba½. Uddhato hoti capaloti uddhaccapaka-
tiko ceva hoti c²varamaº¹ana-pattamaº¹ana-sen±sanamaº¹an± imassa v± p³tik±-
yassa kel±yan± maº¹an±ti eva½ vuttena ca taruºad±rak±vac±palyena samann±-
gato.
Paññavat± bhavitabbanti c²varakamm±d²su itikattabbesu up±yapaññ±ya sama-
nn±gatena bhavitabba½. Abhidhamme abhivinayeti abhidhammapiµake ceva
vinayapiµake ca p±¼ivasena ceva aµµhakath±vasena ca yogo karaº²yo. Sabbanti-
mena hi paricchedena abhidhamme dukatikam±tik±hi saddhi½ dhammahadayavi-
bhaªga½ vin± na vaµµati. Vinaye pana kamm±kammavinicchayena saddhi½ suvi-
nicchit±ni dve p±timokkh±ni vin± na vaµµati.
¾rupp±ti ett±vat± aµµhapi sam±pattiyo vutt± honti. T± pana sabbena sabba½
asakkontena sattasupi yogo karaº²yo, chasupi …pe… pañcasupi. Sabbantimena
paricchedena eka½ kasiºe parikammakammaµµh±na½ paguºa½ katv± ±d±ya vica-
ritabba½, ettaka½ vin± na vaµµati. Uttarimanussadhammeti imin± sabbepi lokutta-
radhamme dasseti. Tasm± arahantena hutv± vih±tabba½, arahatta½ anabhisa-
mbhuºantena an±g±miphale sakad±g±miphale sot±pattiphale v± patiµµh±tabba½.
Sabbantimena pariy±yena eka½ vipassan±mukha½ y±va arahatt± paguºa½
katv± ±d±ya vicaritabba½. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±nameva. Ima½ pana desana½
±yasm± s±riputto neyyapuggalassa vasena ±bhisam±c±rikavattato paµµh±ya anu-
pubbena arahatta½ p±petv± niµµh±pes²ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Goliy±nisuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

10. K²µ±girisuttavaººan±

174. Eva½ me sutanti k²µ±girisutta½. Tattha k±s²s³ti eva½n±make janapade.

Etha tumhepi, bhikkhaveti etha tumhepi, bhikkhave, ime pañca ±nisa½se (3.0130)
sampassam±n± aññatreva rattibhojan± bhuñjatha. Iti bhagav± ratti½ vik±labho-
jana½, div± vik±labhojananti im±ni dve bhojan±ni ekappah±rena ajah±petv±
ekasmi½ samaye div± vik±labhojanameva jah±pesi, puna k±la½ atin±metv± ratti½
vik±labhojana½ jah±pento evam±ha. Kasm±? Im±ni hi dve bhojan±ni vattam±-
n±ni vaµµe ±ciºº±ni sam±ciºº±ni nadi½ otiººa-udaka½ viya anupakkhand±ni, niv±-
tesu ca gharesu subhojan±ni bhuñjitv± va¹¹hit± sukhum±l± kulaputt± dve bhoja-
n±ni ekappah±rena pajahant± kilamanti. Tasm± ekappah±rena ajah±petv±
bhadd±lisutte div± vik±labhojana½ jah±pesi, idha ratti½ vik±labhojana½. Jah±-
pento pana na tajjitv± v± niggaºhitv± v±, tesa½ pah±napaccay± pana app±b±dha-
tañca sañj±nissath±ti eva½ ±nisa½sa½ dassetv±va jah±pesi. K²µ±gir²ti tassa niga-
massa n±ma½.
175. Assajipunabbasuk±ti assaji ca punabbasuko ca chasu chabbaggiyesu dve
gaº±cariy±. Paº¹uko lohitako mettiyo bhummajako assaji punabbasukoti ime cha
jan± chabbaggiy± n±ma. Tesu paº¹ukalohitak± attano parisa½ gahetv± s±va-
tthiya½ vasanti, mettiyabhummajak± r±jagahe, ime dve jan± k²µ±girismi½ ±v±sik±
honti. ¾v±sik±ti nibaddhav±sino, ta½nibandh± akata½ sen±sana½ karonti, jiººa½
paµisaªkharonti, kate issar± honti. K±likanti an±gate k±le pattabba½ ±nisa½sa½.
178. May± ceta½, bhikkhaveti idha ki½ dasseti? Bhikkhave, divasassa tayo
v±re bhuñjitv± sukhavedana½yeva upp±dento na imasmi½ s±sane kiccak±r²
n±ma hoti, ettak± pana vedan± sevitabb±, ettak± na sevitabb±ti etamattha½
dassetu½ ima½ desana½ ±rabhi. Evar³pa½ sukhavedana½ pajahath±ti idañca
gehassitasomanassavasena vutta½, upasampajja viharath±ti idañca nekkhamma-
sitasomanassavasena. Ito paresupi dv²su v±resu gehassitanekkhammasit±na½-
yeva domanass±nañca upekkh±nañca vasena attho veditabbo.
181. Eva½ sevitabb±sevitabbavedana½ dassetv± id±ni yesa½ appam±dena
kicca½ kattabba½, yesañca na kattabba½, te dassetu½ n±ha½, bhikkhave (3.0131),
sabbesa½yev±ti-±dim±ha. Tattha kata½ tesa½ appam±den±ti tesa½ ya½ appa-
m±dena kattabba½, ta½ kata½. Anulomik±n²ti paµipatti-anulom±ni kammaµµh±na-
sapp±y±ni, yattha vasantena sakk± honti maggaphal±ni p±puºitu½. Indriy±ni sama-
nn±nayam±n±ti saddh±d²ni indriy±ni sam±na½ kurum±n±.
182. Sattime, bhikkhave, puggal±ti idha ki½ dasseti? Yesa½ appam±dena kara-
º²ya½ natthi, te dve honti. Yesa½ atthi, te pañc±ti eva½ sabbepi ime satta puggal±
hont²ti imamattha½ dasseti.
Tattha ubhatobh±gavimuttoTi dv²hi bh±gehi vimutto. Ar³pasam±pattiy± r³pak±-
yato vimutto, maggena n±mak±yato. So catunna½ ar³pasam±patt²na½ ekekato
vuµµh±ya saªkh±re sammasitv± arahatta½ patt±na½ catunna½, nirodh± vuµµh±ya
arahatta½ patta-an±g±mino ca vasena pañcavidho hoti. P±¼i panettha– “katamo
ca puggalo ubhatobh±gavimutto, idhekacco puggalo aµµha vimokkhe k±yena
phusitv± viharati, paññ±ya cassa disv± ±sav± parikkh²º± hont²”ti (pu. pa. 208)
eva½ abhidhamme aµµhavimokkhal±bhino vasena ±gat±.
Paññ±vimuttoti paññ±ya vimutto. So sukkhavipassako, cat³hi jh±nehi vuµµh±ya
arahatta½ patt± catt±ro c±ti imesa½ vasena pañcavidhova hoti. P±¼i panettha
aµµhavimokkhapaµikkhepavaseneva ±gat±. Yath±ha– “na heva kho aµµha vimokkhe
k±yena phusitv± viharati, paññ±ya cassa disv± ±sav± parikkh²º± honti. Aya½
vuccati puggalo paññ±vimutto”ti.
Phuµµhanta½ sacchikarot²ti k±yasakkh². Yo jh±naphassa½ paµhama½ phusati,
pacch± nirodha½ nibb±na½ sacchikaroti, so sot±pattiphalaµµha½ ±di½ katv± y±va
arahattamaggaµµh± chabbidho hont²ti veditabbo. Tenev±ha– “idhekacco puggalo
aµµha vimokkhe k±yena phusitv± viharati, paññ±ya cassa disv± ekacce ±sav± pari-
kkh²º± honti. Aya½ vuccati puggalo k±yasakkh²”ti.
Diµµhanta½ (3.0132) pattoti diµµhippatto. Tatrida½ saªkhepalakkhaºa½– dukkh±
saªkh±r±, sukho nirodhoti ñ±ta½ hoti diµµha½ vidita½ sacchikata½ phusita½
paññ±y±ti diµµhippatto. Vitth±rato panesopi k±yasakkhi viya chabbidho hoti. Tene-
v±ha– “idhekacco puggalo ida½ dukkhanti yath±bh³ta½ paj±n±ti …pe… aya½
dukkhanirodhag±min² paµipad±ti yath±bh³ta½ paj±n±ti, tath±gatappavedit± cassa
dhamm± paññ±ya vodiµµh± honti vocarit± …pe… aya½ vuccati puggalo diµµhippa-
tto”ti (pu. pa. 208).
Saddh±vimuttoti saddh±ya vimutto. Sopi vuttanayeneva chabbidho hoti. Tene-
v±ha– “idhekacco puggalo ida½ dukkhanti– yath±bh³ta½ paj±n±ti …pe… aya½
dukkhanirodhag±min² paµipad±ti yath±bh³ta½ paj±n±ti. Tath±gatappavedit± cassa
dhamm± paññ±ya vodiµµh± honti vocarit± …pe… no ca kho yath± diµµhippattassa.
Aya½ vuccati puggalo saddh±vimutto”ti (pu. pa. 208). Etesu hi saddh±vimuttassa
pubbabh±gamaggakkhaºe saddahantassa viya okappentassa viya adhimucca-
ntassa viya ca kilesakkhayo hoti, diµµhippattassa pubbabh±gamaggakkhaºe kilesa-
cchedakañ±ºa½ adandha½ tikhiºa½ s³ra½ hutv± vahati. Tasm± yath± n±ma
n±titikhiºena asin± kadali½ chindantassa chinnaµµh±na½ na maµµha½ hoti, asi na
s²gha½ vahati, saddo suyyati, balavataro v±y±mo k±tabbo hoti, evar³p± saddh±vi-
muttassa pubbabh±gamaggabh±van±. Yath± pana nisita-asin± kadali½ chinda-
ntassa chinnaµµh±na½ maµµha½ hoti, asi s²gha½ vahati, saddo na suyyati, balava-
v±y±makicca½ na hoti, evar³p± paññ±vimuttassa pubbabh±gamaggabh±van±
veditabb±.
Dhamma½ anussarat²ti dhamm±nus±r². Dhammoti paññ±, paññ±pubbaªgama½
magga½ bh±vet²ti attho. Saddh±nus±rimhi ca eseva nayo. Ubho panete sot±patti-
maggaµµh±yeva. Vuttampi ceta½– “yassa puggalassa sot±pattiphalasacchikiriy±ya
paµipannassa paññindriya½ adhimatta½ hoti, paññ±v±hi½ paññ±pubbaªgama½
ariyamagga½ bh±veti. Aya½ vuccati puggalo dhamm±nus±r²”ti (pu. pa. 208).
Tath±– “yassa puggalassa sot±pattiphalasacchikiriy±ya paµipannassa saddhi-
ndriya½ adhimatta½ hoti, saddh±v±hi½ saddh±pubbaªgama½ ariyamagga½
bh±veti. Aya½ vuccati puggalo saddh±nus±r²”ti. Ayamettha saªkhepo. Vitth±rato (3.0
panes± ubhatobh±gavimutt±dikath± visuddhimagge paññ±bh±van±dhik±re vutt±.
Tasm± tattha vuttanayeneva veditabb±. Y± panes± etesa½ vibh±gadassanattha½
idha p±¼i ±gat±, tattha yasm± r³pasam±pattiy± vin± ar³pasam±pattiyo n±ma
natthi, tasm± ±rupp±ti vuttepi aµµha vimokkh± vutt±va hont²ti veditabb±.
K±yena phusitv±ti sahaj±tan±mak±yena phusitv±. Paññ±ya cassa disv±ti
paññ±ya ca etassa ariyasaccadhamme disv±. Ekacce ±sav±ti paµhamamagg±-
d²hi pah±tabb± ekadesa-±sav±. Tath±gatappavedit±ti tath±gatena pavedit± catu-
saccadhamm±. Paññ±ya vodiµµh± hont²ti imasmi½ µh±ne s²la½ kathita½, imasmi½
sam±dhi, imasmi½ vipassan±, imasmi½ maggo, imasmi½ phalanti eva½ atthena
atthe k±raºena k±raºe ciººacaritatt± maggapaññ±ya sudiµµh± honti. Vocarit±ti
vicarit±. Saddh± niviµµh± hot²ti okappanasaddh± patiµµhit± hoti. Mattaso nijjh±na½
khamant²ti matt±ya olokana½ khamanti. Saddh±mattanti saddh±yeva, itara½
tasseva vevacana½
Iti imesu appam±dena karaº²yesu puggalesu tayo paµividdhamaggaphal± sekh±.
Tesu anulomasen±sana½ sevam±n± kaly±ºamitte bhajam±n± indriy±ni samann±-
nayam±n± anupubbena arahatta½ gaºhanti. Tasm± tesa½ yath±µhitova p±¼i-attho.
Avas±ne pana dve sot±pattimaggasamaªgino. Tehi tassa maggassa anulomase-
n±sana½ sevita½, kaly±ºamitt± bhajit±, indriy±ni samann±n²t±ni. Upari pana
tiººa½ magg±na½ atth±ya sevam±n± bhajam±n± samann±nayam±n± anupu-
bbena arahatta½ p±puºissant²ti ayamettha p±¼i-attho.
Vitaº¹av±d² pana imameva p±¼i½ gahetv±– “lokuttaramaggo na ekacittakkha-
ºiko, bahucittakkhaºiko”ti vadati. So vattabbo– “yadi aññena cittena sen±sana½
paµisevati, aññena kaly±ºamitte bhajati, aññena indriy±ni samann±neti, añña½
maggacittanti sandh±ya tva½ ‘na ekacittakkhaºiko maggo, bahucittakkhaºiko’ti
vadasi, eva½ sante sen±sana½ sevam±no n²lobh±sa½ pabbata½ passati, vana½
passati, migapakkh²na½ (3.0134) sadda½ suº±ti, pupphaphal±na½ gandha½
gh±yati, p±n²ya½ pivanto rasa½ s±yati, nis²danto nipajjanto phassa½ phusati.
Eva½ te pañcaviññ±ºasamaªg²pi lokuttaradhammasamaªg²yeva bhavissati. Sace
paneta½ sampaµicchasi, satth±r± saddhi½ paµivirujjhasi. Satth±r± hi pañcaviññ±-
ºak±y± ekanta½ aby±kat±va vutt±, ta½samaªgissa kusal±kusala½ paµikkhitta½,
lokuttaramaggo ca ekantakusalo. Tasm± pajaheta½ v±dan”ti paññapetabbo.
Sace paññatti½ na upagacchati, “gaccha p±tova vih±ra½ pavisitv± y±gu½ piv±h²”-
ti uyyojetabbo.
183. N±ha½, bhikkhave, ±dikenev±ti aha½, bhikkhave, paµhamameva maº¹³-
kassa uppatitv± gamana½ viya aññ±r±dhana½ arahatte patiµµh±na½ na vad±mi.
Anupubbasikkh±ti karaºatthe paccattavacana½. Parato padadvayepi eseva nayo.
Saddh±j±toti okappaniyasaddh±ya j±tasaddho. Upasaªkamat²ti gar³na½ sam²pa½
gacchati. Payirup±sat²ti santike nis²dati. Dh±ret²Ti s±dhuka½ katv± dh±reti. Chando
j±yat²ti kattukamyat±kusalacchando j±yati. Ussahat²ti v²riya½ karoti. Tulet²ti
anicca½ dukkha½ anatt±ti tulayati. Tulayitv± padahat²ti eva½
t²raºavipassan±ya tulayanto maggapadh±na½ padahati. Pahitattoti pesitacitto.
K±yena ceva paramasaccanti n±mak±yena nibb±nasacca½ sacchikaroti. Paññ±ya
c±ti n±mak±yasampayutt±ya maggapaññ±ya paµivijjhati passati.
Id±ni yasm± te satthu ±gamana½ sutv± paccuggamanamattampi na aka½su,
tasm± tesa½ cariya½ garahanto s±pi n±ma, bhikkhave, saddh± n±hos²ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha k²vad³revimeti kittaka½ d³re µh±ne. Yojanasatampi yojanasahassampi apa-
kkant±ti vattu½ vaµµati, na pana kiñci ±ha. Catuppada½ veyy±karaºanti catusacca-
by±karaºa½ sandh±ya vutta½.
184. Yassuddiµµhass±Ti yassa uddiµµhassa. Yopi so, bhikkhave, satth±ti b±hira-
kasatth±ra½ dasseti. Evar³p²ti eva½j±tik±. Paºopaºaviy±ti paºaviy± ca opaºa-
viy± ca. Na upet²ti na hoti. Kayavikkayak±le viya agghava¹¹hanah±pana½ na
hot²ti attho. Aya½ goºo (3.0135) ki½ agghati, v²sati agghat²ti bhaºanto paºati
n±ma. Na v²sati agghati, dasa agghat²ti bhaºanto opaºati n±ma. Ida½ paµise-
dhento ±ha “paºopaºaviy± na upet²”ti. Id±ni ta½ paºopaºaviya½ dassetu½
evañca no assa, atha na½ kareyy±ma, na ca no evamassa, na na½ kareyy±m±ti
±ha.
Ki½ pana, bhikkhaveti, bhikkhave, ya½ tath±gato sabbaso ±misehi visa½saµµho
viharati, eva½ visa½saµµhassa satthuno evar³p± paºopaºaviy± ki½ yujjissati? Pari-
yog±hiya vattatoti pariyog±hitv± ukkhipitv± gahetv± vattantassa. Ayamanudha-
mmoti aya½ sabh±vo. J±n±ti bhagav±, n±ha½ j±n±m²ti bhagav± ek±sanabhojane
±nisa½sa½ j±n±ti, aha½ na j±n±m²ti mayi saddh±ya divasassa tayo v±re
bhojana½ pah±ya ek±sanabhojana½ bhuñjati. Ru¼ahan²yanti rohan²ya½. Ojava-
ntanti sinehavanta½. K±ma½ taco c±ti imin± caturaªgav²riya½ dasseti. Ettha hi
taco eka½ aªga½, nh±ru eka½, aµµhi eka½, ma½salohita½ ekanti eva½ caturaªga-
samann±gata½ v²riya½ adhiµµhahitv± arahatta½ appatv± na vuµµhahiss±m²ti eva½
paµipajjat²ti dasseti. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±nameva. Desana½ pana bhagav±
neyyapuggalassa vasena arahattanik³µena niµµh±pes²ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

K²µ±girisuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

Dutiyavaggavaººan± niµµhit±.

3. Paribb±jakavaggo

1. Tevijjavacchasuttavaººan±
 185. Eva½ (3.0136) me sutanti tevijjavacchasutta½. Tattha ekapuº¹ar²keti
puº¹ar²ko vuccati setambarukkho, so tasmi½ ±r±me eko puº¹ar²ko atth²ti ekapu-
º¹ar²ko. Etadahos²Ti tattha pavisituk±mat±ya ahosi. Cirassa½ kho, bhanteti paka-
tiy± ±gatapubbata½ up±d±ya. Dhammassa c±nudhammanti idha sabbaññuta-
ññ±ºa½ dhammo n±ma, mah±janassa by±karaºa½ anudhammo n±ma. Sesa½
j²vakasutte (ma. ni. 2.51 ±dayo) vuttanayameva. Na me teti ananuññ±ya µhatv±
anuññampi paµikkhipati. “Sabbaññ³ sabbadass±v² aparisesa½ ñ±ºadassana½
paµij±n±t²”ti hi ida½ anuj±nitabba½ siy±,– “carato ca me …pe… paccupaµµhitan”ti
ida½ pana n±nuj±nitabba½. Sabbaññutaññ±ºena hi ±vajjitv± paj±n±ti. Tasm± ana-
nuññ±ya µhatv± anuññampi paµikkhipanto evam±ha.
186. ¾sav±na½ khay±ti ettha saki½ kh²º±na½ ±sav±na½ puna khepetabb±-
bh±v± y±vadev±ti na vutta½. Pubbeniv±sañ±ºena cettha bhagav± at²taj±nana-
guºa½ dasseti, dibbacakkhuñ±ºena paccuppannaj±nanaguºa½, ±savakkhayañ±-
ºena lokuttaraguºanti. Iti im±hi t²hi vijj±hi sakalabuddhaguºe sa½khipitv± kathesi.
Gihisa½yojananti gihibandhana½ gihiparikkh±resu nikanti½. Natthi kho
vacch±ti gihisa½yojana½ appah±ya dukkhassantakaro n±ma natthi. Yepi hi santa-
timah±matto uggaseno seµµhiputto v²tasokad±rakoti gihiliªge µhit±va arahatta½
patt±, tepi maggena sabbasaªkh±resu nikanti½ sukkh±petv± patt±. Ta½ patv±
pana na tena liªgena aµµha½su, gihiliªga½ n±meta½ h²na½, uttamaguºa½
dh±retu½ na sakkoti. Tasm± tattha µhito arahatta½ patv± ta½divasameva pabba-
jati v± parinibb±ti v±. Bh³madevat± pana tiµµhanti. Kasm±? Nil²yanok±sassa atthi-
t±ya. Sesak±mabhave manussesu sot±pann±dayo tayo tiµµhanti, k±m±vacarade-
vesu (3.0137) sot±pann± sakad±g±mino ca, an±g±mikh²º±sav± panettha na
tiµµhanti. Kasm±? Tañhi µh±na½ la¼itajanassa ±v±so, natthi tattha tesa½ pavivek±-
raha½ paµicchannaµµh±nañca. Iti tattha kh²º±savo parinibb±ti, an±g±m² cavitv±
suddh±v±se nibbattati. K±m±vacaradevato upari pana catt±ropi ariy± tiµµhanti.
Sop±si kammav±d²ti sopi kammav±d² ahosi, kiriyampi na paµib±hittha. Tañhi
ekanavutikappamatthake att±na½yeva gahetv± katheti. Tad± kira mah±satto p±sa-
º¹apariggaºhanattha½ pabbajito tassapi p±saº¹assa nipphalabh±va½ j±nitv±
v²riya½ na h±pesi, kiriyav±d² hutv± sagge nibbattati. Tasm± evam±ha. Sesa½
sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Tevijjavacchasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

2. Aggivacchasuttavaººan±

187. Eva½ me sutanti aggivacchasutta½. Tattha na kho ahanti paµhamav±re

n±ha½ sassatadiµµhikoti vadati, dutiye n±ha½ ucchedadiµµhikoti. Eva½ ant±nantik±-
divasena sabbav±resu paµikkhepo veditabbo. Hoti ca na ca hot²ti aya½ panettha
ekaccasassatav±do. Neva hoti na na hot²ti aya½ amar±vikkhepoti veditabbo.
189. Sadukkhanti kilesadukkhena ceva vip±kadukkhena ca sadukkha½. Savigh±-
tanti tesa½yeva dvinna½ vasena sa-upagh±taka½. Sa-up±y±santi tesa½yeva
vasena sa-up±y±sa½. Sapari¼±hanti tesa½yeva vasena sapari¼±ha½.
Kiñci diµµhigatanti k±ci ek± diµµhipi ruccitv± kham±petv± gahit± atth²ti pucchati.
Apan²tanti n²haµa½ apaviddha½. Diµµhanti paññ±ya diµµha½. Tasm±ti yasm±
pañcanna½ khandh±na½ udayavaya½ addasa, tasm±. Sabbamaññit±nanti
sabbesa½ tiººampi taºh±diµµhim±namaññit±na½. Mathit±nanti tesa½yeva veva-
cana½. Id±ni t±ni vibhajitv± dassento sabba-aha½k±ra-mama½k±ra-m±n±nusay±-
nanti ±ha. Ettha (3.0138) hi aha½k±ro diµµhi, mama½k±ro taºh±, m±n±nusayo
m±no. Anup±d± vimuttoti cat³hi up±d±nehi kañci dhamma½ anup±diyitv± vimutto.
190. Na upet²ti na yujjati. Ettha ca “na upapajjat²”ti ida½ anuj±nitabba½ siy±.
Yasm± pana eva½ vutte so paribb±jako uccheda½ gaºheyya, upapajjat²ti pana
sassatameva, upapajjati ca na ca upapajjat²ti ekaccasassata½, neva upapajjati na
na upapajjat²ti amar±vikkhepa½, tasm± bhagav±– “aya½ appatiµµho an±lambo
hotu, sukhapavesanaµµh±na½ m± labhat³”ti ananuññ±ya µhatv± anuññampi paµi-
kkhipi. Alanti samattha½ pariyatta½. Dhammoti paccay±k±radhammo. Aññatrayo-
gen±ti aññattha payogena. Aññatr±cariyaken±ti paccay±k±ra½ aj±nant±na½
aññesa½ ±cariy±na½ santike vasantena.
191. Tena hi vacch±ti yasm± tva½ sammoham±p±dinti vadasi, tasm± ta½ye-
vettha paµipucchiss±mi. An±h±ro nibbutoTi appaccayo nibbuto.
192. Yena r³pen±ti yena r³pena sattasaªkh±ta½ tath±gata½ r³p²ti paññ±peyya.
Gambh²roti guºagambh²ro. Appameyyoti pam±ºa½ gaºhitu½ na sakkuºeyyo.
Duppariyog±¼hoti du-og±ho dujj±no. Seyyath±pi mah±samuddoti yath± mah±sa-
muddo gambh²ro appameyyo dujj±no, evameva kh²º±savopi. Ta½ ±rabbha upapa-
jjat²ti-±di sabba½ na yujjati. Katha½? Yath± parinibbuta½ aggi½ ±rabbha pura-
tthima½ disa½ gatoti-±di sabba½ na yujjati, eva½.
Aniccat±ti aniccat±ya. S±re patiµµhitanti lokuttaradhammas±re patiµµhita½.
Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Aggivacchasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

3. Mah±vacchasuttavaººan±

193. Eva½ (3.0139) me sutanti mah±vacchasutta½. Tattha sahakath²ti saddhi½-

v±do, bahu½ may± tumhehi saddhi½ kathitapubbanti katha½ s±reti metti½
ghaµeti. Purim±ni hi dve sutt±ni etasseva kathit±ni, sa½yuttake aby±katasa½-
yutta½ (sa½. ni. 4.416 ±dayo) n±ma etasseva kathita½– “ki½ nu kho, bho gotama,
sassato loko idameva sacca½ moghamaññanti aby±katametan”ti eva½ ekuttara-
nik±yepi imin± saddhi½ kathita½ atthiyeva. Tasm± evam±ha. Samm±sambu-
ddhopi tassa ±gat±gatassa saªgaha½ katv± ok±samak±siyeva. Kasm±? Ayañhi
sassatadiµµhiko, sassatadiµµhik± ca s²gha½ laddhi½ na vissajjenti, vas±telamakkhi-
tapilotik± viya cirena sujjhanti. Passati ca bhagav±– “aya½ paribb±jako k±le
gacchante gacchante laddhi½ vissajjetv± mama santike pabbajitv± cha abhiññ±yo
sacchikatv± abhiññ±tas±vako bhavissat²”ti. Tasm± tassa ±gat±gatassa saªgaha½
katv± ok±samak±siyeva. Ida½ panassa pacchimagamana½. So hi imasmi½ sutte
taraºa½ v± hotu ataraºa½ v±, yaµµhi½ otaritv± udake patam±no viya samaºassa
gotamassa santika½ gantv± pabbajiss±m²ti sanniµµh±na½ katv± ±gato. Tasm±
dhammadesana½ y±canto s±dhu me bhava½ gotamoti-±dim±ha. Tassa bhagav±
m³lavasena sa½khittadesana½, kammapathavasena vitth±radesana½ desesi.
M³lavasena cettha atisa½khitt± desan±, kammapathavasena sa½khitt± vitth±rasa-
dis±. Buddh±na½ pana nippariy±yena vitth±radesan± n±ma natthi. Catuv²satisa-
mantapaµµh±nampi hi sattapakaraºe abhidhammapiµake ca sabba½ sa½khitta-
meva. Tasm± m³lavasen±pi kammapathavasen±pi sa½khittameva deses²ti vedi-
tabbo.
194. Tattha p±º±tip±t± veramaº² kusalanti-±d²su paµip±µiy± sattadhamm± k±m±-
vacar±, anabhijjh±dayo tayo catubh³mik±pi vaµµanti.
Yato kho, vaccha, bhikkhunoti kiñc±pi aniyametv± vutta½, yath± pana j²vaka-
sutte ca caªk²sutte ca, eva½ imasmi½ sutte ca att±nameva sandh±yeta½ bhaga-
vat± vuttanti veditabba½.
195. Atthi (3.0140) pan±ti ki½ pucch±m²ti pucchati? Aya½ kirassa laddhi–
“tasmi½ tasmi½ s±sane satth±va arah± hoti, s±vako pana arahatta½ pattu½
samattho natthi. Samaºo ca gotamo ‘yato kho, vaccha, bhikkhuno’ti eka½
bhikkhu½ kathento viya katheti, atthi nu kho samaºassa gotamassa s±vako araha-
ttappatto”ti. Etamattha½ pucchiss±m²ti pucchati. Tattha tiµµhat³ti bhava½ t±va
gotamo tiµµhatu, bhavañhi loke p±kaµo arah±ti attho. Tasmi½ by±kate uttari
bhikkhun²-±d²na½ vasena pañha½ pucchi, bhagav±pissa by±k±si.
196. ¾r±dhakoti samp±dako parip³rako.
 197. Sekh±ya vijj±ya pattabbanti heµµhimaphalattaya½ pattabba½. Ta½ sabba½
may± anuppattanti vadati. Vitaº¹av±d² pan±ha– “katame dhamm± sekkh±?
Catt±ro magg± apariy±pann± heµµhim±ni ca t²ºi s±maññaphal±n²”ti (dha. sa. 1023)
vacanato arahattamaggopi anena pattoyeva. Phala½ pana apatta½, tassa pattiy±
uttari yoga½ kath±pet²ti. So eva½ saññ±petabbo–
“Yo ve kiles±ni pah±ya pañca,
paripuººasekho aparih±nadhammo;
cetovasippatto sam±hitindriyo,
sa ve µhitattoti naro pavuccat²”ti. (a. ni. 4.5);
An±g±mipuggalo hi ekantaparipuººasekho. Ta½ sandh±ya “sekh±ya vijj±ya
pattabban”ti ±ha. Maggassa pana ekacittakkhaºikatt± tattha µhitassa pucch±
n±ma natthi. Imin± suttena maggopi bahucittakkhaºiko hot³ti ce. Eta½ na buddha-
vacana½, vuttag±th±ya ca attho virujjhati. Tasm± an±g±miphale µhatv± arahatta-
maggassa vipassana½ kath±pet²ti veditabbo. Yasm± panassa na kevala½
suddha-arahattasseva upanissayo, channampi abhiññ±na½ upanissayo atthi,
tasm± bhagav±– “evamaya½ samathe kamma½ katv± pañca abhiññ± nibbatte-
ssati, vipassan±ya kamma½ katv± arahatta½ p±puºissati. Eva½ cha¼abhiñño
mah±s±vako bhavissat²”ti vipassan±matta½ akathetv± samathavipassan±
±cikkhi.
198. Sati (3.0141) sati-±yataneti sati satik±raºe. Kiñcettha k±raºa½? Abhiññ±
v± abhiññ±p±dakajjh±na½ v± avas±ne pana arahatta½ v± k±raºa½ arahattassa
vipassan± v±ti veditabba½.
200. Pariciººo me bhagav±ti satta hi sekh± bhagavanta½ paricaranti n±ma,
kh²º±savena bhagav± pariciººo hoti. Iti saªkhepena arahatta½ by±karonto thero
evam±ha. Te pana bhikkh³ tamattha½ na j±ni½su, aj±nant±va tassa vacana½
sampaµicchitv±. Bhagavato ±rocesu½. Devat±ti tesa½ guº±na½ l±bh² devat±.
Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Mah±vacchasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

4. D²ghanakhasuttavaººan±

201. Eva½ me sutanti d²ghanakhasutta½. Tattha s³karakhat±yanti s³karakha-

t±ti eva½n±make leºe. Kassapabuddhak±le kira ta½ leºa½ ekasmi½ buddha-
ntare pathaviy± va¹¹ham±n±ya antobh³migata½ j±ta½. Athekadivasa½ eko
s³karo tassa chadanapariyantasam²pe pa½su½ khaºi. Deve vuµµe pa½sudhoto
chadanapariyanto p±kaµo ahosi. Eko vanacarako disv±– “pubbe s²lavantehi pari-
bhuttaleºena bhavitabba½, paµijaggiss±mi nan”ti samantato pa½su½ apanetv±
leºa½ sodhetv± kuµµaparikkhepa½ katv± dv±rav±tap±na½ yojetv± supariniµµhita-
sudh±kammacittakammarajatapaµµasadis±ya v±luk±ya santhatapariveºa½ leºa½
katv± mañcap²µha½ paññ±petv± bhagavato vasanatth±ya ad±si. Leºa½
gambh²ra½ ahosi otaritv± abhiruhitabba½. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½.
D²ghanakhoti tassa paribb±jakassa n±ma½. Upasaªkam²ti kasm± upasaªkami?
So kira there a¹¹ham±sapabbajite cintesi– “mayha½ m±tulo añña½ p±saº¹a½
gantv± na cira½ tiµµhati, id±ni panassa samaºassa gotamassa santika½ gatassa
a¹¹ham±so j±to. Pavattimpissa na suº±mi, ojavanta½ (3.0142) nu kho s±sana½,
j±niss±mi nan”ti gantuk±mo j±to. Tasm± upasaªkami. Ekamanta½ µhitoti tasmi½
kira samaye thero bhagavanta½ b²jayam±no µhito hoti, paribb±jako m±tule hirotta-
ppena µhitakova pañha½ pucchi. Tena vutta½ “ekamanta½ µhito”ti.
Sabba½ me nakkhamat²ti sabb± me upapattiyo nakkhamanti, paµisandhiyo
nakkhamant²ti adhipp±yena vadati. Ett±vat±nena “ucchedav±dohamasm²”ti
d²pita½ hoti. Bhagav± panassa adhipp±ya½ muñcitv± akkhare t±va dosa½
dassento y±pi kho teti-±dim±ha. Tattha es±pi te diµµhi nakkhamat²ti es±pi te
paµhama½ ruccitv± kham±petv± gahitadiµµhi nakkhamat²ti. Es± ce me, bho gotama,
diµµhi khameyy±ti mayhañhi sabba½ nakkhamat²ti diµµhi, tassa mayha½ y± es±
sabba½ me nakkhamat²ti diµµhi, es± me khameyya. Ya½ ta½ “sabba½ me nakkha-
mat²”ti vutta½, tampissa t±disameva. Yath± sabbagahaºena gahit±pi aya½ diµµhi
khamati, evameva½ tampi khameyya. Eva½ attano v±de ±ropita½ dosa½ ñatv±
ta½ parihar±m²ti saññ±ya vadati, atthato panassa “es± diµµhi na me khamat²”ti ±pa-
jjati. Yassa panes± na khamati na ruccati, tass±ya½ t±ya diµµhiy± sabba½ me na
khamat²ti diµµhi rucita½. Tena hi diµµhi-akkhamena arucitena bhavitabbanti sabba½
khamat²ti ruccat²ti ±pajjati. Na panesa ta½ sampaµicchati, kevala½ tass±pi ucche-
dadiµµhiy± ucchedameva gaºh±ti. Ten±ha bhagav± ato kho te, aggivessana, …pe…
aññañca diµµhi½ up±diyant²ti. Tattha atoti pajahanakesu nissakka½, ye pajahanti,
tehi ye nappajahant²ti vucciyanti, teva bahutar±ti attho. Bah³ hi bahutar±ti ettha
hik±ro nip±tamatta½, bah³ bahutar±ti attho. Parato tan³ hi tanutar±ti padepi
eseva nayo. Ye evam±ha½s³ti ye eva½ vadanti. Tañceva diµµhi½ nappajahanti,
aññañca diµµhi½ up±diyant²ti m³ladassana½ nappajahanti, aparadassana½ up±di-
yanti.
Ettha ca sassata½ gahetv± tampi appah±ya uccheda½ v± ekaccasassata½ v±
gahetu½ na sakk±, ucchedampi gahetv± ta½ appah±ya sassata½ v± ekaccasa-
ssata½ v± na sakk± gahetu½, ekaccasassatampi gahetv± ta½ appah±ya
sassata½ v± uccheda½ v± na sakk± gahetu½. M³lasassata½ pana appah±ya (3.014
añña½ sassatameva sakk± gahetu½. Katha½? Ekasmiñhi samaye “r³pa½ sassa-
tan”ti gahetv± aparasmi½ samaye “na suddhar³pameva sassata½, vedan±pi
sassat±, viññ±ºampi sassatan”ti gaºh±ti. Ucchedepi ekaccasassatepi eseva nayo.
Yath± ca khandhesu, eva½ ±yatanesupi yojetabba½. Ida½ sandh±ya vutta½–
“tañceva diµµhi½ nappajahanti, aññañca diµµhi½ up±diyant²”ti.
Dutiyav±re atoti appajahanakesu nissakka½, ye nappajahanti, tehi, ye pajaha-
nt²ti vucciyanti, teva tanutar± appatar±ti attho. Tañceva diµµhi½ pajahanti, aññañca
diµµhi½ na up±diyant²ti tañca m³ladassana½ pajahanti, aññañca dassana½ na
gaºhanti. Katha½? Ekasmiñhi samaye “r³pa½ sassatan”ti gahetv± aparasmi½
samaye tattha ±d²nava½ disv± “o¼±rikameta½ mayha½ dassanan”ti pajahati “na
kevalañca r³pa½ sassatanti dassanameva o¼±rika½, vedan±pi sassat± …pe…
viññ±ºampi sassatanti dassana½ o¼±rikamev±”ti vissajjeti. Ucchedepi ekaccasa-
ssatepi eseva nayo. Yath± ca khandhesu, eva½ ±yatanesupi yojetabba½. Eva½
tañca m³ladassana½ pajahanti, aññañca dassana½ na gaºhanti.
Santaggivessan±ti kasm± ±rabhi? Aya½ ucchedaladdhiko attano laddhi½ nig³-
hati, tass± pana laddhiy± vaººe vuccam±ne attano laddhi½ p±tukarissat²ti tisso
laddhiyo ekato dassetv± vibhajitu½ ima½ desana½ ±rabhi.
S±r±g±ya santiketi-±d²su r±gavasena vaµµe rajjanassa ±sann± taºh±diµµhisa½yo-
janena vaµµasa½yojanassa santike. Abhinandan±y±ti taºh±diµµhivaseneva gilitv±
pariy±diyanassa gahaºassa ca ±sann±ti attho. As±r±g±ya santiketi-±d²su vaµµe
arajjanassa ±sann±ti-±din± nayena attho veditabbo.
Ettha ca sassatadassana½ appas±vajja½ dandhavir±ga½, ucchedadassana½
mah±s±vajja½ khippavir±ga½. Katha½? Sassatav±d² hi idhaloka½ paralokañca
atth²ti j±n±ti, sukatadukkaµ±na½ phala½ atth²ti j±n±ti, kusala½ karoti, akusala½
karonto bh±yati, vaµµa½ ass±deti, abhinandati. Buddh±na½ (3.0144) v± buddhas±-
vak±na½ v± sammukh²bh³to s²gha½ laddhi½ jahitu½ na sakkoti. Tasm± ta½
sassatadassana½ appas±vajja½ dandhavir±ganti vuccati. Ucchedav±d² pana idha-
lokaparaloka½ atth²ti j±n±ti, sukatadukkaµ±na½ phala½ atth²ti j±n±ti, kusala½ na
karoti, akusala½ karonto na bh±yati, vaµµa½ na ass±deti, n±bhinandati,
buddh±na½ v± buddhas±vak±na½ v± sammukh²bh±ve s²gha½ dassana½ paja-
hati. P±ramiyo p³retu½ sakkonto buddho hutv±, asakkonto abhin²h±ra½ katv±
s±vako hutv± parinibb±yati. Tasm± ucchedadassana½ mah±s±vajja½ khippavir±-
ganti vuccati.
202. So pana paribb±jako etamattha½ asallakkhetv±– “mayha½ dassana½
sa½vaººeti pasa½sati, addh± me sundara½ dassanan”ti sallakkhetv± ukka½seti
me bhavanti-±dim±ha.
Id±ni yasm± aya½ paribb±jako kañjiyeneva tittak±l±bu, ucchedadassaneneva
p³rito, so yath± kañjiya½ appah±ya na sakk± l±bumhi telaph±ºit±d²ni pakkhipitu½,
pakkhitt±nipi na gaºh±ti, evameva½ ta½ laddhi½ appah±ya abhabbo maggapha-
l±na½ l±bh±ya, tasm± laddhi½ jah±panattha½ tatraggivessan±ti-±di ±raddha½.
Viggahoti kalaho. Evamet±sa½ diµµh²na½ pah±na½ hot²ti eva½ viggah±di-±d²-
nava½ disv± t±sa½ diµµh²na½ pah±na½ hoti. So hi paribb±jako “ki½ me imin±
viggah±din±”ti ta½ ucchedadassana½ pajahati.
205. Athassa bhagav± vamitakañjiye l±bumhi sappiph±ºit±d²ni pakkhipanto
viya hadaye amatosadha½ p³ress±m²ti vipassana½ ±cikkhanto aya½ kho pana,
aggivessana, k±yoti-±dim±ha. Tassattho vammikasutte vutto. Aniccatoti-±d²nipi
heµµh± vitth±rit±neva. Yo k±yasmi½ k±yachandoti y± k±yasmi½ taºh±. Snehoti
taºh±snehova. K±yanvayat±ti k±y±nugamanabh±vo, k±ya½ anugacchanakakile-
soti attho.
 Eva½ r³pakammaµµh±na½ dassetv± id±ni ar³pakammaµµh±na½ dassento tisso
khoti-±dim±ha. Puna t±sa½yeva vedan±na½ asammissabh±va½ dassento yasmi½,
aggivessana, samayeti-±dim±ha. Tatr±ya½ saªkhepattho (3.0145)– yasmi½
samaye sukh±d²su eka½ vedana½ vedayati, tasmi½ samaye aññ± vedan± attano
v±ra½ v± ok±sa½ v± olokayam±n± nisinn± n±ma natthi, atha kho anuppann±va
honti bhinna-udakapupphu¼± viya ca antarahit± v±. Sukh±pi khoti-±di t±sa½ veda-
n±na½ cuººavicuººabh±vadassanattha½ vutta½.
Na kenaci sa½vadat²ti tassata½ gahetv± “sassatav±d² ahan”ti ucchedav±di-
n±pi saddhi½ na sa½vadati, tameva gahetv± “sassatav±d² ahan”ti ekaccasassata-
v±din± saddhi½ na vivadati. Eva½ tayopi v±d± parivattetv± yojetabb±. Yañca loke
vuttanti ya½ loke kathita½ voharita½, tena voharati apar±masanto kiñci dhamma½
par±m±sagg±hena aggaºhanto. Vuttampi ceta½–
“Yo hoti bhikkhu araha½ kat±v²,
kh²º±savo antimadehadh±r²;
aha½ vad±m²tipi so vadeyya,
mama½ vadant²tipi so vadeyya;
loke samañña½ kusalo viditv±,
voh±ramattena so vohareyy±”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.25);
Aparampi vutta½– “im± kho citta lokasamaññ± lokaniruttiyo lokavoh±r± lokapañña-
ttiyo, y±hi tath±gato voharati
apar±masan”ti (d². ni. 1.440).
206. Abhiññ±pah±nam±h±ti sassat±d²su tesa½ tesa½ dhamm±na½ sassata½
abhiññ±ya j±nitv± sassatassa pah±nam±ha, uccheda½, ekaccasassata½ abhi-
ññ±ya ekaccasassatassa pah±na½ vadati. R³pa½ abhiññ±ya r³passa pah±na½
vadat²ti-±din± nayenettha attho veditabbo.
Paµisañcikkhatoti paccavekkhantassa. Anup±d±ya ±savehi citta½ vimucc²ti anu-
pp±danirodhena niruddhehi ±savehi aggahetv±va citta½ vimucci. Ett±vat± cesa
parassa va¹¹hita½ bhatta½ bhuñjitv± khuda½ vinodento viya parassa (3.0146)
±raddh±ya dhammadesan±ya ñ±ºa½ pesetv± vipassana½ va¹¹hetv± arahatta-
ñceva patto, s±vakap±ram²ñ±ºassa ca matthaka½, so¼asa ca paññ± paµivijjhitv±
µhito. D²ghanakho pana sot±pattiphala½ patv± saraºesu patiµµhito.
Bhagav± pana ima½ desana½ s³riye dharam±neyeva niµµh±petv± gijjhak³µ±
oruyha ve¼uvana½ gantv± s±vakasannip±tamak±si, caturaªgasamann±gato
sannip±to ahosi. Tatrim±ni aªg±ni– m±ghanakkhattena yutto puººama-uposatha-
divaso, kenaci an±mantit±ni hutv± attanoyeva dhammat±ya sannipatit±ni a¹¹hate-
las±ni bhikkhusat±ni, tesu ekopi puthujjano v± sot±panna-sakad±g±mi-an±g±mi-
sukkhavipassaka-arahantesu v± aññataro natthi, sabbe cha¼abhiññ±va, ekopi
cettha satthakena kese chinditv± pabbajito n±ma natthi, sabbe ehibhikkhunoye-
v±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

D²ghanakhasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

5. M±gaº¹iyasuttavaººan±

207. Eva½ me sutanti m±gaº¹iyasutta½. Tattha agy±g±reti aggihomas±laya½.

Tiºasanth±raketi dve m±gaº¹iy± m±tulo ca bh±gineyyo ca. Tesu m±tulo pabba-
jitv± arahatta½ patto, bh±gineyyopi sa-upanissayo nacirasseva pabbajitv± ara-
hatta½ p±puºissati. Athassa bhagav± upanissaya½ disv± ramaº²ya½ devaga-
bbhasadisa½ gandhakuµi½ pah±ya tattha ch±rikatiºakacavar±d²hi ukl±pe agy±-
g±re tiºasanth±raka½ paññ±petv± parasaªgahakaraºattha½ katip±ha½ vasittha.
Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½. Tenupasaªkam²ti na kevala½ ta½divasameva, yasm±
pana ta½ agy±g±ra½ g±m³pac±re d±rakad±rik±hi okiººa½ avivitta½, tasm±
bhagav± niccak±lampi divasabh±ga½ tasmi½ vanasaº¹e v²tin±metv± s±ya½ v±sa-
tth±ya tattha upagacchati.
Addas± (3.0147) kho …pe… tiºasanth±raka½ paññattanti bhagav± aññesu diva-
sesu tiºasanth±raka½ saªgharitv± saññ±ºa½ katv± gacchati, ta½divasa½ pana
paññapetv±va agam±si. Kasm±? Tad± hi pacc³sasamaye loka½ oloketv±va
addasa– “ajja m±gaº¹iyo idh±gantv± ima½ tiºasanth±raka½ disv± bh±radv±jena
saddhi½ tiºasanth±raka½ ±rabbha kath±sall±pa½ karissati, ath±ha½ ±gantv±
dhamma½ desess±mi, so dhamma½ sutv± mama santike pabbajitv± arahatta½
p±puºissati. Paresa½ saªgahakaraºatthameva hi may± p±ramiyo p³rit±”ti tiºasa-
nth±raka½ paññapetv±va agam±si.
Samaºaseyy±nur³pa½ maññeti ima½ tiºasanth±raka½ “samaºassa anuccha-
vik± seyy±”ti maññ±mi. Na ca asaññatasamaºassa nivutthaµµh±nameta½. Tath±-
hettha hatthena ±ka¹¹hitaµµh±na½ v± p±dena ±ka¹¹hitaµµh±na½ v± s²sena pahaµa-
µµh±na½ v± na paññ±yati, an±kulo an±kiººo abhinno chekena cittak±rena t³lik±ya
paricchinditv± paññatto viya. Saññatasamaºassa vasitaµµh±na½, kassa bho vasita-
µµh±nanti pucchati. Bh³nahunoti hatava¹¹hino mariy±dak±rakassa. Kasm± eva-
m±ha? Chasu dv±resu va¹¹hipaññ±panaladdhikatt±. Ayañhi tassa laddhi– cakkhu
br³hetabba½ va¹¹hetabba½, adiµµha½ dakkhitabba½, diµµha½ samatikkami-
tabba½. Sota½ br³hetabba½ va¹¹hetabba½, asuta½ sotabba½, suta½ samatikka-
mitabba½. Gh±na½ br³hetabba½ va¹¹hetabba½, agh±yita½ gh±yitabba½,
gh±yita½ samatikkamitabba½. Jivh± br³hetabb± va¹¹hetabb±, ass±yita½ s±yi-
tabba½, s±yita½ samatikkamitabba½. K±yo br³hetabbo va¹¹hetabbo, aphuµµha½
phusitabba½, phuµµha½ samatikkamitabba½. Mano br³hetabbo va¹¹hetabbo, avi-
ññ±ta½ vij±nitabba½, viññ±ta½ samatikkamitabba½. Eva½ so chasu dv±resu
va¹¹hi½ paññapeti. Bhagav± pana–
“Cakkhun± sa½varo s±dhu, s±dhu sotena sa½varo;
gh±nena sa½varo s±dhu, s±dhu jivh±ya sa½varo.
K±yena sa½varo s±dhu, s±dhu v±c±ya sa½varo;
manas± sa½varo s±dhu, s±dhu sabbattha sa½varo;
sabbattha sa½vuto bhikkhu, sabbadukkh± pamuccat²”ti. (dha. pa. 360-361)–
Chasu (3.0148) dv±resu sa½vara½ paññapeti. Tasm± so “va¹¹hihato samaºo
gotamo mariy±dak±rako”ti maññam±no “bh³nahuno”ti ±ha.
Ariye ñ±ye dhamme kusaleti parisuddhe k±raºadhamme anavajje. Imin± ki½
dasseti? Evar³passa n±ma uggatassa paññ±tassa yasassino upari v±ca½ bh±sa-
m±nena v²ma½sitv± upadh±retv± mukhe ±rakkha½ µhapetv± bh±sitabbo hoti.
Tasm± m± sahas± abh±si, mukhe ±rakkha½ µhapeh²ti dasseti. Evañhi no sutte
ocarat²ti yasm± amh±ka½ sutte eva½ ±gacchati, na maya½ mukh±ru¼hicch±-
matta½ vad±ma, sutte ca n±ma ±gata½ vadam±n± kassa bh±yeyy±ma, tasm±
sammukh±pi na½ vadeyy±m±ti attho. Appossukkoti mama rakkhanatth±ya anu-
ssukko av±vaµo hutv±ti attho. Vuttova na½ vadeyy±ti may± vuttova hutv± apucchi-
tova katha½ samuµµh±petv± ambajamb³-±d²ni gahetv± viya ap³rayam±no may±
kathitaniy±mena bhava½ bh±radv±jo vadeyya, vadass³ti attho.
208. Assosi khoti satth± ±loka½ va¹¹hetv± dibbacakkhun± m±gaº¹iya½ tattha
±gata½ addasa, dvinna½ jan±na½ bh±sam±n±na½ dibbasotena saddampi
assosi. Paµisall±n± vuµµhitoti phalasam±pattiy± vuµµhito. Sa½viggoti p²tisa½vegena
sa½viggo calito kampito. Tassa kira etadahosi– “neva m±gaº¹iyena samaºassa
gotamassa ±rocita½, na may±. Amhe muñcitv± añño ettha tatiyopi natthi, suto
bhavissati amh±ka½ saddo tikhiºasotena purisen±”ti. Athassa abbhantare p²ti
uppajjitv± navanavutilomak³pasahass±ni uddhagg±ni ak±si. Tena vutta½
“sa½viggo lomahaµµhaj±to”ti. Atha kho m±gaº¹iyo paribb±jakoti paribb±jakassa
pabhinnamukha½ viya b²ja½ parip±kagata½ ñ±ºa½, tasm± sannis²ditu½ asa-
kkonto ±hiº¹am±no puna satthu santika½ ±gantv± ekamanta½ nis²di. Ta½
dassetu½ “atha kho m±gaº¹iyo”ti-±di vutta½.
209. Satth±– “eva½ kira tva½, m±gaº¹iya, ma½ avac±”ti avatv±va cakkhu½ kho,
m±gaº¹iy±ti paribb±jakassa dhammadesana½ ±rabhi. Tattha vasanaµµh±naµµhena
(3.0149) r³pa½ cakkhussa ±r±moti cakkhu r³p±r±ma½. R³pe ratanti r³parata½.
R³pena cakkhu ±modita½ pamoditanti r³pasamudita½. Dantanti nibbisevana½.
Guttanti gopita½. Rakkhitanti µhapitarakkha½. Sa½vutanti pihita½. Sa½var±y±ti
pidh±natth±ya.
210. Paric±ritapubboti abhiramitapubbo. R³papari¼±hanti r³pa½ ±rabbha uppa-
jjanapari¼±ha½. Imassa pana te, m±gaº¹iya, kimassa vacan²yanti imassa r³pa½
pariggaºhitv± arahattappattassa kh²º±savassa tay± ki½ vacana½ vattabba½ assa,
vu¹¹hihato mariy±dak±rakoti ida½ vattabba½, na vattabbanti pucchati. Na kiñci,
bho gotam±ti, bho gotama, kiñci vattabba½ natthi. Sesadv±resupi eseva nayo.
211. Id±ni yasm± tay± pañcakkhandhe pariggahetv± arahattappattassa kh²º±sa-
vassa kiñci vattabba½ natthi, ahañca pañcakkhandhe pariggahetv± sabbaññuta½
patto, tasm± ahampi te na kiñci vattabboti dassetu½ aha½ kho pan±ti-±dim±ha.
Tassa mayha½ m±gaº¹iy±ti gihik±le attano sampatti½ dassento ±ha. Tattha vassi-
koti-±d²su yattha sukha½ hoti vassak±le vasitu½, aya½ vassiko. Itaresupi eseva
nayo. Aya½ panettha vacanattho– vassa½ v±so vassa½, vassa½ arahat²ti vassiko.
Itaresupi eseva nayo.
Tattha vassiko p±s±do n±ti-ucco hoti n±tin²co, dv±rav±tap±n±nipissa n±titan³ni
n±tibah³ni, bh³mattharaºapaccattharaºakhajjabhojj±nipettha missak±neva
vaµµanti. Hemantike thambh±pi bhittiyopi n²c± honti, dv±rav±tap±n±ni tanuk±ni
sukhumacchidd±ni. Uºhapavesanatth±ya bhittiniy³h±ni n²har²yanti. Bh³matthara-
ºapaccattharaºaniv±sanap±rupan±ni panettha uºhav²riy±ni kambal±d²ni vaµµanti.
Khajjabhojja½ siniddha½ kaµukasannissitañca. Gimhike thambh±pi bhittiyopi ucc±
honti. Dv±rav±tap±n±ni panettha bah³ni vipulaj±l±ni bhavanti. Bh³mattharaº±-
d²ni duk³lamay±ni vaµµanti, khajjabhojj±ni madhurarasas²tav²riy±ni. V±tap±nasam²-
pesu cettha nava c±µiyo µhapetv± udakassa p³retv± n²luppal±d²hi sañch±denti.
Tesu tesu padesesu udakayant±ni (3.0150) karonti, yehi deve vassante viya uda-
kadh±r± nikkhamanti.
Bodhisattassa pana aµµhasatasuvaººaghaµe ca rajataghaµe ca gandhodakassa
p³retv± n²luppalagacchake katv± sayana½ pariv±retv± µhapayi½su. Mahantesu
lohakaµ±hesu gandhakalala½ p³retv± n²luppalapadumapuº¹ar²k±ni ropetv± utu-
ggahaºatth±ya tattha tattha µhapesu½. S³riyarasm²hi pupph±ni pupphanti. N±n±-
vidh± bhamaragaº± p±s±da½ pavisitv± pupphesu rasa½ gaºhant± vicaranti.
P±s±do atisugandho hoti. Yamakabhittiy± antare lohan±¼i½ µhapetv± navabh³mi-
kap±s±dassa upari ±k±saªgaºe ratanamaº¹apamatthake sukhumacchiddaka½
j±la½ baddha½ ahosi. Ekasmi½ µh±ne sukkhamahi½sacamma½ pas±reti. Bodhi-
sattassa udakak²¼anavel±ya mahi½sacamme p±s±ºagu¼e khipanti, meghathanita-
saddo viya hoti. Heµµh± yanta½ parivattenti, udaka½ abhiruhitv± j±lamatthake
patati, vassapatanasalila½ viya hoti. Tad± bodhisatto n²lapaµa½ niv±seti, n²lapaµa½
p±rupati, n²lapas±dhana½ pas±dheti. Pariv±r±pissa catt±l²san±µakasahass±ni n²la-
vatth±bharaº±neva n²lavilepan±ni hutv± mah±purisa½ pariv±retv± ratanama-
º¹apa½ gacchanti. Divasabh±ga½ udakak²¼a½ k²¼anto s²tala½ utusukha½ anu-
bhoti.
P±s±dassa cat³su dis±su catt±ro sar± honti. Div±k±le n±n±vaººasakuºagaº±
p±c²nasarato vuµµh±ya viravam±n± p±s±damatthakena pacchimasara½ gacchanti.
Pacchimasarato vuµµh±ya p±c²nasara½, uttarasarato dakkhiºasara½, dakkhiºasa-
rato uttarasara½ gacchanti, antaravassasamayo viya hoti. Hemantikap±s±do
pana pañcabh³miko ahosi, vassikap±s±do sattabh³miko.
Nippuriseh²ti purisavirahitehi. Na kevalañcettha t³riy±neva nippuris±ni, sabba-
µµh±n±nipi nippuris±neva. Dov±rik±pi itthiyova, nh±pan±diparikammakar±pi itthi-
yova. R±j± kira– “tath±r³pa½ issariyasukhasampatti½ anubhavam±nassa purisa½
disv± parisaªk± uppajjati, s± me puttassa (3.0151) m± ahos²”ti sabbakiccesu itthi-
yova µhapesi. T±ya ratiy± ramam±noti ida½ catutthajjh±nikaphalasam±pattirati½
sandh±ya vutta½.
212. Gahapati v± gahapatiputto v±ti ettha yasm± khattiy±na½ setacchattasmi½-
yeva patthan± hoti, mah± ca nesa½ papañco, br±hmaº± mantehi atitt± mante
gavesant± vicaranti, gahapatino pana mudd±gaºanamatta½ uggahitak±lato
paµµh±ya sampatti½yeva anubhavanti, tasm± khattiyabr±hmaºe aggahetv± “gaha-
pati v± gahapatiputto v±”ti ±ha. ¾vaµµeyy±ti m±nusakak±mahetu ±vaµµo bhave-
yy±ti attho. Abhikkantatar±ti visiµµhatar±. Paº²tatar±ti atappakatar±. Vuttampi
ceta½–
 “Kusaggenudakam±d±ya, samudde udaka½ mine;
eva½ m±nusak± k±m±, dibbak±m±na santike”ti. (j±. 2.21.389)–
Samadhigayha tiµµhat²ti dibbasukha½ gaºhitv± tato visiµµhatar± hutv± tiµµhati.
Opammasa½sandana½ panettha eva½ veditabba½– gahapatissa pañcahi
k±maguºehi samaªg²bh³tak±lo viya bodhisattassa t²su p±s±desu catt±l²sasaha-
ssa-itthimajjhe modanak±lo, tassa sucarita½ p³retv± sagge nibbattak±lo viya
bodhisattassa abhinikkhamana½ katv± bodhipallaªke sabbaññuta½ paµividdha-
k±lo, tassa nandanavane sampatti½ anubhavanak±lo viya tath±gatassa catuttha-
jjh±nikaphalasam±pattiratiy± v²tivattanak±lo, tassa m±nusak±na½ pañcanna½
k±maguº±na½ apatthanak±lo viya tath±gatassa catutthajjh±nikaphalasam±pattira-
tiy± v²tin±mentassa h²najanasukhassa apatthanak±loti.
213. Sukh²ti paµhama½ dukkhito pacch± sukhito assa. Ser²ti paµhama½ vejjadu-
tiyako pacch± ser² ekako bhaveyya. Saya½vas²ti paµhama½ vejjassa vase vatta-
m±no vejjena nis²d±ti vutte nis²di, nipajj±ti vutte nipajji, bhuñj±ti vutte bhuñji, piv±ti
vutte pivi, pacch± saya½vas² j±to. Yena k±ma½ (3.0152) gamoti paµhama½ icchiti-
cchitaµµh±na½ gantu½ n±lattha, pacch± roge v³pasante vanadassana-giridassana-
pabbatadassan±d²supi yenak±ma½ gamo j±to, yattha yattheva gantu½ icchati,
tattha tattheva gaccheyya.
Etth±pi ida½ opammasa½sandana½– purisassa kuµµhik±lo viya hi bodhisattassa
ag±ramajjhe vasanak±lo, aªg±rakapalla½ viya eka½ k±mavatthu, dve kapall±ni
viya dve vatth³ni, sakkassa pana devarañño a¹¹hateyyakoµiy±ni aªg±rakapall±ni
viya a¹¹hatiyan±µakakoµiyo, nakhehi vaºamukh±ni tacchetv± aªg±rakapalle parit±-
pana½ viya vatthupaµisevana½, bhesajja½ ±gamma arogak±lo viya k±mesu ±d²-
nava½ nekkhamme ca ±nisa½sa½ disv± nikkhamma buddhabh³tak±le catuttha-
jjh±nikaphalasam±pattiratiy± v²tivattanak±lo, añña½ kuµµhipurisa½ disv± apattha-
nak±lo viya t±ya ratiy± v²tin±mentassa h²najanaratiy± apatthanak±loti.
214. Upahatindriyoti kimirakuµµhena n±ma upahatak±yappas±do. Upahatindri-
y±ti upahatapaññindriy±. Te yath± so upahatak±yindriyo kuµµh² dukkhasamphassa-
smi½yeva aggismi½ sukhamiti vipar²tasañña½ paccalattha, eva½ paññindriyassa
upahatatt± dukkhasamphassesveva k±mesu sukhamiti vipar²tasañña½ pacca-
latthu½.
215. Asucitar±ni cev±ti-±d²su pakatiy±va t±ni asuc²ni ca duggandh±ni ca p³t²ni
ca, id±ni pana asucitar±ni ceva duggandhatar±ni ca p³titar±ni ca honti. K±c²ti
tassa hi parit±pentassa ca kaº¹³vantassa ca p±ºak± anto pavisanti, duµµhalohita-
duµµhapubb± paggharanti. Evamassa k±ci ass±damatt± hoti.
¾rogyaparam±ti g±th±ya ye keci dhanal±bh± v± yasal±bh± v± puttal±bh± v±
atthi, ±rogya½ tesa½ parama½ uttama½, natthi tato uttaritaro l±bhoti, ±rogyapa-
ram± l±bh±. Ya½kiñci jh±nasukha½ v± maggasukha½ v± phalasukha½ v± atthi,
nibb±na½ tattha parama½, natthi tato uttaritara½ sukhanti nibb±na½ parama½
sukha½. Aµµhaªgiko magg±nanti pubbabh±gamagg±na½ pubbabh±gagamane-
neva amatag±m²na½ aµµhaªgiko khemo, natthi tato khemataro (3.0153) añño
maggo. Atha v± khema½ amatag±minanti ettha khemantipi amatantipi nibb±na-
sseva n±ma½. Y±vat± puthusamaºabr±hmaº± parappav±d± khemag±mino ca
amatag±mino c±ti laddhivasena gahit±, sabbesa½ tesa½ khema-amatag±m²na½
magg±na½ aµµhaªgiko paramo uttamoti ayamettha attho.
216. ¾cariyap±cariy±nanti ±cariy±nañceva ±cariy±cariy±nañca. Samet²ti ekan±-
¼iy± mita½ viya ekatul±ya tulita½ viya sadisa½ hoti ninn±n±karaºa½. Anomajjat²ti
p±ºi½ heµµh± ot±rento majjati– “ida½ ta½, bho gotama, ±rogya½, ida½ ta½ nibb±-
nan”ti k±lena s²sa½ k±lena ura½ parimajjanto evam±ha.
217. Chekanti sampanna½. S±hu¼ic²ren±ti k±¼akehi e¼akalomehi katath³lac²rena.
Saªk±raco¼aken±tipi vadanti. V±ca½ nicch±reyy±ti k±lena das±ya k±lena ante
k±lena majjhe parimajjanto nicch±reyya, vadeyy±ti attho. Pubbakehes±ti pubba-
kehi es±. Vipass²pi hi bhagav± …pe… kassapopi bhagav± catuparisamajjhe
nisinno ima½ g±tha½ abh±si, “atthanissitag±th±”ti mah±jano uggaºhi. Satthari
parinibbute aparabh±ge paribb±jak±na½ antara½ paviµµh±. Te potthakagata½
katv± padadvayameva rakkhitu½ sakkhi½su. Ten±ha– s± etarahi anupubbena
puthujjanag±th±ti.
218. Rogova bh³toti rogabh³to. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Ariya½ cakkhunti
parisuddha½ vipassan±ñ±ºañceva maggañ±ºañca. Pahot²Ti samattho. Bhesajja½
kareyy±ti uddha½virecana½ adhovirecana½ añjanañc±ti bhesajja½ kareyya.
219. Na cakkh³ni upp±deyy±ti yassa hi antar± pittasemh±dipaliveµhena cakkhu-
pas±do upahato hoti, so cheka½ vejja½ ±gamma sapp±yabhesajja½ sevanto
cakkh³ni upp±deti n±ma. Jaccandhassa pana (3.0154) m±tukucchiya½yeva vina-
µµh±ni, tasm± so na labhati. Tena vutta½ “na cakkh³ni upp±deyy±”ti.
220. Dutiyav±re jaccandhoti j±tak±lato paµµh±ya pitt±dipaliveµhena andho. Amu-
sminti tasmi½ pubbe vutte. Amittatopi daheyy±ti amitto me ayanti eva½ amittato
µhapeyya. Dutiyapadepi eseva nayo. Imin± citten±ti vaµµe anugatacittena. Tassa me
up±d±napaccay±ti ekasandhi dvisaªkhepo paccay±k±ro kathito, vaµµa½ vibh±-
vita½.
221. Dhamm±nudhammanti dhammassa anudhamma½ anucchavika½ paµi-
pada½. Ime rog± gaº¹± sall±ti pañcakkhandhe dasseti. Up±d±nanirodh±ti
vivaµµa½ dassento ±ha. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

M±gaº¹iyasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

6. Sandakasuttavaººan±

223. Eva½ me sutanti sandakasutta½. Tattha pilakkhaguh±yanti tass± guh±ya

dv±re pilakkharukkho ahosi, tasm± pilakkhaguh±tveva saªkha½ gat±. Paµisall±n±
vuµµhitoti vivekato vuµµhito. Devakatasobbhoti vassodakeneva tinnaµµh±ne j±to
mah±-udakarahado. Guh±dassan±y±ti ettha guh±Ti pa½suguh±. S± unname uda-
kamuttaµµh±ne ahosi, ekato umaªga½ katv± kh±ºuke ca pa½suñca n²haritv± anto
thambhe uss±petv± matthake padaracchannagehasaªkhepena kat±, tattha te
paribb±jak± vasanti. S± vass±ne udakapuºº± tiµµhati, nid±ghe tattha vasanti. Ta½
sandh±ya “guh±dassan±y±”ti ±ha. Vih±radassanatthañhi anamataggiya½ pacca-
vekkhitv± samuddapabbatadassanattha½ v±pi gantu½ vaµµat²ti.
Unn±diniy±ti (3.0155) ucca½ nadam±n±ya. Eva½ nadam±n±ya cass± uddha-
ªgamanavasena ucco, dis±su patthaµavasena mah±saddoti ucc±saddamah±-
saddo, t±ya ucc±saddamah±sadd±ya. Tesa½ paribb±jak±na½ p±tova uµµh±ya
kattabba½ n±ma cetiyavatta½ v± bodhivatta½ v± ±cariyupajjh±yavatta½ v± yoni-
somanasik±ro v± natthi. Tena te p±tova uµµh±ya b±l±tape nisinn±, s±ya½ v±
kath±ya ph±sukatth±ya sannipatit± “imassa hattho sobhaºo imassa p±do”ti eva½
aññamaññassa hatthap±d±d²ni v± ±rabbha itthipurisad±rakad±rik±vaººe v±
añña½ v± k±mass±dabhavass±d±divatthu½ ±rabbha katha½ paµµhapetv± anupu-
bbena r±jakath±di-anekavidha½ tiracch±nakatha½ kathenti. S± hi aniyy±nikatt±
saggamokkhamagg±na½ tiracch±nabh³t± kath±ti tiracch±nakath±. Tattha r±j±na½
±rabbha “mah±sammato mandh±t± dhamm±soko eva½mah±nubh±vo”ti-±din±
nayena pavatt± kath± r±jakath±. Esa nayo corakath±d²su.
Tesu “asuko r±j± abhir³po dassan²yo”ti-±din± nayena gehassitakath±va tira-
cch±nakath± hoti. “Sopi n±ma eva½ mah±nubh±vo khaya½ gato”ti eva½ pavatt±
pana kammaµµh±nabh±ve tiµµhati. Coresupi “m³ladevo eva½mah±nubh±vo,
megham±lo eva½mah±nubh±vo”ti tesa½ kamma½ paµicca aho s³r±ti gehassitaka-
th±va tiracch±nakath±. Yuddhepi bh±ratayuddh±d²su “asukena asuko eva½
m±rito eva½ viddho”ti k±mass±davaseneva kath± tiracch±nakath±. “Tepi n±ma
khaya½ gat±”ti eva½ pavatt± pana sabbattha kath± kammaµµh±nameva hoti.
Apica ann±d²su “eva½ vaººavanta½ gandhavanta½ rasavanta½ phassasa-
mpanna½ kh±dimha bhuñjimha pivimha paribhuñjimh±”ti k±mass±davasena
kathetu½ na vaµµati, s±tthaka½ pana katv±– “pubbe eva½ vaºº±disampanna½
anna½ p±na½ vattha½ sayana½ m±la½ gandha½ s²lavant±na½ adamha, cetiye
p³ja½ akarimh±”ti kathetu½ vaµµati.
ѱtikath±d²supi “amh±ka½ ñ±tak± s³r± samatth±”ti v± “pubbe maya½ eva½
vicitrehi y±nehi carimh±”ti v± ass±davasena vattu½ na vaµµati, s±tthaka½ pana
katv± “tepi no ñ±tak± khaya½ gat±”ti v± “pubbe maya½ evar³p± up±han±
saªghassa adamh±”ti v± kathetabb±. G±makath±pi suniviµµhadunniviµµhasubhi-
kkhadubbhikkh±divasena v± “asukag±mav±sino s³r± samatth±”ti v± eva½ ass±-
davasena na vaµµati, s±tthaka½ pana katv± saddh± pasann±ti (3.0156) v± khaya-
vaya½ gat±ti v± vattu½ vaµµati. Nigamanagarajanapadakath±supi eseva nayo. Itthi-
kath±pi vaººasaºµh±n±d²ni paµicca ass±davasena na vaµµati, saddh± pasann±
khaya½ gat±ti evameva vaµµati. S³rakath±pi nandimitto n±ma yodho s³ro ahos²ti
ass±davaseneva na vaµµati, saddho pasanno ahosi khaya½ gatoti evameva
vaµµati. Visikh±kath±pi asuk± visikh± suniviµµh± dunniviµµh± s³r± samatth±ti ass±da-
vaseneva na vaµµati, saddh± pasann± khaya½ gat± icceva½ vaµµati.
 Kumbhaµµh±nakath±ti kumbhaµµh±na-udakatitthakath± v± vuccati kumbhad±si-
kath± v±. S±pi “p±s±dik± naccitu½ g±yitu½ chek±”ti ass±davasena na vaµµati,
saddh± pasann±ti-±din± nayeneva vaµµati. Pubbapetakath±ti at²tañ±tikath±. Tattha
vattam±nañ±tikath±sadisova vinicchayo.
N±nattakath±ti purimapacchimakath±vimutt± avases± n±n±sabh±v± niratthaka-
kath±. Lokakkh±yik±ti aya½ loko kena nimmito, asukena n±ma nimmito, k±k± set±
aµµh²na½ setatt±, bak± ratt± lohitassa rattatt±ti evam±dik± lok±yatavitaº¹asall±pa-
kath±.
Samuddakkh±yik± n±ma kasm± samuddo s±garo, s±garadevena khaºitatt±
s±garo, khato meti hatthamudd±ya niveditatt± samuddoti evam±dik± niratthak±
samuddakkh±yikakath±. Iti bhavo, iti abhavoti ya½ v± ta½ v± niratthakak±raºa½
vatv± pavattitakath± itibhav±bhavakath±. Ettha ca bhavoti sassata½, abhavoti
uccheda½. Bhavoti va¹¹hi, abhavoti h±ni. Bhavoti k±masukha½, abhavoti attakila-
matho. Iti im±ya chabbidh±ya itibhav±bhavakath±ya saddhi½ b±tti½satiracch±na-
kath± n±ma hoti. Evar³pi½ tiracch±nakatha½ kathentiy± nisinno hoti.
Tato sandako paribb±jako te paribb±jake oloketv±– “ime paribb±jak± ativiya
aññamañña½ ag±rav± appatiss±, mayañca samaºassa (3.0157) gotamassa p±tu-
bh±vato paµµh±ya s³riyuggamane khajjopanak³pam± j±t±, l±bhasakk±ropi no pari-
h²no. Sace pana ima½ µh±na½ samaºo gotamo gotamas±vako v± gihi-upaµµh±-
kopi v±ssa ±gaccheyya, ativiya lajjan²ya½ bhavissati. Parisadoso kho pana
parisajeµµhakasseva upari ±rohat²”ti ito cito ca vilokento thera½ addasa. Tena
vutta½ addas± kho sandako paribb±jako …pe… tuºh² ahesunti.
Tattha saºµhapes²ti sikkh±pesi, vajjamass± paµicch±desi. Yath± suµµhapit± hoti,
tath± na½ µhapesi. Yath± n±ma parisamajjha½ pavisanto puriso vajjapaµicch±da-
nattha½ niv±sana½ saºµhapeti, p±rupana½ saºµhapeti, rajokiººaµµh±na½
puñchati, evamass± vajjapaµicch±danattha½ “appasadd± bhonto”ti sikkh±pento
yath± suµµhapit± hoti, tath± na½ µhapes²ti attho. Appasaddak±m±ti appasadda½
icchanti, ekak± nis²danti, ekak± tiµµhanti, na gaºasaªgaºik±ya y±penti. Appasadda-
vin²t±ti appasaddena niravena buddhena vin²t±. Appasaddassa vaººav±dinoti ya½
µh±na½ appasadda½ nissadda½. Tassa vaººav±dino. Upasaªkamitabba½
maññeyy±ti idh±gantabba½ maññeyya.
Kasm± panesa therassa upasaªkamana½ pacc±s²sat²ti. Attano vuddhi½ pattha-
yam±no. Paribb±jak± kira buddhesu v± buddhas±vakesu v± attano santika½ ±ga-
tesu– “ajja amh±ka½ santika½ samaºo gotamo ±gato, s±riputto ±gato, na kho
panete yassa v± tassa v± santika½ gacchanti, passatha amh±ka½ uttamabh±van”-
ti attano upaµµh±k±na½ santike att±na½ ukkhipanti ucce µh±ne µhapenti. Bhagava-
topi upaµµh±ke gaºhitu½ v±yamanti. Te kira bhagavato upaµµh±ke disv± eva½
vadanti– “tumh±ka½ satth± bhava½ gotamopi gotamassa s±vak±pi amh±ka½
santika½ ±gacchanti, maya½ aññamañña½ samagg±. Tumhe pana amhe
akkh²hi passitu½ na icchatha, s±m²cikamma½ na karotha, ki½ vo amhehi apara-
ddhan”ti. Appekacce manuss±– “buddh±pi etesa½ santika½ gacchanti, ki½ amh±-
kan”ti tato paµµh±ya te disv± nappamajjanti. Tuºh² ahesunti sandaka½ pariv±retv±
nissadd± nis²di½su.
224. Sv±gata½ bhoto ±nandass±ti su-±gamana½ bhoto ±nandassa. Bhavante
hi no ±gate ±nando hoti, gate sokoti (3.0158) d²peti. Cirassa½ khoti piyasamud±c±-
ravacanameta½. Thero pana k±lena k±la½ paribb±jak±r±ma½ c±rikatth±ya
gacchat²ti purimagamana½ gahetv± evam±ha. Evañca pana vatv± na m±na-
tthaddho hutv± nis²di, attano pana ±san± vuµµh±ya ta½ ±sana½ papphoµetv±
thera½ ±sanena nimantento nis²datu bhava½ ±nando, idam±sana½ paññattanti
±ha.
Antar±kath± vippakat±ti nisinn±na½ vo ±rambhato paµµh±ya y±va mam±ga-
mana½ etasmi½ antare k± n±ma kath± vippakat±, mam±gamanapaccay± katam±
kath± pariyanta½ na gat±ti pucchati.
Atha paribb±jako “niratthakakath±va es± niss±r± vaµµasannissit±, na tumh±ka½
purato vattabbata½ arahat²”ti d²pento tiµµhates±, bhoti-±dim±ha. Nes± bhototi sace
bhava½ sotuk±mo bhavissati, pacch±pes± kath± na dullabh± bhavissati, amh±ka½
panim±ya attho natthi. Bhoto pana ±gamana½ labhitv± aññadeva suk±raºa½
katha½ sotuk±mamh±ti d²peti. Tato dhammadesana½ y±canto s±dhu vata
bhavanta½ ye v±ti-±dim±ha. Tattha ±cariyaketi ±cariyasamaye. Anass±sik±n²ti
ass±savirahit±ni. Sasakkanti eka½satthe nip±to, viññ³ puriso eka½seneva na
vaseyy±ti attho. Vasanto ca n±r±dheyy±ti na samp±deyya, na parip³reyy±ti vutta½
hoti. ѱya½ dhamma½ kusalanti k±raºabh³ta½ anavajjaµµhena kusala½
dhamma½.
225. Idh±ti imasmi½ loke. Natthi dinnanti-±d²ni s±leyyakasutte (ma. ni. 1.440)
vutt±ni. C±tumah±bh³tikoti catumah±bh³tamayo. Pathav² pathav²k±yanti ajjhattik±
pathav²dh±tu b±hirapathav²dh±tu½. Anupet²ti anuy±ti. Anupagacchat²ti tasseva
vevacana½, anugacchat²tipi attho, ubhayen±pi upeti upagacchat²ti dasseti. ¾p±d²-
supi eseva nayo. Indriy±n²ti manacchaµµh±ni indriy±ni ±k±sa½ pakkhandanti. ¾sa-
ndipañcam±ti nipannamañcena pañcam±, mañco ceva, catt±ro mañcap±de
gahetv± µhit± catt±ro puris± c±ti attho. Y±v±¼±han±ti y±va sus±n±. Pad±n²ti aya½
eva½ s²lav± ahosi, eva½ duss²loti-±din± nayena pavatt±ni (3.0159) guºapad±ni.
Sar²rameva v± ettha pad±n²ti adhippeta½. K±potak±n²ti kapotakavaºº±ni, p±r±va-
tapakkhavaºº±n²ti attho.
Bhassant±ti bhasmant±, ayameva v± p±¼i. ¾hutiyoti ya½ paheºakasakk±r±di-
bheda½ dinnad±na½, sabba½ ta½ ch±rik±vas±nameva hoti, na tato para½ phala-
d±yaka½ hutv± gacchat²ti attho. Dattupaññattanti datt³hi b±lamanussehi
paññatta½. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– b±lehi abuddh²hi paññattamida½ d±na½, na paº¹i-
tehi. B±l± denti, paº¹it± gaºhant²ti dasseti. Atthikav±danti atthi dinna½ dinnapha-
lanti ima½ atthikav±da½yeva vadanti tesa½ tuccha½ vacana½ mus±vil±po. B±le
ca paº¹ite c±ti b±l± ca paº¹it± ca.
Akatena me ettha katanti mayha½ akateneva samaºakammena ettha etassa
samaye kamma½ kata½ n±ma hoti, avusiteneva brahmacariyena vusita½ n±ma
hoti. Etth±ti etasmi½ samaºadhamme. Samasam±ti ativiya sam±, samena v±
guºena sam±. S±mañña½ patt±ti sam±nabh±va½ patt±.
226. Karatoti-±d²ni apaººakasutte vutt±ni. Tath± natthi het³ti-±d²ni.
228. Catutthabrahmacariyav±se akaµ±ti akat±. Akaµavidh±ti akatavidh±n±, eva½
karoh²ti kenaci k±r±pit± na hont²ti attho. Animmit±ti iddhiy±pi na nimmit±. Animm±-
t±ti animm±pit±. Keci animmitabb±ti pada½ vadanti, ta½ neva p±¼iya½, na aµµhaka-
th±ya½ sandissati. Vañjh±ti vañjhapasuvañjhat±l±dayo viya aphal±, kassaci ajana-
k±ti attho. Etena pathav²k±y±d²na½ r³p±dijanakabh±va½ paµikkhipati. Pabbata-
k³µ± viya µhit±ti k³µaµµh±. ¿sikaµµh±yiµµhit±ti muñje ²sik± viya µhit±. Tatr±yamadhi-
pp±yo– yamida½ j±yat²ti vuccati, ta½ muñjato ²sik± viya vijjam±nameva nikkhama-
t²ti. “Esikaµµh±yiµµhit±”tipi p±µho, sunikh±to esikatthambho niccalo tiµµhati, eva½
µhit±ti attho. Ubhayenapi tesa½ vin±s±bh±va½ d²peti. Na iñjant²ti esikatthambho
viya µhitatt± na calanti. Na vipariº±ment²ti pakati½ na jahanti. Na aññamañña½
by±b±dhent²ti aññamañña½ na upahananti. N±lanti na samatth±.
Pathav²k±yoti-±d²su (3.0160) pathav²yeva pathav²k±yo, pathav²sam³ho v±.
Tatth±ti tesu j²vasattamesu k±yesu. Natthi hant± v±ti hantu½ v± gh±tetu½ v±
sotu½ v± s±vetu½ v± j±nitu½ v± j±n±petu½ v± samattho n±ma natth²ti d²peti. Satta-
nna½tveva k±y±nanti yath± muggar±si-±d²su pahaµa½ sattha½ muggar±si-±d²na½
antarena pavisati, eva½ sattanna½ k±y±na½ antarena chiddena vivarena sattha½
pavisati. Tattha “aha½ ima½ j²vit± voropem²”ti kevala½ saññ±mattameva hot²ti
dasseti. Yonipamukhasatasahass±n²ti pamukhayon²na½ uttamayon²na½ cuddasa-
satasahass±ni aññ±ni ca saµµhisat±ni aññ±ni ca chasat±ni. Pañca ca kammuno
sat±n²ti pañca kammasat±ni ca, kevala½ takkamattakena niratthaka½ diµµhi½
d²peti. Pañca ca kamm±ni t²ºi ca kamm±n²ti-±d²supi eseva nayo. Keci pan±hu
pañca kamm±n²ti pañcindriyavasena bhaºati. T²º²ti k±yakamm±divasen±ti. Kamme
ca a¹¹hakamme c±ti ettha panassa k±yakammañca vac²kammañca kammanti
laddhi, manokamma½ upa¹¹hakammanti. Dvaµµhipaµipad±ti dv±saµµhi paµipad±ti
vadati. Dvaµµhantarakapp±ti ekasmi½ kappe catusaµµhi antarakapp± n±ma honti,
aya½ pana aññe dve aj±nanto evam±ha. Cha¼±bhij±tiyo apaººakasutte vitth±rit±.
Aµµha purisabh³miyoti mandabh³mi khi¹¹±bh³mi v²ma½sakabh³mi ujugata-
bh³mi sekkhabh³mi samaºabh³mi jinabh³mi pannabh³m²ti im± aµµha purisabh³-
miyoti vadati. Tattha j±tadivasato paµµh±ya sattadivase samb±dhaµµh±nato nikkha-
ntatt± satt± mand± honti mom³h±. Aya½ mandabh³m²ti vadati. Ye pana duggatito
±gat± honti, te abhiºha½ rodanti ceva viravanti ca. Sugatito ±gat± ta½ anussaritv±
anussaritv± hasanti. Aya½ khi¹¹±bh³mi n±ma. M±t±pit³na½ hattha½ v± p±da½
v± mañca½ v± p²µha½ v± gahetv± bh³miya½ padanikkhipana½ v²ma½saka-
bh³mi n±ma. Padas±va gantu½ samatthak±lo ujugatabh³mi n±ma. Sipp±na½
sikkhanak±lo sekkhabh³mi n±ma. Ghar± nikkhamma pabbajanak±lo samaºa-
bh³mi n±ma. ¾cariya½ sevitv± j±nanak±lo jinabh³mi n±ma. Bhikkhu ca pannako
jino na kiñci ±h±ti eva½ al±bhi½ samaºa½ pannabh³m²ti vadati.
Ek³napaññ±sa (3.0161) ±j²vasateti ek³napaññ±sa ±j²vavuttisat±ni. Paribb±jaka-
sateti paribb±jakapabbajjasat±ni. N±g±v±sasateti n±gamaº¹alasat±ni. V²se indriya-
sateti v²sa indriyasat±ni. Ti½se nirayasateti ti½sa nirayasat±ni. Rajodh±tuyoti
raja-okiraºaµµh±n±ni. Hatthapiµµhip±dapiµµh±d²ni sandh±ya vadati. Satta saññ²ga-
bbh±ti oµµhagoºagadrabha-ajapasumigamahi½se sandh±ya vadati. Asaññ²ga-
bbh±ti s±liyavagodhumamuggakaªguvarakakudr³sake sandh±ya vadati. Nigaºµhi-
gabbh±ti nigaºµhimhi j±tagabbh±, ucchuve¼una¼±dayo sandh±ya vadati. Satta
dev±ti bah³ dev±, so pana satt±ti vadati. M±nus±pi anant±, so satt±ti vadati. Satta
pis±c±ti pis±c± mahant±, satt±ti vadati.
Sar±ti mah±sar±. Kaººamuº¹a-rathak±ra-anotatta-s²hapap±taku¼ira-mucalinda-
kuº±ladahe gahetv± vadati. Pavuµ±ti gaºµhik±. Pap±t±ti mah±pap±t±. Pap±tasat±-
n²Ti khuddakapap±tasat±ni. Supin±ti mah±supin±. Supinasat±n²ti khuddakasupi-
nasat±ni. Mah±kappinoti mah±kapp±na½. Ettha ekamh± sar± vassasate vassa-
sate kusaggena eka½ udakabindu½ n²haritv± n²haritv± sattakkhattu½ tamhi sare
nirudake kate eko mah±kappoti vadati. Evar³p±na½ mah±kapp±na½ catur±s²tisa-
tasahass±ni khepetv± b±l± ca paº¹it± ca dukkhassanta½ karont²ti ayamassa
laddhi. Paº¹itopi kira antar± sujjhitu½ na sakkoti, b±lopi tato uddha½ na gacchati.
S²len±ti acelakas²lena v± aññena v± yena kenaci. Vaten±ti t±disena vatena.
Tapen±ti tapokammena. Aparipakka½ parip±ceti n±ma yo “aha½ paº¹ito”ti
antar± visujjhati. Paripakka½ phussa phussa byanti½ karoti n±ma yo “aha½ b±lo”-
ti vuttaparim±ºa½ k±la½ atikkamitv± y±ti. Heva½ natth²ti eva½ natthi. Tañhi ubha-
yampi na sakk± k±tunti d²peti. DoºamiteTi doºena mita½ viya. Sukhadukkheti
sukhadukkha½. Pariyantakateti vuttaparim±ºena k±lena katapariyanto. Natthi
h±yanava¹¹haneti natthi h±yanava¹¹han±ni. Na sa½s±ro paº¹itassa h±yati, na
b±lassa va¹¹hat²ti attho. Ukka½s±vaka½seti ukka½s±vaka½s±, h±panava¹¹han±-
nameveta½ vevacana½. Id±ni tamattha½ upam±ya s±dhento (3.0162) seyyath±pi
n±m±ti-±dim±ha. Tattha suttagu¼eti veµhetv± katasuttagu¼a½. Nibbeµhiyam±nameva
palet²ti pabbate v± rukkhagge v± µhatv± khitta½ suttapam±ºena nibbeµhiyam±na½
gacchati, sutte kh²ºe tattha tiµµhati na gacchati. Evameva½ vuttak±lato uddha½ na
gacchat²ti dasseti.
229. Kimidanti kimida½ tava aññ±ºa½, ki½ sabbaññu n±ma tvanti eva½ puµµho
sam±no niyativ±de pakkhipanto suñña½ me ag±ranti-±dim±ha.
230. Anussaviko hot²ti anussavanissito hoti. Anussavasaccoti savana½ saccato
gahetv± µhito. Piµakasampad±y±ti vaggapaºº±sak±ya piµakaganthasampattiy±.
232. Mandoti mandapañño. Mom³hoti atim³¼ho. V±c±vikkhepa½ ±pajjat²ti
v±c±ya vikkhepa½ ±pajjati. K²disa½? Amar±vikkhepa½, apariyantavikkhepanti
attho.
Atha v± amar± n±ma macchaj±ti. S± ummujjananimmujjan±divasena udake
sandh±vam±n± gahetu½ na sakk±ti evameva ayampi v±do ito cito ca sandh±vati,
g±ha½ na upagacchat²ti amar±vikkhepoti vuccati. Ta½ amar±vikkhepa½.
Evantipi me noti-±d²su ida½ kusalanti puµµho “evantipi me no”ti vadati, tato ki½
akusalanti vutte “tath±tipi me no”ti vadati, ki½ ubhayato aññath±ti vutte “aññath±-
tipi me no”ti vadati, tato tividhen±pi na hot²ti te laddh²ti vutte “notipi me no”ti
vadati, tato ki½ no noti te laddh²ti vutte “no notipi me no”ti vikkhepam±pajjati, eka-
smimpi pakkhe na tiµµhati. Nibbijja pakkamat²ti attanopi esa satth± avassayo
bhavitu½ na sakkoti, mayha½ ki½ sakkhissat²ti nibbinditv± pakkamati. Purime-
supi anass±sikesu eseva nayo.
234. Sannidhik±raka½ k±me paribhuñjitunti yath± pubbe gihibh³to sannidhi½
katv± vatthuk±me paribhuñjati, eva½ tilataº¹ulasappinavan²t±d²ni sannidhi½
katv± id±ni paribhuñjitu½ abhabboti attho. Nanu ca kh²º±savassa vasanaµµh±ne (3.01
tilataº¹ul±dayo paññ±yant²ti. No na paññ±yanti, na panesa te attano atth±ya
µhapeti, aph±sukapabbajit±d²na½ atth±ya µhapeti. An±g±missa kathanti. Tass±pi
pañca k±maguº± sabbasova pah²n±, dhammena pana laddha½ vic±retv± paribhu-
ñjati.
236. Puttamat±ya putt±ti so kira ima½ dhamma½ sutv± ±j²vak± mat± n±m±ti
saññ² hutv± evam±ha. Ayañhettha attho– ±j²vak± mat± n±ma, tesa½ m±t± putta-
mat± hoti, iti ±j²vak± puttamat±ya putt± n±ma honti. Samaºe gotameti samaºe
gotame brahmacariyav±so atthi, aññattha natth²ti d²peti. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±na-
mev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Sandakasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

7. Mah±sakulud±yisuttavaººan±

237. Eva½ me sutanti mah±sakulud±yisutta½. Tattha moraniv±peti tasmi½

µh±ne mor±na½ abhaya½ ghosetv± bhojana½ ada½su. Tasm± ta½ µh±na½ mora-
niv±poti saªkha½ gata½. Annabh±roti ekassa paribb±jakassa n±ma½. Tath± vara-
dharoti. Aññe c±ti na kevala½ ime tayo, aññepi abhiññ±t± bah³ paribb±jak±. Appa-
saddassa vaººav±d²ti idha appasaddavin²toti avatv±va ida½ vutta½. Kasm±? Na
hi bhagav± aññena vin²toti.
238. Purim±n²ti hiyyodivasa½ up±d±ya purim±ni n±ma honti, tato para½ purima-
tar±ni. Kut³halas±l±yanti kut³halas±l± n±ma paccekas±l± natthi, yattha pana
n±n±titthiy± samaºabr±hmaº± n±n±vidha½ katha½ pavattenti, s± bah³na½–
“aya½ ki½ vadati, aya½ ki½ vadat²”ti kut³haluppattiµµh±nato “kut³halas±l±”ti
vuccati. “Kot³halas±l±”tipi p±µho. L±bh±ti ye evar³pe samaºabr±hmaºe daµµhu½
pañha½ pucchitu½ (3.0164) dhammakatha½ v± nesa½ sotu½ labhanti, tesa½
aªgamagadh±na½ ime l±bh±ti attho.
Saªghinoti-±d²su pabbajitasam³hasaªkh±to saªgho etesa½ atth²ti saªghino.
Sveva gaºo etesa½ atth²ti gaºino. ¾c±rasikkh±panavasena tassa gaºassa ±cari-
y±ti gaº±cariy±. ѱt±ti paññ±t± p±kaµ±. Yath±bhuccaguºehi ceva ayath±bh³tagu-
ºehi ca samuggato yaso etesa½ atth²ti yasassino. P³raº±d²nañhi “appiccho
santuµµho, appicchat±ya vatthampi na niv±set²”ti-±din± nayena yaso samuggato,
tath±gatassa “itipi so bhagav±”ti-±d²hi yath±bh³taguºehi. Titthakar±ti laddhikar±.
S±dhusammat±ti ime s±dh³ sundar± sappuris±ti eva½ sammat±. Bahujanass±ti
assutavato ceva andhab±laputhujjanassa vibh±vino ca paº¹itajanassa. Tattha
titthiy± b±lajanassa eva½ sammat±, tath±gato paº¹itajanassa. Imin± nayena
p³raºo kassapo saªgh²ti-±d²su attho veditabbo. Bhagav± pana yasm± aµµhati½sa
±rammaº±ni vibhajanto bah³ni nibb±na-otaraºatitth±ni ak±si, tasm± “titthakaro”ti
vattu½ vaµµati.
Kasm± panete sabbepi tattha osaµ±ti? Upaµµh±karakkhaºatthañceva l±bhasa-
kk±ratthañca. Tesañhi eva½ hoti– “amh±ka½ upaµµh±k± samaºa½ gotama½
saraºa½ gaccheyyu½, te ca rakkhiss±ma. Samaºassa ca gotamassa upaµµh±ke
sakk±ra½ karonte disv± amh±kampi upaµµh±k± amh±ka½ sakk±ra½ karissant²”ti.
Tasm± yattha yattha bhagav± osarati, tattha tattha sabbe osaranti.
239. V±da½ ±ropetv±Ti v±de dosa½ ±ropetv±. Apakkant±ti, apagat±, keci disa½
pakkant±, keci gihibh±va½ patt±, keci ima½ s±sana½ ±gat±. Sahita½ meti
mayha½ vacana½ sahita½ siliµµha½, atthayutta½ k±raºayuttanti attho. Asahita½
teti tuyha½ vacana½ asahita½. Adhiciººa½ te vipar±vattanti ya½ tuyha½ d²ghara-
tt±ciººavasena suppaguºa½, ta½ mayha½ ekavacaneneva vipar±vatta½ vipariva-
ttitv± µhita½, na kiñci j±tanti attho. ¾ropito te v±doti may± tava v±de doso (3.0165)
±ropito. Cara v±dappamokkh±y±ti dosamocanattha½ cara vicara, tattha tattha
gantv± sikkh±ti attho. Nibbeµhehi v± sace pahos²ti atha saya½ pahosi, id±neva
nibbeµhehi. Dhammakkosen±ti sabh±vakkosena.
240. Ta½ no soss±m±Ti ta½ amh±ka½ desita½ dhamma½ suºiss±ma. Khudda-
madhunti khuddakamakkhik±hi kata½ daº¹akamadhu½. Anelakanti niddosa½
apagatamacchikaº¹aka½. P²¼eyy±ti dadeyya. Pacc±s²sam±nar³poti p³retv± nu
kho no bhojana½ dassat²ti bh±janahattho pacc±s²sam±no paccupaµµhito assa.
Sampayojetv±ti appamattaka½ viv±da½ katv±.
241. Itar²taren±ti l±makal±makena. Pavivittoti ida½ paribb±jako k±yaviveka-
matta½ sandh±ya vadati, bhagav± pana t²hi vivekehi vivittova.
242. Kosak±h±r±p²ti d±napat²na½ ghare aggabhikkh±µhapanattha½ khuddaka-
sar±v± honti, d±napatino aggabhatta½ v± tattha µhapetv± bhuñjanti, pabbajite
sampatte ta½ bhatta½ tassa denti. Ta½ sar±vaka½ kosakoti vuccati. Tasm± ye ca
ekeneva bhattakosakena y±penti, te kosak±h±r±ti. Beluv±h±r±ti beluvamattabha-
tt±h±r±. Samatittikanti oµµhavaµµiy± heµµhimalekh±sama½. Imin± dhammen±ti
imin± app±h±rat±dhammena. Ettha pana sabb±k±reneva bhagav± anapp±h±roti
na vattabbo. Padh±nabh³miya½ chabbass±ni app±h±rova ahosi, verañj±ya½
tayo m±se patthodaneneva y±pesi p±lileyyakavanasaº¹e tayo m±se bhisamu¼±le-
heva y±pesi. Idha pana etamattha½ dasseti– “aha½ ekasmi½ k±le app±h±ro
ahosi½, mayha½ pana s±vak± dhutaªgasam±d±nato paµµh±ya y±vaj²va½
dhutaªga½ na bhindant²”ti. Tasm± yadi te imin± dhammena sakkareyyu½, may±
hi te visesatar±. Añño ceva pana dhammo atthi, yena ma½ te sakkaront²ti dasseti.
Imin± nayena sabbav±resu yojan± veditabb±.
Pa½suk³lik±ti (3.0166) sam±dinnapa½suk³likaªg±. L³khac²varadhar±ti sattha-
suttal³kh±ni c²var±ni dh±rayam±n±. Nantak±n²ti antavirahit±ni vatthakhaº¹±ni,
yadi hi nesa½ anto bhaveyya, pilotik±ti saªkha½ gaccheyyu½. Uccinitv±ti
ph±letv± dubbalaµµh±na½ pah±ya thiraµµh±nameva gahetv±. Al±bulomas±n²ti al±-
bulomasadisasutt±ni sukhum±n²ti d²peti. Ett±vat± ca satth± c²varasantosena asa-
ntuµµhoti na vattabbo. Atimuttakasus±nato hissa puººad±siy± p±rupitv± p±titas±ºa-
pa½suk³la½ gahaºadivase udakapariyanta½ katv± mah±pathav² akampi. Idha
pana etamattha½ dasseti– “aha½ ekasmi½yeva k±le pa½suk³la½ gaºhi½,
mayha½ pana s±vak± dhutaªgasam±d±nato paµµh±ya y±vaj²va½ dhutaªga½ na
bhindant²”ti.
Piº¹ap±tik±ti atirekal±bha½ paµikkhipitv± sam±dinnapiº¹ap±tikaªg±. Sapad±na-
c±rinoti loluppac±ra½ paµikkhipitv± sam±dinnasapad±nac±r±. Uñch±sake vate
rat±ti uñch±cariyasaªkh±te bhikkh³na½ pakativate rat±, uccan²cagharadv±raµµh±-
yino hutv± kabaramissaka½ bhatta½ sa½haritv± paribhuñjant²ti attho. Antaragha-
ranti brahm±yusutte umm±rato paµµh±ya antaraghara½, idha indakh²lato paµµh±ya
adhippeta½. Ett±vat± ca satth± piº¹ap±tasantosena asantuµµhoti na vattabbo,
app±h±rat±ya vuttaniy±meneva pana sabba½ vitth±retabba½. Idha pana eta-
mattha½ dasseti– “aha½ ekasmi½yeva k±le nimantana½ na s±dayi½, mayha½
pana s±vak± dhutaªgasam±d±nato paµµh±ya y±vaj²va½ dhutaªga½ na bhindant²”-
ti.
Rukkham³lik±ti channa½ paµikkhipitv± sam±dinnarukkham³likaªg±. Abbhok±si-
k±ti channañca rukkham³lañca paµikkhipitv± sam±dinna-abbhok±sikaªg±. Aµµham±-
seti hemantagimhike m±se. Antovasse pana c²var±nuggahattha½ channa½ pavi-
santi. Ett±vat± ca satth± sen±sanasantosena asantuµµhoti na vattabbo, sen±sana-
santoso panassa chabbassikamah±padh±nena ca p±lileyyakavanasaº¹ena ca
d²petabbo. Idha pana etamattha½ dasseti– “aha½ ekasmi½yeva k±le channa½ na
p±visi½, mayha½ pana s±vak± dhutaªgasam±d±nato paµµh±ya y±vaj²va½
dhutaªga½ na bhindant²”ti.
¾raññik±ti (3.0167) g±mantasen±sana½ paµikkhipitv± sam±dinna-±raññikaªg±.
Saªghamajjhe osarant²ti abaddhas²m±ya kathita½, baddhas²m±ya½ pana vasant±
attano vasanaµµh±neyeva uposatha½ karonti. Ett±vat± ca satth± no pavivittoti na
vattabbo, “icch±maha½, bhikkhave, a¹¹ham±sa½ paµisalliyitun”ti (p±r±. 162; 565)
evañhissa paviveko paññ±yati. Idha pana etamattha½ dasseti “aha½ ekasmi½-
yeva tath±r³pe k±le paµisalliyi½, mayha½ pana s±vak± dhutaªgasam±d±nato
paµµh±ya y±vaj²va½ dhutaªga½ na bhindant²”ti. Mama½ s±vak±ti ma½ s±vak±.
244. Sanid±nanti sappaccaya½. Ki½ pana appaccaya½ nibb±na½ na deset²ti.
No na deseti, sahetuka½ pana ta½ desana½ katv± deseti, no ahetukanti. Sapp±µi-
h±riyanti purimasseveta½ vevacana½, sak±raºanti attho. Ta½ vat±ti ettha vat±ti
nip±tamatta½.
245. An±gata½ v±dapathanti ajja µhapetv± sve v± punadivase v± a¹¹ham±se v±
m±se v± sa½vacchare v± tassa tassa pañhassa upari ±gamanav±dapatha½. Na
dakkhat²ti yath± saccako nigaºµho attano niggahaºattha½ ±gatak±raºa½ vise-
setv± vadanto na addasa, eva½ na dakkhat²ti neta½ µh±na½ vijjati. Sahadhamme-
n±ti sak±raºena. Antarantar± katha½ op±teyyunti mama kath±v±ra½ pacchinditv±
antarantare attano katha½ paveseyyunti attho. Na kho pan±ha½, ud±y²ti, ud±yi,
aha½ ambaµµhasoºadaº¹ak³µadantasaccakanigaºµh±d²hi saddhi½ mah±v±de
vattam±nepi– “aho vata me ekas±vakopi upama½ v± k±raºa½ v± ±haritv± dade-
yy±”ti eva½ s±vakesu anus±sani½ na pacc±s²s±mi. Mamayev±ti evar³pesu
µh±nesu s±vak± mamayeva anus±sani½ ov±da½ pacc±s²santi.
246. Tes±ha½ citta½ ±r±dhem²ti tesa½ aha½ tassa pañhassa veyy±karaºena
citta½ gaºh±mi samp±demi parip³remi, añña½ puµµho añña½ na by±karomi,
amba½ puµµho labuja½ viya labuja½ v± puµµho amba½ viya. Ettha ca “adhis²le
sambh±vent²”ti vuttaµµh±ne buddhas²la½ n±ma kathita½, “abhikkante ñ±ºada-
ssane (3.0168) sambh±vent²”ti vuttaµµh±ne sabbaññutaññ±ºa½, “adhipaññ±ya
sambh±vent²”ti vuttaµµh±ne µh±nuppattikapaññ±, “yena dukkhen±”ti vuttaµµh±ne
saccaby±karaºapaññ±. Tattha sabbaññutaññ±ºañca saccaby±karaºapaññañca
µhapetv± avases± paññ± adhipañña½ bhajati.
247. Id±ni tesa½ tesa½ vises±dhigam±na½ paµipada½ ±cikkhanto puna capara½
ud±y²ti-±dim±ha. Tattha abhiññ±vos±nap±ramippatt±ti abhiññ±vos±nasaªkh±ta-
ñceva abhiññ±p±ram²saªkh±tañca arahatta½ patt±.
cchanda½ janeti. V±yamat²ti v±y±ma½ karoti. V²riya½ ±rabhat²ti v²riya½ pavatteti.
Sammappadh±neti up±yapadh±ne. Chanda½ janet²ti kattukamyat±kusala-
cchanda½ janeti. V±yamat²ti v±y±ma½ karoti. V²riya½ ±rabhat²ti v²riya½ pavatteti.
Citta½ paggaºh±t²ti citta½ ukkhipati. Padahat²ti up±yapadh±na½ karoti. Bh±va-
n±ya p±rip³riy±ti va¹¹hiy± parip³raºattha½. Apicettha– “y± µhiti, so asammoso
…pe… ya½ vepulla½, s± bh±van±p±rip³r²”ti (vibha. 406) eva½ purima½ puri-
massa pacchima½ pacchimassa atthotipi veditabba½.
Imehi pana sammappadh±nehi ki½ kathita½? Kassapasa½yuttapariy±yena
s±vakassa pubbabh±gapaµipad± kathit±. Vuttañheta½ tattha–
“Catt±rome, ±vuso, sammappadh±n±. Katame catt±ro? Idh±vuso, bhikkhu, anu-
ppann± me p±pak± akusal± dhamm± uppajjam±n± anatth±ya sa½vatteyyunti
±tappa½ karoti. Uppann± me p±pak± akusal± dhamm± appah²yam±n± anatth±ya
sa½vatteyyunti ±tappa½ karoti. Anuppann± me kusal± dhamm± anuppajjam±n±
anatth±ya sa½vatteyyunti ±tappa½ karoti. Uppann± me kusal± dhamm± nirujjha-
m±n± anatth±ya sa½vatteyyunti ±tappa½ karot²”ti (sa½. ni. 2.145).
Ettha ca p±pak± akusal±ti lobh±dayo veditabb±. Anuppann± kusal± dhamm±ti
samathavipassan± ceva maggo ca, uppann± kusal± n±ma samathavipassan±va.
Maggo pana saki½ uppajjitv± nirujjham±no anatth±ya sa½vattanako (3.0169)
n±ma natthi. So hi phalassa paccaya½ datv±va nirujjhati. Purimasmimpi v± sama-
thavipassan±va gahetabb±ti vutta½, ta½ pana na yutta½.
Tattha “uppann± samathavipassan± nirujjham±n± anatth±ya sa½vattant²”ti
atthassa ±vibh±vatthamida½ vatthu– eko kira kh²º±savatthero “mah±cetiyañca
mah±bodhiñca vandiss±m²”ti sam±pattil±bhin± bhaº¹ag±hakas±maºerena
saddhi½ janapadato mah±vih±ra½ ±gantv± vih±rapariveºa½ p±visi. S±yanhasa-
maye mah±bhikkhusaªghe cetiya½ vandam±ne cetiya½ vandanatth±ya na
nikkhami. Kasm±? Kh²º±sav±nañhi t²su ratanesu mahanta½ g±rava½ hoti. Tasm±
bhikkhusaªghe vanditv± paµikkamante manuss±na½ s±yam±sabhuttavel±ya½
s±maºerampi aj±n±petv± “cetiya½ vandiss±m²”ti ekakova nikkhami. S±maºero–
“ki½ nu kho thero avel±ya ekakova gacchati, j±niss±m²”ti upajjh±yassa pad±nupa-
diko nikkhami. Thero an±vajjanena tassa ±gamana½ aj±nanto dakkhiºadv±rena
cetiyaªgaºa½ ±ruhi. S±maºeropi anupada½yeva ±ru¼ho.
Mah±thero mah±cetiya½ ulloketv± buddh±rammaºa½ p²ti½ gahetv± sabba½
cetaso samann±haritv± haµµhapahaµµho cetiya½ vandati. S±maºero therassa
vandan±k±ra½ disv± “upajjh±yo me ativiya pasannacitto vandati, ki½ nu kho
pupph±ni labhitv± p³ja½ kareyy±”ti cintesi. Thero vanditv± uµµh±ya sirasi añjali½
µhapetv± mah±cetiya½ ulloketv± µhito. S±maºero ukk±sitv± attano ±gatabh±va½
j±n±pesi. Thero parivattetv± olokento “kad± ±gatos²”ti pucchi. Tumh±ka½ cetiya½
vandanak±le, bhante. Ativiya pasann± cetiya½ vandittha ki½ nu kho pupph±ni
labhitv± p³jeyy±th±ti? ¾ma s±maºera imasmi½ cetiye viya aññatra ettaka½
dh±t³na½ nidh±na½ n±ma natthi, evar³pa½ asadisa½ mah±th³pa½ pupph±ni
labhitv± ko na p³jeyy±ti. Tena hi, bhante, adhiv±setha, ±hariss±m²ti t±vadeva
jh±na½ sam±pajjitv± iddhiy± himavanta½ gantv± vaººagandhasampannapu-
pph±ni pariss±vana½ p³retv± mah±there dakkhiºamukhato pacchima½ mukha½
asampatteyeva ±gantv± pupphapariss±vana½ hatthe µhapetv± “p³jetha, bhante,”-
ti ±ha. Thero “atimand±ni no s±maºera pupph±n²”ti ±ha. Gacchatha, bhante,
bhagavato guºe ±vajjitv± p³jeth±ti.
Thero (3.0170) pacchimamukhanissitena sop±ºena ±ruyha kucchivedik±bh³-
miya½ pupphap³ja½ k±tu½ ±raddho. Vedik±bh³miya½ paripuºº±ni pupph±ni
patitv± dutiyabh³miya½ jaººupam±ºena odhin± p³rayi½su. Tato otaritv± p±dapi-
µµhikapanti½ p³jesi. S±pi parip³ri. Paripuººabh±va½ ñatv± heµµhimatale vikiranto
agam±si. Sabba½ cetiyaªgaºa½ parip³ri. Tasmi½ paripuººe “s±maºera
pupph±ni na kh²yant²”ti ±ha. Pariss±vana½, bhante, adhomukha½ karoth±ti. Adho-
mukha½ katv± c±lesi, tad± pupph±ni kh²º±ni. Pariss±vana½ s±maºerassa datv±
saddhi½ hatthip±k±rena cetiya½ tikkhattu½ padakkhiºa½ katv± cat³su µh±nesu
vanditv± pariveºa½ gacchanto cintesi– “y±va mahiddhiko vat±ya½ s±maºero,
sakkhissati nu kho ima½ iddh±nubh±va½ rakkhitun”ti. Tato “na sakkhissat²”ti
disv± s±maºeram±ha– “s±maºera tva½ id±ni mahiddhiko, evar³pa½ pana iddhi½
n±setv± pacchimak±le k±ºapesak±riy± hatthena madditakañjiya½ pivissas²”ti.
Daharakabh±vassa n±mesa dosoya½, so upajjh±yassa kath±ya½ sa½vijjitv±–
“kammaµµh±na½ me, bhante, ±cikkhath±”ti na y±ci, amh±ka½ upajjh±yo ki½ vada-
t²ti ta½ pana asuºanto viya agam±si.
Thero mah±cetiyañca mah±bodhiñca vanditv± s±maºera½ pattac²vara½ g±h±-
petv± anupubbena kuµe¼itissamah±vih±ra½ agam±si. S±maºero upajjh±yassa
pad±nupadiko hutv± bhikkh±c±ra½ na gacchati, “katara½ g±ma½ pavisatha,
bhante,”ti pucchitv± pana “id±ni me upajjh±yo g±madv±ra½ patto bhavissat²”ti
ñatv± attano ca upajjh±yassa ca pattac²vara½ gahetv± ±k±sena gantv± therassa
pattac²vara½ datv± piº¹±ya pavisati. Thero sabbak±la½ ovadati– “s±maºera m±
evamak±si, puthujjaniddhi n±ma cal± anibaddh±, asapp±ya½ r³p±di-±rammaºa½
labhitv± appamattakeneva bhijjati, sant±ya sam±pattiy± parih²n±ya brahmacariya-
v±so santhambhitu½ na sakkot²”ti. S±maºero “ki½ katheti mayha½ upajjh±yo”ti
sotu½ na icchati, tatheva karoti. Thero anupubbena cetiyavandana½ karonto
kammubinduvih±ra½ n±ma gato. Tattha vasantepi there s±maºero tatheva karoti.
Athekadivasa½ (3.0171) ek± pesak±radh²t± abhir³p± paµhamavaye µhit±
kammabindug±mato nikkhamitv± padumassara½ oruyha g±yam±n± pupph±ni
bhañjati. Tasmi½ samaye s±maºero padumassaramatthakena gacchati,
gacchanto pana silesik±ya k±ºamacchik± viya tass± g²tasadde bajjhi. T±vade-
vassa iddhi antarahit±, chinnapakkhak±ko viya ahosi. Santasam±pattibalena pana
tattheva udakapiµµhe apatitv± simbalit³la½ viya patam±na½ anupubbena paduma-
sarat²re aµµh±si. So vegena gantv± upajjh±yassa pattac²vara½ datv± nivatti. Mah±-
thero “pageveta½ may± diµµha½, niv±riyam±nopi na nivattissat²”ti kiñci avatv±
piº¹±ya p±visi.
S±maºero gantv± padumasarat²re aµµh±si tass± paccuttaraºa½ ±gamayam±no.
S±pi s±maºera½ ±k±sena gacchantañca puna ±gantv± µhitañca disv± “addh± esa
ma½ niss±ya ukkaºµhito”ti ñatv± “paµikkama s±maºer±”ti ±ha. So paµikkami. Itar±
paccuttaritv± s±µaka½ niv±setv± ta½ upasaªkamitv± “ki½, bhante,”ti pucchi. So
tamattha½ ±rocesi. S± bah³hi k±raºehi ghar±v±se ±d²nava½ brahmacariyav±se
±nisa½sañca dassetv± ovadam±n±pi tassa ukkaºµha½ vinodetu½ asakkont²–
“aya½ mama k±raº± evar³p±ya iddhiy± parih²no, na d±ni yutta½ pariccajitun”ti
idheva tiµµh±ti vatv± ghara½ gantv± m±t±pit³na½ ta½ pavatti½ ±rocesi. Tepi
±gantv± n±nappak±ra½ ovadam±n± vacana½ aggaºhanta½ ±ha½su– “tva½
amhe uccakul±ti sallakkhesi, maya½ pesak±r±. Sakkhissasi pesak±rakamma½
k±tun”ti s±maºero ±ha– “up±saka gihibh³to n±ma pesak±rakamma½ v± kareyya
na¼ak±rakamma½ v±, ki½ imin± s±µakamattena lobha½ karoth±”ti. Pesak±ro
udare baddhas±µaka½ datv± ghara½ netv± dh²tara½ ad±si.
So pesak±rakamma½ uggaºhitv± pesak±rehi saddhi½ s±l±ya kamma½ karoti.
Aññesa½ itthiyo p±tova bhatta½ samp±detv± ±hari½su, tassa bhariy± na t±va ±ga-
cchati. So itaresu kamma½ vissajjetv± bhuñjam±nesu tasara½ vaµµento nis²di. S±
pacch± agam±si. Atha na½ so “aticirena (3.0172) ±gat±s²”ti tajjesi. M±tug±mo ca
n±ma api cakkavattir±j±na½ attani paµibaddhacitta½ ñatv± d±sa½ viya salla-
kkheti. Tasm± s± evam±ha– “aññesa½ ghare d±rupaººaloº±d²ni sannihit±ni, b±hi-
rato ±haritv± d±yak± pesanatak±rak±pi atthi, aha½ pana ekik±va, tvampi mayha½
ghare ida½ atthi ida½ natth²ti na j±n±si. Sace icchasi, bhuñja, no ce icchasi, m±
bhuñj±”ti. So “na kevalañca uss³re bhatta½ ±harasi, v±c±yapi ma½ ghaµµes²”ti
kujjhitv± añña½ paharaºa½ apassanto tameva tasaradaº¹aka½ tasarato luñcitv±
khipi. S± ta½ ±gacchanta½ disv± ²saka½ parivatti. Tasaradaº¹akassa ca koµi
n±ma tikhiº± hoti, s± tass± parivattam±n±ya akkhikoµiya½ pavisitv± aµµh±si. S±
ubhohi hatthehi vegena akkhi½ aggahesi, bhinnaµµh±nato lohita½ paggharati. So
tasmi½ k±le upajjh±yassa vacana½ anussari– “ida½ sandh±ya ma½ upajjh±yo
‘an±gate k±le k±ºapesak±riy± hatthehi madditakañjiya½ pivissas²’ti ±ha, ida½
therena diµµha½ bhavissati, aho d²ghadass² ayyo”ti mah±saddena roditu½ ±rabhi.
Tamena½ aññe– “ala½, ±vuso, m± rodi, akkhi n±ma bhinna½ na sakk± rodanena
paµip±katika½ k±tun”ti ±ha½su. So “n±hametamattha½ rod±mi, apica kho ima½
sandh±ya rod±m²”ti sabba½ paµip±µiy± kathesi. Eva½ uppann± samathavipa-
ssan± nirujjham±n± anatth±ya sa½vattanti.
Aparampi vatthu– ti½samatt± bhikkh³ kaly±ºimah±cetiya½ vanditv± aµavima-
ggena mah±magga½ otaram±n± antar±magge jh±makhette kamma½ katv± ±ga-
cchanta½ eka½ manussa½ addasa½su. Tassa sar²ra½ masimakkhita½ viya
ahosi. Masimakkhita½yeva eka½ k±s±va½ kaccha½ p²¼etv± nivattha½, olokiya-
m±no jh±makh±ºuko viya kh±yati. So divasabh±ge kamma½ katv± upa¹¹hajjh±ya-
m±n±na½ d±r³na½ kal±pa½ ukkhipitv± piµµhiya½ vippakiººehi kesehi kumma-
ggena ±gantv± bhikkh³na½ sammukhe aµµh±si. S±maºer± disv± aññamañña½
olokayam±n±,– “±vuso, tuyha½ pit± tuyha½ mah±pit± tuyha½ m±tulo”ti hasam±n±
gantv± “kon±mo tva½ up±sak±”ti n±ma½ pucchi½su. So n±ma½ pucchito vippaµi-
s±r² hutv± d±rukal±pa½ cha¹¹etv± (3.0173) vattha½ sa½vidh±ya niv±setv± mah±-
there vanditv± “tiµµhatha t±va, bhante,”ti ±ha. Mah±ther± aµµha½su.
 Daharas±maºer± ±gantv± mah±ther±na½ sammukh±pi parih±sa½ karonti. Up±-
sako ±ha– “bhante, tumhe ma½ passitv± parihasatha, ettakeneva matthaka½
pattamh±ti m± sallakkhetha. Ahampi pubbe tumh±disova samaºo ahosi½.
Tumh±ka½ pana cittekaggat±mattakampi natthi, aha½ imasmi½ s±sane mahi-
ddhiko mah±nubh±vo ahosi½, ±k±sa½ gahetv± pathavi½ karomi, pathavi½
±k±sa½. D³ra½ gaºhitv± santika½ karomi, santika½ d³ra½. Cakkav±¼asatasa-
hassa½ khaºena vinivijjh±mi. Hatthe me passatha, id±ni makkaµahatthasadis±,
aha½ imeheva hatthehi idha nisinnova candimas³riye par±masi½. Imesa½yeva
p±d±na½ candimas³riye p±dakathalika½ katv± nis²di½. Evar³p± me iddhi pam±-
dena antarahit±, tumhe m± pamajjittha. Pam±dena hi evar³pa½ byasana½ p±pu-
ºanti. Appamatt± viharant± j±tijar±maraºassa anta½ karonti. Tasm± tumhe
maññeva ±rammaºa½ karitv± appamatt± hotha, bhante,”ti tajjetv± ov±damad±si.
Te tassa kathentasseva sa½vega½ ±pajjitv± vipassam±n± ti½sajan± tattheva ara-
hatta½ p±puºi½s³ti. Evampi uppann± samathavipassan± nirujjham±n± anatth±ya
sa½vattant²ti veditabb±.
Anuppann±na½ p±pak±nanti cettha “anuppanno v± k±m±savo na uppajjat²”ti-±-
d²su vuttanayena attho veditabbo. Uppann±na½ p±pak±nanti ettha pana catu-
bbidha½ uppanna½ vattam±nuppanna½ bhutv±vigatuppanna½, ok±sakatu-
ppanna½, bh³miladdhuppannanti. Tattha ye kiles± vijjam±n± upp±d±disamaªgino,
ida½ vattam±nuppanna½ n±ma. Kamme pana javite ±rammaºarasa½ anubha-
vitv± niruddhavip±ko bhutv± vigata½ n±ma. Kamma½ uppajjitv± niruddha½
bhavitv± vigata½ n±ma. Tadubhayampi bhutv±vigatuppannanti saªkha½
gacchati. Kusal±kusala½ kamma½ aññassa kammassa vip±ka½ paµib±hitv±
attano vip±kassa ok±sa½ karoti, eva½ kate ok±se vip±ko uppajjam±no ok±sakara-
ºato paµµh±ya uppannoti saªkha½ gacchati. Ida½ ok±sakatuppanna½ n±ma.
Pañcakkhandh± pana vipassan±ya bh³mi n±ma. Te at²t±dibhed± honti. Tesu anu-
sayitakiles± pana at²t± v± an±gat± v± paccuppann± v±ti na vattabb±. At²takha-
ndhesu anusayit±pi hi appah²n±va honti, an±gatakhandhesu, paccuppannakha-
ndhesu (3.0174) anusayit±pi appah²n±va honti. Ida½ bh³miladdhuppanna½ n±ma.
Ten±hu por±º±– “t±su t±su bh³m²su asamuggh±titakiles± bh³miladdhuppann±ti
saªkha½ gacchant²”ti.
ppanna½, avikkhambhituppanna½ asamuggh±tituppannanti. Tattha sampati vatta-
m±na½yeva samud±c±ruppanna½ n±ma. Saki½ cakkh³ni umm²letv± ±rammaºe
nimitte gahite anussarit±nussaritakkhaºe kiles± nuppajjissant²ti na vattabb±.
Kasm±? ¾rammaºassa adhigahitatt±. Yath± ki½? Yath± kh²rarukkhassa kuµh±riy±
±hat±hataµµh±ne kh²ra½ na nikkhamissat²ti na vattabba½, eva½. Ida½ ±rammaº±-
dhigahituppanna½ N±ma. Sam±pattiy± avikkhambhit± kiles± pana imasmi½
n±ma µh±ne nuppajjissant²ti na vattabb±. Kasm±? Avikkhambhitatt±. Yath± ki½?
Yath± sace kh²rarukkhe kuµh±riy± ±haneyyu½, imasmi½ n±ma µh±ne kh²ra½ na
nikkhameyy±ti na vattabba½, eva½. Ida½ avikkhambhituppanna½ n±ma.
Maggena asamuggh±titakiles± pana bhavagge nibbattass±pi uppajjant²ti purima-
nayeneva vitth±retabba½. Ida½ asamuggh±tituppanna½ n±ma.
Imesu uppannesu vattam±nuppanna½ bhutv±vigatuppanna½ ok±sakatu-
ppanna½ samud±c±ruppannanti catubbidha½ uppanna½ na maggavajjha½,
bh³miladdhuppanna½ ±rammaº±dhigahituppanna½ avikkhambhituppanna½ asa-
muggh±tituppannanti catubbidha½ maggavajjha½. Maggo hi uppajjam±no ete
kilese pajahati. So ye kilese pajahati, te at²t± v± an±gat± v± paccuppann± v±ti na
vattabb±. Vuttampi ceta½–
“Hañci at²te kilese pajahati, tena hi kh²ºa½ khepeti, niruddha½ nirodheti, vigata½
vigameti atthaªgata½ atthaªgameti. At²ta½ ya½ natthi, ta½ pajahati. Hañci an±-
gate kilese pajahati, tena hi aj±ta½ pajahati, anibbatta½, anuppanna½, ap±tu-
bh³ta½ pajahati. An±gata½ ya½ natthi, ta½ pajahati, hañci paccuppanne kilese
pajahati, tena hi ratto r±ga½ pajahati, duµµho dosa½, m³¼ho moha½, vinibaddho
m±na½, par±maµµho diµµhi½, vikkhepagato uddhacca½, aniµµhaªgato vicikiccha½,
th±magato anusaya½ pajahati. Kaºhasukkadhamm± yuganaddh± samameva
vattanti. Sa½kilesik± maggabh±van± hoti …pe… tena hi natthi maggabh±van±,
natthi phalasacchikiriy±, natthi kilesappah±na½, natthi dhamm±bhisamayoti. Atthi
(3.0175) maggabh±van± …pe… atthi dhamm±bhisamayoti. Yath± katha½ viya,
seyyath±pi taruºo rukkho aj±taphalo …pe… ap±tubh³t±yeva na p±tubhavant²”ti.
Iti p±¼iya½ aj±taphalarukkho ±gato, j±taphalarukkhena pana d²petabba½. Yath±
hi saphalo taruºambarukkho, tassa phal±ni manuss± paribhuñjeyyu½, ses±ni
p±tetv± pacchiyo p³reyyu½. Athañño puriso ta½ pharasun± chindeyya, tenassa
neva at²t±ni phal±ni n±sit±ni honti, na an±gatapaccuppann±ni n±sit±ni. At²t±ni hi
manussehi paribhutt±ni, an±gat±ni anibbatt±ni, na sakk± n±setu½. Yasmi½ pana
samaye so chinno, tad± phal±niyeva natth²ti paccuppann±nipi an±sit±ni. Sace
pana rukkho acchinno, athassa pathav²rasañca ±porasañca ±gamma y±ni
phal±ni nibbatteyyu½, t±ni n±sit±ni honti. T±ni hi aj±t±neva na j±yanti, anibbatt±-
neva na nibbattanti, ap±tubh³t±neva na p±tubhavanti, evameva maggo n±pi at²t±-
dibhede kilese pajahati, n±pi na pajahati. Yesañhi kiles±na½ maggena khandhesu
apariññ±tesu uppatti siy±, maggena uppajjitv± khandh±na½ pariññ±tatt± te kiles±
aj±t±va na j±yanti, anibbatt±va na nibbattanti, ap±tubh³t±va na p±tubhavanti, taru-
ºaputt±ya itthiy± puna avij±yanattha½, by±dhit±na½ rogav³pasamanattha½ p²ta-
bhesajjehi c±pi ayamattho vibh±vetabbo. Eva½ maggo ye kilese pajahati, te at²t±
v± an±gat± v± paccuppann± v±ti na vattabb±, na ca maggo kilese na pajahati. Ye
pana maggo kilese pajahati, te sandh±ya “uppann±na½ p±pak±nan”ti-±di vutta½.
Na kevalañca maggo kileseyeva pajahati, kiles±na½ pana appah²natt± ye ca
uppajjeyyu½ up±dinnakakkhandh±, tepi pajahatiyeva. Vuttampi ceta½– “sot±patti-
maggañ±ºena abhisaªkh±raviññ±ºassa nirodhena satta bhave µhapetv± anama-
tagge sa½s±re ye uppajjeyyu½ n±mañca r³pañca, etthete nirujjhant²”ti (c³¼ani. 6)
vitth±ro. Iti maggo up±dinna-anup±dinnato vuµµh±ti. Bhavavasena pana sot±patti-
maggo ap±yabhavato vuµµh±ti, sakad±g±mimaggo sugatibhavekadesato, an±g±-
mimaggo sugatik±mabhavato, arahattamaggo (3.0176) r³p±r³pabhavato vuµµh±ti.
Sabbabhavehi vuµµh±tiyev±tipi vadanti.
Atha maggakkhaºe katha½ anuppann±na½ upp±d±ya bh±van± hoti, katha½ v±
uppann±na½ µhitiy±ti. Maggappavattiy±yeva. Maggo hi pavattam±no pubbe anu-
ppannapubbatt± anuppanno n±ma vuccati. An±gatapubbañhi µh±na½ ±gantv±
ananubh³tapubba½ v± ±rammaºa½ anubhavitv± vatt±ro bhavanti “an±gata-
µµh±na½ ±gatamh±, ananubh³ta½ ±rammaºa½ anubhav±m±”ti. Y± cassa pavatti,
ayameva µhiti n±m±ti µhitiy± bh±vet²tipi vattu½ vaµµati.
Iddhip±desu saªkhepakath± cetokhilasutte (ma. ni. 1.185 ±dayo) vutt±. Upasa-
mam±na½ gacchati, kiles³pasamattha½ v± gacchat²ti upasamag±m². Sambujjha-
m±n± gacchati, maggasambodhatth±ya v± gacchat²ti sambodhag±m².
Vivekanissit±d²ni sabb±savasa½vare vutt±ni. Ayamettha saªkhepo, vitth±rato
pan±ya½ bodhipakkhiyakath± visuddhimagge vutt±.
248. Vimokkhakath±ya½ vimokkheti kenaµµhena vimokkh±, adhimuccanaµµhena.
Ko pan±ya½ adhimuccanaµµho n±ma? Paccan²kadhammehi ca suµµhu mucca-
naµµho, ±rammaºe ca abhirativasena suµµhu muccanaµµho, pitu-aªke vissaµµhaªga-
paccaªgassa d±rakassa sayana½ viya aniggahitabh±vena nir±saªkat±ya ±ra-
mmaºe pavatt²ti vutta½ hoti. Aya½ panattho pacchimavimokkhe natthi, purimesu
sabbesu atthi. R³p² r³p±ni passat²ti ettha ajjhattakes±d²su n²lakasiº±divasena
upp±dita½ r³pajjh±na½ r³pa½, tadassa atth²ti r³p². Bahiddh± r³p±ni passat²ti
bahiddh±pi n²lakasiº±d²ni r³p±ni jh±nacakkhun± passati. Imin± ajjhatta bahiddh±-
vatthukesu kasiºesu upp±ditajjh±nassa puggalassa catt±ripi r³p±vacarajjh±n±ni
dassit±ni.
Ajjhatta½ ar³pasaññ²ti ajjhatta½ na r³pasaññ², attano kes±d²su anupp±ditar³p±-
vacarajjh±noti attho. Imin± bahiddh± parikamma½ katv± bahiddh±va upp±ditajjh±-
nassa r³p±vacarajjh±n±ni dassit±ni. Subhanteva adhimutto hot²ti imin± suvisu-
ddhesu n²l±d²su vaººakasiºesu jh±n±ni dassit±ni. Tattha kiñc±pi anto-appan±ya½
subhanti (3.0177) ±bhogo natthi, yo pana suvisuddha½ subhakasiºa½ ±ra-
mmaºa½ katv± viharati, so yasm± subhanti adhimutto hot²ti vattabbata½ ±pajjati,
tasm± eva½ desan± kat±. Paµisambhid±magge pana “katha½ subhanteva adhi-
mutto hot²ti vimokkho. Idha bhikkhu mett±sahagatena cetas± eka½ disa½ pharitv±
viharati …pe… mett±ya bh±vitatt± satt± appaµik³l± honti. Karuº±sahagatena,
mudit±sahagatena, upekkh±sahagatena cetas± eka½ disa½ pharitv± viharati
…pe… upekkh±ya bh±vitatt± satt± appaµik³l± honti. Eva½ subhanteva adhimutto
hot²ti vimokkho”ti (paµi. ma. 1.212) vutta½.
Sabbaso r³pasaññ±nanti-±d²su ya½ vattabba½, ta½ sabba½ visuddhimagge
vuttameva. Aya½ aµµhamo vimokkhoti aya½ catunna½ khandh±na½ sabbaso
vissaµµhatt± vimuttatt± aµµhamo uttamo vimokkho n±ma.
249. Abhibh±yatanakath±ya½ abhibh±yatan±n²ti abhibhavanak±raº±ni. Ki½
abhibhavanti? Paccan²kadhammepi ±rammaº±nipi. T±ni hi paµipakkhabh±vena
paccan²kadhamme abhibhavanti, puggalassa ñ±ºuttarit±ya ±rammaº±ni. Ajjhatta½
r³pasaññ²ti-±d²su pana ajjhattar³pe parikammavasena ajjhatta½ r³pasaññ² n±ma
hoti. Ajjhattañca n²laparikamma½ karonto kese v± pitte v± akkhit±rak±ya v±
karoti, p²taparikamma½ karonto mede v± chaviy± v± hatthatalap±datalesu v±
akkh²na½ p²taµµh±ne v± karoti, lohitaparikamma½ karonto ma½se v± lohite v±
jivh±ya v± akkh²na½ rattaµµh±ne v± karoti, od±taparikamma½ karonto aµµhimhi v±
dante v± nakhe v± akkh²na½ setaµµh±ne v± karoti. Ta½ pana sun²la½ sup²taka½
sulohitaka½ su-od±ta½ na hoti, asuvisuddhameva hoti.
Eko bahiddh± r³p±ni passat²Ti yasseta½ parikamma½ ajjhatta½ uppanna½
hoti, nimitta½ pana bahiddh±, so eva½ ajjhatta½ parikammassa bahiddh± ca
appan±ya vasena– “ajjhatta½ r³pasaññ² eko bahiddh± r³p±ni passat²”ti vuccati.
Paritt±n²ti ava¹¹hit±ni. Suvaººadubbaºº±n²ti suvaºº±ni v± hontu dubbaºº±ni v±,
parittavaseneva idamabhibh±yatana½ vuttanti veditabba½. T±ni (3.0178) abhibhu-
yy±ti yath± n±ma sampannagahaºiko kaµacchumatta½ bhatta½ labhitv± “kimettha
bhuñjitabba½ atth²”ti saªka¹¹hitv± ekakaba¼ameva karoti, evameva½ ñ±ºuttariko
puggalo visadañ±ºo– “kimettha parittake ±rammaºe sam±pajjitabba½ atthi, n±ya½
mama bh±ro”ti t±ni r³p±ni abhibhavitv± sam±pajjati, saha nimittupp±denevettha
appana½ p±pet²ti attho. J±n±mi pass±m²ti imin± panassa ±bhogo kathito, so ca
kho sam±pattito vuµµhitassa, na antosam±pattiya½. Eva½saññ² hot²ti ±bhogasa-
ññ±yapi jh±nasaññ±yapi eva½saññ² hoti. Abhibhavasaññ± hissa antosam±pa-
ttiya½ atthi, ±bhogasaññ± pana sam±pattito vuµµhitasseva.
Appam±º±n²ti va¹¹hitappam±º±ni, mahant±n²ti attho. Abhibhuyy±ti ettha pana
yath± mahagghaso puriso eka½ bhattava¹¹hitaka½ labhitv± “aññ±pi hotu,
aññ±pi hotu, kimes± mayha½ karissat²”ti ta½ na mahantato passati, evameva
ñ±ºuttaro puggalo visadañ±ºo “kimettha sam±pajjitabba½, nayida½ appam±ºa½,
na mayha½ cittekaggat±karaºe bh±ro atth²”ti t±ni abhibhavitv± sam±pajjati, saha
nimittupp±denevettha appana½ p±pet²ti attho.
Ajjhatta½ ar³pasaññ²ti al±bhit±ya v± anatthikat±ya v± ajjhattar³pe parikamma-
saññ±virahito. Eko bahiddh± r³p±ni passat²Ti yassa parikammampi nimittampi
bahiddh±va uppanna½, so eva½ bahiddh± parikammassa ceva appan±ya ca
vasena– “ajjhatta½ ar³pasaññ² eko bahiddh± r³p±ni passat²”ti vuccati. Sesa-
mettha catutth±bhibh±yatane vuttanayameva. Imesu pana cat³su paritta½ vitakka-
caritavasena ±gata½, appam±ºa½ mohacaritavasena, suvaººa½ dosacaritava-
sena, dubbaººa½ r±gacaritavasena. Etesañhi et±ni sapp±y±ni. S± ca nesa½
sapp±yat± vitth±rato visuddhimaggecariyaniddese vutt±.
 Pañcama-abhibh±yatan±d²su n²l±n²ti sabbasaªg±hikavasena vutta½. N²lavaºº±-
n²ti vaººavasena. N²lanidassan±n²ti nidassanavasena. Apaññ±yam±navivar±ni
asambhinnavaºº±ni ekan²l±neva hutv± dissant²ti vutta½ (3.0179) hoti. N²lanibh±s±-
n²ti ida½ pana obh±savasena vutta½, n²lobh±s±ni n²lapabh±yutt±n²ti attho. Etena
nesa½ suvisuddhata½ dasseti. Visuddhavaººavaseneva hi im±ni catt±ri abhibh±-
yatan±ni vutt±ni. Um±pupphanti etañhi puppha½ siniddha½ mudu½ dissam±-
nampi n²lameva hoti. Girikaººikapupph±d²ni pana dissam±n±ni setadh±tuk±ni
honti. Tasm± idameva gahita½, na t±ni. B±r±ºaseyyakanti b±r±ºasiya½ bhava½.
Tattha kira kapp±sopi mudu, suttakantik±yopi tantav±y±pi chek±, udakampi suci
siniddha½, tasm± vattha½ ubhatobh±gavimaµµha½ hoti, dv²su passesu maµµha½
mudu siniddha½ kh±yati. P²t±n²ti-±d²su imin±va nayena attho veditabbo. “N²laka-
siºa½ uggaºhanto n²lasmi½ nimitta½ gaºh±ti pupphasmi½ v± vatthasmi½ v±
vaººadh±tuy± v±”ti-±dika½ panettha kasiºakaraºañceva parikammañca appan±-
vidh±nañca sabba½ visuddhimagge vitth±rato vuttameva.
Abhiññ±vos±nap±ramippatt±ti ito pubbesu satipaµµh±n±d²su te dhamme
bh±vetv± arahattappatt±va abhiññ±vos±nap±ramippatt± n±ma honti, imesu pana
aµµhasu abhibh±yatanesu ciººavas²bh±v±yeva abhiññ±vos±nap±ramippatt± n±ma.
250. Kasiºakath±ya½ sakalaµµhena kasiº±ni, tad±rammaº±na½ dhamm±na½
khettaµµhena adhiµµh±naµµhena v± ±yatan±ni. Uddhanti upari gaganatal±bhi-
mukha½. Adhoti heµµh± bh³mital±bhimukha½. Tiriyanti khettamaº¹alamiva
samant± paricchinditv±. Ekacco hi uddhameva kasiºa½ va¹¹heti, ekacco adho,
ekacco samantato. Tena tena k±raºena eva½ pas±reti
±lokamiva r³padassanak±mo. Tena vutta½– “pathav²kasiºameko sañj±n±ti
uddha½-adhotiriyan”ti. Advayanti dis±-anudis±su advaya½. Ida½ pana ekassa
aññabh±v±nupagamanattha½ vutta½. Yath± hi udaka½ paviµµhassa sabbadis±su
udakameva hoti anañña½, evameva½ pathav²kasiºa½ pathav²kasiºameva hoti,
natthi tassa añño kasiºasambhedoti. Esa nayo sabbattha. Appam±ºanti ida½
tassa tassa pharaºa-appam±ºavasena vutta½. Tañhi cetas± pharanto sakala-
meva pharati, ayamassa ±di, ida½ majjhanti pam±ºa½ gaºh±t²ti. Viññ±ºakasi-
ºanti cettha (3.0180) kasiºuggh±µim±k±se pavatta½ viññ±ºa½. Tattha kasiºava-
sena kasiºuggh±µim±k±se, kasiºuggh±µim±k±savasena tattha pavattaviññ±ºe
uddha½-adhotiriyat± veditabb±. Ayamettha saªkhepo. Kammaµµh±nabh±van±na-
yena panet±ni pathav²kasiº±d²ni vitth±rato visuddhimagge vutt±neva. Idh±pi ciººa-
vasibh±veneva abhiññ±vos±nap±ramippatt± hont²ti veditabb±. Tath± ito ananta-
resu cat³su jh±nesu. Ya½ panettha vattabba½, ta½ mah±-assapurasutte vutta-
meva.
252. Vipassan±ñ±ºe pana r³p²ti-±d²namattho vuttoyeva. Ettha sitamettha paµiba-
ddhanti ettha c±tumah±bh³tike k±ye nissitañca paµibaddhañca. Subhoti sundaro.
J±tim±ti suparisuddha-±karasamuµµhito. Suparikammakatoti suµµhu katapari-
kammo apan²tap±s±ºasakkharo. Acchoti tanucchavi. Vippasannoti suµµhu vippa-
sanno. Sabb±k±rasampannoti dhovana vedhan±d²hi sabbehi ±k±rehi sampanno.
N²lanti-±d²hi vaººasampatti½ dasseti. T±disañhi ±vuta½ p±kaµa½ hoti.
Evameva khoti ettha eva½ upam±sa½sandana½ veditabba½– maºi viya hi kara-
jak±yo. ¾vutasutta½ viya vipassan±ñ±ºa½. Cakkhum± puriso viya vipassan±-
l±bh² bhikkhu. Hatthe karitv± paccavekkhato “aya½ kho maº²”ti maºino ±vibh³ta-
k±lo viya vipassan±ñ±ºa½ abhin²haritv± nisinnassa bhikkhuno c±tumah±bh³tika-
k±yassa ±vibh³tak±lo. “Tatrida½ sutta½ ±vutan”ti suttassa ±vibh³tak±lo viya vipa-
ssan±ñ±ºa½ abhin²haritv± nisinnassa bhikkhuno tad±rammaº±na½ phassapañca-
mak±na½ v± sabbacittacetasik±na½ v± vipassan±ñ±ºasseva v± ±vibh³tak±loti.
Ki½ paneta½ ñ±ºassa ±vibh³ta½, puggalass±ti. ѱºassa, tassa pana ±vibh±-
vatt± puggalassa ±vibh³t±va honti. Idañca vipassan±ñ±ºa½ maggassa anantara½,
eva½ santepi yasm± abhiññ±v±re ±raddhe etassa antar±v±ro natthi, tasm±
idheva dassita½. Yasm± ca anicc±divasena akatasammasanassa dibb±ya sota-
dh±tuy± bheravasadda½ suºanto pubbeniv±s±nussatiy± bherave khandhe anu-
ssarato dibbena cakkhun± bheravar³pa½ (3.0181) passato bhayasant±so uppa-
jjati, na anicc±divasena katasammasanassa, tasm± abhiññ±pattassa bhayavinoda-
kahetusamp±danatthampi ida½ idheva dassita½. Idh±pi arahattavaseneva abhi-
ññ±vos±nap±ramippattat± veditabb±.
253. Manomayiddhiya½ ciººavasit±ya. Tattha manomayanti manena nibbatta½.
Sabbaªgapaccaªginti sabbehi aªgehi ca paccaªgehi ca samann±gata½. Ah²nindri-
yanti saºµh±navasena avikalindriya½. Iddhimat± nimmitar³pañhi sace iddhim±
od±to, tampi od±ta½. Sace aviddhakaººo, tampi aviddhakaººanti eva½ sabb±k±-
rehi tena sadisameva hoti. Muñjamh± ²sikanti-±di upamattayampi ta½ sadisabh±-
vadassanatthameva vutta½. Muñjasadis± eva hi tassa anto ²sik± hoti. Kosasadiso-
yeva asi, vaµµ±ya kosiy± vaµµa½ asimeva pakkhipanti, patthaµ±ya patthaµa½.
Karaº¹±ti idampi ahikañcukassa n±ma½, na vil²vakaraº¹akassa. Ahikañcuko
hi ahin± sadisova hoti. Tattha kiñc±pi “puriso ahi½ karaº¹± uddhareyy±”ti
hatthena uddharam±no viya dassito, atha kho cittenevassa uddharaºa½ vedi-
tabba½. Ayañhi ahi n±ma saj±tiya½ µhito, kaµµhantara½ v± rukkhantara½ v±
niss±ya, tacato sar²ranikka¹¹hanapayogasaªkh±tena th±mena, sar²ra½ kh±da-
m±na½ viya pur±ºataca½ jigucchantoti imehi cat³hi k±raºehi sayameva
kañcuka½ jah±ti, na sakk± tato aññena uddharitu½. Tasm± cittena uddharaºa½
sandh±ya ida½ vuttanti veditabba½. Iti muñj±disadisa½ imassa bhikkhuno sar²ra½,
²sik±disadisa½ nimmitar³panti idamettha opammasa½sandana½. Nimm±navi-
dh±na½ panettha parato ca iddhividh±dipañca-abhiññ±kath± sabb±k±rena visu-
ddhimagge Vitth±rit±ti tattha vuttanayeneva veditabb±. Upam±mattameva hi idha
adhika½.
Tattha chekakumbhak±r±dayo viya iddhividhañ±ºal±bh² bhikkhu daµµhabbo.
Suparikammakatamattik±dayo viya iddhividhañ±ºa½ daµµhabba½. Icchiticchita-
bh±janavikati-±dikaraºa½ viya tassa bhikkhuno vikubbana½ daµµhabba½. Idh±pi
ciººavasit±vaseneva abhiññ±vos±nap±ramippattat± veditabb±. Tath± ito par±su
cat³su abhiññ±su.
255. Tattha (3.0182) dibbasotadh±tu-upam±ya½ saªkhadhamoti saªkhadha-
mako. Appakasirenev±ti niddukkheneva. Viññ±peyy±ti j±n±peyya. Tattha eva½
c±tuddis± viññ±pente saªkhadhamake “saªkhasaddo ayan”ti vavatth±pent±na½
satt±na½ tassa saªkhasaddassa ±vibh³tak±lo viya yogino d³rasantikabhed±na½
dibb±nañceva m±nusak±nañca sadd±na½ ±vibh³tak±lo daµµhabbo.
256. Cetopariyañ±ºa-upam±ya½ daharoti taruºo. Yuv±ti yobbanena samann±-
gato. Maº¹anakaj±tikoti yuv±pi sam±no na alasiyo kiliµµhavatthasar²ro, atha kho
maº¹anakapakatiko, divasassa dve tayo v±re nh±yitv± suddhavattha-paridahana-
alaªk±rakaraºas²loti attho. Sakaºikanti k±¼atilakavaªka-mukhad³sip²¼ak±d²na½
aññatarena sadosa½. Tattha yath± tassa mukhanimitta½ paccavekkhato mukha-
doso p±kaµo hoti, eva½ cetopariyañ±º±ya citta½ abhin²haritv± nisinnassa
bhikkhuno paresa½ so¼asavidha½ citta½ p±kaµa½ hot²ti veditabba½. Pubbeniv±-
sa-upam±d²su ya½ vattabba½, ta½ sabba½ mah±-assapure vuttameva.
259. Aya½ kho ud±yi pañcamo dhammoti ek³nav²sati pabb±ni paµipad±vasena
eka½ dhamma½ katv± pañcamo dhammoti vutto. Yath± hi aµµhakan±garasutte
(ma. ni. 2.17 ±dayo) ek±dasa pabb±ni pucch±vasena ekadhammo kato, evamidha
ek³nav²sati pabb±ni paµipad±vasena eko dhammo katoti veditabb±ni. Imesu ca
pana ek³nav²satiy± pabbesu paµip±µiy± aµµhasu koµµh±sesu vipassan±ñ±ºe ca ±sa-
vakkhayañ±ºe ca arahattavasena abhiññ±vos±nap±ramippattat± veditabb±,
sesesu ciººavasibh±vavasena. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya
 Mah±sakulud±yisuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

8. Samaºamuº¹ikasuttavaººan±

260. Eva½ (3.0183) me sutanti samaºamuº¹ikasutta½. Tattha ugg±ham±noti

tassa paribb±jakassa n±ma½. Sumanoti pakatin±ma½. Kiñci kiñci pana uggahitu½
ugg±hetu½ samatthat±ya ugg±ham±noti na½ sañj±nanti. Samaya½ pavadanti
etth±ti samayappav±daka½. Tasmi½ kira µh±ne caªk²t±rukkhapokkharas±tippa-
bhutayo br±hmaº± nigaºµh±celakaparibb±jak±dayo ca pabbajit± sannipatitv±
attano attano samaya½ pavadanti kathenti d²penti, tasm± so ±r±mo samayappav±-
dakoti vuccati. Sveva tinduk±c²rasaªkh±t±ya timbar³sakarukkhapantiy± parikkhi-
ttatt± tinduk±c²ra½. Yasm± panettha paµhama½ ek± s±l± ahosi, pacch± mah±-
puñña½ poµµhap±daparibb±jaka½ niss±ya bah³ s±l± kat±, tasm± tameva eka½
s±la½ up±d±ya laddhan±mavasena ekas±lakoti vuccati. Mallik±ya pana pasena-
dirañño deviy± uyy±nabh³to so pupphaphalasañchanno ±r±moti katv± mallik±ya
±r±moti saªkha½ gato. Tasmi½ samayappav±dake tinduk±c²re ekas±lake malli-
k±ya ±r±me. Paµivasat²ti v±saph±sut±ya vasati. Div± divass±ti divasassa div±
n±ma majjhanh±tikkamo, tasmi½ divasassapi div±bh³te atikkantamatte majjha-
nhike nikkham²ti attho. Paµisall²noti tato tato r³p±digocarato citta½ paµisa½haritv±
l²no, jh±naratisevanavasena ek²bh±va½ gato. Manobh±van²y±nanti manava¹¹ha-
nak±na½, ye ±vajjato manasikaroto citta½ vin²varaºa½ hoti unnamati va¹¹hati.
Y±vat±ti yattak±. Aya½ tesa½ aññataroti aya½ tesa½ abbhantaro eko s±vako.
Appeva n±m±ti tassa upasaªkamana½ patthayam±no ±ha. Patthan±k±raºa½
pana sandakasutte vuttameva.
261. Etadavoc±ti dandapañño aya½ gahapati, dhammakath±ya na½ saªga-
ºhitv± attano s±vaka½ kariss±m²ti maññam±no eta½ “cat³hi kho”ti-±divacana½
avoca. Tattha paññpem²ti dassemi µhapemi. Sampannakusalanti paripuººaku-
sala½. Paramakusalanti uttamakusala½. Ayojjhanti v±dayuddhena yujjhitv±
c±letu½ asakkuºeyya½ acala½ nikkampa½ thira½. Na (3.0184) karot²ti akaraºa-
mattameva vadati, ettha pana sa½varappah±na½ v± paµisevanappah±na½ v± na
vadati. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo.
Neva abhinand²ti titthiy± n±ma j±nitv±pi aj±nitv±pi ya½ v± ta½ v± vadant²ti
maññam±no n±bhinandi. Na paµikkos²ti s±sanassa anuloma½ viya pasann±k±ra½
viya vadat²ti maññam±no na paµisedheti.
262. Yath± ugg±ham±nass±ti yath± tassa vacana½, eva½ sante utt±naseyyako
kum±ro ayojjhasamaºo thirasamaºo bhavissati, maya½ pana eva½ na vad±m±ti
d²peti. K±yotipi na hot²ti sakak±yo parak±yotipi visesañ±ºa½ na hoti. Aññatra
phanditamatt±ti paccattharaºe valisamphassena v± maªguladaµµhena v± k±yapha-
ndanamatta½ n±ma hoti. Ta½ µhapetv± añña½ k±yena karaºakamma½ n±ma
natthi. Tampi ca kilesasahagatacitteneva hoti. V±c±tipi na hot²ti micch±v±c±
samm±v±c±tipi n±natta½ na hoti. Roditamatt±ti jighacch±pip±s±paretassa pana
roditamatta½ hoti. Tampi kilesasahagatacitteneva. Saªkappoti micch±saªkappo
samm±saªkappotipi n±natta½ na hoti. Vik³jitamatt±ti vik³jitamatta½ rodanahasita-
matta½ hoti. Daharakum±rak±nañhi citta½ at²t±rammaºa½ pavattati, nirayato
±gat± nirayadukkha½ saritv± rodanti, devalokato ±gat± hasanti, tampi kilesasaha-
gatacitteneva hoti. ¾j²voti micch±j²vo samm±j²votipi n±natta½ na hoti. Aññatra m±tu-
thaññ±ti thaññacorad±rak± n±ma honti, m±tari kh²ra½ p±yantiy± apivitv± aññavihi-
tak±le piµµhipassena ±gantv± thañña½ pivanti. Ettaka½ muñcitv± añño micch±j²vo
natthi. Ayampi kilesasahagatacitteneva hot²ti dasseti.
263. Eva½ paribb±jakav±da½ paµikkhipitv± id±ni saya½ sekkhabh³miya½
m±tika½ µhapento cat³hi kho ahanti-±dim±ha. Tattha samadhigayha tiµµhat²ti vise-
setv± tiµµhati. Na k±yena p±pa kammanti-±d²su na kevala½ akaraºamattameva,
bhagav± pana ettha sa½varappah±napaµisaªkh± paññapeti. Ta½ (3.0185)
sandh±yevam±ha. Na ceva sampannakusalanti-±di pana kh²º±sava½ sandh±ya
vutta½.
Id±ni asekkhabh³miya½ m±tika½ µhapento dasahi kho ahanti-±dim±ha. Tattha
t²ºi pad±ni niss±ya dve paµhamacatukk± µhapit±, eka½ pada½ niss±ya dve pacchi-
macatukk±. Aya½ sekkhabh³miya½ m±tik±.
264. Id±ni ta½ vibhajanto katame ca thapati akusalas²l±ti-±dim±ha. Tattha sar±-
ganti aµµhavidha½ lobhasahagatacitta½. Sadosanti paµighasampayuttacittadvaya½.
Samohanti vicikicchuddhaccasahagatacittadvayampi vaµµati, sabb±kusalacitt±nipi.
Moho sabb±kusale uppajjat²ti hi vutta½. Itosamuµµh±n±ti ito sar±g±dicittato samu-
µµh±na½ uppatti etesanti itosamuµµh±n±.
Kuhinti katara½ µh±na½ p±puºitv± aparises± nirujjhanti. Ettheteti sot±pattiphale
bhumma½. P±timokkhasa½varas²lañhi
sot±pattiphale paripuººa½ hoti, ta½ µh±na½ patv± akusalas²la½ asesa½ niru-
jjhati. Akusalas²lanti ca duss²lasseta½ adhivacananti veditabba½.
Akusal±na½ s²l±na½ nirodh±ya paµipannoti ettha y±va sot±pattimagg± niro-
dh±ya paµipanno n±ma hoti, phalapatte pana te nirodhit± n±ma honti.
265. V²tar±ganti-±d²hi aµµhavidha½ k±m±vacarakusalacittameva vutta½. Etena
hi kusalas²la½ samuµµh±ti.
S²lav± hot²ti s²lasampanno hoti guºasampanno ca. No ca s²lamayoti alamett±-
vat±, natthi ito kiñci uttari karaº²yanti eva½ s²lamayo na hoti. Yatthassa teti araha-
ttaphale bhumma½. Arahattaphalañhi patv± akusalas²la½ asesa½ nirujjhati.
Nirodh±ya paµipannoti ettha y±va arahattamagg± nirodh±ya paµipanno n±ma
hoti, phalapatte pana te nirodhit± n±ma honti.
266. K±masaññ±d²su k±masaññ± aµµhalobhasahagatacittasahaj±t±, itar± dve
domanassasahagatacittadvayena sahaj±t±.
Paµhama½ (3.0186) jh±nanti an±g±miphalapaµhamajjh±na½. Ettheteti an±g±mi-
phale bhumma½. An±g±miphalañhi patv± akusalasaªkapp± aparises± nirujjhanti.
Nirodh±ya paµipannoti ettha y±va an±g±mimagg± nirodh±ya paµipanno n±ma
hoti, phalapatte pana te nirodhit± n±ma honti. Nekkhammasaññ±dayo hi tissopi
aµµhak±m±vacarakusalasahaj±tasaññ±va.
267. Ettheteti arahattaphale bhumma½. Dutiyajjh±nika½ arahattaphalañhi p±pu-
ºitv± kusalasaªkapp± aparises± nirujjhanti. Nirodh±ya paµipannoti ettha y±va ara-
hattamagg± nirodh±ya paµipanno n±ma hoti, phalapatte pana te nirodhit± n±ma
honti. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Samaºamuº¹ikasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

9. C³¼asakulud±yisuttavaººan±

270. Eva½ me sutanti c³¼asakulud±yisutta½. Tattha yad± pana, bhante, bhaga-

v±ti ida½ paribb±jako dhammakatha½ sotuk±mo bhagavato dhammadesan±ya
s±layabh±va½ dassento ±ha.
271. Ta½yevettha paµibh±t³ti sace dhamma½ sotuk±mo, tuyhevettha eko
pañho eka½ k±raºa½ upaµµh±tu. Yath± ma½ paµibh±seyy±ti yena k±raºena
mama dhammadesan± upaµµhaheyya, etena hi k±raºena kath±ya samuµµhit±ya
sukha½ dhamma½ desetunti d²peti. Tassa mayha½, bhanteti so kira ta½ disv±–
“sace bhagav± idha abhaviss±, ayametassa bh±sitassa atthoti d²pasahassa½ viya
ujjal±petv± ajja me p±kaµa½ akariss±”ti dasabala½yeva anussari. Tasm± tassa
mayha½, bhanteTi-±dim±ha. Tattha aho n³n±ti anussaraºatthe nip±tadvaya½.
Tena tassa bhagavanta½ anussarantassa etadahosi “aho n³na bhagav± aho
n³na sugato”ti. Yo imesanti yo imesa½ dhamm±na½. Sukusaloti suµµhu (3.0187)
kusalo nipuºo cheko. So bhagav± aho n³na katheyya, so sugato aho n³na
katheyya, tassa hi bhagavato pubbeniv±sañ±ºassa anek±ni kappakoµisahass±ni
ekaªgaº±ni p±kaµ±n²ti, ayamettha adhipp±yo.
Tassa v±ha½ pubbanta½ ±rabbh±ti yo hi l±bh² hoti, so “pubbe tva½ khattiyo
ahosi, br±hmaºo ahos²”ti vutte j±nanto sakkacca½ suss³sati. Al±bh² pana– “eva½
bhavissati eva½ bhavissat²”ti s²sakampamettameva dasseti. Tasm± evam±ha–
“tassa v±ha½ pubbanta½ ±rabbha pañhassa veyy±karaºena citta½ ±r±dheyyan”-
ti.
So v± ma½ aparantanti dibbacakkhul±bhino hi an±gata½sañ±ºa½ ijjhati, tasm±
evam±ha. Itara½ pubbe vuttanayameva.
Dhamma½ te desess±m²ti aya½ kira at²te desiyam±nepi na bujjhissati, an±gate
desiyam±nepi na bujjhissati. Athassa bhagav± saºhasukhuma½ paccay±k±ra½
desetuk±mo evam±ha. Ki½ pana ta½ bujjhissat²ti? Eta½ pageva na bujjhissati,
an±gate panassa v±san±ya paccayo bhavissat²ti disv± bhagav± evam±ha.
Pa½supis±cakanti asuciµµh±ne nibbattapis±ca½. So hi eka½ m³la½ gahetv±
adissam±nak±yo hoti. Tatrida½ vatthu– ek± kira yakkhin² dve d±rake th³p±r±ma-
dv±re nis²d±petv± ±h±rapariyesanattha½ nagara½ gat±. D±rak± eka½ piº¹ap±ti-
katthera½ disv± ±ha½su,– “bhante, amh±ka½ m±t± anto nagara½ paviµµh±, tass±
vadeyy±tha ‘ya½ v± ta½ v± laddhaka½, gahetv± s²gha½ gaccha, d±rak± te jigha-
cchita½ sandh±retu½ na sakkont²’”ti. Tamaha½ katha½ passiss±m²ti? Ida½,
bhante, gaºhath±ti eka½ m³lakhaº¹a½ ada½su. Therassa anek±ni yakkhasaha-
ss±ni paññ±yi½su, so d±rakehi dinnasaññ±ºena ta½ yakkhini½ addasa vir³pa½
b²bhaccha½ kevala½ v²thiya½ gabbhamala½ pacc±s²sam±na½. Disv± tamattha½
kathesi. Katha½ ma½ tva½ passas²ti vutte m³lakhaº¹a½ dassesi, s± acchinditv±
gaºhi. Eva½ pa½supis±cak± eka½ m³la½ gahetv± adissam±nak±y± honti. Ta½
sandh±yesa “pa½supis±cakampi (3.0188) na pass±m²”ti ±ha. Na pakkh±yat²ti na
dissati na upaµµh±ti.
272. D²gh±pi kho te es±ti ud±yi es± tava v±c± d²gh±pi bhaveyya, eva½ vada-
ntassa vassasatampi vassasahassampi pavatteyya, na ca attha½ d²peyy±ti adhi-
pp±yo. App±µih²rakatanti aniyy±nika½ am³laka½ niratthaka½ sampajjat²ti attho.
Id±ni ta½ vaººa½ dassento seyyath±pi, bhanteti-±dim±ha. Tattha paº¹uka-
mbale nikkhittoti visabh±gavaººe rattakambale µhapito. Eva½vaººo att± hot²ti
ida½ so subhakiºhadevaloke nibbattakkhandhe sandh±ya– “amh±ka½ matak±le
att± subhakiºhadevaloke khandh± viya jotet²”ti vadati.
273. Aya½ imesa½ ubhinnanti so kira yasm± maºissa bahi ±bh± na niccharati,
khajjopanakassa aªguladvaªgulacaturaªgulamatta½ niccharati, mah±khajjopana-
kassa pana kha¼amaº¹alamattampi niccharatiyeva, tasm± evam±ha.
Viddheti ubbiddhe, meghavigamena d³r²bh³teti attho. Vigataval±haketi apagata-
meghe. Deveti ±k±se. Osadhit±rak±ti sukkat±rak±. S± hi yasm± tass± udayato
paµµh±ya tena saññ±ºena osadh±ni gaºhantipi pivantipi, tasm± “osadhit±rak±”ti
vuccati. Abhido a¹¹harattasamayanti abhinne a¹¹harattasamaye. Imin± gagana-
majjhe µhitacanda½ dasseti. Abhido majjhanhikepi eseva nayo.
Ato khoti ye anubhonti, tehi bahutar±, bah³ ceva bahutar± c±ti attho. ¾bh± n±nu-
bhont²ti obh±sa½ na va¼añjanti, attano sar²robh±seneva ±loka½ pharitv± viharanti.
274. Id±ni yasm± so “ekantasukha½ loka½ pucchiss±m²”ti nisinno, pucch±-
m³¼ho pana j±to, tasm± na½ bhagav± ta½ puccha½ sar±pento ki½ pana, ud±yi,
atthi ekantasukho lokoti-±dim±ha. Tattha (3.0189) ±k±ravat²ti k±raºavat². Añña-
tara½ v± pana tapoguºanti acelakap±¼i½ sandh±y±ha, sur±p±navirat²ti attho.
275. Katam± pana s±, bhante, ±k±ravat² paµipad± ekantasukhass±ti kasm±
pucchati? Eva½ kirassa ahosi– “maya½ satt±na½ ekantasukha½ vad±ma, paµi-
pada½ pana k±lena sukha½ k±lena dukkha½ vad±ma. Ekantasukhassa kho pana
attano paµipad±yapi ekantasukh±ya bhavitabba½. Amh±ka½ kath± aniyy±nik±,
satthu kath±va niyy±nik±”ti. Id±ni satth±ra½yeva pucchitv± j±niss±m²ti tasm±
pucchati.
Ettha maya½ anass±m±ti etasmi½ k±raºe maya½ anass±ma. Kasm± pana eva-
m±ha½su? Te kira pubbe pañcasu dhammesu patiµµh±ya kasiºaparikamma½
katv± tatiyajjh±na½ nibbattetv± aparih²najjh±n± k±la½ katv± subhakiºhesu nibba-
ttant²ti j±nanti, gacchante gacchante pana k±le kasiºaparikammampi na j±ni½su,
tatiyajjh±nampi nibbattetu½ n±sakkhi½su. Pañca pubbabh±gadhamme pana “±k±-
ravat² paµipad±”ti uggahetv± tatiyajjh±na½ “ekantasukho loko”ti uggaºhi½su.
Tasm± evam±ha½su. Uttaritaranti ito pañcahi dhammehi uttaritara½ paµipada½
v± tatiyajjh±nato uttaritara½ ekantasukha½ loka½ v± na j±n±m±ti vutta½ hoti. Appa-
sadde katv±ti ekappah±reneva mah±sadda½ k±tu½ ±raddhe nissadde katv±.
276. Sacchikiriy±het³ti ettha dve sacchikiriy± paµil±bhasacchikiriy± ca pacca-
kkhasacchikiriy± ca. Tattha tatiyajjh±na½ nibbattetv± aparih²najjh±no k±la½ katv±
subhakiºhaloke tesa½ dev±na½ sam±n±yuvaººo hutv± nibbattati, aya½ paµil±bha-
sacchikiriy± n±ma. Catutthajjh±na½ nibbattetv± iddhivikubbanena subhakiºha-
loka½ gantv± tehi devehi saddhi½ santiµµhati sallapati s±kaccha½ ±pajjati, aya½
paccakkhasacchikiriy± n±ma. T±sa½ dvinnampi tatiyajjh±na½ ±k±ravat² paµipad±
n±ma. Tañhi anupp±detv± neva sakk± subhakiºhaloke nibbattitu½, na catuttha-
jjh±na½ upp±detu½. Iti duvidhampeta½ sacchikiriya½ sandh±ya– “etassa n³na,
bhante, ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriy±het³”ti ±ha.
277. UdañcanikoTi (3.0190) udakav±rako. Antar±yamak±s²ti yath± pabbajja½
na labhati, eva½ upaddutamak±si yath± ta½ upanissayavipanna½. Aya½ kira
kassapabuddhak±le pabbajitv± samaºadhammamak±si. Athassa eko sah±yako
bhikkhu s±sane anabhirato, “±vuso, vibbhamiss±m²”ti ±rocesi. So tassa pattac²-
vare lobha½ upp±detv± gihibh±v±ya vaººa½ abh±si. Itaro tassa pattac²vara½
datv± vibbhami. Tenassa kammun± id±ni bhagavato sammukh± pabbajj±ya anta-
r±yo j±to. Bhagavat± panassa purimasutta½ atirekabh±ºav±ramatta½, ida½
bh±ºav±ramattanti ettak±ya tantiy± dhammo kathito, ekadesan±yapi maggaphala-
paµivedho na j±to, an±gate panassa paccayo bhavissat²ti bhagav± dhamma½
deseti. An±gate paccayabh±vañcassa disv± bhagav± dharam±no eka½
bhikkhumpi mett±vih±rimhi etadagge na µhapesi. Passati hi bhagav±– “an±gate
aya½ mama s±sane pabbajitv± mett±vih±r²na½ aggo bhavissat²”ti.
So bhagavati parinibbute dhamm±sokar±jak±le p±µaliputte nibbattitv± pabba-
jitv± arahattappatto assaguttatthero n±ma hutv± mett±vih±r²na½ aggo ahosi.
Therassa mett±nubh±vena tiracch±nagat±pi mettacitta½ paµilabhi½su, thero saka-
lajambud²pe bhikkhusaªghassa ov±d±cariyo hutv± vattanisen±sane ±vasi, ti½sa-
yojanamatt± aµav² eka½ padh±naghara½ ahosi. Thero ±k±se cammakhaº¹a½
pattharitv± tattha nisinno kammaµµh±na½ kathesi. Gacchante gacchante k±le
bhikkh±c±rampi agantv± vih±re nisinno kammaµµh±na½ kathesi, manuss± vih±ra-
meva gantv± d±namada½su. Dhamm±sokar±j± therassa guºa½ sutv± daµµhu-
k±mo tikkhattu½ pahiºi. Thero bhikkhusaªghassa ov±da½ damm²ti ekav±rampi
na gatoti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

C³¼asakulud±yisuttavaººan± niµµhit±.
 10. Vekhanasasuttavaººan±

278. Eva½ (3.0191) me sutanti vekhanasasutta½. Tattha vekhanasoti aya½ kira

sakulud±yissa ±cariyo, so “sakulud±y² paribb±jako paramavaººapañhe par±jito”ti
sutv± “may± so s±dhuka½ uggah±pito, ten±pi s±dhuka½ uggahita½, katha½ nu
kho par±jito, hand±ha½ saya½ gantv± samaºa½ gotama½ paramavaººapañha½
pucchitv± j±niss±m²”ti r±jagahato pañcacatt±l²sayojana½ s±vatthi½ gantv± yena
bhagav±, tenupasaªkami, upasaªkamitv± pana µhitakova bhagavato santike
ud±na½ ud±nesi. Tattha purimasadisa½ vuttanayeneva veditabba½.
280. Pañca kho imeti kasm± ±rabhi? Ag±riyopi ekacco k±magaruko k±m±dhi-
mutto hoti, ekacco nekkhammagaruko nekkhamm±dhimutto hoti. Pabbajitopi ca
ekacco k±magaruko k±m±dhimutto hoti, ekacco nekkhammagaruko nekkhamm±-
dhimutto hoti. Aya½ pana k±magaruko k±m±dhimutto hoti. So im±ya kath±ya
kathiyam±n±ya attano k±m±dhimuttatta½ sallakkhessati, evamass±ya½ desan±
sapp±y± bhavissat²ti ima½ desana½ ±rabhi. K±maggasukhanti nibb±na½ adhi-
ppeta½.
281. P±pito bhavissat²ti aj±nanabh±va½ p±pito bhavissati. N±maka½yeva
sampajjat²ti niratthakavacanamattameva sampajjati. Tiµµhatu pubbanto tiµµhatu apa-
rantoti yasm± tuyha½ at²takath±ya anucchavika½ pubbeniv±sañ±ºa½ natthi, an±-
gatakath±ya anucchavika½ dibbacakkhuñ±ºa½ natthi, tasm± ubhayampeta½
tiµµhat³ti ±ha. Suttabandhaneh²ti suttamayabandhanehi. Tassa hi ±rakkhatth±ya
hatthap±desu ceva g²v±ya ca suttak±ni bandhanti. T±ni sandh±yeta½ vutta½.
Mahallakak±le panassa t±ni saya½ v± p³t²ni hutv± muñcanti, chinditv± v± haranti.
Evameva khoti imin± ida½ dasseti– daharassa kum±rassa suttabandhan±na½
aj±nanak±lo viya avijj±ya purim±ya koµiy± aj±nana½, na hi sakk± avijj±ya purima-
koµi ñ±tu½, mocanak±le j±nanasadisa½ pana (3.0192) arahattamaggena avijj±ba-
ndhanassa pamokkho j±toti j±nana½. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Vekhanasasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

Tatiyavaggavaººan± niµµhit±.

4. R±javaggo

1. Ghaµik±rasuttavaººan±
 282. Eva½ (3.0193) me sutanti ghaµik±rasutta½. Tattha sita½ p±tv±k±s²ti mah±-
maggena gacchanto aññatara½ bh³mippadesa½ oloketv±– “atthi nu kho may±
cariya½ caram±nena imasmi½ µh±ne nivutthapubban”ti ±vajjanto addasa– “kassa-
pabuddhak±le imasmi½ µh±ne vega¼iªga½ n±ma g±manigamo ahosi, aha½ tad±
jotip±lo n±ma m±ºavo ahosi½, mayha½ sah±yo ghaµik±ro n±ma kumbhak±ro
ahosi, tena saddhi½ may± idha eka½ suk±raºa½ kata½, ta½ bhikkhusaªghassa
ap±kaµa½ paµicchanna½, handa na½ bhikkhusaªghassa p±kaµa½ karom²”ti
magg± okkamma aññatarasmi½ padese µhitakova sitap±tukammamak±si, agga-
ggadante dassetv± mandahasita½ hasi. Yath± hi lokiyamanuss± ura½ paharant±–
“kuha½ kuhan”ti hasanti, na eva½ buddh±, buddh±na½ pana hasita½ haµµhapaha-
µµh±k±ramattameva hoti.
Hasitañca n±meta½ terasahi somanassasahagatacittehi hoti. Tattha lokiyama-
h±jano akusalato cat³hi, k±m±vacarakusalato cat³h²ti aµµhahi cittehi hasati,
sekkh± akusalato diµµhisampayutt±ni dve apanetv± chahi cittehi hasanti, kh²º±-
sav± cat³hi sahetukakiriyacittehi ekena ahetukakiriyacitten±ti pañcahi cittehi
hasanti. Tesupi balav±rammaºe ±p±thagate dv²hi ñ±ºasampayuttacittehi hasanti,
dubbal±rammaºe duhetukacittadvayena ca ahetukacittena c±ti t²hi cittehi hasanti.
Imasmi½ pana µh±ne kiriy±hetukamanoviññ±ºadh±tusomanassasahagatacitta½
bhagavato haµµhapahaµµh±k±ramatta½ hasita½ upp±desi.
Ta½ paneta½ hasita½ eva½ appamattakampi therassa p±kaµa½ ahosi. Katha½?
Tath±r³pe hi k±le tath±gatassa cat³hi d±µh±hi catudd²pikamah±meghamukhato
saterat±vijjulat± viya virocam±n± mah±t±lakkhandhapam±º± rasmivaµµiyo uµµha-
hitv± tikkhattu½ s²savara½ padakkhiºa½ katv± (3.0194) d±µhaggesuyeva antara-
dh±yanti. Tena saññ±ºena ±yasm± ±nando bhagavato pacchato gaccham±nopi
sitap±tubh±va½ j±n±ti.
Bhagavanta½ etadavoc±ti– “ettha kira kassapo bhagav± bhikkhusaªgha½
ovadi, catusaccappak±sana½ ak±si, bhagavatopi ettha nis²ditu½ ruci½ upp±de-
ss±mi, evamaya½ bh³mibh±go dv²hi buddhehi paribhutto bhavissati, mah±jano
gandham±l±d²hi p³jetv± cetiyaµµh±na½ katv± paricaranto saggamaggapar±yaºo
bhavissat²”ti cintetv± eta½ “tena hi, bhante,”ti-±divacana½ avoca.
283. Muº¹akena samaºaken±ti muº¹a½ muº¹oti, samaºa½ v± samaºoti
vattu½ vaµµati, aya½ pana aparipakkañ±ºatt± br±hmaºakule uggahitavoh±ravase-
neva h²¼ento evam±ha. Sottisin±ninti sin±natth±ya katasotti½. Sotti n±ma kuruvi-
ndap±s±ºacuºº±ni l±kh±ya bandhitv± katagu¼ikakal±pak± vuccati, ya½ sandh±ya–
“tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy± bhikkh³ kuruvindakasuttiy± nah±yant²”ti
(c³¼ava. 243) vutta½. Ta½ ubhosu antesu gahetv± sar²ra½ gha½santi. Eva½
samm±ti yath± etarahipi manuss± “cetiyavandan±ya gacch±ma, dhammassavana-
tth±ya gacch±m±”ti vutt± uss±ha½ na karonti, “naµasamajj±didassanatth±ya
gacch±m±”ti vutt± pana ekavacaneneva sampaµicchanti, tatheva sinh±yitunti vutte
ekavacanena sampaµicchanto evam±ha.
284. Jotip±la½ m±ºava½ ±mantes²ti ekapasse ariyaparih±rena paµhamatara½
nh±yitv± paccuttaritv± µhito tassa mahantena issariyaparih±rena nh±yantassa
nh±napariyos±na½ ±gametv± ta½ nivatthaniv±sana½ kese vodake kurum±na½
±mantesi. Ayanti ±sannatt± dassento ±ha. Ovaµµika½ vinivaµµhetv±ti n±gabalo
bodhisatto “apehi samm±”ti ²saka½ parivattam±nova tena gahitagahaºa½ vissajj±-
petv±ti attho. Kesesu par±masitv± etadavoc±ti so kira cintesi– “aya½ jotip±lo
paññav±, saki½ dassana½ labham±no tath±gatassa dassanepi pas²dissati,
dhammakath±yapi pas²dissati, pasanno ca pasann±k±ra½ k±tu½ sakkhissati,
mitt± n±ma etadattha½ honti, ya½kiñci katv± mama sah±ya½ gahetv± dasaba-
lassa santika½ gamiss±m²”ti. Tasm± na½ kesesu par±masitv± etadavoca.
Ittarajaccoti (3.0195) aññaj±tiko, may± saddhi½ asam±naj±tiko, l±makaj±tikoti
attho. Na vatidanti ida½ amh±ka½ gamana½ na vata oraka½ bhavissati na
khuddaka½, mahanta½ bhavissati. Ayañhi na attano th±mena gaºhi, satthu
th±mena gaºh²ti gahaºasmi½yeva niµµha½ agam±si. Y±vat±dohip²ti ettha dok±ra-
hik±rapik±r± nip±t±, y±vatuparimanti attho. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– “v±c±ya ±lapana½
ovaµµik±ya gahaºañca atikkamitv± y±va kesaggahaºampi tattha gamanattha½
payogo kattabbo”ti.
285. Dhammiy± kath±y±ti idha satipaµil±bhatth±ya pubbeniv±sapaµisa½yutt±
dhamm² kath± veditabb±. Tassa hi bhagav±,– “jotip±la, tva½ na l±makaµµh±na½
otiººasatto, mah±bodhipallaªke pana sabbaññutaññ±ºa½ patthetv± otiººosi, t±di-
sassa n±ma pam±davih±ro na yutto”ti-±din± nayena satipaµil±bh±ya dhamma½
kathesi. Parasamuddav±s²ther± pana vadanti– “jotip±la, yath± aha½ dasap±ra-
miyo p³retv± sabbaññutaññ±ºa½ paµivijjhitv± v²satisahassabhikkhupariv±ro loke
vicar±mi, evameva½ tvampi dasap±ramiyo p³retv± sabbaññutaññ±ºa½ paµivi-
jjhitv± samaºagaºapariv±ro loke vicarissasi. Evar³pena n±ma tay± pam±da½ ±pa-
jjitu½ na yuttan”ti yath±ssa pabbajj±ya citta½ namati, eva½ k±mesu ±d²nava½
nekkhamme ca ±nisa½sa½ kathes²ti.
286. Alattha kho, ±nanda, …pe… pabbajja½ alattha upasampadanti pabbajitv±
kimak±si? Ya½ bodhisattehi kattabba½. Bodhisatt± hi buddh±na½ sammukhe
pabbajanti. Pabbajitv± ca pana ittarasatt± viya patitasiªg± na honti, catup±risu-
ddhis²le pana supatiµµh±ya tepiµaka½ buddhavacana½ uggaºhitv± terasa dhuta-
ªg±ni sam±d±ya arañña½ pavisitv± gatapacc±gatavatta½ p³rayam±n± samaºa-
dhamma½ karont± vipassana½ va¹¹hetv± y±va anulomañ±ºa½ ±hacca tiµµhanti,
maggaphalattha½ v±y±ma½ na karonti. Jotip±lopi tatheva ak±si.
287. A¹¹ham±supasampanneti kulad±rakañhi pabb±jetv± a¹¹ham±sampi ava-
sitv± gate m±t±pit³na½ soko na v³pasammati, sopi pattac²varaggahaºa½ (3.0196)
na j±n±ti, daharabhikkhus±maºerehi saddhi½ viss±so na uppajjati, therehi
saddhi½ sineho na patiµµh±ti, gatagataµµh±ne anabhirati uppajjati. Ettaka½ pana
k±la½ niv±se sati m±t±pitaro passitu½ labhanti. Tena tesa½ soko tanubh±va½
gacchati, pattac²varaggahaºa½ j±n±ti, s±maºeradaharabhikkh³hi saddhi½
viss±so j±yati, therehi saddhi½ sineho patiµµh±ti, gatagataµµh±ne abhiramati, na
ukkaºµhati. Tasm± ettaka½ vasitu½ vaµµat²ti a¹¹ham±sa½ vasitv± pakk±mi.
Paº¹upuµakassa s±linoti puµake katv± sukkh±pitassa rattas±lino. Tassa kira
s±lino vappak±lato paµµh±ya aya½ parih±ro– ked±r± suparikammakat± honti,
tattha b²j±ni patiµµh±petv± gandhodakena siñci½su, vappak±le vit±na½ viya upari
vatthakilañja½ bandhitv± paripakkak±le v²his²s±ni chinditv± muµµhimatte puµake
katv± yottabaddhe veh±sa½yeva sukkh±petv± gandhacuºº±ni attharitv± koµµha-
kesu p³retv± tatiye vasse vivari½su. Eva½ tivassa½ parivutthassa sugandharatta-
s±lino apagatak±¼ake suparisuddhe taº¹ule gahetv± khajjakavikatimpi bhattampi
paµiy±diyi½su. Ta½ sandh±ya vutta½ paº²ta½ kh±dan²ya½ bhojan²ya½ …pe…
k±la½ ±roc±pes²Ti.
288. Adhivuµµho meti ki½ sandh±ya vadati? Vega¼iªgato nikkhamanak±le ghaµi-
k±ro attano santike vass±v±sa½ vasanatth±ya paµiñña½ aggahesi, ta½ sandh±ya
vadati. Ahudeva aññathatta½ ahu domanassanti tem±sa½ d±na½ d±tu½,
dhammañca sotu½, imin± ca niy±mena v²sati bhikkhusahass±ni paµijaggitu½ n±la-
tthanti al±bha½ ±rabbha cittaññathatta½ cittadomanassa½ ahosi, na tath±gata½
±rabbha. Kasm±? Sot±pannatt±. So kira pubbe br±hmaºabhatto ahosi. Athe-
kasmi½ samaye paccante kupite v³pasamanattha½ gacchanto uracchada½
n±ma dh²taram±ha– “amma amh±ka½ deve m± pamajj²”ti. Br±hmaº± ta½ r±jadh²-
tara½ disv± visaññino ahesu½. Ke ime c±ti vutte tumh±ka½ bh³midev±ti. Bh³mi-
dev± n±ma evar³p± hont²ti niµµhubhitv± p±s±da½ abhiruhi. S± ekadivasa½ v²thi½
olokent² µhit± kassapassa bhagavato aggas±vaka½ disv± pakkos±petv± (3.0197)
piº¹ap±ta½ datv± anumodana½ suºam±n±yeva sot±pann± hutv± “aññepi
bhikkh³ atth²”ti pucchitv± “satth± v²satiy± bhikkhusahassehi saddhi½ isipatane
vasat²”ti ca sutv± nimantetv± d±na½ ad±si.
R±j± paccanta½ v³pasametv± ±gato. Atha na½ paµhamatarameva br±hmaº±
±gantv± dh²tu avaººa½ vatv± paribhindi½su. R±j± pana dh²tu j±tak±leyeva vara½
ad±si. Tass± “satta divas±ni rajja½ d±tabban”ti vara½ gaºhi½su. Athass± r±j±
satta divas±ni rajja½ niyy±tesi. S± satth±ra½ bhojayam±n± r±j±na½ pakkos±-
petv± bahis±ºiya½ nis²d±pesi. R±j± satthu anumodana½ sutv±va sot±panno j±to.
Sot±pannassa ca n±ma tath±gata½ ±rabbha ±gh±to natthi. Tena vutta½– “na
tath±gata½ ±rabbh±”ti.
Ya½ icchati ta½ harat³ti so kira bh±jan±ni pacitv± kayavikkaya½ na karoti,
eva½ pana vatv± d±rutth±ya v± mattikatth±ya v± pal±latth±ya v± arañña½
gacchati. Mah±jan± “ghaµik±rena bh±jan±ni pakk±n²”ti sutv±
parisuddhataº¹ulaloºadadhitelaph±ºit±d²ni gahetv± ±gacchanti. Sace bh±jana½
mahaggha½ hoti, m³la½ appa½, ya½ v± ta½ v± datv± gaºh±m±ti ta½ na
gaºhanti. Dhammiko v±ºijo m±t±pitaro paµijaggati, samm±sambuddha½ upaµµha-
hati, bahu no akusala½ bhavissat²ti puna gantv± m³la½ ±haranti. Sace pana
bh±jana½ appaggha½ hoti, ±bhata½ m³la½ bahu, dhammiko v±ºijo, amh±ka½
puñña½ bhavissat²ti yath±bhata½ gharas±mik± viya s±dhuka½ paµis±metv±
gacchanti. Eva½guºo pana kasm± na pabbajat²ti. Rañño vacanapatha½ pacchi-
ndanto andhe jiººe m±t±pitaro poset²ti ±ha.
289. Ko nu khoti kuhi½ nu kho. Kumbhiy±ti ukkhalito. Pariyog±ti s³pabh±janato.
Paribhuñj±ti bhuñja. Kasm± panete eva½ vadanti? Ghaµik±ro kira bhatta½ pacitv±
s³pa½ samp±detv± m±t±pitaro bhojetv± sayampi bhuñjitv± bhagavato va¹¹ham±-
naka½ bhattas³pa½ paµµhapetv± ±sana½ paññapetv± ±dh±raka½ upaµµhapetv±
udaka½ paccupaµµhapetv± m±t±pit³na½ sañña½ datv± arañña½ gacchati. Tasm±
eva½ vadanti. Abhivissatthoti (3.0198) ativissattho. P²tisukha½ na vijahat²ti na
nirantara½ vijahati, atha kho rattibh±ge v± divasabh±ge v± g±me v± araññe v±
yasmi½ yasmi½ khaºe– “sadevake n±ma loke aggapuggalo mayha½ geha½ pavi-
sitv± sahatthena ±misa½ gahetv± paribhuñjati, l±bh± vata me”ti anussarati,
tasmi½ tasmi½ khaºe pañcavaºº± p²ti uppajjati. Ta½ sandh±ya eva½ vutta½.
290. Ka¼opiy±ti pacchito. Ki½ pana bhagav± evamak±s²ti. Paccayo dhammiko,
bhikkh³na½ patte bhattasadiso, tasm± evamak±si. Sikkh±padapaññattipi ca s±va-
k±na½yeva hoti, buddh±na½ sikkh±padavel± n±ma natthi. Yath± hi rañño uyy±ne
pupphaphal±ni honti, aññesa½ t±ni gaºhant±na½ niggaha½ karonti, r±j± yath±ru-
ciy± paribhuñjati, eva½sampadameta½. Parasamuddav±s²ther± pana “devat± kira
paµiggahetv± ada½s³”ti vadanti.
291. Haratha, bhante, haratha bhadramukh±ti amh±ka½ putto “kuhi½ gatos²”ti
vutte– “dasabalassa santikan”ti vadati, kuhi½ nu kho gacchati, satthu vasanaµµh±-
nassa ovassakabh±vampi na j±n±t²ti putte apar±dhasaññino gahaºe tuµµhacitt±
evam±ha½su.
Tem±sa½ ±k±sacchadana½ aµµh±s²ti bhagav± kira catunna½ vassik±na½
m±s±na½ eka½ m±sa½ atikkamitv± tiºa½ ±har±pesi, tasm± evam±ha. Aya½
panettha padattho– ±k±sa½ chadanamass±ti ±k±sacchadana½. Na devotivass²ti
kevala½ n±tivassi, yath± panettha pakatiy± ca nibbakosassa udakap±taµµh±na-
bbhantare ekampi udakabindu n±tivassi, eva½ ghanachadanagehabbhantare viya
na v±t±tap±pi ±b±dha½ aka½su, pakatiy± utupharaºameva ahosi. Aparabh±ge
tasmi½ nigame cha¹¹itepi ta½ µh±na½ anovassakameva ahosi. Manuss±
kamma½ karont± deve vassante tattha s±µake µhapetv± kamma½ karonti. Y±va
kappuµµh±n± ta½ µh±na½ t±disameva bhavissati. Tañca kho pana na tath±gatassa
iddh±nubh±vena, tesa½yeva pana guºasampattiy±. Tesañhi– “samm±sambuddho
kattha na labheyya, amh±ka½ n±ma dvinna½ andhak±na½ nivesana½ uttiºa½
k±res²”ti na tappaccay± domanassa½ udap±di– “sadevake loke aggapuggalo
amh±ka½ (3.0199) nivesan± tiºa½ ±har±petv± gandhakuµi½ ch±d±pes²”ti pana
tesa½ anappaka½ balavasomanassa½ udap±di. Iti tesa½yeva guºasampattiy±
ida½ p±µih±riya½ j±tanti veditabba½.
292. Taº¹ulav±hasat±n²ti ettha dve sakaµ±ni eko v±hoti veditabbo. Tadupiyañca
s³peyyanti s³patth±ya tadanur³pa½ telaph±ºit±di½. V²satibhikkhusahassassa
tem±satth±ya bhatta½ bhavissat²ti kira saññ±ya r±j± ettaka½ pesesi. Ala½ me
raññova hot³ti kasm± paµikkhipi? Adhigata-appicchat±ya. Eva½ kirassa ahosi–
“n±ha½ raññ± diµµhapubbo, katha½ nu kho peses²”ti. Tato cintesi– “satth± b±r±-
ºasi½ gato, addh± so rañño vass±v±sa½ y±ciyam±no mayha½ paµiññ±tabh±va½
±rocetv± mama guºakatha½ kathesi, guºakath±ya laddhal±bho pana naµena
naccitv± laddha½ viya g±yakena g±yitv± laddha½ viya ca hoti. Ki½ mayha½ imin±,
kamma½ katv± uppannena m±t±pit³nampi samm±sambuddhassapi upaµµh±na½
sakk± k±tun”ti. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Ghaµik±rasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

2. Raµµhap±lasuttavaººan±

293. Eva½ me sutanti raµµhap±lasutta½. Tattha thullakoµµhikanti thullakoµµha½

paripuººakoµµh±g±ra½. So kira janapado niccasasso sad± b²jabhaº¹a½ nikkha-
mati, khalabhaº¹a½ pavisati. Tena tasmi½ nigame koµµh± niccap³r±va honti.
Tasm± so thullakoµµhikanteva saªkha½ gato.
294. Raµµhap±loti kasm± raµµhap±lo? Bhinna½ raµµha½ sandh±retu½ p±letu½
samatthoti raµµhap±lo. Kad± panasseta½ n±ma½ uppannanti. Padumuttarasa-
mm±sambuddhak±le. Ito hi pubbe satasahassakappamatthake vassasatasaha-
ss±yukesu manussesu padumuttaro n±ma satth± uppajjitv± bhikkhusatasahassa-
pariv±ro (3.0200) lokahit±ya c±rika½ cari, ya½ sandh±ya vutta½–
“Nagara½ ha½savat² n±ma, ±nando n±ma khattiyo;
suj±t± n±ma janik±, padumuttarassa satthuno”ti. (bu. va½. 12.19);
Padumuttare pana anuppanne eva ha½savatiy± dve kuµumbik± saddh±
pasann± kapaºaddhikay±cak±d²na½ d±na½ paµµhapayi½su. Tad± pabbatav±sino
pañcasat± t±pas± ha½savati½ anuppatt±. Te dvepi jan± t±pasagaºa½ majjhe
bhinditv± upaµµhahi½su. T±pas± kiñcik±la½ vasitv± pabbatap±dameva gat±. Dve
saªghatther± oh²yi½su. Tad± tesa½ te y±vaj²va½ upaµµh±na½ aka½su. T±pasesu
bhuñjitv± anumodana½ karontesu eko sakkabhavanassa vaººa½ kathesi, eko
bh³mindharan±gar±jabhavanassa.
Kuµumbikesu eko sakkabhavana½ patthana½ katv± sakko hutv± nibbatto, eko
n±gabhavane p±litan±gar±j± n±ma. Ta½ sakko attano upaµµh±na½ ±gata½ disv±
n±gayoniya½ abhiramas²ti pucchi. So n±bhiram±m²ti ±ha. Tena hi padumutta-
rassa bhagavato d±na½ datv± imasmi½ µh±ne patthana½ karohi, ubho sukha½
vasiss±m±ti. N±gar±j± satth±ra½ nimantetv± bhikkhusatasahassapariv±rassa
bhagavato satt±ha½ mah±d±na½ dadam±no padumuttarassa dasabalassa putta½
uparevata½ n±ma s±maºera½ disv± sattame divase buddhappamukhassa
saªghassa dibbavatth±ni datv± s±maºerassa µh±nantara½ patthesi. Bhagav± an±-
gata½ oloketv±– “an±gate gotamassa n±ma buddhassa putto r±hulakum±ro
bhavissat²”ti disv± “samijjhissati te patthan±”ti kathesi. N±gar±j± tamattha½
sakkassa kathesi. Sakko tassa vacana½ sutv± tatheva satt±ha½ d±na½ datv±
bhinna½ raµµha½ sandh±retu½ p±letu½ samatthakule nibbattitv± saddh±pabba-
jita½ raµµhap±la½ n±ma kulaputta½ disv±– “ahampi an±gate lokasmi½ tumh±dise
buddhe uppanne bhinna½ raµµha½ sandh±retu½ p±letu½ samatthakule nibbattitv±
aya½ kulaputto viya saddh±pabbajito raµµhap±lo n±ma bhaveyyan”ti patthanama-
k±si. Satth± samijjhanakabh±va½ ñatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–
“Sar±jika½ (3.0201) c±tuvaººa½, posetu½ ya½ pahossati;
raµµhap±lakula½ n±ma, tattha j±yissate ayan”ti.–
Eva½ padumuttarasamm±sambuddhak±le tasseta½ n±ma½ uppannanti vedi-
tabba½.
Etadahos²ti ki½ ahosi? Yath± yath± khoti-±di. Tatr±ya½ saªkhepakath±– aha½
kho yena yena k±raºena bhagavat± dhamma½ desita½ ±j±n±mi, tena tena me
upaparikkhato eva½ hoti– “yadeta½ sikkhattayabrahmacariya½ ekadivasampi
akhaº¹a½ katv± carimakacitta½ p±petabbat±ya ekantaparipuººa½ caritabba½,
ekadivasampi ca kilesamalena amal²na½ katv± carimakacitta½ p±petabbat±ya
ekantaparisuddha½, saªkhalikhita½ vilikhitasaªkhasadisa½ dhotasaªkhasappaµi-
bh±ga½ katv± caritabba½, nayida½ sukara½ ag±ra½ ajjh±vasat± ag±ramajjhe
vasantena ekantaparipuººa½ …pe… caritu½, ya½n³n±ha½ kesañca massuñca
oh±retv± k±s±yarasap²tat±ya k±s±y±ni brahmacariya½ carant±na½ anucchavi-
k±ni vatth±ni acch±detv± ag±rasm± nikkhamitv± anag±riya½ pabbajeyyan”ti.
Acirapakkantesu thullakoµµhikesu br±hmaºagahapatikesu yena bhagav± tenu-
pasaªkam²ti raµµhap±lo anuµµhitesu tesu na bhagavanta½ pabbajja½ y±ci. Kasm±?
Tatthassa bah³ ñ±tis±lohit± mitt±macc± santi, te– “tva½ m±t±pit³na½ ekaputtako,
na labbh± tay± pabbajitun”ti b±h±yampi gahetv± ±ka¹¹heyyu½, tato pabbajj±ya
antar±yo bhavissat²ti saheva paris±ya uµµhahitv± thoka½ gantv± puna kenaci sar²-
rakiccalesena nivattitv± bhagavanta½ upasaªkamma pabbajja½ y±ci. Tena vutta½–
“atha kho raµµhap±lo kulaputto acirapakkantesu thullakoµµhikesu …pe… pabb±jetu
ma½ bhagav±”ti. Bhagav± pana yasm± r±hulakum±rassa pabbajitato pabhuti
m±t±pit³hi ananuññ±ta½ putta½ na pabb±jeti, tasm± na½ pucchi anuññ±tosi pana
tva½, raµµhap±la, m±t±pit³hi …pe… pabbajj±y±ti.
295. Ammat±t±ti ettha amm±ti m±tara½ ±lapati, t±t±ti pitara½. Ekaputtakoti
ekova puttako, añño koci jeµµho v± kaniµµho v± natthi. Ettha ca ekaputtoti vattabbe
anukamp±vasena ekaputtakoti vutta½. Piyoti p²tijanako. Man±poti manava¹¹ha-
nako. Sukhedhitoti (3.0202) sukhena edhito, sukhasa½va¹¹hitoti attho. Sukhapari-
bhatoti sukhena paribhato, j±tak±lato pabhuti dh±t²hi aªkato aªka½ ±haritv± dh±ri-
yam±no assakarathak±d²hi b±lak²¼anakehi k²¼ayam±no s±durasabhojana½ bhoja-
yam±no sukhena parihaµo. Na tva½, t±ta raµµhap±la, kassaci dukkhassa j±n±s²ti
tva½, t±ta raµµhap±la appamattakampi kalabh±ga½ dukkhassa na j±n±si na sara-
s²ti attho. Maraºenapi te maya½ ak±mak± vin± bhaviss±m±ti sacepi tava amhesu
j²vam±nesu maraºa½ bhaveyya, tena te maraºenapi maya½ ak±mak± anicchak±
na attano ruciy± vin± bhaviss±ma, tay± viyoga½ p±puºiss±m±ti attho. Ki½ pana
maya½ tanti eva½ sante ki½ pana ki½ n±ma ta½ k±raºa½, yena maya½ ta½
j²vanta½ anuj±niss±ma. Atha v± ki½ pana maya½ tanti kena pana k±raºena
maya½ ta½ j²vanta½ anuj±niss±m±ti evamettha attho daµµhabbo.
296. Tatthev±ti yattha na½ µhita½ m±t±pitaro n±nuj±ni½su, tattheva µh±ne. Ana-
ntarahit±y±ti kenaci attharaºena anatthat±ya. Paric±reh²ti gandhabbanaµan±µak±-
d²ni paccupaµµhapetv± tattha sah±yakehi saddhi½ yath±sukha½ indriy±ni c±rehi
sañc±rehi, ito cito ca upaneh²ti vutta½ hoti. Atha v± paric±reh²ti gandhabbanaµan±-
µak±d²ni paccupaµµhapetv± sah±yakehi saddhi½ la¼a upala¼a rama, k²¼ass³tipi
vutta½ hoti. K±me paribhuñjantoti attano puttad±rehi saddhi½ bhoge bhuñjanto.
Puññ±ni karontoti buddhañca dhammañca saªghañca ±rabbha d±nappad±n±d²ni
sugatimaggasa½sodhak±ni kusalakamm±ni karonto. Tuºh² ahos²ti kath±nuppaba-
ndhavicchedanattha½ nir±l±pasall±po ahosi.
Athassa m±t±pitaro tikkhattu½ vatv± paµivacanampi alabham±n± sah±yake
pakkos±petv± “esa vo sah±yako pabbajituk±mo, niv±retha nan”ti ±ha½su. Tepi
ta½ upasaªkamitv± tikkhattu½ avocu½, tesampi tuºh² ahosi. Tena vutta½– atha
kho raµµhap±lassa kulaputtassa sah±yak± …pe… tuºh² ahos²ti. Athassa sah±ya-
k±na½ tikkhattu½ vatv± etadahosi– “sace aya½ pabbajja½ alabham±no marissati,
na koci guºo (3.0203) labbhati. Pabbajita½ pana na½ m±t±pitaropi k±lena k±la½
passissanti, mayampi passiss±ma, pabbajj±pi ca n±mes± bh±riy±, divase divase
mattik±patta½ gahetv± piº¹±ya caritabba½, ekaseyya½ ekabhatta½ brahmaca-
riya½ atidukkara½, ayañca sukhum±lo n±garikaj±tiyo, so ta½ caritu½ asakkonto
puna idheva ±gamissati, handassa m±t±pitaro anuj±n±pess±m±”ti. Te tath±
aka½su. M±t±pitaropi na½
“pabbajitena ca pana te m±t±pitaro uddassetabb±”ti ima½ katika½ katv± anuj±-
ni½su. Tena vutta½– “atha kho raµµhap±lassa kulaputtassa sah±yak± yena raµµha-
p±lassa kulaputtassa m±t±pitaro …pe… anuññ±tosi m±t±pit³hi …pe… uddasseta-
bb±”ti. Tattha uddassetabb±ti uddha½ dassetabb±, yath± ta½ k±lena k±la½
passanti, eva½ ±gantv± att±na½ dassetabb±.
299. Bala½ gahetv±ti sapp±yabhojan±ni bhuñjanto ucch±dan±d²hi ca k±ya½
pariharanto k±yabala½ janetv± m±t±pitaro vanditv± assumukha½ ñ±tiparivaµµa½
pah±ya yena bhagav± tenupasaªkami …pe… pabb±jetu ma½, bhante, bhagav±ti.
Bhagav± sam²pe µhita½ aññatara½ bhikkhu½ ±mantesi– “tena hi bhikkhu raµµha-
p±la½ pabb±jehi ceva upasamp±dehi c±”ti. S±dhu, bhanteti kho so bhikkhu bhaga-
vato paµissutv± raµµhap±la½ kulaputta½ jinadattiya½ saddhivih±rika½ laddh±
pabb±jesi ceva upasamp±desi ca. Tena vutta½– “alattha kho raµµhap±lo kulaputto
bhagavato santike pabbajja½, alattha upasampadan”ti.
Pahitatto viharantoti dv±dasa sa½vacchar±ni eva½ viharanto. Neyyapuggalo
hi ayam±yasm±, tasm± puññav± abhin²h±rasampannopi sam±no “ajja ajjeva ara-
hattan”ti samaºadhamma½ karontopi dv±dasame vasse arahatta½ p±puºi.
Yena bhagav± tenupasaªkam²ti mayha½ m±t±pitaro pabbajja½ anuj±nam±n±–
“tay± k±lena k±la½ ±gantv± amh±ka½ dassana½ d±tabban”ti vatv± anuj±ni½su,
dukkarak±rik± kho pana m±t±pitaro, ahañca yenajjh±sayena pabbajito, so me
matthaka½ patto, id±ni bhagavanta½ ±pucchitv± att±na½ (3.0204) m±t±pit³na½
dassess±m²ti cintetv± ±pucchituk±mo upasaªkami. Manas±k±s²ti “ki½ nu kho
raµµhap±le gate koci upaddavo bhavissat²”ti manasi ak±si. Tato “bhavissat²”ti
ñatv± “sakkhissati nu kho raµµhap±lo ta½ madditun”ti olokento tassa arahattasa-
mpatti½ disv± “sakkhissat²”ti aññ±si. Tena vutta½– yath± bhagav± aññ±si …pe…
k±la½ maññas²ti.
Migac²reti eva½n±make uyy±ne. Tañhi raññ±– “ak±le sampattapabbajit±na½
dinnameva ida½, yath±sukha½ paribhuñjant³”ti evamanuññ±tameva ahosi, tasm±
thero– “mama ±gatabh±va½ m±t±pit³na½ ±rocess±mi, te me p±dadhovana-uºho-
dakap±damakkhanatel±d²ni pesissant²”ti cittampi anupp±detv± uyy±nameva
p±visi. Piº¹±ya p±vis²ti dutiyadivase p±visi.
Majjhim±y±ti sattadv±rakoµµhakassa gharassa majjhime dv±rakoµµhake. Ullikh±-
pet²Ti kappakena kese pahar±peti. Etadavoc±ti– “ime samaºak± amh±ka½ piyapu-
ttaka½ pabb±jetv± cor±na½ hatthe nikkhipitv± viya ekadivasampi na dass±penti,
eva½ pharusak±rak± ete puna ima½ µh±na½ upasaªkamitabba½ maññanti,
ettova nika¹¹hitabb± ete”ti cintetv± eta½ “imehi muº¹akeh²”ti-±divacana½ avoca.
ѱtid±s²ti ñ±tak±na½ d±s². ¾bhidosikanti p±riv±sika½ ekaratt±tikkanta½ p³ti-
bh³ta½. Tatth±ya½ padattho– p³tibh±vadosena abhibh³toti abhidoso, abhidosova
±bhidosiko. Ekaratt±tikkantasseva n±masaññ± es± yadida½ ±bhidosikoti, ta½
±bhidosika½. Kumm±santi yavakumm±sa½. Cha¹¹etuk±m± hot²ti yasm± anta-
maso d±sakammak±r±na½ gor³p±nampi aparibhog±raho, tasm± na½ kacavara½
viya bahi cha¹¹etuk±m± hoti. Sacetanti sace eta½. Bhagin²ti ariyavoh±rena
attano dh±ti½ ñ±tid±si½ ±lapati. Cha¹¹an²yadhammanti cha¹¹etabbasabh±va½.
Ida½ vutta½ hoti– “bhagini eta½ sace bahi cha¹¹an²yadhamma½ nissaµµhapari-
ggaha½, idha me patte ±kir±h²”ti. Ki½ pana eva½ vattu½ labbhati, viññatti v± payu-
ttav±c± v± na hot²ti. Na hoti. Kasm±? Nissaµµhapariggahatt±. Yañhi cha¹¹an²ya-
dhamma½ nissaµµhapariggaha½, yattha s±mik± an±lay± honti, ta½ sabba½
“detha ±haratha (3.0205) ±kirath±”ti vattu½ vaµµati. Teneva hi ayam±yasm±
agga-ariyava½siko sam±nopi evam±ha.
Hatth±nanti bhikkh±gahaºattha½ patta½ upan±mayato maºibandhato pabhuti
dvinnampi hatth±na½. P±d±nanti niv±sanantato paµµh±ya dvinnampi p±d±na½.
Sarass±ti sace ta½ bhagin²ti v±ca½ nicch±rayato sarassa ca. Nimitta½ aggahe-
s²ti hatthapiµµhi-±d²ni olokayam±n±– “puttassa me raµµhap±lassa viya suvaººaka-
cchapapiµµhisadis± im± hatthap±dapiµµhiyo, harit±lavaµµiyo viya suvaµµit± aªguliyo,
madhuro saro”ti gihik±le sallakkhitapubba½ ±k±ra½ aggahesi sañj±ni sallakkhesi.
Tassa h±yasmato dv±dasavass±ni araññ±v±sañceva piº¹iy±lopabhojanañca
paribhuñjantassa aññ±diso sar²ravaººo ahosi, tena na½ s± ñ±tid±s² disv±va na
sañj±ni, nimitta½ pana aggahes²ti.
300. Raµµhap±lassa m±tara½ etadavoc±ti therassa aªgapaccaªg±ni saºµh±-
petv± thañña½ p±yetv± sa½va¹¹hitadh±t²pi sam±n± pabbajitv± mah±kh²º±sava-
bh±vappattena s±miputtena saddhi½– “tva½ nu kho, me bhante, putto raµµhap±lo”-
ti-±divacana½ vattu½ avisahant² vegena ghara½ pavisitv± raµµhap±lassa m±tara½
etadavoca. Yaggheti ±rocanatthe nip±to. Sace je saccanti ettha jeti ±lapane nip±to.
Evañhi tasmi½ dese d±sijana½ ±lapanti, tasm± “tvañhi, bhoti d±si, sace sacca½
bhaºas²”ti evamettha attho daµµhabbo.
Upasaªkam²ti kasm± upasaªkami? Mah±kule itthiyo bahi nikkhamant± garaha½
p±puºanti, idañca acc±yikakicca½, seµµhissa na½ ±rocess±m²ti cinteti. Tasm± upa-
saªkami. Aññatara½ kuµµam³lanti tasmi½ kira dese d±napat²na½ gharesu s±l±
honti, ±san±ni cettha paññatt±ni honti, upaµµh±pita½ udakakañjiya½. Tattha pabba-
jit± piº¹±ya caritv± nis²ditv± bhuñjanti. Sace icchanti, d±napat²nampi santaka½
gaºhanti. Tasm± tampi aññatarassa kulassa ²dis±ya s±l±ya aññatara½ kuµµam³-
lanti veditabba½. Na hi pabbajit± kapaºamanuss± viya as±ruppe µh±ne nis²ditv±
bhuñjant²ti.
Atthi (3.0206) n±ma t±t±ti ettha atth²ti vijjam±natthe, n±m±ti pucchanatthe
maññanatthe v± nip±to. Idañhi vutta½ hoti– atthi nu kho, t±ta raµµhap±la, amh±ka½
dhana½, nanu maya½ niddhan±ti vattabb±, yesa½ no tva½ ²dise µh±ne nis²ditv±
±bhidosika½ kumm±sa½ paribhuñjissasi. Tath± atthi nu kho, t±ta raµµhap±la,
amh±ka½ j²vita½, nanu maya½ mat±ti vattabb±, yesa½ no tva½ ²dise µh±ne nis²-
ditv± ±bhidosika½ kumm±sa½ paribhuñjissasi. Tath± atthi maññe, t±ta raµµhap±la,
tava abbhantare s±sana½ niss±ya paµiladdho samaºaguºo, ya½ tva½ subhojana-
rasasa½va¹¹hitopi ima½ jigucchaneyya½ ±bhidosika½ kumm±sa½ amatamiva
nibbik±ro paribhuñjissas²ti. So pana gahapati dukkh±bhitunnat±ya etamattha½
paripuººa½ katv± vattumasakkonto– “atthi n±ma, t±ta raµµhap±la, ±bhidosika½
kumm±sa½ paribhuñjissas²”ti ettakameva avaca. Akkharacintak± panettha ida½
lakkhaºa½ vadanti– anokappan±marisanatthavaseneta½ atthisadde upapade
“paribhuñjissas²”ti an±gatavacana½ kata½. Tass±yamattho– “atthi n±ma …pe…
paribhuñjissasi, ida½ paccakkhampi aha½ na saddah±mi na marisay±m²”ti. Ida½
ettaka½ vacana½ gahapati therassa pattamukhavaµµiya½ gahetv± µhitakova
kathesi. Theropi pitari pattamukhavaµµiya½ gahetv± µhiteyeva ta½ p³tikumm±sa½
paribhuñji sunakhavantasadisa½ p³tikukkuµaº¹amiva bhinnaµµh±ne p³tika½
v±yanta½. Puthujjanena kira tath±r³pa½ kumm±sa½ paribhuñjitu½ na sakk±.
Thero pana ariyiddhiya½ µhatv± dibboja½ amatarasa½ paribhuñjam±no viya pari-
bhuñjitv± dhamakaraºena udaka½ gahetv± pattañca mukhañca hatthap±de ca
dhovitv± kuto no gahapat²ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha kuto noti kuto nu. Neva d±nanti deyyadhammavasena neva d±na½ ala-
tthamha. Na paccakkh±nanti “ki½, t±ta raµµhap±la, kacci te khaman²ya½, kaccisi
appakilamathena ±gato, na t±va t±ta gehe bhatta½ samp±diyat²”ti eva½ paµisa-
nth±ravasena paccakkh±nampi na alatthamha. Kasm± pana thero evam±ha? Pitu
anuggahena. Eva½ kirassa ahosi– “yath± esa ma½ vadati, aññepi pabbajite eva½
vadati maññe. Buddhas±sane ca pattantare paduma½ viya bhasm±channo aggi
viya pheggupaµicchanno candanas±ro viya suttik±paµicchanna½ muttaratana½
viya val±hakapaµicchanno candim± viya m±dis±na½ (3.0207) paµicchannagu-
º±na½ bhikkh³na½ anto natthi, tesupi na evar³pa½ vacana½ pavattessati,
sa½vare µhassat²”ti anuggahena evam±ha.
Ehi t±t±ti t±ta tuyha½ ghara½ m± hotu, ehi ghara½ gamiss±m±ti vadati. Alanti
thero ukkaµµha-ek±sanikat±ya paµikkhipanto evam±ha. Adhiv±ses²ti thero pana
pakatiy± ukkaµµhasapad±nac±riko sv±tan±yabhikkha½ n±ma n±dhiv±seti, m±tu
anuggahena pana adhiv±sesi. M±tu kirassa thera½ anussaritv± mah±soko
uppajji, rodaneneva pakkakkhi viya j±t±, tasm± thero “sac±ha½ ta½ apassitv±
gamiss±mi, hadayampiss± ph±leyy±”ti anuggahena adhiv±sesi. K±r±petv±ti eka½
hiraññassa, eka½ suvaººass±ti dve puñje k±r±petv±. K²vamahant± pana puñj±
ahesunti. Yath± orato µhito puriso p±rato µhita½ majjhimappam±ºa½ purisa½ na
passati, eva½mahant±.
301. Ida½ te t±t±ti kah±paºapuñjañca suvaººapuñjañca dassento ±ha. Matti-
kanti m±tito ±gata½, ida½ te m±t±mahiy± m±tu ima½ geha½ ±gacchantiy±
gandham±l±d²na½ atth±ya dinna½ dhananti attho. Añña½ pettika½ añña½ pit±ma-
hanti ya½ pana te pitu ca pit±mah±nañca santaka½, ta½ añña½yeva, nihitañca
payuttañca ativiya bahu. Ettha ca “pit±mahan”ti taddhitalopa½ katv± vuttanti vedi-
tabba½. “Pet±mahan”ti v± p±µho. Sakk± tatonid±nanti dhanahetu dhanapaccay±.
Ta½ ta½ dhana½ rakkhantassa ca r±j±d²na½ vasena dhanaparikkhaya½ p±puºa-
ntassa kassaci uppajjam±nasok±dayo sandh±ya evam±ha. Eva½ vutte seµµhi
gahapati– “aha½ ima½ uppabb±jess±m²ti ±nesi½, so d±ni me dhammakatha½
k±tu½ ±raddho, aya½ na me vacana½ karissat²”ti uµµh±ya gantv± assa orodh±na½
dv±ra½ vivar±petv±– “aya½ vo s±miko, gacchatha ya½ kiñci katv± na½ gaºhitu½
v±yamath±”ti uyyojesi. Suvaye µhit± n±µakitthiyo nikkhamitv± thera½ pariv±ra-
yi½su (3.0208), t±su dve jeµµhakitthiyo sandh±ya pur±ºadutiyik±ti-±di vutta½.
Pacceka½ p±desu gahetv±ti ekekamhi p±de na½ gahetv±.
 K²dis± n±ma t± ayyaputta acchar±yoti kasm± evam±ha½su? Tad± kira samba-
hule khattiyakum±repi br±hmaºakum±repi seµµhiputtepi mah±sampattiyo pah±ya
pabbajante disv± pabbajj±guºa½ aj±nant± katha½ samuµµh±penti “kasm± ete
pabbajant²”ti. Athaññe vadanti “devacchar±devan±µak±na½ k±raº±”ti. S± kath±
vitth±rik± ahosi. Ta½ gahetv± sabb± evam±ha½su. Atha thero paµikkhipanto na
kho maya½ bhagin²ti-±dim±ha. Samud±carat²ti voharati vadati. Tattheva mucchit±
papati½s³ti ta½ bhaginiv±dena samud±caranta½ disv± “maya½ ajja ±gamissati,
ajja ±gamissat²”ti dv±dasa vass±ni bahi na nikkhant±, eta½ niss±ya no d±rak± na
laddh±, yesa½ ±nubh±vena j²veyy±ma, ito camh± parih²n± aññato ca. Aya½ loko
n±ma attanova cintesi, tasm± t±pi “id±ni maya½ an±th± j±t±”ti attanova cintaya-
m±n±– “anatthiko d±ni amhehi aya½, so amhe paj±patiyo sam±n± attan± saddhi½
ekam±tukucchiy± sayitad±rik± viya maññat²”ti samuppannabalavasok± hutv±
tasmi½yeva padese mucchit± papati½su, patit±ti attho.
M± no viheµheth±ti m± amhe dhana½ dassetv± m±tug±me ca uyyojetv± viheµha-
yittha, vihes± hes± pabbajit±nanti. Kasm± evam±ha? M±t±pit³na½ anuggahena.
So kira seµµhi– “pabbajitaliªga½ n±ma kiliµµha½, pabbajj±vesa½ h±retv± nh±yitv±
tayo jan± ekato bhuñjiss±m±”ti maññam±no therassa bhikkha½ na deti. Thero–
“m±disassa kh²º±savassa ±h±rantar±ya½ katv± ete bahu½ apuñña½ pasaveyyun”-
ti tesa½ anuggahena evam±ha.
302. G±th± abh±s²Ti g±th±yo abh±si. Tattha pass±ti santike µhitajana½
sandh±ya vadati. Cittanti cittavicitta½. Bimbanti attabh±va½. Aruk±yanti
navanna½ vaºamukh±na½ vasena vaºak±ya½. Samussitanti t²ºi aµµhisat±ni
navahi nh±rusatehi bandhitv± navahi ma½sapesisatehi limpitv± samantato
ussita½.
¾turanti jar±turat±ya rog±turat±ya kiles±turat±ya ca nicc±tura½. Bahusaªka-
ppanti paresa½ uppannapatthan±saªkappehi bahusaªkappa½ (3.0209). Itth²-
nañhi k±ye puris±na½ saªkapp± uppajjanti, tesa½ k±ye itth²na½. Sus±ne cha¹¹i-
taka¼evarabh³tampi ceta½ k±kakulal±dayo patthayantiyev±ti bahusaªkappo
n±ma hoti. Yassa natthi dhuva½ µhit²ti yassa k±yassa m±y±mar²cipheºapiº¹a uda-
kapupphu¼±d²na½ viya eka½seneva µhiti n±ma natthi, bhijjanadhammat±va niyat±.
Tacena onaddhanti allamanussacammena onaddha½. Saha vatthebhi sobha-
t²ti gandh±d²hi maºikuº¹alehi ca cittakatampi r³pa½ vatthehi saheva sobhati, vin±
vatthehi jeguccha½ hoti anolokanakkhama½.
Alattakakat±ti alattakena rañjit±. Cuººakamakkhitanti s±sapakakkena mukhap²-
¼ak±d²ni n²haritv± loºamattik±ya duµµhalohita½ viliy±petv± tilapiµµhena lohita½ pas±-
detv± haliddiy± vaººa½ samp±detv± cuººakagaº¹ik±ya mukha½ paharanti,
tenesa ativiya virocati. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½.
Aµµh±padakat±ti rasodakena makkhitv± nal±µapariyante ±vattanaparivatte katv±
aµµhapadakaracan±ya racit±. Añjan²ti añjanan±¼ik±.
Odah²ti µhapesi. P±santi v±kar±j±la½. N±sad±ti na ghaµµayi. Niv±panti niv±pa-
sutte vuttaniv±patiºasadisabhojana½. Kandanteti viravam±ne paridevam±ne.
Im±ya hi g±th±ya thero m±t±pitaro migaluddake viya katv± dassesi, avasesañ±-
take migaluddakaparisa½ viya, hiraññasuvaººa½ v±kar±j±la½ viya, attan± bhutta-
bhojana½ niv±patiºa½ viya, att±na½ mah±miga½ viya katv± dassesi. Yath± hi
mah±migo y±vadattha½ niv±patiºa½ kh±ditv± p±n²ya½ pivitv± g²va½ ukkhipitv±
disa½ oloketv± “ima½ n±ma µh±na½ gatassa sotthi bhavissat²”ti migaluddak±na½
paridevant±na½yeva v±kara½ aghaµµayam±nova uppatitv± arañña½ pavisitv±
ghanacch±yassa chattassa viya gumbassa heµµh± mandamandena v±tena b²jaya-
m±no ±gatamagga½ olokento tiµµhati, evameva thero im± g±th± bh±sitv± ±k±se-
neva gantv± migac²re paccupaµµh±si.
Kasm± pana thero ±k±sena gatoti. Pit± kirassa seµµhi sattasu dv±rakoµµhakesu
agga¼a½ d±petv± malle ±º±pesi– “sace nikkhamitv± (3.0210) gacchati, hatthap±-
desu na½ gahetv± k±s±y±ni haritv± gihivesa½ gaºh±peth±”ti. Tasm± thero– “ete
m±disa½ mah±kh²º±sava½ hatthe v± p±de v± gahetv± apuñña½ pasaveyyu½,
ta½ nesa½ m± ahos²”ti cintetv± ±k±sena agam±si. Parasamuddav±sitther±na½
pana– “µhitakova im± g±th± bh±sitv± veh±sa½ abbhuggantv± rañño korabyassa
migac²re paccupaµµh±s²”ti aya½ v±can±maggoyeva.
303. Migavoti tassa uyy±nap±lassa n±ma½. Sodhentoti uyy±namagga½ sama½
k±retv± anto-uyy±ne tacchitabbayuttaµµh±n±ni tacch±pento sammajjitabbayutt±ni
µh±n±ni sammajj±pento v±luk±-okiraºa-pupphavikiraºa-puººaghaµaµµhapana-ka-
dalikkhandhaµhapan±d²ni ca karontoti attho. Yena r±j± korabyo tenupasaªkam²Ti
amh±ka½ r±j± sad± imassa kulaputtassa vaººa½ kathesi, passituk±mo eta½, ±ga-
tabh±va½ panassa na j±n±ti, mah± kho pan±ya½ paºº±k±ro, gantv± rañño ±roce-
ss±m²ti cintetv± yena r±j± korabyo tenupasaªkami.
Kittayam±no ahos²ti so kira r±j± thera½ anussaritv± balamajjhepi n±µakama-
jjhepi– “dukkara½ kata½ kulaputtena t±va mahanta½ sampatti½ pah±ya pabba-
jitv± punanivattitv± anapalokenten±”ti guºa½ kathesi, ta½ gahetv± aya½ eva-
m±ha. Vissajjeth±ti vatv±ti orodhamah±mattabalak±y±d²su yassa ya½ anuccha-
vika½, tassa ta½ d±petv±ti attho. Ussaµ±ya ussaµ±y±ti ussit±ya ussit±ya, mah±ma-
ttamah±raµµhik±d²na½ vasena uggatuggatameva parisa½ gahetv± upasaªkam²ti
attho. Idha bhava½ raµµhap±lo hatthatthare nis²dat³ti hatthattharo tanuko bahala-
pupph±diguºa½ katv± atthato abhilakkhito hoti, t±dise an±pucchitv± nis²ditu½ na
yuttanti maññam±no evam±ha.
304. P±rijuññ±n²ti p±rijuññabh±v± parikkhay±. Jiººoti jar±jiººo. Vu¹¹hoti vayo-
vu¹¹ho. MahallakoTi j±timahallako. Addhagatoti addh±na½ atikkanto. Vayo-anu-
ppattoti pacchimavaya½ anuppatto. Pabbajat²ti dhuravih±ra½ gantv± bhikkh³
vanditv±,– “bhante, may± daharak±le (3.0211) bahu½ kusala½ kata½, id±ni maha-
llakomhi, mahallakassa ces± pabbajj± n±ma, cetiyaªgaºa½ sammajjitv± appaha-
rita½ katv± j²viss±mi, pabb±jetha ma½, bhante,”ti k±ruñña½ upp±dento y±cati,
ther± anukamp±ya pabb±jenti. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½. Dutiyav±repi eseva
nayo.
App±b±dhoti arogo. App±taªkoti niddukkho. Samavep±kiniy±Ti samavip±ca-
niy±. Gahaºiy±ti kammajatejodh±tuy±. Tattha yassa bhuttabhutto ±h±ro j²rati,
yassa v± pana puµabhatta½ viya tatheva tiµµhati, ubhopete na samavep±kiniy±
gahaºiy± samann±gat±. Yassa pana bhuttak±le bhattacchando uppajjateva, aya½
samavep±kiniy± samann±gato. N±tis²t±ya naccuºh±y±ti teneva k±raºena n±tis²-
t±ya naccuºh±ya. Anupubben±ti r±j±no v± harant²ti-±din± anukkamena. Dutiya-
v±re r±jabhayacorabhayach±takabhay±din± anukkamena.
305. Dhammuddes± uddiµµh±ti dhammaniddes± uddiµµh±. Upaniyyat²ti jar±mara-
ºasantika½ gacchati, ±yukkhayena v± tattha niyyati. Addhuvoti dhuvaµµh±navira-
hito. At±ºoti t±yitu½ samatthena virahito. Anabhissaroti asaraºo abhisaritv± abhi-
gantv± ass±setu½ samatthena virahito. Assakoti nissako sakabhaº¹avirahito.
Sabba½ pah±ya gaman²yanti sakabhaº¹anti sallakkhita½ sabba½ pah±ya lokena
gantabba½. Taºh±d±soti taºh±ya d±so.
306. Hatthisminti hatthisippe. Kat±v²ti katakaraº²yo, sikkhitasikkho paguºasi-
ppoti attho. Esa nayo sabbattha. Ðrubal²ti ³rubalasampanno. Yassa hi phalakañca
±vudhañca gahetv± parasena½ pavisitv± abhinna½ bhindato bhinna½ sandh±ra-
yato parahatthagata½ rajja½ ±haritu½ ³rubala½ atthi, aya½ ³rubal² n±ma. B±huba-
l²ti b±hubalasampanno. Sesa½ purimasadisameva. Alamattoti samattha-atta-
bh±vo.
Pariyodh±ya vattissant²Ti uppanna½ uppaddava½ odh±ya avattharitv± vattissa-
nt²ti sallakkhetv± gahit±.
Sa½vijjati (3.0212) kho, bho raµµhap±la, imasmi½ r±jakule pah³ta½ hiraññasu-
vaººanti ida½ so r±j± upari dhammuddesassa k±raºa½ ±haranto ±ha.
Ath±para½ etadavoc±ti eta½ “pass±mi loke”ti-±din± nayena catunna½
dhammuddes±na½ anug²ti½ avoca.
307. Tattha bhiyyova k±me abhipatthayant²ti eka½ labhitv± dve patthayanti, dve
labhitv± catt±roti eva½ uttaruttari vatthuk±makilesak±me patthayantiyeva.
 Pasayh±ti sapattagaºa½ abhibhavitv±. Sas±garantanti saddhi½ s±garantena.
Ora½ samuddass±ti ya½ samuddassa orato sakaraµµha½, tena atittar³poti attho.
Na hatth²ti na hi atthi.
Aho vat± noti aho vata nu, ayameva v± p±µho. Amar±ti c±h³ti amara½ iti ca ±hu.
Ida½ vutta½ hoti– ya½ mata½ ñ±t² pariv±retv± kandanti, ta½– “aho vata amh±ka½
bh±t± mato, putto mato”ti-±d²nipi vadanti.
Phusanti phassanti maraºaphassa½ phusanti. Tatheva phuµµhoti yath± b±lo,
dh²ropi tatheva maraºaphassena phuµµho, aphuµµho n±ma natthi, aya½ pana
viseso. B±lo ca b±ly± vadhitova set²ti b±lo b±labh±vena maraºaphassa½
±gamma vadhitova seti abhihatova sayati. Akata½ vata me kaly±ºanti-±divippaµi-
s±ravasena calati vedhati vipphandati. Dh²ro ca na vedhat²ti dh²ro sugatinimitta½
passanto na vedhati na calati.
Y±ya vos±na½ idh±dhigacchat²ti y±ya paññ±ya imasmi½ loke sabbakiccavo-
s±na½ arahatta½ adhigacchati, s±va dhanato uttamatar±. Abyositatt±ti apariyosi-
tatt±, arahattapattiy±, abh±ven±ti attho. Bhav±bhaves³ti h²nappaº²tesu bhavesu.
Upeti gabbhañca parañca lokanti tesu p±pa½ karontesu yo koci satto parampa-
r±ya sa½s±ra½ ±pajjitv± gabbhañca parañca loka½ upeti. TassappapaññoTi
tassa t±disassa appapaññassa añño appapañño abhisaddahanto.
Sakammun± (3.0213) haññat²ti attan± katakammavasena “kas±hipi t±let²”ti-±-
d²hi kammak±raº±hi haññati. Pecca paramhi loketi ito gantv± paramhi ap±yaloke.
Vir³par³pen±ti vividhar³pena, n±n±sabh±ven±ti attho. K±maguºes³ti diµµhadha-
mmikasampar±yikesu sabbak±maguºesu ±d²nava½ disv±. Dahar±ti antamaso
kalalamattabh±va½ up±d±ya taruº±. Vu¹¹h±ti vassasat±tikkant±. Apaººaka½
s±maññameva seyyoti aviruddha½ advajjhag±mi½ ekantaniyy±nika½ s±mañña-
meva “seyyo, uttaritarañca paº²tatarañc±”ti upadh±retv± pabbajitosmi mah±r±j±ti.
Tasm± ya½ tva½ vadasi– “ki½ disv± v± sutv± v±”ti, ida½ disv± ca sutv± ca pabba-
jitosm²ti ma½ dh±reh²ti desana½ niµµh±pes²ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Raµµhap±lasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

3. Maghadevasuttavaººan±

308. Eva½ me sutanti maghadevasutta½. Tattha maghadeva-ambavaneti

pubbe maghadevo n±ma r±j± ta½ ambavana½ ropesi. Tesu rukkhesu palujjam±-
nesu aparabh±ge aññepi r±j±no ropesu½yeva. Ta½ pana paµhamavoh±ravasena
maghadevambavananteva saªkha½ gata½. Sita½ p±tv±k±s²ti s±yanhasamaye
vih±rac±rika½ caram±no ramaº²ya½ bh³mibh±ga½ disv±– “vasitapubba½ nu kho
me imasmi½ ok±se”ti ±vajjanto– “pubbe aha½ maghadevo n±ma r±j± hutv± ima½
ambavana½ ropesi½, ettheva pabbajitv± catt±ro brahmavih±re bh±vetv± brahma-
loke nibbatti½. Ta½ kho paneta½ k±raºa½ bhikkhusaªghassa ap±kaµa½, p±kaµa½
kariss±m²”ti aggaggadante dassento sita½ p±tu ak±si.
Dhammo assa atth²ti dhammiko. Dhammena r±j± j±toti dhammar±j±. Dhamme
µhitoti dasakusalakammapathadhamme µhito. Dhamma½ carat²ti sama½ carati (3.02
Tatra br±hmaºagahapatikes³ti yopi so pubbar±j³hi br±hmaº±na½ dinnaparih±ro,
ta½ ah±petv± pakatiniy±meneva ad±si, tath± gahapatik±na½. Ta½ sandh±yeta½
vutta½. Pakkhass±ti imin± p±µih±rikapakkhopi saªgahito. Aµµham²-uposathassa hi
paccuggaman±nuggamanavasena sattamiyañca navamiyañca, c±tuddasapanna-
ras±na½ paccuggaman±nuggamanavasena terasiyañca p±µipade c±ti ime divas±
p±µih±rikapakkh±ti veditabb±. Tesupi uposatha½ upavasi.
309. Devad³t±ti devoti maccu, tassa d³t±ti devad³t±. Sirasmiñhi palitesu p±tu-
bh³tesu maccur±jassa santike µhito viya hoti, tasm± palit±ni maccudevassa d³t±ti
vuccanti. Dev± viya d³t±tipi devad³t±. Yath± hi alaªkatapaµiyatt±ya devat±ya
±k±se µhatv± “asukadivase marissat²”ti vutte ta½ tatheva hoti, eva½ sirasmi½ pali-
tesu p±tubh³tesu devat±by±karaºasadisameva
hoti. Tasm± palit±ni devasadis± d³t±ti vuccanti. Visuddhidev±na½ d³t±tipi deva-
d³t±. Sabbabodhisatt± hi jiººaby±dhitamatapabbajite disv±va sa½vegam±pajjitv±
nikkhamma pabbajanti. Yath±ha–
“Jiººañca disv± dukhitañca by±dhita½,
matañca disv± gatam±yusaªkhaya½;
k±s±yavattha½ pabbajitañca disv±,
tasm± aha½ pabbajitomhi r±j±”ti.
Imin± pariy±yena palit±ni visuddhidev±na½ d³tatt± devad³t±ti vuccanti.
Kappakassa g±mavara½ datv±Ti satasahassuµµh±naka½ jeµµhakag±ma½ datv±.
Kasm± ad±si? Sa½viggam±nasatt±. Tassa hi añjalismi½ µhapit±ni palit±ni disv±va
sa½vego uppajjati. Aññ±ni catur±s²tivassasahass±ni ±yu atthi, eva½ santepi
maccur±jassa santike µhita½ viya att±na½ maññam±no sa½viggo pabbajja½
roceti. Tena vutta½–
“Sire (3.0215) disv±na palita½, maghadevo disampati;
sa½vega½ alabh² dh²ro, pabbajja½ samarocay²”ti.
Aparampi vutta½–
“Uttamaªgaruh± mayha½, ime j±t± vayohar±;
p±tubh³t± devad³t±, pabbajj±samayo mam±”ti.
Purisayugeti va½sasambhave purise. Kesamassu½ oh±retv±ti t±pasapabbajja½
pabbajant±pi hi paµhama½ kesamassu½ oh±retv± pabbajanti, tato paµµh±ya
va¹¹hite kese bandhitv± jaµ±kal±padhar± hutv± vicaranti. Bodhisattopi t±pasapa-
bbajja½ pabbaji. Pabbajito pana anesana½ ananuyuñjitv± r±jagehato ±haµabhi-
kkh±ya y±pento brahmavih±ra½ bh±vesi. Tasm± so mett±sahagaten±ti-±di vutta½.
Kum±rak²¼ita½ k²¼²ti aªkena aªka½ parihariyam±no k²¼i. M±l±kal±pa½ viya hi
na½ ukkhipitv±va vicari½su. Rañño maghadevassa putto …pe… pabbaj²ti imassa
pabbajitadivase pañca maªgal±ni ahesu½. Maghadevarañño matakabhatta½,
tassa rañño pabbajitamaªgala½, tassa puttassa chattuss±panamaªgala½, tassa
puttassa uparajjamaªgala½, tassa puttassa n±makaraºamaªgalanti ekasmi½-
yeva samaye pañca maªgal±ni ahesu½, sakalajambud²patale unnaªgalamahosi.
311. Puttapaputtak±Ti putt± ca puttaputt± c±ti eva½ pavatt± tassa parampar±.
Pacchimako ahos²ti pabbajj±pacchimako ahosi. Bodhisatto kira brahmaloke
nibbatto– “pavattati nu kho ta½ may± manussaloke nihata½ kaly±ºavattan”ti ±va-
jjanto addasa– “ettaka½ addh±na½ pavattati, id±ni na pavattissat²”ti. Na kho
pan±ha½ mayha½ paveºiy± ucchijjitu½ dass±m²ti attano va½se j±taraññoyeva
aggamahesiy± kucchismi½ paµisandhi½ gahetv± attano va½sassa nemi½
ghaµento viya nibbatto, tenevassa nim²ti n±ma½ ahosi. Iti so pabbajitar±j³na½ (3.021
sabbapacchimako hutv± pabbajitoti pabbajj±pacchimako ahosi. Guºehi pana atire-
kataro. Tassa hi sabbar±j³hi atirekatar± dve guº± ahesu½. Cat³su dv±resu sata-
sahassa½ satasahassa½ vissajjetv± devasika½ d±na½ ad±si, anuposathikassa
ca dassana½ niv±resi. Anuposathikesu hi r±j±na½ passiss±m±ti gatesu dov±riko
pucchati “tumhe uposathik± no v±”ti. Ye anuposathik± honti, te niv±reti “anuposa-
thik±na½ r±j± dassana½ na det²”ti. “Maya½ janapadav±sino k±le bhojana½ kuhi½
labhiss±m±”tipi tattha vacanok±so natthi. Cat³su hi dv±resu r±jaªgaºe ca ane-
k±ni bhattac±µisahass±ni paµiyatt±neva honti. Tasm± mah±jano icchiticchitaµµh±ne
massu½ k±retv± nh±yitv± vatth±ni parivattetv± yath±rucita½ bhojana½ bhuñjitv±
uposathaªg±ni adhiµµh±ya rañño gehadv±ra½ gacchati. Dov±rikena “uposathik±
tumhe”ti pucchitapucchit± “±ma ±m±”ti vadanti. Tena hi ±gacchath±ti pavesetv±
rañño dasseti. Iti imehi dv²hi guºehi atirekataro ahosi.
312. Dev±na½ t±vati½s±nanti t±vati½sabhavane nibbattadev±na½. Te kira
dev± videharaµµhe mithilanagarav±sino rañño ov±de µhatv± pañca s²l±ni rakkhitv±
uposathakamma½ katv± tattha nibbatt± rañño guºakatha½ kathenti. Te sandh±ya
vutta½ “dev±na½ t±vati½s±nan”ti.
Nisinno hot²ti p±s±davarassa uparigato d±nañca s²lañca upaparikkham±no
nisinno hoti. Eva½ kirassa ahosi– “d±na½ nu kho mahanta½ ud±hu s²la½, yadi
d±na½ mahanta½, ajjhottharitv± d±nameva dass±mi. Atha s²la½, s²lameva p³ri-
ss±m²”ti. Tassa “ida½ mahanta½ ida½ mahantan”ti nicchitu½ asakkontasseva
sakko gantv± purato p±turahosi. Tena vutta½ atha kho, ±nanda, …pe…
sammukhe p±turahos²ti. Eva½ kirassa ahosi– “rañño kaªkh± uppann±, tassa
kaªkhacchedanattha½ pañhañca kathess±mi, idh±gamanatth±ya paµiññañca
gaºhiss±m²”ti. Tasm± gantv± sammukhe p±turahosi. R±j± adiµµhapubba½ r³pa½
disv± bh²to ahosi lomahaµµhaj±to. Atha na½ sakko– “m± bh±yi, mah±r±ja, vissattho
pañha½ puccha, kaªkha½ te paµivinodess±m²”ti ±ha.
R±j± (3.0217)–
“Pucch±mi ta½ mah±r±ja, sabbabh³t±namissara;
d±na½ v± brahmacariya½ v±, katama½ su mahapphalan”ti.–
Pañha½ pucchi. Sakko– “d±na½ n±ma ki½, s²lameva guºavisiµµhat±ya mahanta½.
Ahañhi pubbe, mah±r±ja, dasavassasahass±ni dasanna½ jaµilasahass±na½
d±na½ datv± pettivisayato na mutto, s²lavant± pana mayha½ d±na½ bhuñjitv±
brahmaloke nibbatt±”ti vatv± im± g±th± avoca–
“H²nena brahmacariyena, khattiye upapajjati;
majjhimena ca devatta½, uttamena visujjhati.
Na hete sulabh± k±y±, y±cayogena kenaci;
ye k±ye upapajjanti, an±g±r± tapassino”ti. (j±. 2.22.429-430);
Eva½ rañño kaªkha½ vinodetv± devalokagaman±ya paµiññ±gahaºattha½ l±bh±
te mah±r±j±ti-±dim±ha. Tattha avikampam±noti abh±yam±no. Adhiv±ses²Ti aha½
mah±jana½ kusala½ sam±dapemi, puññavant±na½ pana vasanaµµh±na½ disv±
±gatena manussapathe sukha½ kathetu½ hot²ti adhiv±sesi.
313. Eva½ bhaddantav±ti eva½ hotu bhaddaka½ tava vacananti vatv±. Yoje-
tv±Ti ekasmi½yeva yuge sahassa-ass±j±n²ye yojetv±. Tesa½ pana p±µiyekka½
yojanakicca½ natthi, mana½ ±gamma yutt±yeva honti. So pana dibbaratho diya-
¹¹hayojanasatiko hoti, naddhito paµµh±ya rathas²sa½ paññ±sayojan±ni, akkha-
bandho paºº±sayojan±ni, akkhabandhato paµµh±ya pacch±bh±go paºº±sayoja-
n±ni, sabbo sattavaººaratanamayo. Devaloko n±ma uddha½, manussaloko adho,
tasm± heµµh±mukha½ ratha½ peses²ti na sallakkhetabba½. Yath± pana pakati-
magga½ peseti, evameva manuss±na½ s±yam±sabhatte niµµhite candena
saddhi½ yuganaddha½ katv± pesesi, yamakacand± uµµhit± viya ahesu½. Mah±-
jano disv± “yamakacand± uggat±”ti ±ha. ¾gacchante ±gacchante na yamaka-
cand±, eka½ vim±na½, na vim±na½, eko rathoti. Rathopi ±gacchanto ±gacchanto (
pakatirathappam±ºova, ass±pi pakati-assappam±º±va ahesu½. Eva½ ratha½
±haritv± rañño p±s±da½ padakkhiºa½ katv± p±c²nas²hapañjaraµµh±ne ratha½
nivattetv± ±gatamagg±bhimukha½ katv± s²hapañjare µhatv±va ±rohanasajja½
µhapesi.
Abhiruha mah±r±j±ti r±j±– “dibbay±na½ me laddhan”ti na t±vadeva abhiruhi,
n±gar±na½ pana ov±da½ ad±si “passatha t±t±, ya½ me sakkena devaraññ±
dibbaratho pesito, so ca kho na j±tigotta½ v± kulappadesa½ v± paµicca pesito,
mayha½ pana s²l±c±raguºe pas²ditv± pesito. Sace tumhepi s²la½ rakkhissatha,
tumh±kampi pesessati, eva½ rakkhitu½ yutta½ n±meta½ s²la½. N±ha½ deva-
loka½ gantv± cir±yiss±mi, appamatt± hoth±”ti mah±jana½ ovaditv± pañcasu
s²lesu patiµµh±petv± ratha½ abhiruhi. Tato m±tali saªg±hako “ahampi mah±r±-
jassa mam±nucchavika½ kariss±m²”ti ±k±samhi dve magge dassetv± apica mah±-
r±j±ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha katamen±Ti, mah±r±ja, imesu maggesu eko niraya½ gacchati, eko deva-
loka½, tesu ta½ katamena nemi. Yen±ti yena maggena gantv± yattha p±paka-
mmant± p±pak±na½ kamm±na½ vip±ka½ paµisa½vediyanti, ta½ µh±na½ sakk±
hoti passitunti attho. Dutiyapadepi eseva nayo. J±takepi–
“Kena ta½ nemi maggena, r±jaseµµha disampati;
yena v± p±pakammant±, puññakamm± ca ye nar±”ti. (j±. 2.22.450)–
G±th±ya ayamevattho. Tenev±ha–
“Niraye t±va pass±mi, ±v±se p±pakammina½;
µh±n±ni luddakamm±na½, duss²l±nañca y± gat²”ti. (j±. 2.22.451);
Ubhayeneva ma½ m±tali neh²ti m±tali dv²hi maggehi ma½ nehi, aha½ niraya½
passituk±mo devalokamp²ti. Paµhama½ katamena nem²ti. Paµhama½ nirayama-
ggena neh²ti. Tato m±tali attano ±nubh±vena r±j±na½ pañcadasa mah±niraye
dassesi. Vitth±rakath± panettha–
“Dassesi (3.0219) m±tali rañño, dugga½ vetaraºi½ nadi½;
kuthita½ kh±rasa½yutta½, tatta½ aggisikh³paman”ti. (j±. 2.22.452)–
J±take vuttanayena veditabb±. Niraya½ dassetv± ratha½ nivattetv± devalok±bhi-
mukha½ gantv± b²raº²devadh²t±ya soºadinnadevaputtassa gaºadevaputt±nañca
vim±n±ni dassento devaloka½ nesi. Tatr±pi vitth±rakath±–
“Yadi te sut± b²raº² j²valoke,
±m±yad±s² ahu br±hmaºassa;
s± pattak±le atithi½ viditv±,
m±t±va putta½ sakim±bhinand²;
sa½yam± sa½vibh±g± ca,
s± vim±nasmi modat²”ti. (j±. 2.22.507)–
J±take vuttanayeneva veditabb±.
Eva½ gacchato pana tassa rathanemi vaµµiy± cittak³µadv±rakoµµhakassa
umm±re pahatamatteva devanagare kol±hala½ ahosi. Sakka½ devar±j±na½ eka-
ka½yeva oh±ya devasaªgho mah±satta½ paccuggamanamak±si, ta½ devat±na½
±dara½ disv± sakko citta½ sandh±retu½ asakkonto– “abhirama, mah±r±ja,
devesu dev±nubh±ven±”ti ±ha. Eva½ kirassa ahosi– “aya½ r±j± ajja ±gantv± eka-
divaseneva devagaºa½ attano abhimukhamak±si. Sace eka½ dve divase vasi-
ssati, na ma½ dev± olokessant²”ti. So us³yam±no, “mah±r±ja, tuyha½ imasmi½
devaloke vasitu½ puñña½ natthi, aññesa½ puññena vas±h²”ti imin± adhipp±yena
evam±ha. Bodhisatto– “n±sakkhi jarasakko mana½ sandh±retu½, para½ niss±ya
laddha½ kho pana y±citv± laddhabhaº¹aka½ viya hot²”ti paµikkhipanto ala½ m±ri-
s±ti-±dim±ha. J±takepi vutta½–
“Yath± y±citaka½ y±na½, yath± y±citaka½ dhana½;
Eva½sampadameve ta½, ya½ parato d±napaccay±;
na c±hametamicch±mi, ya½ parato d±napaccay±”ti. (j±. 2.22.585-586)–
Sabba½ (3.0220) vattabba½. Bodhisatto pana manussattabh±vena kativ±re deva-
loka½ gatoti. Catt±ro– mandh±tur±jak±le s±dhinar±jak±le guttilav²º±v±dakak±le
nimimah±r±jak±leti. So mandh±tuk±le devaloke asaªkhyeyya½ k±la½ vasi,
tasmiñhi vasam±neyeva chatti½sa sakk± cavi½su. S±dhinar±jak±le satt±ha½
vasi, manussagaºan±ya satta vassasat±ni honti. Guttilav²º±v±dakak±le ca nimir±-
jak±le ca muhuttamatta½ vasi, manussagaºan±ya satta divas±ni honti.
314. Tattheva mithila½ paµines²ti paµinetv± pakatisirigabbheyeva patiµµh±pesi.
315. Ka¼±rajanakoti tassa n±ma½. Ka¼±radantat±ya pana ka¼±rajanakoti vutto.
Na so ag±rasm± anag±riya½ pabbaj²ti ettakamattameva na ak±si, sesa½ sabba½
p±katikameva ahosi.
316. Samucchedo hot²Ti ettha kaly±ºavatta½ ko samucchindati, kena samu-
cchinna½, ko pavatteti, kena pavattita½ n±ma hot²ti aya½ vibh±go veditabbo.
Tattha s²lav± bhikkhu “na sakk± may± arahatta½ laddhun”ti v²riya½ akaronto
samucchindati. Duss²lena samucchinna½ n±ma hoti. Satta sekh± pavattenti.
Kh²º±savena pavattita½ n±ma hoti. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Maghadevasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

4. Madhurasuttavaººan±

317. Eva½ me sutanti madhurasutta½. Tattha mah±kacc±noti gihik±le ujjenika-

rañño purohitaputto abhir³po dassan²yo p±s±diko suvaººavaººo ca. Madhur±-
yanti eva½n±make nagare. Gund±vaneti kaºhakagund±vane (3.0221). Avantipu-
ttoti avantiraµµhe rañño dh²t±ya putto. Vuddho ceva arah± c±ti dahara½ araha-
ntampi na tath± sambh±venti yath± mahallaka½, thero pana vuddho ceva ahosi
arah± ca. Br±hmaº±, bho kacc±n±ti so kira r±j± br±hmaºaladdhiko, tasm± eva-
m±ha. Br±hmaºova seµµho vaººoti-±d²su j±tigott±d²na½ paññ±panaµµh±ne br±hma-
º±va seµµh±ti dasseti. H²no añño vaººoti itare tayo vaºº± h²n± l±mak±ti vadati.
Sukkoti paº¹aro. Kaºhoti k±¼ako. Sujjhant²ti j±tigott±dipaññ±panaµµh±nesu
sujjhanti. Brahmuno putt±ti mah±brahmuno putt±. Oras± mukhato j±t±ti ure
vasitv± mukhato nikkhant±, ure katv± sa½vaddhit±ti v± oras±. Brahmaj±ti
brahmato nibbatt±. Brahmanimmit±ti brahmun± nimmit±. Brahmad±y±d±ti
brahmuno d±y±d±. Ghosoyeva kho esoti voh±ramattameveta½.
318. Ijjheyy±ti samijjheyya, yattak±ni dhan±d²ni pattheyya, tattakehissa mano-
ratho p³reyy±ti attho. Khattiyopiss±ss±ti khattiyopi assa issariyasampattassa
pubbuµµh±y² assa. Nesa½ ettha kiñc²ti na etesa½ ettha kiñci.
322. ¾sanena v± nimanteyy±m±ti nisinn±sana½ papphoµetv± idha nis²d±ti vade-
yy±ma. Abhinimanteyy±mapi nanti abhiharitv± ta½ nimanteyy±ma. Tattha
duvidho abhih±ro v±c±ya ceva k±yena ca. “Tumh±ka½ icchiticchitakkhaºe
mama½ c²var±d²hi vadeyy±tha yenattho”ti vadanto hi v±c±ya abhiharitv± nima-
nteti n±ma. C²var±divekalla½ sallakkhetv± “ida½ gaºhath±”ti t±ni dento pana
k±yena abhiharitv± nimanteti n±ma. Tadubhayampi sandh±ya “abhinimanteyy±-
mapi nan”ti ±ha. Rakkh±varaºaguttinti rakkh±saªkh±tañceva ±varaºasaªkh±-
tañca gutti½. Y± panes± ±vudhahatthe purise µhapentena rakkh±, s± dhammik±
n±ma sa½vihit± na hoti. Yath± pana avel±ya kaµµhah±rik±paººah±rik±dayo
vih±ra½ na pavisanti, migaluddak±dayo vih±ras²m±ya mige v± macche v± na
gaºhanti, eva½ sa½vidahantena dhammik± n±ma sa½vihit± hoti. Ta½ sandh±-
y±ha “dhammikan”ti.
Eva½ (3.0222) santeti eva½ catunnampi vaºº±na½ pabbajit±na½ pabbajitasa-
kk±rena same sam±ne. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Madhurasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

5. Bodhir±jakum±rasuttavaººan±

324. Eva½ me sutanti bodhir±jakum±rasutta½. Tattha kokanadoti kokanada½

vuccati paduma½. So ca maªgalap±s±do olokanakapaduma½ dassetv± kato,
tasm± kokanadoti saªkha½ labhi.
325. Y±va pacchimasop±naka¼evar±ti ettha pacchimasop±naka¼evaranti
paµhama½ sop±naphalaka½ vutta½. Addas± khoti olokanattha½yeva dv±rako-
µµhake µhito addasa. Bhagav± tuºh² ahos²ti “kissa nu kho atth±ya r±jakum±rena
aya½ mah±sakk±ro kato”ti ±vajjanto puttapatthan±ya katabh±va½ aññ±si. So hi
r±jakum±ro aputtako, sutañc±nena ahosi– “buddh±na½ kira adhik±ra½ katv±
manas± icchita½ labhant²”ti. So– “sac±ha½ putta½ labhiss±mi, samm±sa-
mbuddho mama celappaµika½ akkamissati. No ce labhiss±mi, na akkamissat²”ti
patthana½ katv± santhar±pesi. Atha bhagav± “nibbattissati nu kho etassa putto”ti
±vajjetv± “na nibbattissat²”ti addasa.
Pubbe kira so ekasmi½ d²pe vasam±no samacchandena sakuºapotake kh±di.
Sacassa m±tug±mo aññova bhaveyya, putta½ labheyya. Ubhohi pana sam±na-
cchandehi hutv± p±pakamma½ kata½, tenassa putto na nibbattissat²ti aññ±si.
Dusse pana akkante– “buddh±na½ adhik±ra½ katv± patthitapatthita½ labhant²ti
loke anussavo, may± ca mah±-abhin²h±ro kato, na ca putta½ labh±mi, tuccha½
ida½ vacanan”ti micch±gahaºa½ gaºheyya. Titthiy±pi– “natthi samaº±na½ aka-
ttabba½ n±ma, celappaµika½ maddant± ±hiº¹ant²”ti ujjh±yeyyu½ (3.0223). Eta-
rahi ca akkamantesu bah³ bhikkh³ paracittaviduno, te bhabba½ j±nitv± akkami-
ssanti, abhabba½ j±nitv± na akkamissanti. An±gate pana upanissayo mando
bhavissati, an±gata½ na j±nissanti. Tesu akkamantesu sace patthita½ ijjhissati,
icceta½ kusala½. No ce ijjhissati,– “pubbe bhikkhusaªghassa abhin²h±ra½ katv±
icchiticchita½ labhanti, ta½ id±ni na labhanti. Teyeva maññe bhikkh³ paµipattip³-
rak± ahesu½, ime paµipatti½ p³retu½ na sakkont²”ti manuss± vippaµis±rino bhavi-
ssant²ti imehi k±raºehi bhagav± akkamitu½ anicchanto tuºh² ahosi. Sikkh±pada½
paññapesi “na, bhikkhave, celappaµik± akkamitabb±”ti (c³¼ava. 268). Maªgala-
tth±ya paññatta½ anakkamantesu pana akkamanatth±ya anupaññatti½ µhapesi–
“gih², bhikkhave, maªgalik±, anuj±n±mi, bhikkhave, gih²na½ maªgalatth±y±”ti
(c³¼ava. 268).
326. Pacchima½ janata½ tath±gato anukampat²ti ida½ thero vuttesu k±raºesu
tatiya½ k±raºa½ sandh±y±ha. Na kho sukhena sukhanti kasm± ±ha? K±masukha-
llik±nuyogasaññ² hutv± samm±sambuddho na akkami, tasm± ahampi satth±r±
sam±nacchando bhaviss±m²ti maññam±no evam±ha.
327. So kho ahanti-±di “y±va rattiy± pacchime y±me”ti t±va mah±saccake (ma.
ni. 1.364 ±dayo) vuttanayena veditabba½. Tato para½ y±va pañcavaggiy±na½
±savakkhay± p±sar±sisutte (ma. ni. 1.272 ±dayo) vuttanayena veditabba½.
343. Aªkusagayhe sippeti aªkusagahaºasippe. Kusalo ahanti cheko aha½.
Kassa pan±ya½ santike sippa½ uggaºh²ti? Pitu santike, pit±pissa pitu santikeva
uggaºhi. Kosambiya½ kira parantapar±j± n±ma rajja½ k±resi. R±jamahes² garu-
bh±r± ±k±satale raññ± saddhi½ b±l±tapa½ tappam±n± rattakambala½ p±rupitv±
nisinn± hoti, eko hatthiliªgasakuºo “ma½sapes²”ti maññam±no gahetv± ±k±sa½
pakkhandi. S± “cha¹¹eyya man”ti bhayena nissadd± ahosi, so ta½ pabbatap±de
rukkhaviµape µhapesi. S± p±ºissara½ karont² mah±saddamak±si. Sakuºo (3.0224)
pal±yi, tass± tattheva gabbhavuµµh±na½ ahosi. Tiy±maratti½ deve vassante
kambala½ p±rupitv± nis²di. Tato ca avid³re t±paso vasati. So tass± saddena
aruºe uggate rukkham³la½ ±gato j±ti½ pucchitv± nisseºi½ bandhitv± ot±retv±
attano vasanaµµh±na½ netv± y±gu½ p±yesi. D±rakassa megha-utuñca pabbata-u-
tuñca gahetv± j±tatt± udenoti n±ma½ ak±si. T±paso phal±phal±ni ±haritv± dvepi
jane posesi.
S± ekadivasa½ t±pasassa ±gamanavel±ya paccuggamana½ katv± itthikutta½
dassetv± t±pasa½ s²labheda½ ±p±desi. Tesa½ ekato vasant±na½ k±le gacchante
parantapar±j± k±la½ ak±si. T±paso rattibh±ge nakkhatta½ oloketv± rañño mata-
bh±va½ ñatv±– “tuyha½ r±j± mato, putto te ki½ idha vasitu½ icchati, ud±hu pettike
rajje chatta½ uss±petun”ti pucchi. S± puttassa ±dito paµµh±ya sabba½ pavatti½
±cikkhitv± chatta½ uss±petuk±matañcassa ñatv± t±pasassa ±rocesi. T±paso ca
hatthiganthasippa½ j±n±ti, kutonena laddha½? Sakkassa santik±. Pubbe kirassa
sakko upaµµh±na½ ±gantv± “kena kilamath±”ti pucchi. So “hatthiparissayo atth²”ti
±rocesi. Tassa sakko hatthiganthañceva v²ºakañca datv± “pal±petuk±mat±ya
sati ima½ tanti½ v±detv± ima½ siloka½ vadeyy±tha, pakkosituk±mat±ya sati ima½
siloka½ vadeyy±th±”ti ±ha. T±paso ta½ sippa½ kum±rassa ad±si. So eka½ vaµa-
rukkha½ abhiruhitv± hatth²su ±gatesu tanti½ v±detv± siloka½ vadati, hatth² bh²t±
pal±yi½su.
So sippassa ±nubh±va½ ñatv± punadivase pakkosanasippa½ payojesi. Jeµµha-
kahatth² ±gantv± khandha½ upan±mesi. So tassa khandhagato yuddhasamatthe
taruºahatth² uccinitv± kambalañca muddikañca gahetv± m±t±pitaro vanditv±
nikkhanto anupubbena ta½ ta½ g±ma½ pavisitv±– “aha½ rañño putto, sampatti½
atthik± ±gacchant³”ti janasaªgaha½ katv± nagara½ pariv±retv±– “aha½ rañño
putto, mayha½ chatta½ deth±”ti asaddahant±na½ kambalañca muddikañca
dassetv± chatta½ uss±pesi. So hatthivittako hutv± “asukaµµh±ne sundaro hatth²
atth²”ti vutte gantv± gaºh±ti. Caº¹apajjoto (3.0225) “tassa santike sippa½ gaºhi-
ss±m²”ti kaµµhahatthi½ payojetv± tassa anto yodhe
nis²d±petv± ta½ hatthi½ gahaºatth±ya ±gata½ gaºhitv± tassa santike sippa½
gahaºatth±ya dh²tara½ uyyojesi. So t±ya saddhi½ sa½v±sa½ kappetv± ta½
gahetv± attano nagara½yeva agam±si. Tass± kucchiya½ uppanno aya½ bodhir±-
jakum±ro attano pitu santike sippa½ uggaºhi.
344. Padh±niyaªg±n²ti padh±na½ vuccati padahanabh±vo, padh±namassa
atth²ti padh±niyo. Padh±niyassa bhikkhuno aªg±n²ti padh±niyaªg±ni. Saddhoti
saddh±ya samann±gato. S± panes± ±gamanasaddh± adhigamasaddh± okappa-
nasaddh± pas±dasaddh±ti catubbidh±. Tattha sabbaññubodhisatt±na½ saddh±
abhin²h±rato paµµh±ya ±gatatt± ±gamanasaddh± n±ma. Ariyas±vak±na½ paµive-
dhena adhigatatt± adhigamasaddh± n±ma. Buddho dhammo saªghoti vutte acala-
bh±vena okappana½ okappanasaddh± N±ma. Pas±duppatti pas±dasaddh± n±ma,
idha pana okappanasaddh± adhippet±. Bodhinti catumaggañ±ºa½. Ta½ suppaµi-
viddha½ tath±gaten±ti saddahati, desan±s²sameva ceta½, imin± pana aªgena
t²supi ratanesu saddh± adhippet±. Yassa hi buddh±d²su pas±do balav±, tassa
padh±na½ v²riya½ ijjhati.
App±b±dhoti arogo. App±taªkoti niddukkho. Samavep±kiniy±ti samavip±caniy±.
Gahaºiy±ti kammajatejodh±tuy±. N±tis²t±ya n±ccuºh±y±ti atis²tagahaºiko hi s²ta-
bh²r³ hoti, accuºhagahaºiko uºhabh²r³, tesa½ padh±na½ na ijjhati. Majjhimagaha-
ºikassa ijjhati. Ten±ha “majjhim±ya padh±nakkham±y±”ti. Yath±bh³ta½ att±na½
±vikatt±ti yath±bh³ta½ attano aguºa½ pak±set±. Udayatthag±miniy±ti udayañca
atthañca gantu½ paricchinditu½ samatth±ya, etena paññ±salakkhaºaparigg±-
hika½ udayabbayañ±ºa½ vutta½. Ariy±y±ti parisuddh±ya. Nibbedhik±y±ti anibbi-
ddhapubbe lobhakkhandh±dayo nibbijjhitu½ samatth±ya. Samm±dukkhakkhayag±-
miniy±ti tadaªgavasena kiles±na½ pah²natt± ya½ dukkha½ kh²yati, tassa
dukkhassa khayag±miniy±. Iti sabbehipi imehi padehi vipassan±paññ±va kathit±.
Duppaññassa hi padh±na½ na ijjhati. Im±ni ca pañca padh±niyaªg±ni lokiy±neva
veditabb±ni.
345. S±yamanusiµµho (3.0226) p±to visesa½ adhigamissat²ti atthaªgate s³riye
anusiµµho aruºuggamane visesa½ adhigamissati. P±tamanusiµµho s±yanti aruºu-
ggamane anusiµµho s³riyatthaªgamanavel±ya½. Ayañca pana desan± neyyapu-
ggalavasena vutt±. Dandhapañño hi neyyapuggalo sattahi divasehi arahatta½
p±puº±ti, tikkhapañño ekadivasena, sesadivase majjhimapaññ±vasena vedi-
tabba½. Aho buddho aho dhammo aho dhammassa sv±kkh±tat±ti yasm± buddha-
dhamm±na½ u¼±rat±ya dhammassa ca sv±kkh±tat±ya p±to kammaµµh±na½ kath±-
petv± s±ya½ arahatta½ p±puº±ti, tasm± pasa½santo evam±ha. Yatra hi n±m±ti
vimhayatthe nip±to.
346. Kucchimat²ti ±pannasatt±. Yo me aya½, bhante, kucchigatoti ki½ paneva½
saraºa½ gahita½ hot²ti. Na hoti. Acittakasaraºagamana½ n±ma natthi, ±rakkho
panassa paccupaµµhitova hoti. Atha na½ yad± mahallakak±le m±t±pitaro,– “t±ta,
kucchigatameva ta½ saraºa½ gaºh±payimh±”ti s±renti, so ca sallakkhetv± “aha½
saraºa½ gato up±sako”ti sati½ upp±deti, tad± saraºa½ gahita½ n±ma hoti. Sesa½
sabbattha utt±namev±ti.
 Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Bodhir±jakum±rasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

6. Aªgulim±lasuttavaººan±

347. Eva½ me sutanti aªgulim±lasutta½. Tattha aªgul²na½ m±la½ dh±ret²ti

kasm± dh±reti? ¾cariyavacanena. Tatr±ya½ anupubbikath±–
Aya½ kira kosalarañño purohitassa mant±ºiy± n±ma br±hmaºiy± kucchismi½
paµisandhi½ aggahesi. Br±hmaºiy± rattibh±ge gabbhavuµµh±na½ ahosi. Tassa
m±tukucchito nikkhamanak±le sakalanagare ±vudh±ni pajjali½su, rañño maªgala-
sakuntopi sirisayane µhapit± asilaµµhipi (3.0227) pajjali. Br±hmaºo nikkhamitv±
nakkhatta½ olokento coranakkhattena j±toti rañño santika½ gantv± sukhaseyya-
bh±va½ pucchi.
R±j± “kuto, me ±cariya, sukhaseyy±? Mayha½ maªgal±vudha½ pajjali, rajjassa
v± j²vitassa v± antar±yo bhavissati maññe”ti. M± bh±yi, mah±r±ja, mayha½ ghare
kum±ro j±to, tass±nubh±vena na kevala½ tuyha½ nivesane, sakalanagarepi ±vu-
dh±ni pajjalit±n²ti. Ki½ bhavissati ±cariy±ti? Coro bhavissati mah±r±j±ti. Ki½ eka-
corako, ud±hu rajjad³sako coroti? Ekacorako dev±ti. Eva½ vatv± ca pana rañño
mana½ gaºhituk±mo ±ha– “m±retha na½ dev±”ti. Ekacorako sam±no ki½ kari-
ssati? Kar²sasahassakhette ekas±lis²sa½ viya hoti, paµijaggatha nanti. Tassa
n±maggahaºa½ gaºhant± sayane µhapitamaªgala-asilaµµhi, chadane µhapit± sar±,
kapp±sapicumhi µhapita½ t±lavaºµakaraºasatthakanti ete pajjalant± kiñci na
hi½si½su, tasm± ahi½sakoti n±ma½ aka½su. Ta½ sippuggahaºak±le takkas²la½
pesayi½su.
So dhammantev±siko hutv± sippa½ paµµhapesi. Vattasampanno ki½k±rapaµi-
ss±v² man±pac±r² piyav±d² ahosi. Sesa-antev±sik± b±hirak± ahesu½. Te– “ahi½sa-
kam±ºavakassa ±gatak±lato paµµh±ya maya½ na paññ±y±ma, katha½ na½
bhindeyy±m±”ti? Nis²ditv± mantayant±– “sabbehi atirekapaññatt± duppaññoti. Na
sakk± vattu½, vattasampannatt± dubbattoti. Na sakk± vattu½, j±tisampannatt±
dujj±toti na sakk± vattu½, kinti kariss±m±”ti? Tato eka½ kharamanta½ manta-
yi½su “±cariyassa antara½ katv± na½ bhindiss±m±”ti tayo r±s² hutv± paµhama½
ekacce ±cariya½ upasaªkamitv± vanditv± aµµha½su. Ki½ t±t±ti? Imasmi½ gehe
ek± kath± suyyat²ti. Ki½ t±t±ti? Ahi½sakam±ºavo tumh±ka½ antare dubbhat²ti
maññ±m±ti. ¾cariyo santajjetv±– “gacchatha vasal±, m± me putta½ mayha½
antare paribhindath±”ti niµµhubhi. Tato itare, atha itarehi tayopi koµµh±s± ±gantv±
tatheva vatv±– “amh±ka½ asaddahant± upaparikkhitv± j±n±th±”ti ±ha½su.
¾cariyo (3.0228) sinehena vadante disv± “atthi maññe santhavo”ti paribhijjitv±
cintesi “gh±temi nan”ti. Tato cintesi– “sace gh±tess±mi ‘dis±p±mokkho ±cariyo
attano santika½ sippuggahaºattha½ ±gate m±ºavake dosa½ upp±detv± j²vit±
voropet²’ti. Puna koci sippuggahaºattha½ na ±gamissati, eva½ me l±bho parih±yi-
ssati, atha na½ sippassa pariyos±nupac±roti vatv± jaªghasahassa½ gh±teh²ti
vakkh±mi. Avassa½ ettha eko uµµh±ya ta½ gh±tessat²”ti.
Atha na½ ±ha– “ehi t±ta jaªghasahassa½ gh±tehi, eva½ te sippassa upac±ro
kato bhavissat²”ti. Maya½ ahi½sakakule j±t±, na sakk± ±cariy±ti. Aladdhupac±ra½
sippa½ phala½ na deti t±t±ti. So pañc±vudha½ gahetv± ±cariya½ vanditv± aµavi½
paviµµho. Aµavi½ pavisanaµµh±nepi aµavimajjhepi aµavito nikkhamanaµµh±nepi
µhatv± manusse gh±teti. Vattha½ v± veµhana½ v± na gaºh±ti. Eko dveti gaºitama-
ttameva karonto gacchati, gaºanampi na uggaºh±ti. Pakatiy±pi paññav± esa,
p±º±tip±tino pana citta½ na patiµµh±ti, tasm± anukkamena gaºanampi na salla-
kkhesi, ekeka½ aªguli½ chinditv± µhapeti. Ýhapitaµµh±ne aªguliyo vinassanti, tato
vijjhitv± aªgul²na½ m±la½ katv± dh±resi, teneva cassa aªgulim±loti saªkh± uda-
p±di. So sabba½ arañña½ nissañc±ramak±si, d±ru-±d²na½ atth±ya arañña½
gantu½ samattho n±ma natthi.
Rattibh±ge antog±mampi ±gantv± p±dena paharitv± dv±ra½ uggh±teti. Tato
sayiteyeva m±retv± eko ekoti gahetv± gacchati. G±mo osaritv± nigame aµµh±si,
nigamo nagare. Manuss± tiyojanato paµµh±ya ghar±ni pah±ya d±rake hatthesu
gahetv± ±gamma s±vatthi½ pariv±retv± khandh±v±ra½ bandhitv± r±jaªgaºe
sannipatitv±– “coro, te deva, vijite aªgulim±lo n±m±”ti-±d²ni vadant± kandanti.
Bhaggavo “mayha½ putto bhavissat²”ti ñatv± br±hmaºi½ ±ha– bhoti aªgulim±lo
n±ma coro uppanno, so na añño, tava putto ahi½sakakum±ro. Id±ni r±j± ta½
gaºhitu½ nikkhamissati, ki½ kattabbanti? Gaccha (3.0229) s±mi, putta½ me
gahetv± eh²ti. N±ha½ bhadde ussah±mi, cat³su hi janesu viss±so n±ma natthi,
coro me pur±ºasah±yoti aviss±san²yo, s±kh± me pur±ºasanthat±ti aviss±san²y±,
r±j± ma½ p³jet²ti aviss±san²yo, itth² me vasa½ gat±ti aviss±san²y±ti. M±tu
hadaya½ pana muduka½ hoti. Tasm± aha½ pana gantv± mayha½ putta½ ±ness±-
m²ti nikkhant±.
Ta½divasañca bhagav± pacc³sasamaye loka½ volokento aªgulim±la½ disv±–
“mayi gate etassa sotthi bhavissati. Ag±make araññe µhito catuppadika½ g±tha½
sutv± mama santike pabbajitv± cha abhiññ± sacchikarissati. Sace na gamiss±mi,
m±tari aparajjhitv± anuddharaº²yo bhavissati, kariss±missa saªgahan”ti pubba-
ºhasamaya½ niv±setv± piº¹±ya pavisitv± katabhattakicco ta½ saªgaºhituk±mo
vih±r± nikkhami. Etamattha½ dassetu½ “atha kho bhagav±”ti-±di vutta½.
348. Saªkaritv± saªkaritv±ti saªketa½ katv± vaggavagg± hutv±. Hatthattha½
gacchant²ti hatthe attha½ vin±sa½ gacchanti. Ki½ pana te bhagavanta½ sañj±-
nitv± eva½ vadanti asañj±nitv±ti? Asañj±nitv±. Aññ±takavesena hi bhagav± eka-
kova agam±si. Coropi tasmi½ samaye d²gharatta½ dubbhojanena ca dukkhase-
yy±ya ca ukkaºµhito hoti. Kittak± pan±nena manuss± m±rit±ti? Eken³nasahassa½.
So pana id±ni eka½ labhitv± sahassa½ p³ressat²ti saññ² hutv± yameva paµhama½
pass±mi, ta½ gh±tetv± gaºana½ p³retv± sippassa upac±ra½ katv± kesamassu½
oh±retv± nh±yitv± vatth±ni parivattetv± m±t±pitaro passiss±m²ti aµavimajjhato aµa-
vimukha½ ±gantv± ekamanta½ µhitova bhagavanta½ addasa. Etamattha½
dassetu½ “addas± kho”ti-±di vutta½.
Iddh±bhisaªkh±ra½ abhisaªkh±s²ti mah±pathavi½ ummiyo uµµhapento viya
sa½haritv± aparabh±ge akkamati, orabh±ge valiyo nikkhamanti, aªgulim±lo sara-
kkhepamatta½ muñcitv± gacchati. Bhagav± purato mahanta½ aªgaºa½ dassetv±
saya½ majjhe hoti, coro ante. So “id±ni na½ p±puºitv± gaºhiss±m²”ti sabbath±-
mena dh±vati. Bhagav± aªgaºassa p±rimante (3.0230) hoti, coro majjhe. So
“ettha na½ p±puºitv± gaºhiss±m²”ti vegena dh±vati. Bhagav± tassa purato
m±tika½ v± thala½ v± dasseti, etenup±yena t²ºi yojan±ni gahetv± agam±si. Coro
kilami, mukhe khe¼o sussi, kacchehi sed± mucci½su. Athassa “acchariya½ vata
bho”ti etadahosi. Migamp²ti miga½ kasm± gaºh±ti? Ch±tasamaye ±h±rattha½. So
kira eka½ gumba½ ghaµµetv± mige uµµh±peti. Tato cittaruciya½ miga½ anuba-
ndhanto gaºhitv± pacitv± kh±dati. Puccheyyanti yena k±raºen±ya½ gacchantova
µhito n±ma, ahañca µhitova aµµhito n±ma, ya½n³n±ha½ ima½ samaºa½ ta½
k±raºa½ puccheyyanti attho.
349. Nidh±y±ti yo vihi½sanattha½ bh³tesu daº¹o pavattayitabbo siy±, ta½
nidh±ya apanetv± mett±ya khantiy± paµisaªkh±ya avihi½s±ya s±raº²yadhammesu
ca µhito ahanti attho. Tuvamaµµhitos²ti p±ºesu asaññatatt± ettak±ni p±ºasaha-
ss±ni gh±tentassa tava mett± v± khanti v± paµisaªkh± v± avihi½s± v± s±raº²ya-
dhammo v± natthi, tasm± tuva½ aµµhitosi, id±ni iriy±pathena µhitopi niraye dh±vi-
ssasi, tiracch±nayoniya½ pettivisaye asurak±ye v± dh±vissas²ti vutta½ hoti.
Tato coro– “mah± aya½ s²han±do, mahanta½ gajjita½, na ida½ aññassa bhavi-
ssati, mah±m±y±ya puttassa siddhatthassa samaºarañño eta½ gajjita½, diµµho
vatamhi maññe tikhiºacakkhun± samm±sambuddhena, saªgahakaraºattha½ me
bhagav± ±gato”ti cintetv± cirassa½ vata meti-±dim±ha. Tattha mahitoti devamanu-
ss±d²hi catupaccayap³j±ya p³jito. Paccup±d²ti cirassa½ k±lassa accayena
mayha½ saªgahatth±ya ima½ mah±vana½ paµipajji. Pah±ya p±panti pajahitv±
p±pa½.
Itvev±ti eva½ vatv±yeva. ¾vudhanti pañc±vudha½. Sobbheti samantato chinne.
Pap±teti ekato chinne. Naraketi phalitaµµh±ne. Idha pana t²hipi imehi padehi ara-
ññameva vutta½. Akir²ti khipi cha¹¹esi.
Tamehi (3.0231) bhikkh³ti tad± avoc±ti bhagavato ima½ pabb±jento kuhi½
satthaka½ labhiss±mi, kuhi½ pattac²varanti pariyesanakicca½ natthi, kamma½
pana olokesi. Athassa pubbe s²lavant±na½ aµµhaparikkh±rabhaº¹akassa dinna-
bh±va½ ñatv± dakkhiºahattha½ pas±retv±– “ehi bhikkhu sv±kkh±to dhammo,
cara brahmacariya½ samm± dukkhassa antakiriy±y±”ti ±ha. So saha vacaneneva
iddhimayapattac²vara½ paµilabhi. T±vadevassa gihiliªga½ antaradh±yi, samaºa-
liªga½ p±turahosi.
“Tic²varañca patto ca, v±si s³ci ca bandhana½;
pariss±vanena aµµhete, yuttayogassa bhikkhuno”ti.–
Eva½ vutt± aµµha parikkh±r± sar²rapaµibaddh±va hutv± nibbatti½su. Eseva tassa
ahu bhikkhubh±voti esa ehibhikkhubh±vo tassa upasampannabhikkhubh±vo
ahosi, na hi ehibhikkh³na½ visu½ upasampad± n±ma atthi.
350. Pacch±samaºen±ti bhaº¹agg±hakena pacch±samaºena, teneva attano
pattac²vara½ g±h±petv± ta½ pacch±samaºa½ katv± gatoti attho. M±t±pissa
aµµha-usabhamattena µh±nena antarit±,– “t±ta, ahi½saka kattha µhitosi, kattha nisi-
nnosi, kuhi½ gatosi? May± saddhi½ na kathesi t±t±”ti vadant² ±hiº¹itv± apassa-
m±n± ettova gat±.
Pañcamattehi assasateh²ti sace corassa par±jayo bhavissati, anubandhitv± na½
gaºhiss±mi. Sace mayha½ par±jayo bhavissati, vegena pal±yiss±m²ti sallahukena
balena nikkhami. Yena ±r±moti kasm± ±r±ma½ agam±si? So kira corassa
bh±yati, cittena gantuk±mo na gacchati, garah±bhayena nikkhami. Tenassa etada-
hosi– “samm±sambuddha½ vanditv± nis²diss±mi, so pucchissati ‘kasm± bala½
gahetv± nikkhantos²’ti. Ath±ha½ ±rocess±mi, bhagav± hi ma½ na kevala½ sampa-
r±yikeneva atthena saªgaºh±ti, diµµhadhammikenapi saªgaºh±tiyeva. So sace
mayha½ jayo bhavissati, adhiv±sessati. Sace par±jayo bhavissati ‘ki½ te, mah±-
r±ja, eka½ cora½ ±rabbha gamanen±’ti vakkhati. Tato (3.0232) ma½ jano eva½
sañj±nissati– ‘r±j± cora½ gahetu½ nikkhanto, samm±sambuddhena pana nivattito’-
ti” garahamokkha½ sampassam±no agam±si.
Kuto panass±ti kasm± ±ha? Api n±ma bhagav± tassa upanissaya½ oloketv±
ta½ ±netv± pabb±jeyy±ti bhagavato parigaºhanattha½ ±ha. Raññoti na kevala½
raññoyeva bhaya½ ahosi, avasesopi mah±jano bh²to phalak±vudh±ni cha¹¹etv±
sammukhasammukhaµµh±neva pal±yitv± nagara½ pavisitv± dv±ra½ pidh±ya aµµ±-
lake ±ruyha olokento aµµh±si. Evañca avoca– “aªgulim±lo ‘r±j± mayha½ santika½
±gacchat²’ti ñatv± paµhamatara½ ±gantv± jetavane nisinno, r±j± tena gahito,
maya½ pana pal±yitv± mutt±”ti. Natthi te ito bhayanti ayañhi id±ni kunthakipillika½
j²vit± na voropeti, natthi te imassa santik± bhayanti attho.
Katha½ gottoti? Kasm± pucchati? Pabbajita½ d±ruºakammena uppannan±ma½
gahetv± voharitu½ na yutta½, m±t±pit³na½ gottavasena na½ samud±cariss±m²ti
maññam±no pucchi. Parikkh±r±nanti etesa½ atth±ya aha½ ussukka½ kariss±m²ti
attho. Kathentoyeva ca udare baddhas±µaka½ muñcitv± therassa p±dam³le
µhapesi.
351. ¾raññikoti-±d²ni catt±ri dhutaªg±ni p±¼iya½ ±gat±ni. Therena pana tera-
sapi sam±dinn±neva ahesu½, tasm± alanti ±ha. Yañhi maya½, bhanteti ki½
sandh±ya vadati? “Hatthimpi dh±vanta½ anubandhitv± gaºh±m²”ti ±gataµµh±ne
raññ± pesitahatth±dayo so eva½ aggahesi. R±j±pi– “hatth²hiyeva na½ parikkhi-
pitv± gaºhatha, asseheva, rathehev±”ti eva½ anekav±ra½ bah³ hatth±dayo
pesesi. Eva½ gatesu pana tesu– “aha½ are aªgulim±lo”ti tasmi½ uµµh±ya sadda½
karonte ekopi ±vudha½ parivattetu½ n±sakkhi, sabbeva koµµetv± m±resi. Hatth²
araññahatth², ass± arañña-ass±, rath±pi tattheva bhijjant²ti ida½ sandh±ya r±j±
eva½ vadati.
Piº¹±ya p±vis²ti na ida½ paµhama½ p±visi. Itthidassanadivasa½ sandh±ya
paneta½ vutta½. Devasikampi panesa pavisateva, manuss± ca na½ disv± uttasa-
ntipi pal±yantipi dv±rampi thakenti, ekacce aªgulim±loti sutv±va pal±yitv± arañña½
v± pavisanti, ghara½ v± pavisitv± dv±ra½ thakenti. Pal±yitu½ (3.0233) asakkont±
piµµhi½ datv± tiµµhanti. Thero u¼uªgay±gumpi kaµacchubhikkhampi na labhati,
piº¹ap±tena kilamati. Bahi alabhanto nagara½ sabbas±dh±raºanti nagara½ pavi-
sati. Yena dv±rena pavisati, tattha aªgulim±lo ±gatoti k³µasahass±na½ bhijjanak±-
raºa½ hoti. Etadahos²ti k±ruññappattiy± ahosi. Ekena ³namanussasahassa½
gh±tentassa ekadivasampi k±ruñña½ n±hosi, gabbham³¼h±ya itthiy± dassanama-
tteneva katha½ uppannanti? Pabbajj±balena, pabbajj±balañhi eta½.
Tena h²ti yasm± te k±ruñña½ uppanna½, tasm±ti attho. Ariy±ya j±tiy±ti, aªguli-
m±la, eta½ tva½ m± gaºhi, nes± tava j±ti. Gihik±lo esa, gih² n±ma p±ºampi
hananti, adinn±d±n±d²nipi karonti. Id±ni pana te ariy± n±ma j±ti. Tasm± tva½ “yato
aha½, bhagini, j±to”ti sace eva½ vattu½ kukkucc±yasi, tena hi “ariy±ya j±tiy±”ti
eva½ visesetv± vad±h²ti uyyojesi.
Ta½ itthi½ etadavoc±ti itth²na½ gabbhavuµµh±naµµh±na½ n±ma na sakk± puri-
sena upasaªkamitu½. Thero ki½ karos²ti? Aªgulim±latthero saccakiriya½ katv±
sotthikaraºatth±ya ±gatoti ±roc±pesi. Tato te s±ºiy± parikkhipitv± therassa bahis±-
ºiya½ p²µhaka½ paññ±pesu½. Thero tattha nis²ditv±– “yato aha½ bhagini sabba-
ññubuddhassa ariy±ya j±tiy± j±to”ti saccakiriya½ ak±si, saha saccavacaneneva
dhamakaraºato mutta-udaka½ viya d±rako nikkhami. M±t±putt±na½ sotthi ahosi.
Imañca pana paritta½ na kiñci parissaya½ na maddati, mah±paritta½ n±metanti
vutta½. Therena nis²ditv± saccakiriyakataµµh±ne p²µhaka½ aka½su. Gabbha-
m³¼ha½ tiracch±nagatitthimpi ±netv± tattha nisajj±penti, t±vadeva sukhena
gabbhavuµµh±na½ hoti. Y± dubbal± hoti na sakk± ±netu½, tass± p²µhakadhova-
na-udaka½ netv± s²se siñcanti, taªkhaºa½yeva gabbhavuµµh±na½ hoti, aññampi
roga½ v³pasameti. Y±va kapp± tiµµhanakap±µih±riya½ kireta½.
Ki½ pana bhagav± thera½ vejjakamma½ k±r±pes²ti? Na k±r±pesi. Therañhi
disv± manuss± bh²t± pal±yanti. Thero bhikkh±h±rena kilamati, samaºadhamma½
k±tu½ na sakkoti. Tassa anuggahena saccakiriya½ k±resi. Eva½ kirassa ahosi–
“id±ni kira aªgulim±latthero mettacitta½ (3.0234) paµilabhitv± saccakiriy±ya manu-
ss±na½ sotthibh±va½ karot²ti manuss± thera½ upasaªkamitabba½ maññissanti,
tato bhikkh±h±rena akilamanto samaºadhamma½ k±tu½ sakkhissat²”ti anugga-
hena saccakiriya½ k±resi. Na hi saccakiriy± vejjakamma½ hoti. Therass±pi ca
“samaºadhamma½ kariss±m²”ti m³lakammaµµh±na½ gahetv± rattiµµh±nadiv±-
µµh±ne nisinnassa citta½ kammaµµh±n±bhimukha½ na gacchati, aµaviya½ µhatv±
manuss±na½ gh±titaµµh±nameva p±kaµa½ hoti. “Duggatomhi, khuddakaputtomhi,
j²vita½ me dehi s±m²ti maraºabh²t±na½ vacan±k±ro ca hatthap±davik±ro ca
±p±tha½ ±gacchati, so vippaµis±r² hutv± tatova uµµh±ya gacchati, athassa bhagav±
ta½ j±ti½ abboh±rika½ katv±v±ya½ vipassana½ va¹¹hetv± arahatta½ gaºhissa-
t²ti ariy±ya j±tiy± saccakiriya½ k±resi. Eko v³pakaµµhoTi-±di vatthasutte (ma. ni. 1.
80) vitth±rita½.
352. Aññenapi le¹¹u khittoti k±kasunakhas³kar±d²na½ paµikkam±panatth±ya
samant± sarakkhepamatte µh±ne yena kenaci dis±bh±gena khitto ±gantv± thera-
sseva k±ye patati. Kittake µh±ne eva½ hoti? Gaºµhika½ paµimuñcitv± piº¹±ya
caritv± paµinivattetv± y±va gaºµhikapaµimukkaµµh±na½ ±gacchati, t±va hoti.
Bhinnena s²sen±ti mah±camma½ chinditv± y±va aµµhimariy±d± bhinnena.
Br±hmaº±ti kh²º±savabh±va½ sandh±ya ±ha. Yassa kho tva½, br±hmaºa,
kammassa vip±ken±ti ida½ sabh±gadiµµhadhammavedan²yakamma½ sandh±ya
vutta½. Kammañhi kariyam±nameva tayo koµµh±se p³reti. Sattasu cittesu kusal±
v± akusal± v± paµhamajavanacetan± diµµhadhammavedan²yakamma½ n±ma hoti.
Ta½ imasmi½yeva attabh±ve vip±ka½ deti. Tath± asakkonta½ ahosikamma½,
n±hosi kammavip±ko, na bhavissati kammavip±ko, natthi kammavip±koti imassa
tikassa vasena ahosikamma½ n±ma hoti. Atthas±dhik± sattamajavanacetan± upa-
pajjavedan²yakamma½ n±ma. Ta½ anantare attabh±ve vip±ka½ deti. Tath± asa-
kkonta½ vuttanayeneva ta½ ahosikamma½ n±ma hoti. Ubhinnamantare pañcaja-
vanacetan± apar±pariyavedan²yakamma½ n±ma hoti. Ta½ an±gate yad± ok±sa½
labhati, tad± (3.0235) vip±ka½ deti. Sati sa½s±rappavattiy± ahosikamma½ n±ma
na hoti. Therassa pana upapajjavedan²yañca apar±pariyavedan²yañc±ti im±ni dve
kamm±ni kammakkhayakarena arahattamaggena samuggh±µit±ni, diµµhadhamma-
vedan²ya½ atthi. Ta½ arahattappattass±pi vip±ka½ detiyeva. Ta½ sandh±ya
bhagav± “yassa kho tvan”ti-±dim±ha. Tasm± yassa khoti ettha y±disassa kho
tva½, br±hmaºa, kammassa vip±ken±ti eva½ attho veditabbo.
Abbh± muttoti desan±s²samattameta½, abbh± mahik± dh³mo rajo r±h³ti imehi
pana upakkilesehi mutto candim± idha adhippeto. Yath± hi eva½ nirupakkileso
candim± loka½ pabh±seti, eva½ pam±dakilesavimutto appamatto bhikkhu ima½
attano khandh±yatanadh±tuloka½ pabh±seti, vihatakilesandhak±ra½ karoti.
Kusalena pidh²yat²ti maggakusalena pidh²yati appaµisandhika½ kar²yati. Yuñjati
buddhas±saneti buddhas±sane k±yena v±c±ya manas± ca yuttappayutto viharati.
Im± tisso therassa ud±nag±th± n±ma.
Dis± hi meti ida½ kira thero attano paritt±º±k±ra½ karonto ±ha. Tattha dis± hi
meti mama sapatt±. Ye ma½ eva½ upavadanti– “yath± maya½ aªgulim±lena
m±rit±na½ ñ±tak±na½ vasena dukkha½ vediy±ma, eva½ aªgulim±lopi vediya-
t³”ti, te mayha½ dis± catusaccadhammakatha½ suºant³ti attho. Yuñjant³ti k±ya-
v±c±manehi yuttappayutt± viharantu. Ye dhammamev±dapayanti santoti ye santo
sappuris± dhamma½yeva ±dapenti sam±dapenti gaºh±penti, te manuj± mayha½
sapatt± bhajantu sevantu payirup±sant³ti attho.
Avirodhappasa½s²nanti avirodho vuccati mett±, mett±pasa½sak±nanti attho.
Suºantu dhamma½ k±len±ti khaºe khaºe khantimett±paµisaªkh±s±raº²ya-
dhamma½ suºantu. Tañca anuvidh²yant³ti tañca dhamma½ anukarontu p³rentu.
Na hi j±tu so mama½ hi½seti yo mayha½ diso, so ma½ eka½seneva na
hi½seyya. Añña½ v± pana kiñci nanti na kevala½ ma½, aññampi pana (3.0236)
kañci puggala½ m± hi½santu m± viheµhentu. Pappuyya parama½ santinti
parama½ santibh³ta½ nibb±na½ p±puºitv±. Rakkheyya tasath±vareti tas±
vuccanti sataºh±, th±var± nittaºh±. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– yo nibb±na½ p±puº±ti, so
sabba½ tasath±vara½ rakkhitu½ samattho hoti. Tasm± mayhampi dis± nibb±na½
p±puºantu, eva½ ma½ eka½seneva na hi½sissant²ti. Im± tisso g±th± attano
paritta½ k±tu½ ±ha.
Id±ni attanova paµipatti½ d²pento udakañhi nayanti nettik±ti ±ha. Tattha netti-
k±ti ye m±tika½ sodhetv± bandhitabbaµµh±ne bandhitv± udaka½ nayanti.
Usuk±r±ti usuk±rak±. Namayant²ti telakañjikena makkhetv± kukku¼e t±petv± unna-
tunnataµµh±ne nament± uju½ karonti. Tejananti kaº¹a½. Tañhi iss±so teja½
karoti, parañca tajjeti, tasm± tejananti vuccati. Att±na½ damayant²ti yath± nettik±
ujumaggena udaka½ nayanti, usuk±r± tejana½, tacchak± ca d±ru½ uju½ karonti,
evameva½ paº¹it± att±na½ damenti ujuka½ karonti nibbisevana½ karonti.
T±din±ti iµµh±niµµh±d²su nibbik±rena– “pañcah±k±rehi bhagav± t±d², iµµh±niµµhe
t±d², vant±v²ti t±d², catt±v²ti t±d², tiºº±v²ti t±d², tanniddes±ti t±d²”ti (mah±ni. 38; 192)
eva½ t±dilakkhaºappattena satth±r±. Bhavanett²ti bhavarajju, taºh±yeta½ n±ma½.
T±ya hi goº± viya g²v±ya rajjuy±, satt± hadaye baddh± ta½ ta½ bhava½ n²yanti,
tasm± bhavanett²ti vuccati. Phuµµho kammavip±ken±ti maggacetan±ya phuµµho.
Yasm± hi maggacetan±ya kamma½ paccati vipaccati ¹ayhati, parikkhaya½
gacchati, tasm± s± kammavip±koti vutt±. T±ya hi phuµµhatt± esa aºaºo nikkileso
j±to, na dukkhavedan±ya aºaºo. Bhuñj±m²ti cettha theyyaparibhogo iºaparibhogo
d±yajjaparibhogo s±miparibhogoti catt±ro paribhog± veditabb±. Tattha duss²lassa
paribhogo theyyaparibhogo n±ma. So hi catt±ro paccaye thenetv± bhuñjati.
Vuttampi ceta½ “theyy±ya vo, bhikkhave, raµµhapiº¹o bhutto”ti (p±r±. 195). S²la-
vato pana apaccavekkhaºaparibhogo iºaparibhogo n±ma. Sattanna½ sekkh±na½
paribhogo d±yajjaparibhogo n±ma. Kh²º±savassa paribhogo s±miparibhogo (3.0237
n±ma. Idha kilesa-iº±na½ abh±va½ sandh±ya “aºaºo”ti vutta½. “Aniºo”tipi p±µho.
S±miparibhoga½ sandh±ya “bhuñj±mi bhojanan”ti vutta½.
K±maratisanthavanti duvidhesupi k±mesu taºh±ratisanthava½ m± anuyuñjatha
m± karittha. Nayida½ dummantita½ mam±Ti ya½ may± samm±sambuddha½
disv± pabbajiss±m²ti mantita½, ta½ mama mantita½ na dummantita½. Sa½vibha-
ttesu dhammes³ti aha½ satth±ti eva½ loke uppannehi ye dhamm± sa½vibhatt±,
tesu dhammesu ya½ seµµha½ nibb±na½, tadeva aha½ upagama½ upagato
sampatto, tasm± mayha½ ida½ ±gamana½ sv±gata½ n±ma gatanti. Tisso vijj±Ti
pubbeniv±sadibbacakkhu-±savakkhayapaññ±. Kata½ buddhassa s±sananti ya½
buddhassa s±sane kattabbakicca½ atthi, ta½ sabba½ may± kata½. T²hi vijj±hi
navahi ca lokuttaradhammehi desana½ matthaka½ p±pes²ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Aªgulim±lasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

7. Piyaj±tikasuttavaººan±

353. Eva½ me sutanti piyaj±tikasutta½. Tattha neva kammant± paµibhant²ti na

sabbena sabba½ paµibhanti, pakatiniy±mena pana na paµibhanti. Dutiyapadepi
eseva nayo. Ettha ca na paµibh±t²ti na ruccati. ¾¼±hananti sus±na½. Aññathattanti
vivaººat±ya aññath±bh±vo. Indriy±ni n±ma manoviññeyy± dhamm±, patiµµhito-
k±sa½ pana sandh±ya ida½ vutta½. Piyaj±tik±ti piyato j±yanti. Piyappabh±vik±ti
piyato pabhavanti.
355. Sace ta½, mah±r±j±ti tassa attha½ asallakkhayam±n±pi satthari saddh±ya
eva½ vadati. Cara pireti apehi amh±ka½ pare, anajjhattikabh³teti attho. Atha v±
cara pireti parato gaccha, m± idha tiµµh±tipi attho.
356. Dvidh± (3.0238) chetv±ti asin± dve koµµh±se karonto chinditv±. Att±na½
Upph±les²ti teneva asin± attano udara½ ph±lesi. Yadi hi tassa s± appiy±
bhaveyya, id±ni añña½ m±tug±ma½ gaºhiss±m²ti att±na½ na gh±teyya. Yasm±
panassa s± piy± ahosi, tasm± paralokepi t±ya saddhi½ samaªgibh±va½ patthaya-
m±no evamak±si.
357. Piy± te vajir²Ti eva½ kirass± ahosi– “sac±ha½, ‘bh³tapubba½, mah±r±ja,
imiss±yeva s±vatthiya½ aññatariss± itthiy±’ti-±dikatha½ katheyya½, ‘ko te eva½
ak±si, apehi natthi etan’ti ma½ paµisedheyya, vattam±neneva na½ saññ±pess±m²”-
ti cintetv± evam±ha. Vipariº±maññath±bh±v±ti ettha maraºavasena vipariº±mo,
kenaci saddhi½ pal±yitv± gamanavasena aññath±bh±vo veditabbo.
V±sabh±y±ti v±sabh± n±ma rañño ek± dev², ta½ sandh±y±ha.
Piy± te ahanti kasm± sabbapacch± ±ha? Eva½ kirass± ahosi– “aya½ r±j±
mayha½ kupito, sac±ha½ sabbapaµhama½ ‘piy± te ahan’ti puccheyya½, ‘na me
tva½ piy±, cara pire’ti vadeyya, eva½ sante kath± patiµµh±na½ na labhissat²”ti
kath±ya patiµµh±nattha½ sabbapacch± pucchi. K±sikosalesu cha¹¹itabh±vena
vipariº±mo, paµir±j³na½ hatthagamanavasena aññath±bh±vo veditabbo.
¾cameh²ti ±camanodaka½ dehi. ¾camitv± hatthap±de dhovitv± mukha½ vikkh±-
letv± satth±ra½ namassituk±mo evam±ha. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Piyaj±tikasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

8. B±hitikasuttavaººan±

358. Eva½ me sutanti b±hitikasutta½. Tattha ekapuº¹ar²ka½ n±ganti eva½n±-

maka½ hatthi½. Tassa kira ph±suk±na½ upari t±laphalamatta½ paº¹araµµh±na½
atthi (3.0239), tenassa ekapuº¹ar²koti n±ma½ aka½su. Siriva¹¹ha½ mah±ma-
ttanti paccekahatthi½ abhiruhitv± kath±ph±sukattha½ saddhi½ gacchanta½ eva½-
n±maka½ mah±matta½. ¾yasm±noti ettha noti pucch±ya nip±to. Mah±matto
therassa saªgh±µipattadh±raº±k±ra½ sallakkhetv± “eva½, mah±r±j±”ti ±ha.
359. Op±rambhoti up±rambha½ dosa½ ±ropan±raho. Ki½ pucch±m²ti r±j±
pucchati. Sundarivatthusmi½ uppannamida½ sutta½, ta½ pucch±m²ti pucchati.
Yañhi maya½, bhanteti, bhante, ya½ maya½ viññ³h²ti ida½ pada½ gahetv±
pañhena parip³retu½ n±sakkhimh±, ta½ k±raºa½ ±yasmat± eva½ vadantena
parip³rita½.
360. Akusaloti akosallasambh³to. S±vajjoti sadoso. Saby±bajjhoti sadukkho.
Dukkhavip±koTi idha nissandavip±ko kathito. Tass±ti tassa eva½ attaby±b±dh±-
d²na½ atth±ya pavattak±yasam±c±rassa.
Sabb±kusaladhammapah²no kho, mah±r±ja, tath±gato kusaladhammasamann±-
gatoti ettha sabbesa½yeva akusal±na½ dhamm±na½ pah±na½ vaººet²ti. ¾ma
vaººet²ti vutte yath± pucch±, tath± attho vutto bhaveyya. Eva½ by±karaºa½ pana
na bh±riya½. Appah²na-akusalopi hi pah±na½ vaººeyya, bhagav± pana pah²n±ku-
salat±ya yath±k±r² tath±v±d²ti dassetu½ eva½ by±k±si. Sukkapakkhepi eseva
nayo.
362. B±hitik±ti b±hitiraµµhe uµµhitavatthasseta½ n±ma½. So¼asasam± ±y±me-
n±ti ±y±mena samaso¼asahatth±. Aµµhasam± vitth±ren±ti vitth±rena sama-aµµha-
hatth±.
363. Bhagavato p±d±s²ti bhagavato niyy±tesi. Datv± ca pana gandhakuµiya½
vit±na½ katv± bandhi. Tato paµµh±ya gandhakuµi bhiyyosomatt±ya (3.0240) sobhi.
Sesa½ sabbattha utt±nameva. Neyyapuggalassa pana vasena aya½ desan±
niµµhit±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

B±hitikasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

9. Dhammacetiyasuttavaººan±

364. Eva½ me sutanti dhammacetiyasutta½. Tattha med±¼upanti n±meta½

tassa, tassa hi nigamassa medavaºº± p±s±º± kirettha ussann± ahesu½, tasm±
med±¼upanti saªkha½ gata½. Sen±sana½ panettha aniyata½, tasm± na ta½
vutta½. Nagarakanti eva½n±maka½ saky±na½ nigama½. Kenacideva karaº²ye-
n±ti na aññena karaº²yena, aya½ pana bandhulasen±pati½ saddhi½ dvatti½s±ya
puttehi ekadivaseneva gaºhath±ti ±º±pesi, ta½divasañcassa bhariy±ya mallik±ya
pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhi½ bhagav± nimantito, buddhappamukhe bhikkhu-
saªghe ghara½ ±gantv± nisinnamatte “sen±pati k±laªkato”ti s±sana½ ±haritv±
mallik±ya ada½su. S± paººa½ gahetv± mukhas±sana½ pucchi. “Raññ± ayye
sen±pati saddhi½ dvatti½s±ya puttehi ekappah±reneva gah±pito”ti ±rocesu½.
Mah±janagata½ m± karitth±ti ovaµµik±ya paººa½ katv± bhikkhusaªgha½ parivisi.
Tasmi½ samaye ek± sappic±µi n²harit±, s± umm±re ±hacca bhinn±, ta½ apanetv±
añña½ ±har±petv± bhikkhusaªgha½ parivisi.
Satth± katabhattakicco kath±samuµµh±panattha½– “sappic±µiy± bhinnapaccay±
na cintetabban”ti ±ha. Tasmi½ samaye mallik± paººa½ n²haritv± bhagavato
purato µhapetv±– “bhagav± ima½ dvatti½s±ya puttehi saddhi½ sen±patino matas±-
sana½, aha½ etampi na cintay±mi, sappic±µipaccay± ki½ cinteyy±m²”ti ±ha.
Bhagav±– “mallike, m± cintayi, anamatagge sa½s±re n±ma vattam±n±na½ hoti
etan”ti aniccat±dipaµisa½yutta½ dhammakatha½ katv± agam±si. Mallik± dvatti½-
sasuºis±yo pakkos±petv± ov±da½ ad±si. R±j± mallika½ pakkos±petv± “sen±pa-
tino amh±ka½ antare (3.0241) bhinnadoso atthi natth²”ti pucchi. Natthi s±m²ti. So
tass± vacanena tassa niddosabh±va½ ñatv± vippaµis±r² balavadomanassa½ upp±-
desi. So– “evar³pa½ n±ma adosak±raka½ ma½ sambh±vayitv± ±gata½ sah±-
yaka½ vin±sesin”ti tato paµµh±ya p±s±de v± n±µakesu v± rajjasukhesu v± citta-
ss±da½ alabham±no tattha tattha vicaritu½ ±raddho. Etadeva kicca½ ahosi. Ida½
sandh±ya vutta½ “kenacideva karaº²yen±”ti.
D²gha½ k±r±yananti d²ghak±r±yano n±ma bandhulasen±patissa bh±gineyyo
“etassa me m±tulo adosak±rako nikk±raºena gh±tito”ti raññ± sen±patiµµh±ne
µhapito. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½. Mahacc± r±j±nubh±ven±ti mahat± r±j±nubh±-
vena, dharaºitala½ bhindanto viya s±gara½ parivattento viya vicittavesasobhena
mahat± balak±yen±ti attho. P±s±dik±n²ti dassaneneva saha rañjanak±ni. Pas±da-
n²y±n²ti tasseva vevacana½. Atha v± p±s±dik±n²ti pas±dajanak±ni. Appasadd±n²ti
nissadd±ni. Appanigghos±n²ti avibh±vitatthena nigghosena rahit±ni. Vijanav±t±-
n²ti vigatajanav±t±ni. Manussar±hasseyyak±n²ti manuss±na½ rahassakamm±nu-
cchavik±ni, rahassamanta½ mantent±na½ anur³p±n²ti attho. Paµisall±nas±rupp±-
n²ti nil²yanabh±vassa ek²bh±vassa anucchavik±ni. Yattha suda½ mayanti na tena
tattha bhagav± payirup±sitapubbo, t±disesu pana payirup±sitapubbo, tasm± y±di-
sesu suda½ mayanti ayamettha attho.
Atthi, mah±r±j±ti paº¹ito sen±pati “r±j± bhagavanta½ mam±yat²”ti j±n±ti, so
sace ma½ r±j± “kaha½ bhagav±”ti vadeyya, adandh±yantena ±cikkhitu½ yuttanti
carapurise payojetv± bhagavato niv±sanaµµh±na½ ñatv±va viharati. Tasm± eva-
m±ha. ¾r±ma½ p±vis²ti bahinigame khandh±v±ra½ bandh±petv± k±r±yanena
saddhi½ p±visi.
366. Vih±roti gandhakuµi½ sandh±y±ha½su. ¾¼indanti pamukha½. Ukk±sitv±ti
ukk±sitasadda½ katv±. Agga¼anti kav±µa½. ¾koµeh²ti
agganakhena ²saka½ kuñcikacchiddasam²pe koµeh²ti vutta½ hoti. Dv±ra½ kira
ati-upari amanuss±, atiheµµh± d²ghaj±tik± koµenti. Tath± akoµetv± (3.0242) majjhe
chiddasam²pe koµetabba½, ida½ dv±rakoµµakavattanti d²pent± vadanti. Tatthev±Ti
bhikkh³hi vuttaµµh±neyeva. Khaggañca uºh²sañc±ti desan±mattameta½,
V±lab²janimuºh²sa½, khagga½ chattañcup±hana½;
oruyha r±j± y±namh±, µhapayitv± paµicchadanti.–
¾gat±ni pana pañcapi r±jakakudhabhaº¹±ni ad±si. Kasm± pana ad±s²ti. Atiga-
runo samm±sambuddhassa santika½ uddhatavesena gantu½ na yuttanti ca, eka-
kova upasaªkamitv± attano rucivasena sammodiss±mi c±ti. Pañcasu hi r±jakaku-
dhabhaº¹esu nivattitesu tva½ nivatt±ti vattabba½ na hoti, sabbe sayameva niva-
ttanti. Iti imehi dv²hi k±raºehi ad±si. Rah±yat²ti rahassa½ karoti nig³hati. Aya½
kirassa adhipp±yo “pubbepi aya½ r±j± samaºena gotamena saddhi½ catukkaººa-
manta½ mantetv± mayha½ m±tula½ saddhi½ dvatti½s±ya puttehi gaºh±pesi, id±-
nipi catukkaººamanta½ mantetuk±mo, kacci nu kho ma½ gaºh±pessat²”ti. Eva½
kopavasenassa etadahosi.
Vivari bhagav± dv±ranti na bhagav± uµµh±ya dv±ra½ vivari, vivarat³ti pana
hattha½ pas±resi. Tato– “bhagav± tumhehi anekesu kappakoµ²su d±na½ dadam±-
nehi na sahatth± dv±ravivaraºakamma½ katan”ti sayameva dv±ra½ vivaµa½. Ta½
pana yasm± bhagavato manena vivaµa½, tasm± “vivari bhagav± dv±ran”ti vattu½
vaµµati. Vih±ra½ pavisitv±ti gandhakuµi½ pavisitv±. Tasmi½ pana paviµµhamatte-
yeva k±r±yano pañca r±jakakudhabhaº¹±ni gahetv± khandh±v±ra½ gantv± viµa-
µ³bha½ ±mantesi “chatta½ samma uss±peh²”ti. Mayha½ pit± ki½ gatoti? Pitara½
m± puccha, sace tva½ na uss±pesi, ta½ gaºhitv± aha½ uss±pem²ti. “Uss±pemi
samm±”ti sampaµicchi. K±r±yano rañño eka½ assañca asiñca ekameva ca paric±-
rika½ itthi½ µhapetv±– “sace r±j± j²vitena atthiko, m± ±gacchat³”ti viµaµ³bhassa
chatta½ uss±petv± ta½ gahetv± s±vatthimeva gato.
367. DhammanvayoTi (3.0243) paccakkhañ±ºasaªkh±tassa dhammassa anu-
nayo anum±na½, anubuddh²ti attho. Id±ni yenassa dhammanvayena “samm±sa-
mbuddho bhagav±”ti-±di hoti, ta½ dassetu½ idha pan±ha½, bhanteti-±dim±ha.
Tattha ±p±ºakoµikanti p±ºoti j²vita½, ta½ mariy±da½ anto karitv±, maraºasama-
yepi carantiyeva, ta½ na v²tikkamant²ti vutta½ hoti. “Ap±ºakoµikan”tipi p±µho, ±j²vi-
tapariyantanti attho. Yath± ekacce j²vitahetu atikkamant± p±ºakoµika½ katv±
caranti, na evanti attho. Ayampi kho me, bhanteti buddhasubuddhat±ya dhamma-
sv±kkh±tat±ya saªghasuppaµipannat±ya ca eta½ eva½ hoti, evañhi me, bhante,
aya½ bhagavati dhammanvayo hot²ti d²peti. Eseva nayo sabbattha.
369. Na viya maññe cakkhu½ bandhanteTi cakkhu½ abandhante viya. Ap±s±-
dikañhi disv± puna olokanakicca½ na hoti, tasm± so cakkhu½ na bandhati n±ma.
P±s±dika½ disv± punappuna½ olokanakicca½ hoti, tasm± so cakkhu½ bandhati
n±ma. Ime ca ap±s±dik±, tasm± evam±ha. Bandhukarogo noti kularogo. Amh±ka½
kule j±t± evar³p± hont²ti vadanti. U¼±ranti mahesakkha½. Pubben±paranti
pubbato apara½ visesa½. Tattha kasiºaparikamma½ katv± sam±patti½ nibba-
ttento u¼±ra½ pubbe visesa½ sañj±n±ti n±ma, sam±patti½ padaµµh±na½ katv±
vipassana½ va¹¹hetv± arahatta½ gaºhanto u¼±ra½ pubbato apara½ visesa½
sañj±n±ti n±ma.
370. Gh±tet±ya½ v± gh±tetunti gh±tetabbayuttaka½ gh±tetu½. J±pet±ya½ v±
j±petunti dhanena v± j±petabbayuttaka½ j±petu½ j±nitu½ adhana½ k±tu½. Pabb±-
jet±ya½ v± pabb±jetunti raµµhato v± pabb±jetabbayuttaka½ pabb±jetu½.
373. Isidattapur±º±Ti isidatto ca pur±ºo ca. Tesu eko brahmac±r², eko sad±ra-
santuµµho. Mamabhatt±ti mama santaka½ bhatta½ (3.0244) etesanti mamabhatt±.
Mamay±n±ti mama santaka½ y±na½ etesanti mamay±n±. J²vik±ya d±t±ti j²vita-
vutti½ d±t±. V²ma½sam±noti upaparikkham±no. Tad± kira r±j± nidda½ anokka-
ntova okkanto viya hutv± nipajji. Atha te thapatayo “katarasmi½ dis±bh±ge bhaga-
v±”ti pucchitv± “asukasmi½ n±m±”ti sutv± mantayi½su– “yena samm±sambuddho,
tena s²se kate r±j± p±dato hoti. Yena r±j±, tena s²se kate satth± p±dato hoti, ki½
kariss±m±”ti? Tato nesa½ etadahosi– “r±j± kuppam±no ya½ amh±ka½ deti, ta½
acchindeyya. Na kho pana maya½ sakkoma j±nam±n± satth±ra½ p±dato k±tun”ti
r±j±na½ p±dato katv± nipajji½su. Ta½ sandh±ya aya½ r±j± evam±ha.
374. Pakk±m²ti gandhakuµito nikkhamitv± k±r±yanassa µhitaµµh±na½ gato, ta½
tattha adisv± khandh±v±raµµh±na½ gato, tatth±pi añña½ adisv± ta½ itthi½ pucchi.
S± sabba½ pavatti½ ±cikkhi. R±j±– “na id±ni may± ekakena tattha gantabba½,
r±jagaha½ gantv± bh±gineyyena saddhi½ ±gantv± mayha½ rajja½ gaºhiss±m²”ti
r±jagaha½ gacchanto antar±magge kaº±jakabhattañceva bhuñji, bahala-uda-
kañca pivi. Tassa sukhum±lapakatikassa ±h±ro na samm± pariº±mi. So r±ja-
gaha½ p±puºantopi vik±le dv±resu pihitesu p±puºi. “Ajja s±l±ya½ sayitv± sve
mayha½ bh±gineyya½ passiss±m²”ti bahinagare s±l±ya nipajji. Tassa rattibh±ge
uµµh±n±ni pavatti½su, katipayav±re bahi nikkhami. Tato paµµh±ya padas± gantu½
asakkonto tass± itthiy± aªke nipajjitv± balavapacc³se k±lamak±si. S± tassa mata-
bh±va½ ñatv±– “dv²su rajjesu rajja½ k±retv± id±ni parassa bahinagare an±thas±-
l±ya an±thak±lakiriya½ katv± nipanno mayha½ s±mi kosalar±j±”ti-±d²ni vada-
m±n± ucc±saddena paridevitu½ ±rabhi. Manuss± sutv± rañño ±rocesu½. R±j±
±gantv± disv± sañj±nitv± ±gatak±raºa½ ñatv± mah±parih±rena sar²rakicca½
karitv± “viµaµ³bha½ gaºhiss±m²”ti bheri½ car±petv± balak±ya½ sannip±tesi.
Amacc± p±desu patitv±– “sace, deva, tumh±ka½ m±tulo arogo assa, tumh±ka½
gantu½ yutta½ bhaveyya, id±ni pana viµaµ³bhopi tumhe (3.0245) niss±ya chatta½
uss±petu½ arahatiyev±”ti saññ±petv± niv±resu½.
Dhammacetiy±n²ti dhammassa citt²k±ravacan±ni. T²su hi ratanesu yattha
katthaci citt²k±re kate sabbattha katoyeva hoti, tasm± bhagavati citt²k±re kate
dhammopi katova hot²ti bhagav± “dhammacetiy±n²”ti ±ha. ¾dibrahmacariyak±n²ti
maggabrahmacariyassa ±dibh³t±ni, pubbabh±gapaµipattibh³t±n²ti attho. Sesa½
sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya
 Dhammacetiyasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

10. Kaººakatthalasuttavaººan±

375. Eva½ me sutanti kaººakatthalasutta½. Tattha uruññ±yanti uruññ±ti tassa

raµµhassapi nagarassapi etadeva n±ma½, bhagav± uruññ±nagara½ upaniss±ya
viharati. Kaººakatthale migad±yeti tassa nagarassa avid³re kaººakatthala½
n±ma eko ramaº²yo bh³mibh±go atthi, so mig±na½ abhayatth±ya dinnatt± migad±-
yoti vuccati, tasmi½ kaººakatthale migad±ye. Kenacideva karaº²yen±ti na aññena,
anantarasutte vuttakaraº²yeneva. Som± ca bhagin² sakul± ca bhagin²Ti im± dve
bhaginiyo rañño paj±patiyo. Bhatt±bhih±reti bhatta½ abhiharaºaµµh±ne. Rañño
bhuñjanaµµh±nañhi sabb±pi orodh± kaµacchu-±d²ni gahetv± r±j±na½ upaµµh±tu½
gacchanti, t±pi tatheva agama½su.
376. Ki½ pana, mah±r±j±ti kasm± evam±ha? Rañño garahaparimocanattha½.
Evañhi paris± cinteyya– “aya½ r±j± ±gaccham±nova m±tug±m±na½ s±sana½ ±ro-
ceti, maya½ attano dhammat±ya bhagavanta½ daµµhu½ ±gatoti maññ±ma, aya½
pana m±tug±m±na½ s±sana½ gahetv± ±gato, m±tug±mad±so maññe, esa
pubbepi imin±va k±raºena ±gacchat²”ti. Pucchito pana so attano ±gamanak±-
raºa½ kathessati, evamassa aya½ garah± na uppajjissat²ti garahamocanattha½
evam±ha.
378. Abbhud±h±s²Ti (3.0246) kathesi. Sakideva sabba½ ussati sabba½ dakkhi-
t²ti yo ek±vajjanena ekacittena at²t±n±gatapaccuppanna½ sabba½ ussati v±
dakkhiti v±, so natth²ti attho. Ekena hi cittena at²ta½ sabba½ j±niss±m²ti ±vajji-
tv±pi at²ta½ sabba½ j±nitu½ na sakk±, ekadesameva j±n±ti. An±gatapaccu-
ppanna½ pana tena cittena sabbeneva sabba½ na j±n±t²ti. Esa nayo itaresu.
Eva½ ekacittavasen±ya½ pañho kathito. Hetur³panti hetusabh±va½ k±raºaj±-
tika½. Sahetur³panti sak±raºaj±tika½. Sampar±yik±ha½, bhanteti sampar±ya-
guºa½ aha½, bhante, pucch±mi.
379. Pañcim±n²ti imasmi½ sutte pañca padh±niyaªg±ni lokuttaramissak±ni
kathit±ni. Kathinaªgaºav±s²c³¼asamuddatthero pana “tumh±ka½, bhante, ki½
ruccat²”ti vutte “mayha½ lokuttar±nev±ti ruccat²”ti ±ha. Padh±navemattatanti
padh±nan±natta½. Aññ±disameva hi puthujjanassa padh±na½, aññ±disa½ sot±-
pannassa, aññ±disa½ sakad±g±mino, aññ±disa½ an±g±mino, aññ±disa½ arahato,
aññ±disa½ as²timah±s±vak±na½, aññ±disa½ dvinna½ aggas±vak±na½, aññ±-
disa½ paccekabuddh±na½, aññ±disa½ sabbaññubuddh±na½. Puthujjanassa
padh±na½ sot±pannassa padh±na½ na p±puº±ti …pe… paccekabuddhassa
padh±na½ sabbaññubuddhassa padh±na½ na p±puº±ti. Imamattha½ sandh±ya
“padh±navemattata½ vad±m²”ti ±ha. Dantak±raºa½ gaccheyyunti ya½ ak³µaka-
raºa½, anavacchindana½, dhurassa acchindananti dantesu k±raºa½ dissati, ta½
k±raºa½ upagaccheyyunti attho. Dantabh³minti dantehi gantabbabh³mi½. Assa-
ddhoti-±d²su puthujjanasot±pannasakad±g±mi-an±g±mino catt±ropi assaddh±
n±ma. Puthujjano hi sot±pannassa saddha½ appattoti assaddho, sot±panno saka-
d±g±missa, sakad±g±m² an±g±missa, an±g±m² arahato saddha½ appattoti
assaddho, ±b±dho arahatopi uppajjat²ti pañcapi bahv±b±dh± n±ma honti. Ariyas±-
vakassa pana saµho m±y±v²ti n±ma½ natthi. Teneva thero– “pañca padh±niya-
ªg±ni lokuttar±ni kathit±n²ti mayha½ ruccat²”ti ±ha. Assakha¼uªkasuttante pana–
“tayo ca, bhikkhave, assakha¼uªke tayo ca purisakha¼uªke desess±m²”ti (a. ni.
3.141) ettha ariyas±vakass±pi sambodhin±ma½ ±gata½ (3.0247), tassa vasena
lokuttaramissak± kathit±ti vutta½. Puthujjano pana sot±pattimaggav²riya½ asa-
mpatto …pe… an±g±m² arahattamaggav²riya½ asampattoti kus²topi assaddho
viya catt±rova honti, tath± duppañño.
Eva½ panettha opammasa½sandana½ veditabba½– adantahatthi-±dayo viya
hi maggapadh±narahito puggalo. Dantahatthi-±dayo viya maggapadh±nav±.
Yath± adant± hatthi-±dayo k³µ±k±ra½ akatv± avicchinditv± dhura½ ap±tetv±
dantagamana½ v± gantu½ dantabh³mi½ v± pattu½ na sakkonti, evameva½
maggapadh±narahito maggapadh±navat± pattabba½ p±puºitu½ nibbattetabba½
guºa½ nibbattetu½ na sakkoti. Yath± pana dantahatthi-±dayo k³µ±k±ra½ akatv±
avicchinditv± dhura½ ap±tetv± dantagamana½ v± gantu½ dantabh³mi½ v±
pattu½ sakkonti, evameva½ maggapadh±nav± maggapadh±navat± pattabba½
p±puºitu½ nibbattetabba½ guºa½ nibbattetu½ sakkoti. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– “sot±pa-
ttimaggapadh±nav± sot±pattimaggapadh±navat± pattok±sa½ p±puºitu½ nibbatte-
tabba½ guºa½ nibbattetu½ sakkoti …pe… arahattamaggapadh±nav± arahattama-
ggapadh±navat± pattok±sa½ p±puºitu½ nibbattetabba½ guºa½ nibbattetu½
sakkot²”ti.
380. Sammappadh±n±ti maggapadh±nena sammappadh±n±. Na kiñci n±n±ka-
raºa½ vad±mi yadida½ vimuttiy± vimuttinti ya½ ekassa phalavimuttiy± itarassa
phalavimutti½ ±rabbha n±n±karaºa½ vattabba½ siy±, ta½ na kiñci vad±m²ti attho.
Acciy± v± accinti acciy± v± accimhi. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo, bhummatthe
hi eta½ upayogavacana½. Ki½ pana tva½, mah±r±j±ti,
mah±r±ja, ki½ tva½? “Santi dev± c±tumah±r±jik±, santi dev± t±vati½s± …pe…
santi dev± paranimmitavasavattino, santi dev± tatuttarin”ti eva½ dev±na½ atthi-
bh±va½ na j±n±si, yena eva½ vades²ti. Tato atthibh±va½ j±n±mi, manussaloka½
pana ±gacchanti n±gacchant²ti ida½ pucchanto yadi v± te, bhanteti-±dim±ha.
Saby±bajjh±ti sadukkh±, samucchedappah±nena appah²nacetasikadukkh±. ¾ga-
nt±roti upapattivasena ±gant±ro. Aby±bajjh±ti samucchinnadukkh±. An±gant±roti
upapattivasena an±gant±ro.
381. Pahot²ti (3.0248) sakkoti. R±j± hi puññavantampi l±bhasakk±rasampanna½
yath± na koci upasaªkamati, eva½ karonto tamh± µh±n± c±vetu½ sakkoti. Ta½
apuññavantampi sakalag±ma½ piº¹±ya caritv± y±panamatta½ alabhanta½ yath±
l±bhasakk±rasampanno hoti, eva½ karonto tamh± µh±n± c±vetu½ sakkoti.
Brahmacariyavantampi itth²hi saddhi½ sampayojetv± s²lavin±sa½ p±pento bala-
kk±rena v± uppabb±jento tamh± µh±n± c±vetu½ sakkoti. Abrahmacariyavantampi
sampannak±maguºa½ amacca½ bandhan±g±ra½ pavesetv± itth²na½ mukhampi
passitu½ adento tamh± µh±n± c±veti n±ma. Raµµhato pana ya½ icchati, ta½ pabb±-
jeti n±ma.
Dassan±yapi nappahont²Ti k±m±vacare t±va aby±bajjhe deve saby±bajjh±
dev± cakkhuviññ±ºadassan±yapi nappahonti. Kasm±? Arahato tattha µh±n±bh±-
vato. R³p±vacare pana ekavim±nasmi½yeva tiµµhanti ca nis²danti c±ti cakkhuvi-
ññ±ºadassan±ya pahonti, etehi diµµha½ pana sallakkhita½ paµividdha½ lakkhaºa½
daµµhu½ sallakkhitu½ paµivijjhitu½ na sakkont²ti ñ±ºacakkhun± dassan±ya nappa-
honti, uparideve ca cakkhuviññ±ºadassanen±p²ti.
382. Ko n±mo aya½, bhanteti r±j± thera½ j±nantopi aj±nanto viya pucchati.
Kasm±? Pasa½situk±mat±ya. ¾nandar³poti ±nandasabh±vo. Brahmapucch±pi
vuttanayeneva veditabb±. Atha kho aññataro purisoti s± kira kath± viµaµ³bheneva
kathit±, te “tay± kathit±, tay± kathit±”ti kupit± aññamañña½ imasmi½yeva µh±ne
attano attano balak±ya½ uµµh±petv± kalahampi kareyyunti niv±raºattha½ so r±ja-
puriso etadavoca. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±nameva. Aya½ pana desan± neyyapugga-
lassa vasena niµµhit±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Kaººakatthalasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

Catutthavaggavaººan± niµµhit±.

5. Br±hmaºavaggo
 1. Brahm±yusuttavaººan±

383. Eva½ (3.0249) me sutanti brahm±yusutta½. Tattha mahat± bhikkhusa-

ªghena saddhinti mahat±ti guºamahattenapi mahat±, saªkhy±mahattenapi. So hi
bhikkhusaªghe guºehipi mah± ahosi appicchat±diguºasamann±gatatt±, saªkhy±-
yapi mah± pañcasatasaªkhyatt±. Bhikkh³na½ saªghena bhikkhusaªghena, diµµhi-
s²las±maññasaªgh±tasaªkh±tena samaºagaºen±ti attho. Saddhinti ekato. Pañca-
mattehi bhikkhusateh²ti pañca matt± etesanti pañcamatt±ni. Matt±ti pam±ºa½
vuccati, tasm± yath± bhojane mattaññ³ti vutte bhojane matta½ j±n±ti pam±ºa½
j±n±t²ti attho hoti, evamidh±pi tesa½ bhikkhusat±na½ pañcamatt± pañcapam±-
ºanti evamattho daµµhabbo. Bhikkh³na½ sat±ni bhikkhusat±ni. Tehi pañcamattehi
bhikkhusatehi.
V²savassasatikoti v²s±dhikavassasatiko. Tiººa½ ved±nanti iruvedayajuvedas±-
maved±na½. Oµµhapahatakaraºavasena p±ra½ gatoti p±rag³. Saha nighaº¹un±
ca keµubhena ca sanighaº¹ukeµubh±na½, nighaº¹³ti n±manighaºµurukkh±d²na½
vevacanappak±saka½ sattha½. Keµubhanti kiriy±kappavikappo kav²na½ upak±-
r±ya sattha½. Saha akkharappabhedena sakkharappabhed±na½. Akkharappa-
bhedoti sikkh± ca nirutti ca. Itih±sapañcam±nanti ±thabbaºaveda½ catuttha½
katv± “itiha ±sa itiha ±s±”ti ²disavacanappaµisa½yutto pur±ºakath±saªkh±to iti-
h±so pañcamo etesanti itih±sapañcam±, tesa½ itih±sapañcam±na½. Padañca
tadavasesañca by±karaºa½ adh²yati pavedeti c±ti padako veyy±karaºo. Lok±-
yata½ vuccati vitaº¹av±dasattha½. Mah±purisalakkhaºanti mah±puris±na½
buddh±d²na½ lakkhaºad²paka½ dv±dasasahassaganthappam±ºa½ sattha½,
yattha so¼asasahassag±th±parim±º±ya buddhamant± n±ma ahesu½, yesa½
vasena “imin± lakkhaºena samann±gat± buddh± n±ma honti, imin± pacceka-
buddh± n±ma honti, imin± dve aggas±vak±, as²timah±s±vak±, buddham±t±,
buddhapit±, aggupaµµh±ko, aggupaµµh±yik±, r±j± cakkavatt²”ti aya½ viseso (3.0250)
ñ±yati. Anavayoti imesu lok±yatamah±purisalakkhaºesu an³no parip³rak±r²,
avayo na hot²ti vutta½ hoti. Avayo n±ma yo t±ni atthato ca ganthato ca sandh±-
retu½ na sakkoti. Assosi khoti-±d²su ya½ vattabba½ siy±, ta½ s±leyyakasutte (ma.
ni. 1.439 ±dayo) vuttameva.
384. Aya½ t±t±ti aya½ mahallakat±ya gantu½ asakkonto m±ºava½ ±mantetv±
evam±ha. Apica esa br±hmaºo cintesi “imasmi½ loke ‘aha½ buddho aha½
buddho’ti uggatassa n±ma½ gahetv± bah³ jan± vicaranti, tasm± na me anussava-
matteneva upasaªkamitu½ yutta½. Ekaccañhi upasaªkamantassa apakkama-
nampi garu hoti, anatthopi uppajjati. Ya½n³n±ha½ mama antev±sika½ pesetv±
‘buddho v± no v±’ti j±nitv± upasaªkameyyan”ti tasm± m±ºava½ ±mantetv± “aya½
t±t±”ti-±dim±ha. Ta½ bhavantanti tassa bhavato. Tath± santa½yev±ti tath± sato-
yeva. Idañhi itthambh³t±khy±natthe upayogavacana½. Yath± katha½ pan±ha½,
bhoti ettha katha½ pan±ha½, bho, ta½ bhavanta½ gotama½ j±niss±mi, yath±
sakk± so ñ±tu½, tath± me ±cikkh±ti attho. Yath±ti v± nip±tamattameveta½.
Kathanti aya½ ±k±rapucch±, ken±k±ren±ha½ bhavanta½ gotama½ j±niss±m²ti
attho.
Eva½ vutte kira na½ upajjh±yo– “ki½ tva½, t±ta, pathaviya½ µhito pathavi½ na
pass±m²ti viya candimas³riy±na½ obh±se µhito candimas³riye na pass±m²ti viya
vadas²”ti-±d²ni vatv± j±nan±k±ra½ dassento ±gat±ni kho t±t±ti-±dim±ha. Tattha
mantes³ti vedesu. Tath±gato kira uppajjissat²ti paµikacceva suddh±v±s± dev±
vedesu lakkhaº±ni pakkhipitv± “buddhamant± n±ma ete”ti br±hmaºavesena vede
v±centi “tadanus±rena mahesakkh± satt± tath±gata½ j±nissant²”ti. Tena pubbe
vedesu mah±purisalakkhaº±ni ±gacchanti. Parinibbute pana tath±gate anukka-
mena antaradh±yanti, tena etarahi natthi. Mah±purisass±ti paºidhisam±d±nañ±ºa-
karuº±diguºamahato purisassa. Dveyeva gatiyoti dve eva niµµh±. K±mañc±ya½
gatisaddo– “pañca kho im± (3.0251), s±riputta, gatiyo”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 1.153)
bhavabhede vattati, “gati mig±na½ pavanan”ti-±d²su (pari. 339) niv±saµµh±ne,
“eva½ adhimattagatimanto”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 1.161) paññ±ya, “gatigatan”ti-±d²su
visaµabh±ve, idha pana niµµh±ya½ vattat²ti veditabbo. Tattha kiñc±pi yehi samann±-
gato r±j± hoti, na teheva buddho hoti, j±tis±maññato pana t±niyeva t±n²ti vuccanti.
Tena vutta½– “yehi samann±gatass±”ti. Sace ag±ra½ ajjh±vasat²ti yadi ag±re
vasati, r±j± hoti cakkavatt². Cat³hi acchariyadhammehi saªgahavatth³hi ca loka½
rañjanato r±j±. Cakkaratana½ vatteti, cat³hi sampatticakkehi vatteti, tehi ca para½
vatteti, parahit±ya ca iriy±pathacakk±na½ vatto etasmi½ atth²ti cakkavatt². Ettha
ca r±j±ti s±mañña½, cakkavatt²ti visesana½. Dhammena carat²ti dhammiko,
ñ±yena samena vattat²ti attho. Dhammena rajja½ labhitv± r±j± j±toti dhammar±j±.
Parahitadhammakaraºena v± dhammiko, attahitadhammakaraºena dhammar±j±.
Caturant±ya issaroti c±turanto, catusamuddant±ya catubbidhad²pabh³sit±ya ca
pathaviy± issaroti attho. Ajjhatta½ kop±dipaccatthike bahiddh± ca sabbar±j±no
vijes²ti vijit±v². Janapadatth±variyappattoti janapade th±varabh±va½ dhuvabh±va½
patto, na sakk± kenaci c±letu½, janapado v± tamhi th±variyappatto anussukko
sakammanirato acalo asampavedh²ti janapadatth±variyappatto. Seyyathidanti
nip±to, tassa t±ni katam±n²ti attho. Cakkaratananti-±d²su cakkañca ta½ ratijanana-
tthena ratanañc±ti cakkaratana½. Eseva nayo sabbattha.
Imesu pana ratanesu aya½ cakkavattir±j± cakkaratanena ajita½ jin±ti, hatthi-a-
ssaratanehi vijite yath±sukha½ anuvicarati, pariº±yakaratanena vijitamanura-
kkhati, sesehi upabhogasukhamanubhavati. Paµhamena cassa uss±hasattiyogo,
hatthi-assagahapatiratanehi pabhusattiyogo, pacchimena mantasattiyogo supari-
puººo hoti, itthimaºiratanehi tividhasattiyogaphala½. So itthimaºiratanehi bhoga-
sukhamanubhavati, sesehi (3.0252) issariyasukha½. Visesato cassa purim±ni t²ºi
adosakusalam³lajanitakamm±nubh±vena sampajjanti, majjhim±ni alobhakusala-
m³lajanitakamm±nubh±vena, pacchimameka½ amohakusalam³lajanitakamm±nu-
bh±ven±ti veditabba½. Ayamettha saªkhepo, vitth±ro pana bojjhaªgasa½yutte
ratanasuttassa (sa½. ni. 5.222-223) upadesato gahetabbo. Apica b±lapaº¹itasu-
ttepi (ma. ni. 3.255) imesa½ ratan±na½ uppattikkamena saddhi½ vaººan± ±gami-
ssati.
Parosahassanti atirekasahassa½. S³r±ti abh²rukaj±tik±. V²raªgar³p±ti devapu-
ttasadisak±y±, eva½ t±va eke vaººayanti, aya½ panettha sabh±vo– v²r±ti uttama-
s³r± vuccanti. V²r±na½ aªga½ v²raªga½, v²rak±raºa½ v²riyanti vutta½ hoti.
V²raªga½ r³pa½ etesanti v²raªgar³p±, v²riyamayasar²r± viy±ti vutta½ hoti. Parase-
nappamaddan±ti sace paµimukha½ tiµµheyya parasen±, ta½ madditu½ samatth±ti
adhipp±yo. Dhammen±ti “p±ºo na hantabbo”ti-±din± pañcas²ladhammena.
Araha½ hoti samm±sambuddho loke vivaµµacchadoti ettha r±gadosamoham±na-
diµµhi-avijj±duccaritachadanehi sattahi paµicchanne kilesandhak±raloke ta½
chadana½ vivaµµetv± samantato sañj±t±loko hutv± µhitoti vivaµµacchado. Tattha
paµhamena padena p³j±rahat±, dutiyena tass± hetu yasm± samm±sambuddhoti,
tatiyena buddhattahetubh³t± vivaµµacchadat± vutt±ti veditabb±. Atha v± vivaµµo ca
vicchado c±ti vivaµµacchado, vaµµarahito chadanarahito c±ti vutta½ hoti. Tena
araha½ vaµµ±bh±vena, samm±sambuddho chadan±bh±ven±ti eva½ purimapada-
dvayasseva hetudvaya½ vutta½ hoti. Dutiyaves±rajjena cettha purimasiddhi,
paµhamena dutiyasiddhi, tatiyacatutthehi tatiyasiddhi hoti. Purimañca dhamma-
cakkhu½, dutiya½ buddhacakkhu½, tatiya½ samantacakkhu½ s±dhet²tipi vedi-
tabba½. Tva½ mant±na½ paµiggahet±ti imin±ssa s³rabh±va½ janeti.
385. Sopi t±ya ±cariyakath±ya lakkhaºesu vigatasammoho ekobh±saj±to viya
buddhamante sampassam±no eva½, bhoti ±ha. Tassattho– yath±, bho, ma½ tva½
vadasi, eva½ kariss±m²ti. Samannes²ti gavesi, eka½ dveti v± gaºayanto sam±-
nayi. Addas± khoti (3.0253) katha½ addasa? Buddh±nañhi nisinn±na½ v± nipa-
nn±na½ v± koci lakkhaºa½ pariyesitu½ na sakkoti, µhit±na½ pana caªkama-
nt±na½ v± sakkoti. Tasm± lakkhaºapariyesanattha½ ±gata½ disv± buddh± uµµh±-
y±san± tiµµhanti v± caªkama½ v± adhiµµhahanti. Iti lakkhaºadassan±nur³pe iriy±-
pathe vattam±nassa addasa. Yebhuyyen±ti p±yena, bahuk±ni addasa, app±ni na
addas±ti attho. Tato y±ni na addasa, tesa½ d²panattha½ vutta½ µhapetv± dveti.
Kaªkhat²ti “aho vata passeyyan”ti patthana½ upp±deti. Vicikicchat²ti tato tato t±ni
vicinanto kicchati na sakkoti daµµhu½. N±dhimuccat²ti t±ya vicikicch±ya sanni-
µµh±na½ na gacchati. Na sampas²dat²ti tato “paripuººalakkhaºo ayan”ti bhagavati
pas±da½ n±pajjati. Kaªkh±ya v± dubbal± vimati vutt±, vicikicch±ya majjhim±, ana-
dhimuccanat±ya balavat², asampas±dena tehi t²hi dhammehi cittassa k±lussiya-
bh±vo. Kosohiteti vatthikosena paµicchanne. Vatthaguyheti aªgaj±te. Bhagavato
hi v±raºasseva kosohitavatthaguyha½ suvaººavaººa½ padumagabbhasam±na½,
ta½ so vatthapaµicchannatt±, antomukhagat±ya ca jivh±ya pah³tabh±va½ asalla-
kkhento tesu dv²su lakkhaºesu kaªkh² ahosi
vicikicch².
Atha kho bhagav±ti atha bhagav± cintesi– “sac±ha½ imassa et±ni dve lakkha-
º±ni na dassess±mi, nikkaªkho na bhavissati. Etassa kaªkh±ya sati ±cariyopissa
nikkaªkho na bhavissati, atha ma½ dassan±ya na ±gamissati, an±gato dhamma½
na sossati, dhamma½ asuºanto t²ºi s±maññaphal±ni na sacchikarissati. Etasmi½
pana nikkaªkhe ±cariyopissa nikkaªkho ma½ upasaªkamitv± dhamma½ sutv±
t²ºi s±maññaphal±ni sacchikarissati. Etadattha½yeva ca may± p±ramiyo p³rit±.
Dassess±missa t±ni lakkhaº±n²”ti.
Tath±r³pa½ iddh±bhisaªkh±ramak±si. Katha½r³pa½? Kimettha aññena
vattabba½? Vuttameta½ n±gasenatthereneva milindaraññ± puµµhena–
¾ha ca dukkara½, bhante n±gasena, bhagavat± katanti. Ki½ mah±r±j±ti? Mah±-
janena hirikaraºok±sa½ brahm±yubr±hmaºassa ca antev±si-uttarassa ca b±vari-
yassa antev±s²na½ so¼asabr±hmaº±nañca selassa ca br±hmaºassa antev±s²na½
tisatam±ºav±nañca dassesi, bhanteti. Na, mah±r±ja, bhagav± guyha½ (3.0254)
dasseti, ch±ya½ bhagav± dasseti, iddhiy± abhisaªkharitv± niv±sananivattha½
k±yabandhanabaddha½ c²varap±ruta½ ch±y±r³pakamatta½ dassesi mah±r±j±ti.
Ch±ya½ diµµhe sati diµµhoyeva. Nanu, bhanteti? Tiµµhateta½, mah±r±ja, hadaya-
r³pa½ disv± bujjhanakasatto bhaveyya, hadayama½sa½ n²haritv± dasseyya
samm±sambuddhoti. Kallosi, bhante n±gasen±ti.
Ninn±metv±ti n²haritv±. Anumas²ti kathinas³ci½ viya katv± anumajji. Tath± kara-
ºena cettha mudubh±vo, kaººasot±numasanena d²ghabh±vo, n±sikasot±numasa-
nena tanubh±vo, nal±µacch±danena puthulabh±vo pak±sitoti veditabbo. Ubhopi
kaººasot±n²ti-±d²su cettha buddh±na½ kaººasotesu mala½ v± jallik± v± natthi,
dhovitv± µhapitarajatapan±¼ik± viya honti, tath± n±sikasotesu, t±nipi hi suparika-
mmakatakañcanapan±¼ik± viya ca maºipan±¼ik± viya ca honti. Tasm± jivha½ n²ha-
ritv± kathinas³ci½ viya katv± mukhapariyante upasa½haranto dakkhiºakaººa-
sota½ pavesetv± tato n²haritv± v±makaººasota½ pavesesi, tato n²haritv± dakkhi-
ºan±sikasota½ pavesetv± tato n²haritv± v±man±sikasota½ pavesesi, tato n²ha-
ritv± puthulabh±va½ dassento rattaval±hakena a¹¹hacanda½ viya ca suvaººa-
patta½ viya ca rattakambalapaµalena vijjujotasadis±ya jivh±ya kevalakappa½ nal±-
µamaº¹ala½ paµicch±desi.
Ya½n³n±hanti kasm± cintesi? Ahañhi mah±purisalakkhaº±ni samannesitv±
gato “diµµh±ni te, t±ta, mah±purisalakkhaº±n²”ti ±cariyena pucchito “±ma, ±cariy±”-
ti vattu½ sakkhiss±mi. Sace pana ma½ “kiriy±karaºamassa k²disan”ti pucchissati
, ta½ vattu½ na sakkhiss±mi, na j±n±m²ti vutte pana ±cariyo kujjhissati “nanu tva½
may± sabbampeta½ j±nanatth±ya pesito, kasm± aj±nitv± ±gatos²”ti, tasm± yann³-
n±hanti cintetv± anubandhi. Bhagav± nh±naµµh±na½ mukhadhovanaµµh±na½ sar²-
rapaµijagganaµµh±na½ r±jar±jamah±matt±d²na½ orodhehi saddhi½ pariv±retv±
nisinnaµµh±nanti im±ni catt±ri µh±n±ni µhapetv± sesaµµh±nesu antamaso ekaga-
ndhakuµiyampi ok±samak±si.
Gacchante (3.0255) gacchante k±le– “aya½ kira brahm±yubr±hmaºassa
m±ºavo uttaro n±ma ‘buddho v± no v±’ti tath±gatassa buddhabh±va½ v²ma½-
santo carati, buddhav²ma½sako n±m±yan”ti p±kaµo j±to. Yamhi yamhi µh±ne
buddh± vasanti, pañca kicc±ni kat±neva honti, t±ni heµµh± dassit±neva. Tattha
pacch±bhatta½ alaªkatadhamm±sane nis²ditv± dantakhacita½ cittab²jani½
gahetv± mah±janassa dhamma½ desente bhagavati uttaropi avid³re nis²dati.
Dhammassavanapariyos±ne saddh± manuss± sv±tan±ya bhagavanta½ nima-
ntetv± m±ºavampi upasaªkamitv± eva½ vadanti– “t±ta, amhehi bhagav± nima-
ntito, tvampi bhagavat± saddhi½ ±gantv± amh±ka½ gehe bhatta½ gaºheyy±s²”ti.
Punadivase tath±gato bhikkhusaªghaparivuto g±ma½ pavisati, uttaropi padav±re
padav±re pariggaºhanto pad±nupadiko anubandhati. Kulageha½ paviµµhak±le
dakkhiºodakaggahaºa½ ±di½ katv± sabba½ olokento nis²dati. Bhattakicc±vas±ne
tath±gatassa patta½ bh³miya½ µhapetv± nisinnak±le m±ºavakassa p±tar±sa-
bhatta½ sajjenti. So ekamante nisinno bhuñjitv± puna ±gantv± satthu santike
µhatv± bhatt±numodana½ sutv± bhagavat± saddhi½yeva vih±ra½ gacchati.
Tattha bhagav± bhikkh³na½ bhattakiccapariyos±na½ ±gamento gandhamaº¹a-
lam±¼e nis²dati. Bhikkh³hi bhattakicca½ katv± pattac²vara½ paµis±metv± ±gamma
vanditv± k±le ±rocite bhagav± gandhakuµi½ pavisati, m±ºavopi bhagavat±
saddhi½yeva gacchati. Bhagav± pariv±retv± ±gata½ bhikkhusaªgha½ gandhaku-
µippamukhe µhito ovaditv± uyyojetv± gandhakuµi½ pavisati, m±ºavopi pavisati.
Bhagav± khuddakamañce appamattaka½ k±la½ nis²dati, m±ºavopi avid³re olo-
kento nis²dati. Bhagav± muhutta½ nis²ditv± s²sokkamana½ dasseti,– “bhoto gota-
massa vih±ravel± bhavissat²”ti m±ºavo gandhakuµidv±ra½ pidahanto nikkhamitv±
ekamanta½ nis²dati. Manuss± purebhatta½ d±na½ datv± bhuttap±tar±s± sam±di-
nna-uposathaªg± suddhuttar±saªg± m±l±gandh±dihatth± dhamma½ suºiss±-
m±ti vih±ra½ ±gacchanti, cakkavattino khandh±v±raµµh±na½ viya hoti.
Bhagav± muhutta½ s²haseyya½ kappetv± vuµµh±ya pubbabh±gena paricchi-
nditv± sam±patti½ sam±pajjati. Sam±pattito vuµµh±ya mah±janassa ±gatabh±va½
ñatv± (3.0256) gandhakuµito nikkhamma mah±janaparivuto gandhamaº¹alam±¼a½
gantv± paññattavarabuddh±sanagato paris±ya dhamma½ deseti. M±ºavopi avi-
d³re nis²ditv±– “ki½ nu kho samaºo gotamo gehassitavasena parisa½ uss±dento
v± apas±dento v± dhamma½ deseti, ud±hu no”ti akkharakkhara½ pada½ pada½
pariggaºh±ti. Bhagav± tath±vidha½ katha½ akathetv±va k±la½ ñatv± desana½
niµµh±pesi. M±ºavo imin± niy±mena pariggaºhanto satta m±se ekato vicaritv±
bhagavato k±yadv±r±d²su aºumattampi avakkhalita½ na addasa. Anacchariya-
ñceta½, ya½ buddhabh³tassa manussabh³to m±ºavo na passeyya, yassa bodhi-
sattabh³tassa chabbass±ni padh±nabh³miya½ amanussabh³to m±ro devaputto
gehassitavitakkamattampi adisv± buddhabh³ta½ ekasa½vacchara½ anuba-
ndhitv± kiñci apassanto–
“Satta vass±ni bhagavanta½, anubandhi½ pad±pada½;
ot±ra½ n±dhigacchissa½, sambuddhassa sat²mato”ti. (su. ni. 448)–
¾dig±th±yo vatv± pakk±mi. Tato m±ºavo cintesi– “aha½ bhavanta½ gotama½
satta m±se anubandham±no kiñci vajja½ na pass±mi. Sace pan±ha½ aññepi
satta m±se satta v± vass±ni vassasata½ v± vassasahassa½ v± anubandheyya½,
nevassa vajja½ passeyya½. ¾cariyo kho panassa me mahallako, yogakkhema½
n±ma na sakk± j±nitu½. Samaºassa gotamassa sabh±vaguºeneva buddha-
bh±va½ vatv± mayha½ ±cariyassa ±rocess±m²”ti bhagavanta½ ±pucchitv±
bhikkhusaªgha½ vanditv± nikkhami.
¾cariyassa santikañca pana gantv±– “kacci, t±ta uttara, ta½ bhavanta½
gotama½ tath±santa½yeva saddo abbhuggato”ti pucchito, “±cariya, ki½ vadesi?
Cakkav±¼a½ atisamb±dha½, bhavagga½ atin²ca½, tassa hi, bhoto gotamassa
±k±sa½ viya apariyanto guºagaºo. Tath±santa½yeva, bho, ta½ bhavanta½ gota-
man”ti-±d²ni vatv± yath±diµµh±ni dvatti½samah±purisalakkhaº±ni paµip±µiy± ±ci-
kkhitv± kiriyasam±c±ra½ ±cikkhi. Tena vutta½– “atha kho uttaro m±ºavo …pe…
ediso ca ediso ca bhava½ gotamo tato ca bhiyyo”ti.
386. Tattha (3.0257) suppatiµµhitap±doti yath± hi aññesa½ bh³miya½ p±da½
µhapent±na½ aggatala½ v± paºhi v± passa½ v± paµhama½ phusati, vemajjha½
v± pana chidda½ hoti, ukkhipant±nampi aggatal±d²su ekakoµµh±sova paµhama½
uµµhahati, na eva½ tassa. Tassa pana suvaººap±dukatala½ viya ekappah±reneva
sakala½ p±datala½ bh³mi½ phusati, bh³mito uµµhahati. Tasm± “suppatiµµhitap±do
kho pana so bhava½ gotamo”ti vadati.
Tatrida½ bhagavato suppatiµµhitap±dat±ya– sacepi hi bhagav± anekasatapo-
risa½ naraka½ akkamiss±m²ti p±da½ n²harati, t±vadeva ninnaµµh±na½ v±tap³rita½
viya kamm±rabhasta½ unnamitv± pathav²sama½ hoti, unnataµµh±nampi anto pavi-
sati. D³re akkamiss±m²ti abhin²harantassa sineruppam±ºopi pabbato seditavetta-
ªkuro viya namitv± p±dasam²pa½ ±gacchati. Tath± hissa yamakap±µih±riya½
katv± yugandharapabbata½ akkamiss±m²ti p±de abhin²harato pabbato namitv±
p±dasam²pa½ ±gato, so ta½ akkamitv± dutiyap±dena t±vati½sabhavana½
akkami. Na hi cakkalakkhaºena patiµµh±tabbaµµh±na½ visama½ bhavitu½ sakkoti.
Kh±ºu v± kaº¹ako v± sakkharakathal± v± ucc±rapass±vo v± khe¼asiªgh±ºik±d²ni
v± purimatar±va apagacchanti, tattha tattheva ca pathavi½ pavisanti. Tath±ga-
tassa hi s²latejena paññ±tejena dhammatejena dasanna½ p±ram²na½ ±nubh±-
vena aya½ mah±pathav² sam± mudu pupph±bhikiºº± hoti. Tatra tath±gato sama½
p±da½ nikkhipati, sama½ uddharati, sabb±vantehi p±datalehi bh³mi½ phusati.
Cakk±n²ti dv²su p±desu dve cakk±ni. Tesa½ ar± ca nemi ca n±bhi ca p±¼iya½
vutt±va. Sabb±k±raparip³r±n²ti imin± pana aya½ viseso veditabbo– tesa½ kira
cakk±na½ p±datalassa majjhe n±bhi dissati, n±bhiparicchinn± vaµµalekh± dissati,
n±bhimukhaparikkhepapaµµo dissati, pan±¼imukha½ dissati, ar± dissanti, aresu
vaµµalekh± dissanti, nem² dissanti, nemimaºik± dissanti. Ida½ t±va p±¼i-±gatameva.
Sambahulav±ro pana an±gato, so eva½ daµµhabbo– satti siri vaccho nandi sova-
ttiko vaµa½sako va¹¹ham±naka½ macchayugala½ bhaddap²µha½ aªkusa½ (3.0258)
tomaro p±s±do toraºa½ setacchatta½ khaggo t±lavaºµa½ morahatthako v±¼ab²-
jan² uºh²sa½ patto maºi kusumad±ma½ n²luppala½ rattuppala½ setuppala½
paduma½ puº¹ar²ka½ puººaghaµo puººap±ti samuddo cakkav±¼o himav± sineru
candimas³riy± nakkhatt±ni catt±ro mah±d²p± dveparittad²pasahass±ni, antamaso
cakkavattirañño parisa½ up±d±ya sabbo cakkalakkhaºasseva pariv±ro.
 ¾yatapaºh²ti d²ghapaºhi, paripuººapaºh²ti attho. Yath± hi aññesa½ aggap±do
d²gho hoti, paºhimatthake jaªgh± patiµµh±ti, paºhi tacchetv± µhapit± viya hoti, na
eva½ tath±gatassa. Tath±gatassa pana cat³su koµµh±sesu dve koµµh±s± agga-
p±do hoti, tatiye koµµh±se jaªgh± patiµµh±ti, catutthe koµµh±se ±raggena vaµµetv±
µhapit± viya rattakambale geº¹ukasadis± paºhi hoti.
D²ghaªgul²ti yath± aññesa½ k±ci aªguli d²gh± hoti, k±ci rass±, na eva½ tath±ga-
tassa. Tath±gatassa pana makkaµasseva d²ghahatthap±daªguliyo m³le th³l± anu-
pubbena gantv± agge tanuk± niyy±satelena madditv± vaµµitaharit±lavaµµisadis±
honti. Tena vutta½ “d²ghaªgul²”ti.
Mudutalunahatthap±doti sappimaº¹e os±detv± µhapita½ satav±ravihatakapp±-
sapaµala½ viya mud³, j±tamattakum±rassa viya ca niccak±la½ talun± ca hattha-
p±d± ass±ti mudutalunahatthap±do.
J±lahatthap±doti na cammena paµibaddha-aªgulantaro. Ediso hi phaºahatthako
purisadosena upahato pabbajjampi na labhati. Tath±gatassa pana catasso hattha-
ªguliyo pañcapi p±daªguliyo ekappam±º± honti, t±sa½ ekappam±ºatt±ya yavala-
kkhaºa½ aññamañña½ paµivijjhitv± tiµµhati. Athassa hatthap±d± kusalena va¹¹ha-
kin± yojitaj±lav±tap±nasadis± honti. Tena vutta½ “j±lahatthap±do”ti.
Uddha½ patiµµhitagopphakatt± ussaªkh± p±d± ass±ti ussaªkhap±do. Aññe-
sañhi piµµhip±de gopphak± honti. Tena tesa½ p±d± ±ºibaddh± viya thaddh± honti,
na yath±sukha½ parivattanti, gacchant±na½ p±datal±ni na dissanti (3.0259).
Tath±gatassa pana abhiruhitv± upari gopphak± patiµµhahanti. Tenassa n±bhito
paµµh±ya uparimak±yo n±v±ya µhapitasuvaººapaµim± viya niccalo hoti, adhok±-
yova iñjati. Sukhena p±d± parivattanti. Puratopi pacchatopi ubhayapassesupi
µhatv± passant±na½ p±datal±ni paññ±yanti, na hatth²na½ viya pacchatoyeva.
Eºijaªghoti eºimigasadisajaªgho ma½sussadena
paripuººajaªgho, na ekato baddhapiº¹ikama½so, samantato samasaºµhitena
ma½sena parikkhitt±hi suvaµµit±hi s±ligabbhasadis±hi jaªgh±hi samann±gatoti
attho.
Anonamantoti anamanto. Etenassa akhujja-av±manabh±vo d²pito. Avasesajan±
hi khujj± v± honti v±man± v±, khujj±na½ uparimak±yo aparipuººo hoti, v±ma-
n±na½ heµµhimak±yo. Te aparipuººak±yatt± na sakkonti anonamant± jaººuk±ni
parimajjitu½. Tath±gato pana paripuººa-ubhayak±yatt± sakkoti.
Usabhav±raº±d²na½ viya suvaººapadumakaººikasadise kose ohita½ paµi-
cchanna½ vatthaguyha½ ass±ti kosohitavatthaguyho. Vatthaguyhanti vatthena
g³hitabba½ aªgaj±ta½ vuccati.
Suvaººavaººoti j±tihiªgulakena majjitv± d²pid±µh±ya gha½sitv± gerukapari-
kamma½ katv± µhapitaghanasuvaººar³pakasadisoti attho. Etenassa ghanasini-
ddhasaºhasar²rata½ dassetv± chavivaººadassanattha½ kañcanasannibhattacoti
vutta½, purimassa v± vevacanameva eta½.
Rajojallanti rajo v± mala½ v±. Na upalimpat²ti na laggati, padumapal±sato uda-
kabindu viya vivaµµati. Hatthadhovanap±dadhovan±d²ni pana utuggahaºatth±ya
ceva d±yak±na½ puññaphalatth±ya ca buddh± karonti, vattas²sen±pi ca karonti-
yeva. Sen±sana½ pavisantena hi bhikkhun± p±de dhovitv± pavisitabbanti vutta-
meta½.
Uddhaggalomoti ±vaµµapariyos±ne uddhagg±ni hutv± mukhasobha½ ullokaya-
m±n±ni viya µhit±ni lom±ni ass±ti uddhaggalomo.
Brahmujugattoti (3.0260) brahm± viya ujugatto, ujumeva uggatad²ghasar²ro.
Yebhuyyena hi satt± khandhe kaµiya½ j±º³s³ti t²su µh±nesu namanti. Te kaµiya½
namant± pacchato namanti, itaresu dv²su µh±nesu purato. D²ghasar²r± paneke
passavaªk± honti, eke mukha½ unn±metv± nakkhatt±ni gaºayant± viya caranti,
eke appama½salohit± s³lasadis± honti, pavedham±n± gacchanti. Tath±gato pana
ujumeva uggantv± d²ghappam±ºo devanagare ussitasuvaººatoraºa½ viya hoti.
Sattussadoti dve hatthapiµµhiyo dve p±dapiµµhiyo dve a½sak³µ±ni khandhoti
imesu sattasu µh±nesu paripuººama½sussado ass±ti sattussado. Aññesa½ pana
hatthap±dapiµµh²su nh±ruj±l± paññ±yanti, a½sak³µakhandhesu aµµhikoµiyo, te
manussapet± viya kh±yanti, na tath±gato. Tath±gato pana sattasu µh±nesu paripu-
ººama½sussadatt± nig³¼hanh±ruj±lehi hatthapiµµh±d²hi vaµµetv± µhapitasuvaººava-
ºº±liªgasadisena khandhena sil±r³paka½ viya cittakammar³paka½ viya ca
kh±yati.
S²hassa pubbaddha½ viya k±yo ass±ti s²hapubbaddhak±yo. S²hassa hi pura-
tthimak±yova paripuººo hoti, pacchimak±yo aparipuººo. Tath±gatassa pana
s²hassa pubbaddhak±yova sabbo k±yo paripuººo. Sopi s²hasseva na tattha tattha
vinatunnat±divasena dussaºµhitavisaºµhito, d²ghayuttaµh±ne pana d²gho, rassaki-
sath³la-anuvaµµitayuttaµµh±nesu tath±vidhova hoti. Vuttañheta½–
“Man±piye ca kho, bhikkhave, kammavip±ke paccupaµµhite yehi aªgehi d²ghehi
sobhati, t±ni aªg±ni d²gh±ni saºµhahanti. Yehi aªgehi rassehi sobhati, t±ni aªg±ni
rass±ni saºµhahanti. Yehi aªgehi th³lehi sobhati, t±ni aªg±ni th³l±ni saºµhahanti.
Yehi aªgehi kisehi sobhati, t±ni aªg±ni kis±ni saºµhahanti. Yehi aªgehi vaµµehi
sobhati, t±ni aªg±ni vaµµ±ni saºµhahant²”ti.
Iti (3.0261) n±n±cittena puññacittena cittito dasahi p±ram²hi sajjito tath±gatassa
attabh±vo, tassa loke sabbasippino v± iddhimanto v± paµir³pakampi k±tu½ na
sakkonti.
Citantara½soti antara½sa½ vuccati dvinna½ koµµ±namantara½, ta½ cita½ pari-
puººamass±ti citantara½so. Aññesañhi ta½ µh±na½ ninna½ hoti, dve piµµhikoµµ±
p±µiyekka½ paññ±yanti. Tath±gatassa pana kaµito paµµh±ya ma½sapaµala½ y±va
khandh± uggamma samussitasuvaººaphalaka½ viya piµµhi½ ch±detv± patiµµhita½.
Nigrodhaparimaº¹aloti nigrodho viya parimaº¹alo. Yath± paºº±sahatthat±ya
v± satahatthat±ya v± samakkhandhas±kho nigrodho d²ghatopi vitth±ratopi ekappa-
m±ºova hoti, eva½ k±yatopi by±matopi ekappam±ºo. Yath± aññesa½ k±yo v±
d²gho hoti by±mo v±, na eva½ visamappam±ºoti attho. Teneva “y±vatakvassa
k±yo”ti-±di vutta½. Tattha y±vatako ass±ti y±vatakvassa.
Samavaµµakkhandhoti samavaµµitakkhandho. Yath± eke koñc± viya bak± viya
var±h± viya ca d²ghagal± vaªkagal± puthulagal± ca honti, kathanak±le sir±j±la½
paññ±yati, mando saro nikkhamati, na eva½ tassa. Tath±gatassa pana suvaµµita-
suvaºº±liªgasadiso khandho hoti, kathanak±le sir±j±la½ na paññ±yati, meghassa
viya gajjato saro mah± hoti.
Rasaggasagg²ti ettha rasa½ gasant²ti rasaggas±, rasaharaº²nameta½ adhiva-
cana½, t± agg± ass±ti rasaggasagg². Tath±gatassa hi satta rasaharaºisahass±ni
uddhagg±ni hutv± g²v±yameva paµimukk±ni. Tilaphalamattopi ±h±ro jivhagge
µhapito sabba½ k±ya½ anupharati, teneva mah±padh±na½ padahantassa ekata-
º¹ul±d²hipi k±¼±yay³sapasaten±pi k±yassa y±pana½ ahosi. Aññesa½ pana tath±
abh±v± na sakalak±ya½ oj± pharati, tena te bahv±b±dh± honti. Ida½ lakkhaºa½
app±b±dhat±saªkh±tassa nissandaphalassa vasena p±kaµa½ hoti.
S²hasseva (3.0262) hanu ass±ti s²hahanu. Tattha s²hassa heµµhimahanumeva
paripuººa½ hoti, na uparima½. Tath±gatassa pana s²hassa heµµhima½ viya dvepi
paripuºº±ni dv±dasiya½ pakkhassa candasadis±ni honti.
Catt±l²sadantoti-±d²su uparimahanuke patiµµhit± v²sati, heµµhime v²sat²ti catt±l²sa
dant± ass±ti catt±l²sadanto. Aññesañhi paripuººadant±nampi dvatti½sa dant±
honti, tath±gatassa catt±l²sa½.
Aññesañca keci dant± ucc± keci n²c±ti visam± honti, tath±gatassa pana ayapa-
µµachinnasaªkhapaµala½ viya sam±.
Aññesa½ kumbh²l±na½ viya dant± vira¼± honti, macchama½s±d²ni kh±dant±na½
dantantara½ p³rati. Tath±gatassa pana kanakalat±ya samuss±pitavajirapanti viya
avira¼± tulik±ya dassitaparicched± viya dant± honti.
Susukkad±µhoti aññesañca p³tidant± uµµhahanti, tena k±ci d±µh± k±¼±pi viva-
ºº±pi honti. Tath±gato susukkad±µho osadhit±rakampi atikkamma virocam±n±ya
pabh±ya samann±gatad±µho, tena vutta½ “susukkad±µho”ti.
Pah³tajivhoti aññesa½ jivh± th³l±pi hoti kis±pi rass±pi thaddh±pi visam±pi,
tath±gatassa pana mudu d²gh± puthul± vaººasampann± hoti. So ta½ lakkhaºa½
pariyesitu½ ±gat±na½ kaªkh±vinodanattha½ mudukatt± ta½ jivha½ kathinas³ci½
viya vaµµetv± ubho n±sikasot±ni par±masati, d²ghatt± ubho kaººasot±ni par±ma-
sati, puthulatt± kesantapariyos±na½ kevalampi nal±µa½ paµicch±deti. Eva½ tass±
mudud²ghaputhulabh±va½ pak±sento kaªkha½ vinodeti. Eva½ tilakkhaºasa-
mpanna½ jivha½ sandh±ya “pah³tajivho”ti vutta½.
Brahmassaroti aññe chinnassar±pi bhinnassar±pi k±kassar±pi honti, tath±gato
pana mah±brahmuno sarasadisena sarena samann±gato. Mah±brahmuno hi pitta-
semhehi apalibuddhatt± saro visuddho hoti. Tath±gaten±pi katakamma½ vatthu½
sodheti, vatthussa suddhatt± n±bhito paµµh±ya samuµµhahanto saro visuddho aµµha-
ªgasamann±gatova samuµµh±ti. Karaviko viya bhaºat²ti karavikabh±º², mattakara-
vikarutamañjughosoti attho.
Tatrida½ (3.0263) karavikarutassa mañjut±ya– karavikasakuºe kira madhura-
rasa½ ambapakka½ mukhatuº¹akena paharitv± paggharita½ rasa½ s±yitv±
pakkhena t±la½ datv± vik³jam±ne catuppad±d²ni matt±ni viya la¼itu½ ±rabhanti.
Gocarappasut±pi catuppad± mukhagat±nipi tiº±ni cha¹¹etv± ta½ sadda½
suºanti, v±¼amig± khuddakamige anubandham±n± ukkhittap±da½ anukkhipitv±va
tiµµhanti, anubaddhamig±pi maraºabhaya½ hitv±pi tiµµhanti, ±k±se pakkhandapa-
kkhinopi pakkhe pas±retv± tiµµhanti, udake macch±pi kaººapaµala½ apphoµent±
ta½ sadda½ suºam±n±va tiµµhanti. Eva½ mañjurut± karavik±.
Asandhimitt±pi dhamm±sokassa dev²– “atthi nu kho, bhante, buddhasaddena
sadiso kassaci saddo”ti saªgha½ pucchi. Atthi karavikasakuºass±ti. Kuhi½,
bhante, sakuº±ti? Himavanteti. S± r±j±na½ ±ha,– “deva, karavikasakuºa½ daµµhu-
k±m±”ti. R±j± “imasmi½ pañjare nis²ditv± karaviko ±gacchat³”ti suvaººapañjara½
vissajjesi. Pañjaro gantv± ekassa karavikassa purato aµµh±si. So “r±j±º±ya ±gato
pañjaro, na sakk± agantun”ti tattha nis²di. Pañjaro ±gantv± rañño puratova aµµh±si.
Karavika½ sadda½ k±r±petu½ na sakkonti. Atha r±j± “katha½ bhaºe ime sadda½
karont²”ti ±ha? ѱtake disv± dev±ti. Atha na½ r±j± ±d±sehi parikkhip±pesi. So atta-
nova ch±ya½ disv± “ñ±tak± me ±gat±”ti maññam±no pakkhena t±¼a½ datv±
mañjussarena maºiva½sa½ dhamam±no viya viravi. Sakalanagare manuss±
matt± viya la¼i½su. Asandhimitt± cintesi– “imassa t±va tiracch±nassa eva½
madhuro saddo, k²diso nu kho sabbaññutaññ±ºasirippattassa bhagavato ahos²”ti
p²ti½ upp±detv± ta½ p²ti½ avijahitv± sattahi jaªghasatehi saddhi½ sot±pattiphale
patiµµh±si. Eva½ madhuro karavikasaddo. Tato satabh±gena sahassabh±gena ca
madhurataro tath±gatassa saddo, loke pana karavikato aññassa madhurarassa
abh±vato “karavikabh±º²”ti vutta½.
Abhin²lanettoti na sakalan²lanettova, n²layuttaµµh±ne panassa um±pupphasadi-
sena ativisuddhena n²lavaººena samann±gat±ni akkh²ni honti. P²tayuttaµµh±ne
kaºik±rapupphasadisena p²tavaººena, lohitayuttaµµh±ne (3.0264) bandhuj²vakapu-
pphasadisena lohitavaººena, setayuttaµµh±ne osadhit±rakasadisena setavaººena,
k±¼ayuttaµµh±ne add±riµµhakasadisena k±¼avaººena samann±gat±ni suvaººavi-
m±ne uggh±µitamaºis²hapañjarasadis±ni kh±yanti.
Gopakhumoti ettha pakhumanti sakala½ cakkhubhaº¹a½ adhippeta½. Ta½
k±¼avacchakassa bahaladh±tuka½ hoti, rattavacchakassa vippasanna½, ta½mu-
huttaj±tarattavacchasadisacakkhubhaº¹oti attho. Aññesañhi akkhibhaº¹± apari-
puºº± honti, hatthim³sikak±k±d²na½ akkhisadisehi viniggatehi gambh²rehipi
akkh²hi samann±gat± honti. Tath±gatassa pana dhovitv± majjitv± µhapitamaºigu-
¼ik± viya mudusiniddhan²lasukhumapakhum±cit±ni akkh²ni.
Uºº±ti uººaloma½. Bhamukantareti dvinna½ bhamuk±na½ vemajjhe n±sikama-
tthakeyeva j±t±. Uggantv± pana nal±µamajjhaj±t±. Od±t±ti parisuddh± osadhit±ra-
kavaºº±. Mud³ti sappimaº¹e os±detv± µhapitasatav±ravihatakapp±sapaµalasa-
dis±. T³lasannibh±ti simbalit³lalat±t³lasam±n±, ayamass± od±tat±ya upam±. S±
panes± koµiya½ gahetv± ±ka¹¹hiyam±n± upa¹¹hab±huppam±º± hoti, vissaµµh±
dakkhiº±vaµµavasena ±vaµµitv± uddhagg± hutv± santiµµhati, suvaººaphalakamajjhe
µhapitarajatapupphu¼ak± viya suvaººaghaµato nikkhamam±n± kh²radh±r± viya aru-
ºappabh±rañjite gamanatale osadhit±rak± viya ca atimanohar±ya siriy± virocati.
Uºh²sas²soti ida½ paripuººanal±µatañceva paripuººas²satañc±ti dve atthavase
paµicca vutta½. Tath±gatassa hi dakkhiºakaººac³¼ikato paµµh±ya ma½sapaµala½
uµµhahitv± sakala½ nal±µa½ ch±dayam±na½ p³rayam±na½ gantv± v±makaººac³-
¼ik±ya patiµµhita½, rañño baddha-uºh²sapaµµo viya virocati. Pacchimabhavikabo-
dhisatt±na½ kira
ima½ lakkhaºa½ viditv± r±j³na½ uºh²sapaµµa½ aka½su, aya½ t±va eko attho.
Aññe pana jan± aparipuººas²s± honti, keci kappas²s±, keci phalas²s±, keci aµµhi-
s²s±, keci tumbas²s±, keci pabbh±ras²s±. Tath±gatassa pana ±raggena vaµµetv±
µhapita½ viya suparipuººa½ udakapupphu¼asadisa½ s²sa½ hoti. Tattha purimana-
yena uºh²saveµhitas²so (3.0265) viy±ti uºh²sas²so. Dutiyanayena uºh²sa½ viya
sabbattha parimaº¹alas²soti uºh²sas²so.
Im±ni pana mah±purisalakkhaº±ni kamma½ kammasarikkhaka½ lakkhaºa½
lakkhaº±nisa½santi ime catt±ro koµµh±se ekekasmi½ lakkhaºe dassetv± kathi-
t±ni sukathit±ni honti. Tasm± bhagavat± lakkhaºasutte (d². ni. 3.200-202) vutt±ni
im±ni kamm±d²ni dassetv± kathetabb±ni. Suttavasena vinicchitu½ asakkontena
sumaªgalavil±siniy± d²ghanik±yaµµhakath±ya tasseva suttassa vaººan±ya vutta-
nayena gahetabb±ni.
Imehi kho, bho, so bhava½ gotamoti, bho ±cariya, imehi dvatti½samah±purisala-
kkhaºehi so bhava½ gotamo samann±gato devanagare samussitaratanavicitta½
suvaººatoraºa½ viya yojanasatubbedho sabbap±liphullo p±ricchattako viya sela-
ntaramhi supupphitas±larukkho viya t±r±gaºapaµimaº¹itagaganatalamiva ca
attano sirivibhavena loka½ ±loka½ kurum±no viya carat²ti imatthampi d²petv± kiri-
y±c±ra½ ±cikkhitu½ gacchanto kho pan±ti-±dim±ha.
387. Dakkhiºen±ti buddh±nañhi µhatv± v± nis²ditv± v± nipajjitv± v± gamana½
abhin²harant±na½ dakkhiºap±dova purato hoti. Satatap±µih±riya½ kireta½. N±ti-
d³re p±da½ uddharat²ti ta½ dakkhiºap±da½ na atid³re µhapess±m²ti uddharati.
Atid³rañhi abhihariyam±ne dakkhiºap±dena v±map±do ±ka¹¹hiyam±no
gaccheyya, dakkhiºap±dopi d³ra½ gantu½ na sakkuºeyya, ±sanneyeva patiµµha-
heyya, eva½ sati padavicchedo n±ma hoti. Dakkhiºap±de pana pam±ºeneva
uddhate v±map±dopi pam±ºeneva uddhariyati, pam±ºena uddhato patiµµhaha-
ntopi pam±ºeyeva patiµµh±ti. Evamanena tath±gatassa dakkhiºap±dakicca½
v±map±dena niyamita½, v±map±dakicca½ dakkhiºap±dena niyamitanti vedi-
tabba½.
N±tis²ghanti div± vih±rabhattatth±ya gacchanto bhikkhu viya na atis²gha½
gacchati. N±tisaºikanti yath± pacchato ±gacchanto ok±sa½ na labhati, eva½ na
atisaºika½ gacchati. Adduvena adduvanti jaººukena jaººuka½, na (3.0266) satthi½
unn±met²ti gambh²re udake gacchanto viya na ³ru½ unn±meti. Na on±met²ti
rukkhas±kh±chedanadaº¹aªkusap±do viya na pacchato osakk±peti. Na sann±me-
t²ti obaddh±n±baddhaµµh±nehi p±da½ koµµento viya na thaddha½ karoti. Na vin±me-
t²ti yantar³paka½ k²¼±pento viya na ito cito ca c±leti. Adharak±yov±ti heµµhimak±-
yova iñjati, uparimak±yo n±v±ya µhapitasuvaººapaµim± viya niccalo hoti. D³re
µhatv± olokento hi buddh±na½ µhitabh±va½ v± gamanabh±va½ v± na j±n±ti. K±ya-
balen±ti b±h± khipanto sar²rato sedehi muccantehi na k±yabalena gacchati. Sabba-
k±yenev±ti g²va½ aparivattetv± r±hulov±de vuttan±g±palokitavaseneva apaloketi.
Na uddhanti-±d²su nakkhatt±ni gaºento viya na uddha½ ulloketi, naµµha½ k±ka-
ºika½ v± m±saka½ v± pariyesanto viya na adho oloketi, na hatthi-ass±dayo
passanto viya ito cito ca vipekkham±no gacchati. Yugamattanti navavidatthimatte
cakkh³ni µhapetv± gacchanto yugamatta½ pekkhati n±ma, bhagav±pi yuge yutto
sudanta-±j±n²yo viya ettaka½ passanto gacchati. Tato cassa uttar²ti yugamattato
para½ na passat²ti na vattabbo. Na hi kuµµa½ v± kav±µa½ v± gaccho v± lat± v± ±va-
ritu½ sakkoti, atha khvassa an±varaºañ±ºassa anek±ni cakkav±¼asahass±ni eka-
ªgaº±neva honti. Antaragharanti heµµh± mah±sakulud±yisutte indakh²lato
paµµh±ya antaraghara½, idha ghara-umm±rato paµµh±ya veditabba½. Na k±ya-
nti-±di pakati-iriyapatheneva pavisat²ti dassanattha½ vutta½. Daliddamanuss±na½
n²cagharaka½ pavisantepi hi tath±gate chadana½ v± uggacchati, pathav² v± oga-
cchati, bhagav± pana pakatigamaneneva gacchati. N±tid³reti atid³re parivatta-
ntena hi eka½ dve padav±re piµµhibh±gena gantv± nis²ditabba½ hoti. N±cc±sa-
nneti acc±sanne parivattantena eka½ dve padav±re purato gantv± nis²ditabba½
hoti. Tasm± yasmi½ padav±re µhitena purato v± pacchato v± agantv± nis²ditabba½
hoti, tattha parivattati.
P±ºin±ti kaµiv±t±b±dhiko viya na ±sana½ hatthehi gahetv± nis²dati. Pakkhipat²ti
yo kiñci kamma½ katv± k²¼anto µhitakova patati, yopi orima½ aªga½ niss±ya
nisinno gha½santo y±va p±rimaªg± gacchati, p±rimaªga½ (3.0267) v± niss±ya
nisinno tatheva y±va orimaªg± ±gacchati, sabbo so ±sane k±ya½ pakkhipati
n±ma. Bhagav± pana eva½ akatv± ±sanassa majjhe olambaka½ dh±rento viya
t³lapicu½ µhapento viya saºika½ nis²dati. Hatthakukkuccanti pattamukhavaµµiya½
udakabinduµhapana½ makkhikab²janiy± paººacchedanaph±lan±di hatthena asa½-
yatakaraºa½. P±dakukkuccanti p±dena bh³migha½san±di asa½yatakaraºa½.
Na chambhat²ti na bh±yati. Na kampat²ti na os²dati. Na vedhat²ti na calati. Na
paritassat²ti bhayaparitassan±yapi taºh±paritassan±yapi na paritassati. Ekacco
hi dhammakath±d²na½ atth±ya ±gantv± manussesu vanditv± µhitesu “sakkhi-
ss±mi nu kho tesa½ citta½ gaºhanto dhamma½ v± kathetu½, pañha½ v±
pucchito vissajjetu½, bhatt±numodana½ v± k±tun”ti bhayaparitassan±ya parita-
ssati. Ekacco “man±p± nu kho me y±gu ±gacchissati, man±pa½ antarakhajjakan”-
ti v± taºh±paritassan±ya paritassati. Tadubhayampi tassa natth²ti na paritassati.
Vivek±vaµµoti viveke nibb±ne ±vaµµam±naso hutv±. Vivekavattotipi p±µho, vivekava-
ttayutto hutv±ti attho. Vivekavatta½ n±ma katabhattakiccassa bhikkhuno div±vi-
h±re samathavipassan±vasena m³lakammaµµh±na½ gahetv± pallaªka½ ±bhujitv±
nis²dana½. Eva½ nisinnassa hi iriy±patho upasanto hoti.
Na patta½ unn±met²ti-±d²su ekacco pattamukhavaµµiy± udakad±na½ ±haranto
viya patta½ unn±meti, eko p±dapiµµhiya½ µhapento viya on±meti, eko baddha½
katv± gaºh±ti, eko ito cito ca phand±peti, eva½ akatv± ubhohi hatthehi gahetv±
²saka½ n±metv± udaka½ paµiggaºh±t²ti attho. Na samparivattakanti parivattetv±
paµhamameva pattapiµµhi½ na dhovati. N±tid³reti yath± nisinn±sanato d³re patati,
na eva½ cha¹¹eti. N±cc±sanneti p±dam³leyeva na cha¹¹eti. Viccha¹¹ayam±-
noti vikiranto, yath± paµigg±hako temati, na eva½ cha¹¹eti.
N±tithokanti (3.0268) yath± ekacco p±piccho appicchata½ dassento muµµhima-
ttameva gaºh±ti, na eva½. Atibahunti y±panamattato atireka½. Byañjanamatt±-
y±ti byañjanassa matt± n±ma odanato catuttho bh±go. Ekacco hi bhatte man±pe
bhatta½ bahu½ gaºh±ti, byañjane man±pe byañjana½ bahu½. Satth± pana tath±
na gaºh±ti. Na ca byañjanen±ti aman±pañhi byañjana½ µhapetv± bhattameva
bhuñjanto, bhatta½ v± µhapetv± byañjanameva kh±danto byañjanena ±lopa½ ati-
n±meti n±ma. Satth± ekantarika½ byañjana½ gaºh±ti, bhattampi byañjanampi
ekatova niµµhanti. Dvattikkhattunti tath±gatassa hi puthujivh±ya dant±na½ upan²ta-
bhojana½ dvattikkhattu½ dantehi phuµµhamattameva saºhakaraº²yapiµµhavile-
pana½ viya hoti, tasm± evam±ha. Na mukhe avasiµµh±ti pokkharapatte patita-uda-
kabindu viya vinivattitv± paragalameva y±ti, tasm± avasiµµh± na hoti. Rasapaµisa½-
ved²ti madhuratittakaduk±dirasa½ j±n±ti. Buddh±nañhi antamaso p±n²yepi dibboj±
pakkhitt±va hoti, tena nesa½ sabbattheva raso p±kaµo hoti, rasagedho pana
natthi.
Aµµhaªgasamann±gatanti “neva dav±y±”ti vuttehi aµµhahi aªgehi samann±gata½.
Visuddhimagge panassa vinicchayo ±gatoti sabb±savasutte vuttameta½. Hatthesu
dhotes³ti satth± ki½ karoti? Paµhama½ pattassa gahaºaµµh±na½ dhovati. Tattha
patta½ gahetv± sukhumaj±lahattha½ pesetv± dve v±re sañc±reti. Ett±vat± pokkha-
rapatte patita-udaka½ viya vinivattitv± gacchati. Na ca anatthikoti yath± ekacco
patta½ ±dh±rake µhapetv± patte udaka½ na puñchati, raje patante ajjhupekkhati,
na eva½ karoti. Na ca ativel±nurakkh²ti yath± ekacco pam±º±tikkanta½ ±rakkha½
µhapeti, bhuñjitv± v± patte udaka½ puñchitv± c²varabhogantara½ pavesetv±
patta½ udarena akkamitv± gaºh±ti, na eva½ karoti.
Na ca anumodanass±ti yo hi bhuttamattova d±rakesu bhattatth±ya rodantesu
ch±tajjhattesu manussesu bhuñjitv± an±gatesveva anumodana½ ±rabhati, tato
sabbakamm±ni cha¹¹etv± ekacce ±gacchanti, ekacce an±gat±va honti, aya½
k±la½ atin±meti. Yopi manussesu (3.0269) ±gantv± anumodanatth±ya vanditv±
nisinnesu anumodana½ akatv±va “katha½ tissa, katha½ phussa, katha½ sumana,
katha½ tisse, katha½ phusse, katha½ sumane, kaccittha arog±, sassa½ sampa-
nnan”ti-±di½ p±µiyekka½ katha½ samuµµh±peti, aya½ anumodanassa k±la½ atin±-
meti, manuss±na½ pana ok±sa½ ñatv± ±y±citak±le karonto n±tin±meti n±ma,
satth± tath± karoti.
Na ta½ bhattanti ki½ bhatta½ n±meta½ uttaº¹ula½ atikilinnanti-±d²ni vatv± na
garahati. Na añña½ bhattanti sv±tan±ya v± punadivas±ya v± bhatta½ upp±dess±-
m²ti hi anumodana½ karonto añña½ bhatta½ paµikaªkhati. Yo v±– “y±va m±tug±-
m±na½ bhatta½ paccati, t±va anumodana½ kariss±mi, atha me anumodan±va-
s±ne attano pakkabhattatopi thoka½ dassant²”ti anumodana½ va¹¹heti, ayampi
paµikaªkhati n±ma. Satth± na eva½ karoti. Na ca muccituk±moti ekacco hi paµisa½-
muñcitv± gacchati, vegena anubandhitabbo hoti. Satth± pana na eva½ gacchati,
paris±ya majjhe µhitova gacchati. Accukkaµµhanti yo hi y±va hanukaµµhito ukkhi-
pitv± p±rupati, tassa accukkaµµha½ n±ma hoti. Yo y±va gopphak± ot±retv±va p±ru-
pati, tassa accukkaµµha½ hoti. Yopi ubhato ukkhipitv± udara½ vivaritv± y±ti,
tassapi accukkaµµha½ hoti. Yo eka½sa½ katv± thana½ vivaritv± y±ti, tassapi accu-
kkaµµha½. Satth± ta½ sabba½ na karoti.
All²nanti yath± aññesa½ sedena tinta½ all²yati, na eva½ satthu. Apakaµµhanti
khalis±µako viya k±yato muccitv±pi na tiµµhati. V±toti verambhav±topi uµµhahitv±
c±letu½ na sakkoti. P±damaº¹an±nuyoganti iµµhak±ya gha½san±d²hi p±dasobh±-
nuyoga½. Pakkh±letv±ti p±deneva p±da½ dhovitv±. So neva attaby±b±dh±y±ti-±-
d²ni na pubbeniv±sacetopariyañ±º±na½ atthit±ya vadati, iriy±pathasantata½ pana
disv± anum±nena vadati. Dhammanti pariyattidhamma½. Na uss±det²ti ki½ mah±-
raµµhika, ki½ mah±kuµumbik±ti-±d²ni vatv± gehassitavasena na uss±deti. Na apas±-
det²ti “ki½, up±saka, katha½ te vih±ramaggo ñ±to? Ki½ bhayena n±gacchasi? Na
hi bhikkh³ kiñci acchinditv± gaºhanti, m± bh±y²”ti (3.0270) v± “ki½ tuyha½ eva½
macchariyaj²vita½ n±m±”ti v± ±d²ni vatv± gehassitapemena na apas±deti.
Vissaµµhoti siniddho apalibuddho. Viññeyyoti viññ±pan²yo p±kaµo, vissaµµhatt±-
yeva cesa viññeyyo hoti. Mañj³ti madhuro. Savan²yoti sotasukho, madhuratt±yeva
cesa savan²yo hoti. Bind³ti sampiº¹ito. Avis±r²ti avisaµo, bindutt±yeva cesa avi-
s±r² hoti. Gambh²roti gambh²rasamuµµhito. Ninn±d²ti ninn±dav±, gambh²ratt±yeva
cesa ninn±d² hoti. Yath±parisanti cakkav±¼apariyantampi ek±baddhaparisa½
viññ±peti. Bahiddh±ti aªgulimattampi parisato bahiddh± na gacchati. Tasm±? So
evar³po madhurassaro ak±raº± m± nass²ti. Iti bhagavato ghoso paris±ya mattha-
keneva carati.
Avalokayam±n±ti sirasmi½ añjali½ µhapetv± bhagavanta½ olokent±va paccosa-
kkitv± dassanavijahanaµµh±ne vanditv± gacchanti. Avijahitatt±ti yo hi katha½ sutv±
vuµµhito añña½ diµµhasut±dika½ katha½ kathento gacchati, esa sabh±vena vija-
hati n±ma. Yo pana sutadhammakath±ya vaººa½ kathentova gacchati, aya½ na
vijahati n±ma, eva½ avijahantabh±vena pakkamanti. Gacchantanti rajjuyantava-
sena ratanasattubbedha½ suvaººagghika½ viya gacchanta½. Addas±ma µhitanti
samussitakañcanapabbata½ viya µhita½ addas±ma. Tato ca
bhiyyoti vitth±retv± guºe kathetu½ asakkonto avasese guºe sa½khipitv± kal±pa½
viya suttakabaddha½ viya ca katv± vissajjento evam±ha. Ayamettha adhipp±yo–
may± kathitaguºehi akathit±va bahutar±. Mah±pathavimah±samudd±dayo viya hi
tassa bhoto anant± appameyy± guº± ±k±samiva vitth±rit±ti.
390. Appaµisa½viditoti aviññ±ta-±gamano. Pabbajite upasaªkamantena hi c²va-
raparikamm±disamaye v± eka½ niv±setv± sar²rabhañjanasamaye v± upasaªka-
mitv± tatova paµinivattitabba½ hoti, paµisanth±ramattampi na j±yati. Puretara½
pana ok±se k±rite div±µµh±na½ sammajjitv± c²vara½ p±rupitv± bhikkhu vivitte
µh±ne nis²dati, ta½ ±gantv± passant± dassanenapi (3.0271) pas²danti, paµisa-
nth±ro j±yati, pañhaby±karaºa½ v± dhammakath± v± labbhati. Tasm± paº¹it±
ok±sa½ k±renti. So ca nesa½ aññataro, tenassa etadahosi. Jiººo vu¹¹hoti attano
uggatabh±va½ akathetv± kasm± evam±ha? Buddh± n±ma anuddayasampann±
honti, mahallakabh±va½ ñatv± s²gha½ ok±sa½ karissat²ti evam±ha.
391. Oramiya ok±samak±s²ti vegena uµµh±ya dvidh± bhijjitv± ok±samak±si.
Ye meti ye may±. N±r²sam±nasavhay±ti n±r²sam±nan±ma½ itthiliªga½, tena
avh±tabb±ti n±r²sam±nasavhay±, itthiliªgena vattabb±ti voh±rakusalat±ya eva½
vadati. Pah³tajivhoti puthulajivho. Ninn±mayetanti n²hara eta½.
393. Keval²ti sakalaguºasampanno.
394. Paccabh±s²ti ekappah±rena pucchite aµµha pañhe by±karonto pati-abh±si.
Yo ved²ti yo vidati j±n±ti, yassa pubbeniv±so p±kaµo. Sagg±p±yañca passat²ti
dibbacakkhuñ±ºa½ kathita½. J±tikkhaya½ pattoti arahatta½ patto. Abhiññ± vosi-
toti ta½ arahatta½ abhij±nitv± vosito vos±nappatto. Mun²ti arahattañ±ºamone-
yyena samann±gato.
Visuddhanti paº¹ara½. Mutta½ r±geh²ti kilesar±gehi mutta½. Pah²naj±timara-
ºoti j±tikkhayappattatt± pah²naj±tiko, j±tipah±neneva pah²namaraºo. Brahmacari-
yassa keval²ti ya½ brahmacariyassa keval² sakalabh±vo, tena samann±gato, saka-
lacatumaggabrahmacariyav±soti attho. P±rag³ sabbadhamm±nanti sabbesa½
lokiyalokuttaradhamm±na½ abhiññ±ya p±ra½ gato, sabbadhamme abhij±nitv±
µhitoti attho. P±rag³ti v± ett±vat± pariññ±p±rag³ pañcanna½ khandh±na½, pah±-
nap±rag³ sabbakiles±na½, bh±van±p±rag³ catunna½ magg±na½, sacchikiriy±p±-
rag³ nirodhassa, sam±pattip±rag³ sabbasam±patt²nanti ayamattho vutto. Puna
sabbadhamm±nanti imin± abhiññ±p±rag³ vuttoti. Buddho t±d² pavuccat²ti t±diso
chahi (3.0272) ±k±rehi p±ra½ gato sabb±k±rena catunna½ sacc±na½ buddhatt±
buddhoti pavuccat²ti.
Ki½ pana ett±vat± sabbe pañh± vissajjit± hont²ti? ¾ma vissajjit±, citta½
visuddha½ j±n±ti, mutta½ r±geh²ti imin± t±va b±hitap±patt± br±hmaºoti paµhama-
pañho vissajjito hoti. P±rag³ti imin± vedehi gatatt± vedag³ti dutiyapañho vissajjito
hoti. Pubbeniv±santi-±d²hi im±sa½ tissanna½ vijj±na½ atthit±ya tevijjoti tatiya-
pañho vissajjito hoti. Mutta½ r±gehi sabbasoti imin±va nissaµatt± p±padha-
mm±na½ sottiyoti catutthapañho vissajjito hoti. J±tikkhaya½ pattoti imin± pana
arahattasseva vuttatt± pañcamapañho vissajjito hoti. Vositoti ca brahmacariyassa
keval²ti ca imehi chaµµhapañho vissajjito hoti. Abhiññ± vosito mun²ti imin± sattama-
pañho vissajjito hoti. P±rag³ sabbadhamm±na½, buddho t±d² pavuccat²ti imin±
aµµhamapañho vissajjito hoti.
395. D±nakathanti-±d²ni heµµh± sutte vitth±rit±neva. Paccap±d²Ti paµipajji.
Dhammass±nudhammanti imasmi½ sutte dhammo n±ma arahattamaggo, anu-
dhammo n±ma heµµhim± tayo magg± t²ºi ca s±maññaphal±ni, t±ni paµip±µiy± paµila-
bh²ti attho. Na ca ma½ dhamm±dhikaraºa½ viheses²ti mañca dhammak±raº± na
kilamesi, na punappuna½ kath±pes²ti vutta½ hoti. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±nameva.
Tattha parinibb±y²ti pana padena desan±ya arahatteneva k³µa½ gahitanti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Brahm±yusuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

2. Selasuttavaººan±

396. Eva½ me sutanti selasutta½. Tattha aªguttar±pes³ti-±di potaliyasutte

vitth±ritameva. A¹¹hate¼aseh²ti a¹¹hena te¼asehi, dv±dasahi (3.0273) satehi
paññ±s±ya ca bhikkh³hi saddhinti vutta½ hoti. Te pana s±vakasannip±te sannipa-
tit± bhikkh³yeva sabbe ehibhikkhupabbajj±ya pabbajit± kh²º±sav±. Keºiyoti tassa
n±ma½, jaµiloti t±paso. So kira br±hmaºamah±s±lo, dhanarakkhaºatth±ya pana
t±pasapabbajja½ sam±d±ya rañño paºº±k±ra½ datv± bh³mibh±ga½ gahetv±
tattha assama½ k±retv± vasati pañcahi sakaµasatehi vaºijja½ payojetv± kulasaha-
ssassa nissayo hutv±, assamepi cassa eko t±larukkho divase divase eka½ sova-
ººamaya½ t±laphala½ muñcat²ti vadanti. So div± k±s±y±ni dh±reti, jaµ± ca
bandhati, ratti½ k±masampatti½ anubhavati. Dhammiy± kath±y±ti p±nak±nisa½-
sapaµisa½yutt±ya dhammiy± kath±ya. Ayañhi keºiyo tucchahattho bhagavato
dassan±ya gantu½ lajj±yam±no– “vik±labhojan± virat±nampi p±naka½ kappat²”ti
cintetv± susaªkhatabadarap±na½ pañcahi k±jasatehi g±h±petv± agam±si. Eva½
gatabh±vo cassa– “atha kho keºiyassa jaµilassa etadahosi ki½ nu kho aha½ sama-
ºassa gotamassa har±peyyan”ti bhesajjakkhandhake (mah±va. 300) p±¼i-±ru¼ho-
yeva.
Dutiyampi kho bhagav±ti kasm± punappuna½ paµikkhipi? Titthiy±na½ paµikkhe-
papasannat±ya, ak±raºameta½, natthi buddh±na½ paccayahetu evar³pa½
kohañña½. Aya½ pana a¹¹hate¼as±ni bhikkhusat±ni disv± ettak±na½yeva
bhikkha½ paµiy±dessati, sveva selo t²hi purisasatehi saddhi½ pabbajissati.
Ayutta½ kho pana navake aññato pesetv± imeheva saddhi½ gantu½, ime v±
aññato pesetv± navakehi saddhi½ gantu½. Ath±pi sabbe gahetv± gamiss±mi,
bhikkh±h±ro nappahossati. Tato bhikkh³su piº¹±ya carantesu manuss± ujjh±yi-
ssanti– “cirass±pi keºiyo samaºa½ gotama½ nimantetv± y±panamatta½ d±tu½
n±sakkh²”ti, sayampi vippaµis±r² bhavissati. Paµikkhepe pana kate “samaºo
gotamo punappuna½ ‘tvañca br±hmaºesu abhippasanno’ti br±hmaº±na½ n±ma½
gaºh±t²”ti cintetv± br±hmaºepi nimantetuk±mo bhavissati, tato br±hmaºe p±µi-
yekka½ nimantessati (3.0274), te tena nimantit± bhikkh³ hutv± bhuñjissanti. Eva-
massa saddh± anurakkhit± bhavissat²ti punappuna½ paµikkhipi. Kiñc±pi kho,
bhoti imin± ida½ d²peti,– “bho gotama, ki½ j±ta½ yadi aha½ br±hmaºesu abhippa-
sanno, adhiv±setu bhava½ gotamo, aha½ br±hmaº±nampi d±tu½ sakkomi tumh±-
kamp²”ti.
K±yaveyy±vaµikanti k±yaveyy±vacca½. Maº¹alam±¼anti dussamaº¹apa½.
397. ¾v±hoti kaññ±gahaºa½. Viv±hoti kaññ±d±na½. So me nimantitoti so may±
nimantito. Atha br±hmaºo paripakkopanissayatt± buddhasadda½ sutv±va amate-
nev±bhisitto pas±da½ ±vikaronto buddhoti, bho keºiya, vades²ti ±ha. Keºiyo
yath±bh³ta½ ±cikkhanto buddhoti, bho sela, vad±m²ti ±ha. Tato na½ punapi da¼h²-
karaºattha½ pucchi, itaropi tatheva ±rocesi.
398. Athassa kappasatasahassehipi buddhasaddasseva dullabhabh±va½
sampassato. Etadahos²ti. Eta½ “ghosopi kho”ti-±di ahosi. N²lavanar±j²ti n²lavaººa-
rukkhapanti. Pade padanti padappam±ºe pada½. Acc±sanne hi atid³re v± p±de
nikkhipam±ne saddo uµµh±ti, ta½ paµisedhento evam±ha. S²h±va ekacar±ti gaºa-
v±s² s²ho s²hapotak±d²hi saddhi½ pam±da½ ±pajjati, ekacaro appamatto hoti. Iti
appam±davih±ra½ dassento ekacaras²hena opamma½ karoti. M± me bhontoTi
±c±ra½ sikkh±pento ±ha. Ayañhettha adhipp±yo– sace tumhe kath±v±ra½ ala-
bhitv± mama kath±ya antare katha½ pavesessatha, “antev±sike sikkh±petu½
n±sakkh²”ti mayha½ garah± uppajjissati, tasm± ok±sa½ passitv± manteyy±th±ti.
No ca kho na½ j±n±m²ti vipass²pi bodhisatto catur±s²tisahassattherapabbajitapari-
v±ro satta m±s±ni bodhisattac±rika½ cari, buddhupp±dak±lo viya ahosi. Amh±-
kampi bodhisatto chabbass±ni bodhisattac±rika½ cari. Eva½ paripuººasar²rala-
kkhaºehi samann±gat±pi buddh± na honti. Tasm± br±hmaºo “no ca kho na½ j±n±-
m²”ti ±ha.
399. Paripuººak±yoti (3.0275) lakkhaºehi paripuººat±ya ah²naªgat±ya ca pari-
puººasar²ro. Suruc²ti sundarasar²rappabho. Suj±toti ±rohapariº±hasampattiy±
saºµh±nasampattiy± ca sunibbatto. C±rudassanoti sucirampi passant±na½ atittija-
nako manoharadassano. Suvaººavaººoti suvaººasadisavaººo. Susukkad±µhoti
suµµhu sukkad±µho. Mah±purisalakkhaº±ti paµhama½ vuttabyañjan±neva vacana-
ntarena nigamento ±ha.
Id±ni tesu lakkhaºesu attano cittarucit±ni gahetv± thomento pasannanettoti-±di-
m±ha. Bhagav± hi pañcavaººapas±dasampattiy± pasannanetto, puººacandasa-
disamukhat±ya sumukho, ±rohapariº±hasampattiy± brah±, brahmujugattat±ya uju,
jutimantat±ya pat±pav±. Yampi cettha pubbe vutta½, ta½ “majjhe samaºasaªgha-
ss±”ti imin± pariy±yena thomayat± puna vutta½. Ediso hi eva½ virocati. Uttarag±-
th±yapi eseva nayo. Uttamavaºº²noti uttamavaººasampannassa. Rathesabhoti
uttamas±rathi. Jambusaº¹ass±ti jambud²passa. P±kaµena issariya½ issaro hoti.
Khattiy±ti j±tikhattiy±. Bhog²ti bhogiy±. R±j±noti ye keci rajja½ k±rent±. R±j±bhir±-
j±ti r±j³na½ p³jan²yo, adhir±j± hutv±, cakkavatt²ti adhipp±yo. Manujindoti manuss±-
dhipati paramissaro hutv±.
Eva½ vutte bhagav±– “ye te bhavanti arahanto samm±sambuddh±, te saka-
vaººe bhaññam±ne att±na½ p±tukaront²”ti ima½ selassa manoratha½ p³rento r±j±-
hamasm²ti-±dim±ha. Tatr±yamadhipp±yo– ya½ ma½ tva½ sela “r±j± arahasi
bhavitun”ti y±casi, ettha appossukko hoti r±j±hamasmi. Sati ca r±jatte yath± añño
r±j± yojanasata½ v± anus±sati yojanasahassa½ v±, cakkavatt² hutv±pi catud²papa-
riyantamatta½ v±, n±hameva½ paricchinnavisayo, ahañhi dhammar±j± anuttaro
bhavaggato av²cipariyanta½ katv± tiriya½ appam±ºalokadh±tuyo anus±s±mi.
Y±vat± (3.0276) hi apadadvipad±dibhed± satt±, aha½ tesa½ aggo. Na hi me koci
s²lena v± …pe… vimuttiñ±ºadassanena v± paµibh±go atthi, sv±ha½ eva½
dhammar±j± anuttaro anuttareneva catusatipaµµh±n±dibhedena dhammena cakka½
vattemi. Ida½ pajahatha, ida½ upasampajja viharath±ti ±º±cakka½, ida½ kho
pana, bhikkhave, dukkha½ ariyasaccanti-±din± pariyattidhammena dhammaca-
kkameva v±. Cakka½ appaµivattiyanti ya½ cakka½ appaµivattiya½ hoti samaºena
v± …pe… kenaci v± lokasminti.
Eva½ att±na½ ±vikaronta½ bhagavanta½ disv± p²tisomanassaj±to selo puna
da¼h²karaºattha½ sambuddho paµij±n±s²ti g±th±dvayam±ha. Tattha ko nu sen±pa-
t²ti rañño bhoto dhammena pavattitassa cakkassa anupavattako sen±pati ko n³ti
pucchi.
Tena ca samayena bhagavato dakkhiºapasse ±yasm± s±riputto nisinno hoti
suvaººapuñjo viya siriy± sobham±no, ta½ dassento
bhagav± may± pavattitanti g±tham±ha. Tattha anuj±to tath±gatanti tath±gata½
hetu½ anuj±to, tath±gatena hetun± j±toti attho. Apica avaj±to anuj±to atij±toti tayo
vutt±. Tesu avaj±to duss²lo, so tath±gatassa putto n±ma na hoti. Atij±to n±ma
pitar± uttaritaro, t±disopi tath±gatassa putto natthi. Tath±gatassa pana eko anuj±-
tova putto hoti, ta½ dassento evam±ha.
Eva½ “ko nu sen±pat²”ti pañha½ by±karitv± ya½ selo ±ha “sambuddho paµij±n±-
s²”ti, tatra na½ nikkaªkha½ k±tuk±mo “n±ha½ paµiññ±matteneva paµij±n±mi, api-
c±ha½ imin± k±raºena buddho”ti ñ±petu½ abhiññeyyanti g±tham±ha. Tatra abhi-
ññeyyanti vijj± ca vimutti ca. Bh±vetabba½ maggasacca½. Pah±tabba½ samuda-
yasacca½. Hetuvacanena pana phalasiddhito tesa½ phal±ni nirodhasaccadukkha-
sacc±nipi vutt±neva honti. Eva½ sacchik±tabba½ sacchikata½ pariññ±tabba½
pariññ±tanti idampettha saªgahitanti catusaccabh±van±phalañca vimuttiñca
dassento “bujjhitabba½ bujjhitv± buddho j±tosm²”ti yuttahetun± buddhabh±va½
s±dheti.
Eva½ (3.0277) nippariy±yena att±na½ ±vikatv± attani kaªkh±vitaraºattha½
br±hmaºa½ atic±riyam±no vinayass³ti g±thattayam±ha. Tattha sallakattoti r±g±-
disallakantano. Anuttaroti yath± b±hiravejjena v³pasamitarogo imasmiññevatta-
bh±ve kuppati, na eva½. May± v³pasamitassa pana rogassa bhavantarepi
uppatti natthi, tasm± aha½ anuttaroti attho. Brahmabh³toti seµµhabh³to. Atituloti
tula½ at²to, nirupamoti attho. M±rasenappamaddanoti k±m± te paµham± sen±ti
eva½ ±gat±ya m±rasen±ya pamaddano. Sabb±mitteti khandhakiles±bhisaªkh±ra-
maccudevaputtam±rasaªkh±te sabbapaccatthike. Vas²katv±ti attano vase
vattetv±. Akutobhayoti kutoci abhayo.
Eva½ vutte selo br±hmaºo t±vadeva bhagavati sañj±tapas±do pabbajj±pekkho
hutv± ima½ bhontoti g±thattayam±ha. Tattha kaºh±bhij±tikoti caº¹±l±din²cakule
j±to. Tato tepi m±ºavak± pabbajj±pekkh± hutv± evañce ruccati, bhototi g±tham±-
ha½su. Atha selo tesu m±ºavakesu tuµµhacitto te ca dassento pabbajja½ y±canto
“br±hmaº±”ti g±tham±ha.
Tato bhagav± yasm± selo at²te padumuttarassa bhagavato s±sane tesa½yeva
tiººa½ purisasat±na½ gaºaseµµho hutv± tehi saddhi½ pariveºa½ k±retv± d±n±-
d²ni puññ±ni katv± tena kammena devamanussasampatti½ anubhavam±no
pacchime bhave tesa½yeva ±cariyo hutv± nibbatto, tañca tesa½ kamma½ vimutti-
parip±k±ya paripakka½ ehibhikkhubh±vassa ca upanissayabh³ta½, tasm± te
sabbeva ehibhikkhupabbajja½ pabb±jento sv±kkh±tanti g±tham±ha. Tattha sandi-
µµhikanti sayameva daµµhabba½ paccakkha½. Ak±likanti magg±nantaraphaluppa-
ttiy± na k±lantara½ pattabbaphala½. Yattha amogh±ti yasmi½ maggabrahmaca-
riye appamattassa sikkhattayap³raºena sikkhato pabbajj± amogh± hoti, sapha-
l±ti attho. Evañca vatv± “etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagav± avoca. Te sabbe pattac²vara-
dhar± hutv± ±k±sen±gantv± vassasatikatther± viya suvin²t± bhagavanta½ abhiv±-
dayi½su. Evamima½ tesa½ ehibhikkhubh±va½ sandh±ya “alattha kho selo”ti-±di
vutta½.
400. Im±h²ti (3.0278) im±hi keºiyassa citt±nuk³l±hi g±th±hi. Tattha aggiparica-
riya½ vin± br±hmaº±na½ yaññ±bh±vato “aggihuttamukh± yaññ±”ti vutta½. Aggi-
huttaseµµh± aggijuhanappadh±n±ti attho. Vede sajjh±yantehi paµhama½ sajjh±yita-
bbato, s±vitt², “chandaso mukhan”ti vutto. Manuss±na½ seµµhato r±j± “mukhan”ti
vutto. Nad²na½ ±dh±rato paµisaraºato ca s±garo “mukhan”ti vutto. Candayogava-
sena “ajja kattik± ajja rohiº²”ti saññ±ºato ±lokakaraºato sommabh±vato ca
“nakkhatt±na½ mukha½ cando”ti vutta½. Tapant±na½ aggatt± ±dicco “tapata½
mukhan”ti vutto. Dakkhiºeyy±na½ pana aggatt± visesena tasmi½ samaye
buddhappamukha½ saªgha½ sandh±ya “puñña½ ±kaªkham±n±na½, saªgho
eva yajata½ mukhan”ti vutta½. Tena saªgho puññassa ±yamukhanti dasseti.
Ya½ ta½ saraºanti añña½ by±karaºag±tham±ha. Tassattho– pañcahi
cakkh³hi cakkhum± bhagav± yasm± maya½ ito aµµhame divase ta½ saraºa½ ±ga-
tamh±, tasm± attan± tava s±sane anuttarena damathena dant±mh±, aho te sara-
ºassa ±nubh±voti.
Tato para½ bhagavanta½ dv²hi g±th±hi thometv± tatiy±ya vandana½ y±canto
bhikkhavo tisat± imeti-±dim±h±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Selasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

3. Assal±yanasuttavaººan±

401. Eva½ me sutanti assal±yanasutta½. Tattha n±n±verajjak±nanti aªgamaga-

dh±d²hi n±nappak±rehi verajjehi ±gat±na½, tesu v± raµµhesu j±tasa½va¹¹h±na-
ntipi attho. Kenacidev±ti yaññup±san±din± aniyamitakiccena. C±tuvaººinti catuva-
ººas±dh±raºa½. Maya½ pana nh±nasuddhiy± bh±van±suddhiy±pi br±hmaº±va
sujjhant²ti vad±ma, ayuttampi samaºo gotamo karot²ti maññam±n± eva½ cinta-
yi½su. Vuttasiroti v±pitasiro.
Dhammav±d²ti (3.0279) sabh±vav±d². Duppaµimantiy±ti amh±disehi adhamma-
v±d²hi dukkhena paµimantitabb± honti. Dhammav±dino n±ma par±jayo na sakk±
k±tunti dasseti. Paribb±jakanti pabbajj±vidh±na½, tayo vede uggahetv± sabba-
pacch± pabbajant± yehi mantehi pabbajanti, pabbajit± ca ye mante pariharanti,
ya½ v± ±c±ra½ ±caranti, ta½ sabba½ bhot± carita½ sikkhita½. Tasm± tuyha½
par±jayo natthi, jayova bhavissat²ti maññant± evam±ha½su.
402. Dissanti kho pan±ti-±di tesa½ laddhibhindanattha½ vutta½. Tattha br±hma-
ºiyoti br±hmaº±na½ puttapaµil±bhatth±ya ±v±haviv±havasena kul± ±n²t± br±hma-
ºiyo dissanti. T± kho panet± aparena samayena utuniyopi honti, sañj±tapupph±ti
attho. GabbhiniyoTi sañj±tagabbh±. Vij±yam±n±Ti puttadh²taro janayam±n±. P±ya-
m±n±ti d±rake thañña½ p±yantiyo. Yonij±va sam±n±ti br±hmaº²na½ pass±vama-
ggena j±t± sam±n±. Evam±ha½s³ti eva½ vadanti. Katha½? Br±hmaºova seµµho
vaººo …pe… brahmad±y±d±ti. Yadi pana nesa½ saccavacana½ siy±, br±hma-
º²na½ kucchi mah±brahmuno uro bhaveyya, br±hmaº²na½ pass±vamaggo mah±-
brahmuno mukha½ bhaveyya, ett±vat± “maya½ mah±brahmuno ure vasitv±
mukhato nikkhant±”ti vattu½ m± labhant³ti aya½ mukhato j±tacchedakav±do
vutto.
403. Ayyo hutv± d±so hoti, d±so hutv± ayyo hot²ti br±hmaºo sabhariyo vaºijja½
payojento yonakaraµµha½ v± kambojaraµµha½ v± gantv± k±la½ karoti, tassa gehe
vayappatte putte asati br±hmaº² d±sena v± kammakarena v± saddhi½ sa½v±sa½
kappeti. Ekasmi½ d±rake j±te so puriso d±sova hoti, tassa j±tad±rako pana d±ya-
jjas±miko hoti. M±tito suddho pitito asuddho so vaºijja½ payojento majjhimapa-
desa½ gantv± br±hmaºad±rika½ gahetv± tass± kucchismi½ putta½ paµilabhati,
sopi m±titova suddho hoti pitito asuddho. Eva½ br±hmaºasamayasmiññeva j±tisa-
mbhedo hot²ti dassanatthameta½ vutta½. Ki½ bala½, ko ass±soti yattha tumhe (3.02
d±s± hont± sabbeva d±s± hotha, ayy± hont± sabbeva ayy± hotha, ettha vo ko
th±mo, ko avassayo, ya½ br±hmaºova seµµho vaººoti vadath±ti d²peti.
404. Khattiyova nu khoti-±dayo suttacchedakav±d± n±ma honti.
408. Id±ni c±tuvaººisuddhi½ dassento idha r±j±ti-±dim±ha. S±p±nadoºiy±ti
sunakh±na½ pivanadoºiy±. Aggikaraº²yanti s²tavinodana-andhak±ravidhamana-
bhattapacan±di aggikicca½. Ettha assal±yan±ti ettha sabbasmi½ aggikicca½
karonte.
409. Id±ni yadeta½ br±hmaº± c±tuvaººisuddh²ti vadanti, ettha c±tuvaºº±ti
niyamo natthi. Pañcamo hi p±dasikavaººopi atth²ti sa½khittena tesa½ v±de dosa-
dassanattha½ idha khattiyakum±roti-±dim±ha. Tatra amutra ca panes±nanti amu-
smiñca pana purimanaye etesa½ m±ºavak±na½ kiñci n±n±karaºa½ na pass±-
m²ti vadati. N±n±karaºa½ pana tesampi atthiyeva. Khattiyakum±rassa hi br±hma-
ºakaññ±ya uppanno khattiyap±dasiko n±ma, itaro br±hmaºap±dasiko n±ma, ete
h²naj±tim±ºavak±.
Eva½ pañcamassa vaººassa atthit±ya c±tuvaººisuddh²ti etesa½ v±de dosa½
dassetv± id±ni puna c±tuvaººisuddhiya½ ovadanto ta½ ki½ maññas²ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha saddheti matakabhatte. Th±lip±keti paºº±k±rabhatte. YaññeTi yañña-
bhatte. P±huneti ±gantuk±na½ katabhatte. Ki½ h²ti ki½ mahapphala½ bhavissati,
no bhavissat²ti d²peti.
410. Bh³tapubbanti assal±yana pubbe mayi j±tiy± h²natare tumhe seµµhatar±
sam±n±pi may± j±tiv±de pañha½ puµµh± samp±detu½ na sakkhittha, id±ni tumhe
h²natar± hutv± may± seµµhatarena buddh±na½ sake j±tiv±dapañha½ puµµh± ki½
samp±dessatha? Na ettha cint± k±tabb±ti m±ºava½ upatthambhento ima½
desana½ ±rabhi. Tattha asitoti k±¼ako. Devaloti (3.0281) tassa n±ma½, ayameva
bhagav± tena samayena. Paµaliyoti gaºaªgaºup±han±. Patthaº¹ileti paººas±la-
pariveºe. Ko nu khoti kaha½ nu kho. G±maº¹alar³po viy±ti g±mad±rakar³po viya.
So khv±ha½, bho, hom²ti so aha½, bho, asitadevalo hom²ti vadati. Tad± kira mah±-
satto koº¹adamako hutv± vicarati. Abhiv±detu½ upakkami½s³ti vanditu½ upa-
kkama½ aka½su. Tato paµµh±ya ca vassasatikat±pasopi tadahuj±ta½ br±hmaºa-
kum±ra½ avandanto koº¹ito hoti.
411. Janik± m±t±ti y±ya tumhe janit±, s± vo janik± m±t±. Janik±m±t³ti janik±ya
m±tu. Yo janakoti yo janako pit±. “Yo janiko pit±teva” v± p±µho.
Asiten±ti pañc±bhiññena asitena devalena isin± ima½ gandhabbapañha½
puµµh± na samp±yissanti. Yesanti yesa½ sattanna½ is²na½. Na puººo dabbig±-
hoti tesa½ sattanna½ is²na½ dabbi½ gahetv± paººa½ pacitv± d±yako puººo
n±ma eko ahosi, so dabbigahaºasippa½ j±n±ti. Tva½ s±cariyako tesa½ puººopi
na hoti, tena ñ±ta½ dabbigahaºasippamattampi na j±n±s²ti. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±-
namev±ti.
Aya½ pana assal±yano saddho ahosi pasanno, attano antonivesaneyeva
cetiya½ k±resi. Y±vajjadivas± assal±yanava½se j±t± nivesana½ k±retv± antonive-
sane cetiya½ karontev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Assal±yanasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

4. Ghoµamukhasuttavaººan±

412. Eva½ me sutanti ghoµamukhasutta½. Tattha khemiyambavaneti eva½n±-

make ambavane. Dhammiko paribbajoti dhammik± pabbajj±. Adassan±ti tumh±di-
s±na½ (3.0282) v± paº¹it±na½ adassanena. Yo v± panettha dhammoti yo v±
pana ettha dhammo sabh±vo, tasseva v± adassanena.
Imin± “amh±ka½ kath± appam±ºa½, dhammova pam±ºan”ti dasseti. Tato thero
“nava-uposath±g±re viya bahun± kammena idha bhavitabban”ti cintetv± caªkam±
oruyha paººas±la½ pavisitv± nis²di. Ta½ dassetu½ eva½ vutteti-±di vutta½.
413. Catt±rome br±hmaº±ti therassa kira etadahosi– “aya½ br±hmaºo
‘dhammika½ pabbajja½ upagato samaºo v± br±hmaºo v± natth²’ti vadati. Imassa
catt±ro puggale dve ca paris± dassetv± ‘catuttha½ puggala½ katar±ya paris±ya
bahula½ passas²’ti pucchiss±mi, j±nam±no ‘an±g±riyaparis±yan’ti vakkhati. Eva-
meta½ sakamukheneva ‘dhammiko paribbajo atth²’ti vad±pess±m²”ti ima½
desana½ ±rabhi.
414. Tattha s±rattaratt±ti suµµhu rattaratt±. S±nuggah± v±c± bh±sit± sak±raº±
v±c± bh±sit±. Vuttañheta½ may± “amh±ka½ kath± appam±ºa½, dhammova
pam±ºan”ti.
421. Ki½ pana teti gihi n±ma kappiyampi akappiyampi vadeyy±ti vivecanattha½
pucchi. K±r±pes²Ti m±pesi. K±r±petv± ca pana k±la½ katv± sagge nibbatto.
Etassa kira j±nanasippe m±tarampi pitarampi gh±tetv± att±va gh±tetabboti ±ga-
cchati. Eta½ sippa½ j±nanto µhapetv± eta½ añño sagge nibbatto n±ma natthi, esa
pana thera½ upaniss±ya puñña½ katv± tattha nibbattitv± ca pana “ken±ha½
kammena idha nibbatto”ti ±vajjetv± yath±bh³ta½ ñatv± ekadivasa½ jiºº±ya bhoja-
nas±l±ya paµisaªkharaºattha½ saªghe sannipatite manussavesena ±gantv±
pucchi– “kimattha½, bhante, saªgho sannipatito”ti? Bhojanas±l±ya paµisaªkhara-
ºatthanti. Kenes± k±rit±ti? Ghoµamukhen±ti. Id±ni so kuhinti? K±laªkatoti. Atthi
panassa koci ñ±takoti? Atthi ek± bhagin²ti. Pakkos±petha nanti. Bhikkh³ pakkos±-
pesu½. So ta½ upasaªkamitv±– “aha½, tava bh±t±, ghoµamukho n±ma ima½
s±la½ k±retv± sagge nibbatto, asuke ca asuke ca µh±ne may± µhapita½ dhana½ (3.0
atthi, ta½ gahetv± imañca bhojanas±la½ k±rehi, d±rake ca poseh²”ti vatv± bhikkhu-
saªgha½ vanditv± veh±sa½ uppatitv± devalokameva agam±si. Sesa½ sabbattha
utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Ghoµamukhasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

5. Caªk²suttavaººan±

422. Eva½ me sutanti caªk²sutta½. Tattha devavane s±lavaneti tasmi½ kira

devat±na½ balikamma½ kar²yati, tena ta½ devavanantipi s±lavanantipi vuccati.
Op±s±da½ ajjh±vasat²ti op±s±dan±make br±hmaºag±me vasati, abhibhavitv± v±
±vasati, tassa s±m² hutv± y±ya mariy±d±ya tattha vasitabba½, t±ya mariy±d±ya
vasati. Upasaggavasena panettha bhummatthe upayogavacana½ veditabba½,
tathassa anuppayogatt±va sesapadesu. Tattha lakkhaºa½ saddasatthato pariye-
sitabba½. Sattussadanti sattehi ussada½ ussanna½, bahujana½ ±kiººama-
nussa½ pos±vaniyahatthi-assamoramig±di-anekasattasam±kiººañc±ti attho.
Yasm± pana so g±mo bahi ±vijjhitv± j±tena hatthi-ass±d²na½ gh±satiºena ceva
gehacchadanatiºena ca sampanno, tath± d±rukaµµhehi ceva gehasambh±raka-
µµhehi ca, yasm± cassa abbhantare vaµµacaturass±disaºµh±n± bah³ pokkharaºiyo,
jalajakusumavicitt±ni ca bahi anek±ni ta¼±k±ni v± udakassa niccabharit±neva
honti, tasm± satiºakaµµhodakanti vutta½.
Saha dhaññena sadhañña½, pubbaºº±paraºº±dibheda½ bahudhaññasannica-
yanti attho. Ett±vat± yasmi½ g±me br±hmaºo setacchatta½ uss±petv± r±jal²l±ya
vasati. Tassa samiddhisampatti d²pit± hoti. R±jato laddha½ bhogga½ r±jabhogga½.
Kena dinnanti ce, raññ± pasenadin± kosalena dinna½. R±jad±yanti rañño d±ya-
bh³ta½, d±yajjanti attho. Brahmadeyyanti seµµhadeyya½, chatta½ uss±petv± r±ja-
saªkhepena bhuñjitabbanti attho. Atha v± r±jabhogganti sabba½ chejjabhejja½
anus±santena titthapabbat±d²su suªka½ (3.0284) gaºhantena setacchatta½ uss±-
petv± raññ± hutv± bhuñjitabba½. Tattha raññ± pasenadin± kosalena dinna½ r±ja-
d±yanti. Ettha raññ± dinnatt± r±jad±ya½, d±yakar±jad²panattha½ panassa “raññ±
pasenadin± kosalena dinnan”ti ida½ vutta½. Brahmadeyyanti seµµhadeyya½,
yath± dinna½ na puna gahetabba½ hoti nissaµµhapariccatta½, eva½ dinnanti attho.
423. Bah³ bah³ hutv± sa½hat±ti saªgh±. Ekekiss± dis±ya saªgho tesa½ atth²ti
saªgh². Pubbe g±massa anto agaº± bahi nikkhamitv± gaº± sampann±ti gaº²bh³t±.
Uttarenamukh±ti uttaradis±bhimukh±. Khatta½ ±mantes²ti khatt± vuccati pucchita-
pañhaby±karaºasamattho mah±matto, ta½ ±mantesi. ¾gament³ti muhutta½ paµi-
m±nentu, acchant³ti vutta½ hoti.
424. N±n±verajjak±nanti n±n±vidhesu rajjesu aññesu k±sikosal±d²su j±t± v±
nivasanti v±, tato v± ±gat±ti n±n±verajjak±, tesa½ n±n±verajjak±na½. Kenacide-
v±ti aniyamitena yaññup±san±din± kenaci kiccena. Te tassa gamana½ sutv±
cintesu½– “aya½, caªk², uggatabr±hmaºo, yebhuyyena ca aññe br±hmaº±
samaºa½ gotama½ saraºa½ gat±, ayameva na gato. Sv±ya½ sace tattha gami-
ssati, addh± samaºassa gotamassa ±vaµµaniy± m±y±ya ±vaµµito saraºa½ gami-
ssati. Tato etass±pi gehadv±re br±hmaº±na½ asannip±to bhavissati. Handassa
gamanantar±ya½ karom±”ti sammantayitv± tattha agama½su. Ta½ sandh±ya
“atha kho te br±hmaº±”ti-±di vutta½.
Tattha ubhatoti dv²hi pakkhehi. M±tito ca pitito c±ti, bhoto m±t± br±hmaº², m±tu-
m±t± br±hmaº², tass±pi m±t± br±hmaº². Pit± br±hmaºo, pitupit± br±hmaºo,
tassapi pit± br±hmaºoti. Eva½ bhava½ ubhato suj±to, m±tito ca pitito ca. Sa½su-
ddhagahaºikoti (3.0285) sa½suddh± te m±tu gahaº², sa½suddh± te m±tu kucch²ti
attho. Y±va sattam± pit±mahayug±ti ettha pitu pit± pit±maho, pit±mahassa yuga½
pit±mahayuga½. Yuganti ±yuppam±ºa½ vuccati. Abhil±pamattameva ceta½,
atthato pana pit±mahova pit±mahayuga½. Tato uddha½ sabbepi pubbapuris± pit±-
mahaggahaºeneva gahit±. Eva½ y±va sattamo puriso, t±va sa½suddhagahaºiko.
Atha v± akkhitto anupakuµµho j±tiv±den±ti dasseti. Akkhittoti apanetha eta½, ki½
imin±ti eva½ akkhitto anavakkhitto. Anupakkuµµhoti na upakuµµho, na akkosa½ v±
ninda½ v± pattapubbo. Kena k±raºen±ti. J±tiv±dena, itipi h²naj±tiko esoti evar³-
pena vacanen±ti attho. Imin±paªgen±ti imin±pi k±raºena.
A¹¹hoti issaro. Mahaddhanoti mahat± dhanena samann±gato. Bhoto hi gehe
pathaviya½ pa½suv±lik± viya bahu dhana½, samaºo pana gotamo adhano
bhikkh±ya udara½ p³retv± y±pet²ti dassenti. Mah±bhogoti pañcak±maguºava-
sena mah±-upabhogo. Eva½ ya½ ya½ guºa½ vadanti, tassa tassa paµipakkhava-
sena bhagavato aguºa½yeva dassem±ti maññam±n± vadanti.
Abhir³poti aññehi manussehi adhikar³po. Dassan²yoti divasampi passant±na½
atittikaraºato dassanayoggo, dassaneneva cittapas±dajananato p±s±diko.
Pokkharat± vuccati sundarabh±vo, vaººassa pokkharat± vaººapokkharat±, t±ya
vaººapokkharat±ya, vaººasampattiy±ti attho. Por±º± pana pokkharanti sar²ra½
vadanti, vaººa½ vaººameva. Tesa½ matena vaººo ca pokkharañca vaººapo-
kkhar±ni, tesa½ bh±vo vaººapokkharat±. Iti param±ya vaººapokkharat±y±ti utta-
maparisuddhena vaººena ceva sar²rasaºµh±nasampattiy± c±ti attho. Brahmava-
ºº²ti seµµhavaºº², parisuddhavaººesupi seµµhena suvaººavaººeneva samann±ga-
toti attho. Brahmavacchas²ti mah±brahmuno sar²rasadisena sar²rena samann±-
gato. Akhudd±vak±so dassan±y±Ti bhoto sar²re dassanassa ok±so na khuddako
mah±. Sabb±neva te aªgapaccaªg±ni dassan²y±neva, t±ni c±pi mahant±nev±ti
d²peti.
S²lamassa (3.0286) atth²ti s²lav±. Vuddha½ va¹¹hita½ s²lamass±ti vuddhas²l².
Vuddhas²len±ti vuddhena va¹¹hitena s²lena. Samann±gatoti yutto, ida½ vuddhas²-
l²padasseva vevacana½. Sabbameta½ pañcas²lamattameva sandh±ya vadanti.
K±ly±ºav±coti-±d²su kaly±º± sundar± parimaº¹alapadabyañjan± v±c± ass±ti
kaly±ºav±co. Kaly±ºa½ madhura½ v±kkaraºa½ ass±ti kaly±ºav±kkaraºo. V±kka-
raºanti ud±haraºaghoso. Guºaparipuººabh±vena pure bhav±ti por². Pure v±
bhavatt± por². N±garikitthiy± sukhum±lattanena sadis±tipi por². T±ya poriy±. Vissa-
µµh±y±ti apalibuddh±ya, sandiµµhavilambit±didosarahit±ya. Anelagal±y±ti elaga-
lena virahit±ya. Ekaccassa hi kathentassa ela½ galati, l±l± v± paggharati, khe¼a-
phusit±ni v± nikkhamanti, tassa v±c± elagal± n±ma hoti. Tabbiparit±y±ti attho.
Atthassa viññ±paniy±ti-±dimajjhapariyos±na½ p±kaµa½ katv± bh±sitatthassa
viññ±panasamatth±ya. Sesamettha br±hmaºavaººe utt±nameva.
425. Eva½ vutteti eva½ tehi br±hmaºehi vutte, caªk², “ime br±hmaº± attano
vaººe vuccam±ne atussanakasatto n±ma natthi, vaººamassa bhaºitv± niv±ress±-
m±ti j±ti-±d²hi mama vaººa½ vadanti, na kho pana me yutta½ attano vaººe
rajjitu½. Hand±ha½ etesa½ v±da½ bhinditv± samaºassa gotamassa mahanta-
bh±va½ ñ±petv± etesa½ tattha gamana½ karom²”ti cintetv± tena hi, bho, mam±pi
suº±th±ti-±dim±ha. Tattha yepi “ubhato suj±to”ti-±dayo attano guºehi sadis±
guº±, tepi “ko c±ha½, ke ca samaºassa gotamassa j±tisampatti-±dayo guº±”ti
attano guºehi uttaritareyeva maññam±no, itare pana ekanteneva bhagavato
mahantabh±vad²panattha½ pak±seti. Mayameva arah±m±ti eva½ niyamento
cettha ida½ d²peti– yadi guºamahantat±ya upasaªkamitabbo n±ma hoti, yath±
sineru½ upanidh±ya s±sapo, mah±samudda½ upanidh±ya gopadaka½, sattasu
mah±saresu udaka½ upanidh±ya uss±vabindu paritto l±mako, evameva½ sama-
ºassa gotamassa j±tisampatti-±dayo guºe upanidh±ya amh±ka½ guº± (3.0287)
paritt± l±mak±, tasm± mayameva arah±ma ta½ bhavanta½ gotama½ dassan±ya
upasaªkamitunti.
Bh³migatañca veh±saµµhañc±ti ettha r±jaªgaºe ceva uyy±ne ca sudh±maµµh±
pokkharaºiyo sattaratanap³ri½ katv± bh³miya½ µhapita½ dhana½ bh³migata½
n±ma, p±s±daniy³h±dayo pana p³retv± µhapita½ veh±saµµha½ n±ma. Eva½ t±va
kulapariy±yena ±gata½. Tath±gatassa pana j±tadivaseyeva saªkho elo uppalo
puº¹ar²koti catt±ro nidhayo upagat±. Tesu saªkho g±vutiko, elo a¹¹hayojaniko,
uppalo tig±vutiko puº¹ar²ko yojanikoti. Tesupi gahitagahitaµµh±na½ p³ratiyeva. Iti
bhagav± pah³ta½ hiraññasuvaººa½ oh±ya pabbajitoti veditabbo. Daharo v±ti-±-
d²ni heµµh± vitth±rit±neva.
Akhudd±vak±soti ettha bhagavati aparim±ºoyeva dassan±vak±soti veditabbo.
Tatrida½ vatthu½– r±jagahe kira aññataro br±hmaºo “samaºassa kira gotamassa
pam±ºa½ gahetu½ na sakk±”ti sutv± bhagavato piº¹±ya pavisanak±le saµµhi-
hattha½ ve¼u½ gahetv± nagaradv±rassa bahi µhatv± sampatte bhagavati ve¼u½
gahetv± sam²pe aµµh±si, ve¼u bhagavato j±ºumatta½ p±puºi. Punadivase dve ve¼³
ghaµetv± sam²pe aµµh±si, bhagav± dvinna½ ve¼³na½ upari dviveºumattameva
paññ±yam±no, “br±hmaºa, ki½ karos²”ti ±ha? Tumh±ka½ pam±ºa½ gaºh±m²ti.
“Br±hmaºa, sacepi tva½ sakalacakkav±¼agabbha½ p³retv± µhitave¼u½ ghaµetv±
±gamissasi, neva me pam±ºa½ gahetu½ sakkhissasi. Na hi may± catt±ri asa-
ªkhyeyy±ni kappasatasahassañca tath± p±ramiyo p³rit±, yath± me paro pam±ºa½
gaºheyya, atulo br±hmaºa, tath±gato appameyyo”ti vatv± dhammapade g±tha-
m±ha. G±th±pariyos±ne catur±s²tip±ºasahass±ni amata½ pivi½su.
Aparampi vatthu– r±hu kira asurindo catt±ri yojanasahass±ni aµµha ca yojanasa-
t±ni ucco, b±hantaramassa dv±dasayojanasat±ni, hatthatalap±datal±na½ puthu-
lat± t²ºi yojanasat±ni, aªgulipabb±ni paºº±sayojan±ni (3.0288), bhamukantara½
paºº±sayojana½, nal±µa½
tiyojanasata½, s²sa½ navayojanasata½. So– “aha½ uccosmi, satth±ra½ onamitv±
oloketu½ na sakkhiss±m²”ti na gacchati. So ekadivasa½ bhagavato vaººa½ sutv±
“yath± kathañca olokess±m²”ti ±gato. Bhagav± tassa ajjh±saya½ viditv± “cat³su
iriy±pathesu katarena dassem²”ti cintetv± “µhitako n±ma n²copi ucco viya paññ±-
yati, nipannovassa att±na½ dassess±m²”ti, “±nanda, gandhakuµipariveºe
mañcaka½ paññ±peh²”ti vatv± tattha s²haseyya½ kappesi. R±hu ±gantv±
nipanna½ bhagavanta½ g²va½ unn±metv± nabhamajjhe puººacanda½ viya ullo-
keti. Kimida½ asurind±ti ca vutte, bhagav± onamitv± oloketu½ na sakkhiss±m²ti
na gacchinti. Na may± asurinda adhomukhena p±ramiyo p³rit±, uddhagga½ me
katv± d±na½ dinnanti. Ta½divasa½ r±hu saraºa½ agam±si. Eva½ bhagav± akhu-
dd±vak±so dassan±ya.
Catup±risuddhis²lena s²lav±. Ta½ pana s²la½ ariya½ uttama½ parisuddha½,
ten±ha ariyas²l²ti. Tadeva anavajjaµµhena kusala½, ten±ha kusalas²l²Ti. Kusalena
s²len±ti idamassa vevacana½. Bah³na½ ±cariyap±cariyoti bhagavato ekek±ya
dhammadesan±ya catur±s²tip±ºasahass±ni aparim±º±pi devamanuss± magga-
phal±mata½ pivanti. Tasm± bah³na½ ±cariyo, s±vakavineyy±na½ p±cariyoti.
Kh²ºak±mar±goti ettha k±ma½ bhagavato sabbepi kiles± kh²º±, br±hmaºo pana
te na j±n±ti, attano j±nanaµµh±neyeva guºa½ katheti. Vigatac±palloti “pattama-
º¹an± c²varamaº¹an± sen±sanamaº¹an± imassa v± p³tik±yassa …pe… kelan±
paµikelan±”ti eva½ vuttac±palyavirahito.
Ap±papurekkh±roti ap±pe navalokuttaradhamme purato katv± vicarati. Brahma-
ññ±ya paj±y±ti s±riputtamoggall±namah±kassap±dibhed±ya br±hmaºapaj±ya.
(aviruddho hi so) etiss±ya paj±ya purekkh±ro. Ayañhi paj± samaºa½ gotama½
purato katv± (3.0289) carat²ti attho. Apica ap±papurekkh±roti na p±pupurekkh±ro,
na p±pa½ purato katv± carati, p±pa½ na icchat²ti attho. Kassa? Brahmaññ±ya
paj±ya attan± saddhi½ paµiviruddh±yapi br±hmaºapaj±ya aviruddho hitasukhatthi-
koyev±ti vutta½ hoti.
Tiroraµµh±ti pararaµµhato. Tirojanapad±ti parajanapadato. Sa½pucchitu½ ±ga-
cchant²ti khattiyapaº¹it±dayo ceva br±hmaºagandhabb±dayo ca pañhe abhisa-
ªkharitv± pucchiss±m±ti ±gacchanti. Tattha keci pucch±ya v± dosa½ vissajjanasa-
mpaµicchane v± asamatthata½ sallakkhetv± apucchitv±va tuºh² nis²danti, keci
pucchanti, kesañci bhagav± pucch±ya uss±ha½ janetv± vissajjeti. Eva½ sabbe-
sampi tesa½ vimatiyo t²ra½ patv± mah±samuddassa ³miyo viya bhagavanta½
patv±va bhijjanti. Sesamettha tath±gatassa vaººe utt±nameva.
Atith² no te hont²ti te amh±ka½ ±gantuk± navak± p±hunak± hont²ti attho. Pariy±-
puº±m²ti j±n±mi. Aparim±ºavaººoti tath±r³peneva sabbaññun±pi appameyya-
vaººo, pageva m±disen±ti dasseti. Vuttampi ceta½–
“Buddhopi buddhassa bhaºeyya vaººa½,
kappampi ce aññamabh±sam±no;
kh²yetha kappo cirad²ghamantare,
vaººo na kh²yetha tath±gatass±”ti.
Ima½ pana guºakatha½ sutv± te br±hmaº± cintayi½su “yath±, caªk², sama-
ºassa gotamassa vaººa½ bh±sati, anomaguºo so bhava½ gotamo, eva½ tassa
guºe j±nam±nena kho pana imin± aticira½ adhiv±sita½, handa na½ anuvatt±m±”-
ti anuvattam±n± “tena hi, bho”ti-±dim±ha½su.
426. Op±tet²ti paveseti. Sa½purekkharont²ti puttamattanattamattampi sam±na½
purato katv± vicaranti.
427. Mantapadanti mant±yeva mantapada½, vedoti attho. Itihitiha parampar±-
y±ti eva½ kira eva½ kir±ti paramparabh±vena ±gatanti d²peti. Piµakasampad±y±ti (
p±vacanasaªkh±tasampattiy±. S±vitti-±d²hi chandabandhehi ca vaggabandhehi
ca samp±detv± ±gatanti dasseti. Tattha c±ti tasmi½ mantapade. Pavatt±roti pava-
ttayit±ro. Yesanti yesa½ santaka½. Mantapadanti vedasaªkh±ta½ mantameva.
G²tanti aµµhak±d²hi dasahi por±ºakabr±hmaºehi padasampattivasena sajjh±yita½.
Pavuttanti aññesa½ vutta½, v±citanti attho. Samihitanti samupaby³¼ha½ r±sikata½,
piº¹a½ katv± µhapitanti attho. Tadanug±yant²ti etarahi br±hmaº± ta½ tehi pubbe
g²ta½ anug±yanti anusajjh±yanti v±denti. Tadanubh±sant²ti ta½ anubh±santi, ida½
purimasseva vevacana½. Bh±sitamanubh±sant²ti tehi bh±sita½ sajjh±yita½ anusa-
jjh±yanti. V±citamanuv±cent²ti tehi aññesa½ v±cita½ anuv±centi. Seyyathidanti te
katameti attho. Aµµhakoti-±d²ni tesa½ n±m±ni, te kira dibbena cakkhun± oloketv±
par³pagh±ta½ akatv± kassapasamm±sambuddhassa bhagavato p±vacanena
saha sa½sandetv± mante ganthesu½, apar±pare pana br±hmaº± p±º±tip±t±d²ni
pakkhipitv± tayo vede bhinditv± buddhavacanena saddhi½ viruddhe aka½su.
428. Andhaveº²ti andhapaveº². Ekena hi cakkhumat± gahitayaµµhiy± koµi½ eko
andho gaºh±ti, ta½ andha½ añño, ta½ aññoti eva½ paºº±sa saµµhi andh± paµip±-
µiy± ghaµit± andhaveº²ti vuccati. Parampar±sa½satt±ti aññamañña½ lagg±, yaµµhi-
gg±hakenapi cakkhumat± virahit±ti attho. Eko kira dhutto andhagaºa½ disv± “asu-
kasmi½ n±ma g±me khajjabhojja½ sulabhan”ti uss±hetv± tehi “tattha no s±mi
nehi, ida½ n±ma te dem±”ti vutte lañja½ gahetv± antar±magge magg± okkamma
mahanta½ gaccha½ anuparigantv± purimassa hatthena pacchimassa kaccha½
gaºh±petv± “kiñci kamma½ atthi, gacchatha t±va tumhe”ti vatv± pal±yi. Te diva-
sampi gantv± magga½ avindam±n± “kaha½, bho, cakkhum± kaha½ maggo”ti
paridevitv± magga½ avindam±n± tattheva mari½su. Te sandh±ya vutta½ “para-
mpar±sa½satt±”ti. Purimop²ti purimesu dasasu br±hmaºesu ekopi. Majjhimop²ti
majjhe ±cariyap±cariyesu ekopi. Pacchimop²ti id±ni br±hmaºesu ekopi.
Pañca (3.0291) khoti p±¼i-±gatesu dv²su aññepi evar³pe tayo pakkhipitv±
vadati. Dvedh±vip±k±ti bh³tavip±k± v± abh³tavip±k± v±. N±lametth±ti, bh±radv±ja,
sacca½ anurakkhiss±m²ti paµipannena viññun± “ya½ may± gahita½, idameva
sacca½ moghamaññan”ti ettha eka½seneva niµµha½ gantu½ n±la½ na yuttanti
upari pucch±ya magga½ vivaritv± µhapesi.
430. Idha, bh±radv±ja, bhikkh³ti j²vakasutte (ma. ni. 2.51 ±dayo) viya mah±va-
cchasutte (ma. ni. 2.193 ±dayo) viya ca att±naññeva sandh±ya vadati. Lobhan²-
yesu dhammes³ti lobhadhammesu. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo.
432. Saddha½ niveset²ti okappaniyasaddha½ niveseti. Upasaªkamat²ti upaga-
cchati. Payirup±sat²ti santike nis²dati. Sotanti pas±dasota½ odahati. Dhammanti
desan±dhamma½ suº±ti. Dh±ret²ti paguºa½ katv± dh±reti. Upaparikkhat²Ti
atthato ca k±raºato ca v²ma½sati. Nijjh±na½ khamant²ti olokana½ khamanti, idha
s²la½ kathita½, idha sam±dh²ti eva½ upaµµhahant²ti attho. Chandoti kattukamyat±
chando. Ussahat²ti v±yamati. Tulet²ti anicc±divasena t²reti. Padahat²ti maggapa-
dh±na½ padahati. K±yena ceva paramasaccanti sahaj±tan±mak±yena ca
nibb±na½ sacchikaroti, paññ±ya ca kilese nibbijjhitv± tadeva vibh³ta½ p±kaµa½
karonto passati.
433. Sacc±nubodhoti magg±nubodho. Sacc±nuppatt²ti phalasacchikiriy±. Tesa½-
yev±ti heµµh± vutt±na½ dv±dasanna½, eva½ d²gha½ maggav±da½ anulometi,
tasm± n±yamattho. Aya½ panettha attho– tesa½yev±ti tesa½ maggasampayutta-
dhamm±na½. Padh±nanti maggapadh±na½. Tañhi phalasacchikiriyasaªkh±t±ya
sacc±nuppattiy± bahuk±ra½, magge asati phal±bh±vatoti. Imin± nayena sabbapa-
desu attho veditabbo. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Caªk²suttavaººan± niµµhit±.

6. Esuk±r²suttavaººan±

437. Eva½ (3.0292) me sutanti esuk±r²sutta½. Tattha bila½ olaggeyyunti

koµµh±sa½ lagg±peyyu½, imin± satthadhamma½ n±ma dasseti. Satthav±ho kira
mah±kant±rapaµipanno antar±magge goºe mate ma½sa½ gahetv± sabbesa½
satthik±na½ “ida½ kh±ditv± ettaka½ m³la½ d±tabban”ti koµµh±sa½ olaggeti, goºa-
ma½sa½ n±ma kh±dant±pi atthi akh±dant±pi, m³la½ d±tu½ sakkont±pi asakko-
nt±pi. Satthav±ho yena m³lena goºo gahito, tassa nikkhamanattha½ sabbesa½
balakk±rena koµµh±sa½ datv± m³la½ gaºh±ti, aya½ satthadhammo. Evameva½
br±hmaº±pi lokassa paµiñña½ aggahetv± attanova dhammat±ya catasso p±rica-
riy± paññapent²ti dassetu½ evameva khoti-±dim±ha. P±piyo ass±ti p±pa½ assa.
Seyyo ass±ti hita½ assa. Atha v± p±piyoti p±pako l±mako attabh±vo assa.
Seyyoti seµµho uttamo. Seyya½soti seyyo. Ucc±kul²nat±ti ucc±kul²nattena seyyo.
P±piya½soTi p±piyo. Ucc±kul²nat± ca dv²su kulesu va¹¹heti khattiyakule br±hma-
ºakule ca, u¼±ravaººat± t²su. Vessopi hi u¼±ravaººo hoti. U¼±rabhogat± cat³supi.
Suddopi hi antamaso caº¹±lopi u¼±rabhogo hotiyeva.
440. Bhikkh±cariyanti koµidhanenapi hi br±hmaºena bhikkh± caritabb±va, por±-
ºakabr±hmaº± as²tikoµidhan±pi ekavela½ bhikkha½ caranti. Kasm±? Duggata-
k±le carant±na½ id±ni bhikkha½ caritu½ ±raddh±ti garah± na bhavissat²ti. Atima-
ññam±noti yo bhikkh±cariyava½sa½ haritv± sattaj²vakasikammavaºijj±d²hi j²vika½
kappeti, aya½ atimaññati n±ma. Gopo v±ti yath± gopako attan± rakkhitabba½
bhaº¹a½ thenento akiccak±r² hoti, evanti attho. Imin± nayena sabbav±resu attho
veditabbo. Asitaby±bhaªginti tiºal±yana-asitañceva k±jañca. Anussaratoti yattha
j±to, tasmi½ por±ºe m±t±pettike kulava½se anussariyam±neti attho. Sesa½
sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Esuk±r²suttavaººan± niµµhit±.

7. Dhanañj±nisuttavaººan±

445. Eva½ (3.0293) me sutanti dhanañj±nisutta½. Tattha dakkhiº±girisminti

gir²ti pabbato, r±jagaha½ parikkhipitv± µhitapabbatassa dakkhiºadis±bh±ge jana-
padasseta½ n±ma½. Taº¹ulap±lidv±r±y±ti r±jagahassa kira dvatti½samah±dv±-
r±ni catusaµµhikhuddakadv±r±ni, tesu eka½ taº¹ulap±lidv±ra½ n±ma, ta½ sandh±-
yevam±ha. R±j±na½ niss±y±ti “gaccha manusse ap²¼etv± sassabh±ga½ gaºh±h²”-
ti raññ± pesito gantv± sabbameva sassa½ gaºh±ti, “m± no, bhante, n±seh²”ti ca
vutte– “r±jakule vutta½ manda½, aha½ raññ± ±gamanak±leyeva eva½ ±ºatto, m±
kanditth±”ti eva½ r±j±na½ niss±ya br±hmaºagahapatike vilumpati. Dhañña½
yebhuyyena attano ghara½ pavesetv± appaka½ r±jakule paveseti. Ki½ br±hmaºa-
gahapatik±na½ na p²¼a½ ak±s²ti ca vutto– “±ma, mah±r±ja, imasmi½ v±re khett±ni
mandasass±ni
ahesu½, tasm± ap²¼entassa me gaºhato na bahu½ j±tan”ti eva½ br±hmaºagaha-
patike niss±ya r±j±na½ vilumpati.
446. Payo p²yatanti taruºakh²ra½ pivatu. T±va bhattass±ti y±va kh²ra½ pivitv±
nis²dissatha, t±vadeva bhattassa k±lo bhavissati. Idheva hi no p±tar±sabhatta½
±harissant²ti dasseti. M±t±pitaroti-±d²su mahallak± m±t±pitaro muduk±ni atthara-
ºap±vuraº±ni sukhum±ni vatth±ni madhurabhojana½ sugandhagandham±l±d²ni
ca pariyesitv± posetabb±. Puttadh²t±na½ n±makaraºamaªgal±d²ni sabbakicc±ni
karontena puttad±ro posetabbo. Evañhi akariyam±ne garah± uppajjat²ti imin±
nayena attho veditabbo.
447. Adhammac±r²Ti pañca duss²lyakamm±ni v± dasa duss²lyakamm±ni v±
idha adhammo n±ma. Upaka¹¹heyyunti pañcavidhabandhan±dikammakara-
ºattha½ ta½ ta½ niraya½ ka¹¹heyyu½.
448. Dhammac±r²ti dhammikasivavijj±dikammak±r². Paµikkamant²ti osaranti
parih±yanti. Abhikkamant²Ti abhisaranti va¹¹hanti. Seyyoti varatara½. H²neti
nih²ne l±make. K±laªkato ca s±riputt±Ti ida½ (3.0294) bhagav± “tatrassa gantv±
deseh²”ti adhipp±yena theram±ha. Theropi ta½khaºa½yeva gantv± mah±bra-
hmuno dhamma½ desesi, tato paµµh±ya c±tuppadika½ g±tha½ kathentopi catusa-
ccavimutta½ n±ma na kathes²ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Dhanañj±nisuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

8. V±seµµhasuttavaººan±

454. Eva½ me sutanti v±seµµhasutta½. Tattha icch±naªgalavanasaº¹eti icch±-

naªgalag±massa avid³re vanasaº¹e. Caªk²ti ±dayo pañcapi jan± rañño pasena-
dissa kosalassa purohit± eva. Aññe ca abhiññ±t±ti aññe ca bah³ abhiññ±t±
br±hmaº±. Te kira chaµµhe chaµµhe m±se dv²su µh±nesu sannipatanti. Yad± j±ti½
sodhetuk±m± honti, tad± pokkharas±tissa santike j±tisodhanattha½ ukkaµµh±ya
sannipatanti. Yad± mante sodhetuk±m± honti, tad± icch±naªgale sannipatanti.
Imasmi½ k±le mantasodhanattha½ sannipati½su. Ayamantar± kath±ti ya½ attano
sah±yakabh±v±nur³pa½ katha½ kathent± anuvicari½su, tass± kath±ya antar±
ayamaññ± kath± udap±di. S²lav±ti guºav±. Vattasampannoti ±c±rasampanno.
455. Anuññ±tapaµiññ±t±ti sikkhit± tumheti eva½ ±cariyehi anuññ±t±, ±ma ±ca-
riya sikkhitamh±ti eva½ sayañca paµiññ±t±. Asm±ti bhav±ma. Aha½ pokkharas±-
tissa, t±rukkhass±ya½ m±ºavoti aha½ pokkharas±tissa jeµµhantev±s² aggasisso,
aya½ t±rukkhass±ti d²peti.
Tevijj±nanti tived±na½ br±hmaº±na½. Yadakkh±tanti ya½ atthato ca byañja-
nato ca eka½ padampi akkh±ta½. Tatra kevalinosmaseti ta½ sakala½ j±nanato
tattha niµµh±gatamh±ti attho. Id±ni ta½ kevalibh±va½ ±vikaronto padakasm±ti-±di-
m±ha. Tattha jappe ±cariyas±dis±ti kathanaµµh±ne maya½ ±cariyasadis±yeva.
Kammun±ti (3.0295) dasakusalakammapathakammun±. Ayañhi pubbe satta-
vidha½ k±yavac²kamma½ sandh±ya “yato kho, bho, s²lav± hot²”ti ±ha, tividha½
manokamma½ sandh±ya “vattasampanno”ti. Tena samann±gato hi ±c±rasa-
mpanno hoti. Cakkhum±ti pañcahi cakkh³hi cakkhumantabh±vena bhagavanta½
±lapati.
Khay±t²tanti ³nabh±va½ at²ta½, paripuººanti attho. Pecc±ti upagantv±. Namassa-
nt²ti namo karonti.
Cakkhu½ loke samuppannanti avijjandhak±re loke ta½ andhak±ra½ vidhamitv±
lokassa diµµhadhammik±di-atthadassanena cakkhu hutv± samuppanna½.
456. Eva½ v±seµµhena thometv± y±cito bhagav± dvepi jane saªgaºhanto tesa½
vo aha½ byakkhissanti-±dim±ha. Tattha byakkhissanti by±kariss±mi. Anupu-
bbanti tiµµhatu t±va br±hmaºacint±, tiºarukkhak²µapaµaªgato paµµh±ya anupaµip±-
µiy± ±cikkhiss±m²ti attho. J±tivibhaªganti j±tivitth±ra½. Aññamaññ± hi j±tiyoti
tesa½ tesañhi p±º±na½ j±tiyo aññamaññ± n±nappak±r±ti attho.
Tiºarukkheti anup±dinnakaj±ti½ katv± pacch± up±dinnakaj±ti½ kathess±mi,
eva½ tassa j±tibhedo p±kaµo bhavissat²ti ima½ desana½ ±rabhi. Mah±s²vatthero
pana “ki½, bhante, anup±dinnaka½ b²jan±nat±ya n±na½, up±dinna½ kamman±na-
t±y±ti? Eva½ vattu½ na vaµµat²”ti pucchito ±ma na vaµµati. Kammañhi yoniya½
khipati. Yonisiddh± ime satt± n±n±vaºº± hont²ti. Tiºarukkheti ettha antophegg³
bahis±r± antamaso t±lan±¼iker±dayopi tiº±neva, antos±r± pana bahiphegg³
sabbe rukkh± n±ma. Na c±pi paµij±nareti maya½ tiº± maya½ rukkh±ti v±, aha½
tiºa½, aha½ rukkhoti v± eva½ na j±nanti. Liªga½ j±timayanti aj±nant±nampi ca
tesa½ j±timayameva saºµh±na½ attano m³labh³tatiº±disadisameva hoti. Ki½
k±raº±? Aññamaññ± hi j±tiyo. Yasm± aññ± tiºaj±ti, aññ± rukkhaj±ti. Tiºesupi
aññ± t±laj±ti, aññ± n±¼ikeraj±ti, eva½ vitth±retabba½. Imin± ida½ dasseti– ya½ j±ti-
vasena n±n± (3.0296) hoti, ta½ attano paµiñña½ paresa½ v± upadesa½ vin±pi
aññaj±tito visesena gayhati. Yadi ca j±tiy± br±hmaºo bhaveyya, sopi attano
paµiñña½ paresa½ v± upadesa½ vin± khattiyato vessato suddato v± visesena
gayheyya, na ca gayhati. Tasm± na j±tiy± br±hmaºoti. Parato pana “yath± et±su
j±t²s³”ti g±th±ya etamattha½ vac²bhedeneva ±vikarissati.
Eva½ anup±dinnakesu j±ti½ dassetv± up±dinnakesu dassento tato k²µeti-±di-
m±ha. Y±va kunthakipilliketi kunthakipillika½ pariyanta½ katv±ti attho. Ettha ca ye
uppatitv± gacchanti, te paµaªg± n±ma. Aññamaññ± hi j±tiyoti tesampi n²laratt±diva-
ººavasena j±tiyo n±nappak±r±va honti.
Khuddaketi k±¼ak±dayo. Mahallaketi sasabi¼±r±dayo.
P±d³dareti udarap±de, udara½yeva nesa½ p±d±ti vutta½ hoti. D²ghapiµµhiketi
sapp±nañhi s²sato y±va naªguµµh± piµµhiyeva hoti, tena te “d²ghapiµµhik±”ti
vuccanti.
Udaketi odake, udakamhi j±te.
Pakkh²ti sakuºe. Te hi pattehi yant²ti pattay±n±, veh±sa½ gacchant²ti vihaªgam±.
 Eva½ thalajal±k±sagocar±na½ p±º±na½ j±tibheda½ dassetv± id±ni yen±dhi-
pp±yena ta½ dasseti, ta½ ±vikaronto yath± et±s³ti g±tham±ha. Tassattho saªkhe-
pena vuttova. Vitth±rato panettha ya½ vattabba½, ta½ sayameva dassento na
keseh²ti-±dim±ha. Tatr±ya½ yojan±– ya½ vutta½ “natthi manussesu liªgaj±ti-
maya½ puth³”ti, ta½ eva½ natth²ti veditabba½. Seyyathida½? Na keseh²ti. Na hi–
“br±hmaº±na½ edis± kes± honti, khattiy±na½ edis±”ti niyamo atthi yath± hatthi-a-
ssamig±d²nanti imin± nayena sabba½ yojetabba½.
Liªga½ j±timaya½ neva, yath± aññ±su j±tis³ti ida½ pana vuttassevatthassa
nigamananti veditabba½. Tass±ya½ yojan±– eva½ yasm± imehi (3.0297) kes±-
d²hi natthi manussesu liªga½ j±timaya½ puthu, tasm± veditabbameta½ “br±hma-
º±dibhedesu manussesu liªga½ j±timaya½ neva, yath± aññ±su j±tis³”ti.
457. Id±ni eva½ j±tibhede asatipi “br±hmaºo khattiyo”ti ida½ n±natta½ yath±
j±ta½, ta½ dassetu½ paccattanti g±tham±ha. Tattha vok±ranti n±natta½. Aya½
panettha saªkhepattho– yath± hi tiracch±n±na½ yonisiddhameva kes±disaºµh±-
nena n±natta½, tath± br±hmaº±d²na½ attano attano sar²re ta½ natthi. Eva½
santepi yadeta½ “br±hmaºo khattiyo”ti vok±ra½, ta½ vok±rañca manussesu
samaññ±ya pavuccati, voh±ramatteneva pavuccat²ti.
Ett±vat± bhagav± bh±radv±jassa v±da½ niggaºhitv± id±ni yadi j±tiy± br±hmaºo
bhaveyya, ±j²vas²l±c±ravipannopi br±hmaºo bhaveyya. Yasm± pana por±º±
br±hmaº± tassa br±hmaºabh±va½ na icchanti, loke ca aññepi paº¹itamanuss±,
tasm± v±seµµhassa v±da½ paggaºhanto yo hi koci manusses³ti aµµha g±th± ±ha.
Tattha gorakkhanti khettarakkha½, kasikammanti vutta½ hoti. Goti hi pathaviy±
n±ma½, tasm± evam±ha. Puthusippen±ti tantav±yakamm±din±n±sippena. Voh±-
ranti vaºijja½. Parapessen±ti paresa½ veyy±vaccakammena. Issatthanti ±vudha-
j²vika½, usuñca satti½ c±ti vutta½ hoti. Porohiccen±ti purohitakammena.
Eva½ br±hmaºasamayena ca lokavoh±rena ca ±j²vas²l±c±ravipannassa abr±-
hmaºabh±va½ s±dhetv± eva½ sante na j±tiy± br±hmaºo, guºehi pana br±hmaºo
hoti. Tasm± yattha katthaci kule j±to yo guºav±, so br±hmaºo, ayamettha ñ±yoti
evameta½ ñ±ya½ atthato ±p±detv± id±ni na½ vac²bhedena pak±sento na c±ha½
br±hmaºanti-±dim±ha. Tassattho– ahañhi yv±ya½ catunna½ yon²na½ yattha
katthaci j±to, tatr±pi visesena yo br±hmaºassa sa½vaººit±ya m±tari sambh³to,
ta½ yonija½ mattisambhava½, y± c±ya½ ubhato suj±toti-±din± nayena br±hma-
ºehi br±hmaºassa parisuddha-uppattimaggasaªkh±t± yoni vutt±, sa½suddhaga-
haºikoti imin± (3.0298) ca m±tisampatti, tatopi j±tasambh³tatt± yonijo mattisa-
mbhavoti vuccati, ta½ yonija½ mattisambhava½ imin± ca yonijamattisambhava-
mattena na br±hmaºa½ br³mi. Kasm±? Yasm±, bho bhoti, vacanamattena
aññehi sakiñcanehi visiµµhatt± bhov±di n±ma so hoti, sace hoti sakiñcano sapali-
bodho. Yo pan±ya½ yattha katthaci j±topi r±g±dikiñcan±bh±vena akiñcano, sabba-
gahaºapaµinissaggena an±d±no, akiñcana½ an±d±na½, tamaha½ br³mi
br±hmaºa½. Kasm±? Yasm± b±hitap±poti.
458. Kiñcabhiyyo sabbasa½yojana½ chetv±ti-±di sattav²sati g±th±. Tattha sabba-
sa½yojananti dasavidhasa½yojana½. Na paritassat²ti taºh±paritassan±ya na pari-
tassati. Saªg±tiganti r±gasaªg±dayo atikkanta½. Visa½yuttanti cat³hi yon²hi
sabbakilesehi v± visa½yutta½.
Naddhinti upan±ha½. Varattanti taºha½. Sand±nanti yuttap±sa½, diµµhipariyu-
µµh±nasseta½ adhivacana½. Sahanukkamanti anukkamo vuccati p±se pavesana-
gaºµhi, diµµh±nusayasseta½ n±ma½. Ukkhittapalighanti ettha palighoti avijj±.
Buddhanti catusaccabuddha½. Titikkhat²ti khamati.
Khantibalanti adhiv±sanakhantibala½. S± pana saki½ uppann± bal±n²ka½
n±ma na hoti, punappuna½ uppann± pana hoti. Tass± atthit±ya bal±n²ka½.
Vatavantanti dhutaªgavanta½. S²lavantanti guºavanta½. Anussadanti r±g±di-u-
ssadavirahita½. “Anussutan”tipi p±µho, anavassutanti attho. Dantanti nibbise-
vana½.
Na limpat²ti na all²yati. K±mes³ti kilesak±mavatthuk±mesu.
 Dukkhassa paj±n±ti, idheva khayanti ettha arahattaphala½ dukkhakkhayoti
adhippeta½. Paj±n±t²ti adhigamavasena j±n±ti. Pannabh±ranti ohitabh±ra½,
khandhakilesa-abhisaªkh±rak±maguºabh±re ot±retv± µhita½. Visa½yuttapada½
vuttatthameva.
Gambh²rapaññanti gambh²resu ±rammaºesu pavattapañña½. Medh±vinti paka-
tipaññ±ya paññavanta½.
An±g±rehi (3.0299) c³bhayanti an±g±rehi ca visa½saµµha½ ubhayañca, dv²hipi
cetehi visa½saµµhamev±ti attho. Anokas±rinti oka½ vuccati pañcak±maguº±layo,
ta½ anall²yam±nanti attho. Appicchanti aniccha½.
Tases³ti sataºhesu. Th±vares³ti nittaºhesu.
Attadaº¹es³ti gahitadaº¹esu. Nibbutanti kilesanibb±nena nibbuta½. S±d±ne-
s³ti sa-up±d±nesu.
Ohitoti patito.
459. Akakkasanti niddosa½. Sadoso hi rukkhopi sakakkasoti vuccati. Viññ±pa-
ninti atthaviññ±panika½. Saccanti avisa½v±dika½. Ud²rayeti bhaºati. Y±ya n±bhi-
sajjeti y±ya gir±ya parassa sajjana½ v± laggana½ v± na karoti, t±disa½ apha-
rusa½ gira½ bh±sat²ti attho.
D²ghanti sutt±ru¼habhaº¹a½. Rassanti vippakiººabhaº¹a½. Aºunti khuddaka½.
Th³lanti mahanta½. Subh±subhanti sundar±sundara½. D²ghabhaº¹añhi appa-
gghampi hoti mahagghampi. Rass±d²supi eseva nayo. Iti ett±vat± na sabba½
pariy±diººa½, “subh±subhan”ti imin± pana pariy±diººa½ hoti.
Nir±sayanti nittaºha½.
¾lay±ti taºh±lay±. Aññ±y±ti j±nitv±. Amatogadhanti amatabbhantara½. Anuppa-
ttanti anupaviµµha½.
Ubho saªganti ubhayampeta½ saªga½. Puññañhi sagge lagg±peti, apuñña½
ap±ye, tasm± ubhayampeta½ saªganti ±ha. Upaccag±ti at²to.
An±vilanti ±vilakaraºakilesavirahita½. Nand²bhavaparikkh²ºanti parikkh²ºa-
nandi½ parikkh²ºabhava½.
“Yo iman”ti g±th±ya avijj±yeva visa½v±dakaµµhena palipatho, mah±viduggat±ya
dugga½, sa½saraºaµµhena sa½s±ro, mohanaµµhena mohoti vutto. Tiººoti caturo-
ghatiººo. P±raªgatoti nibb±na½ gato. Jh±y²ti ±rammaºalakkhaº³panijjh±nava-
sena jh±y². Anejoti nittaºho. Anup±d±ya (3.0300) nibbutoti kiñci gahaºa½ agga-
hetv± sabbakilesanibb±nena nibbuto.
K±meti duvidhepi k±me. An±g±roti an±g±ro hutv±. Paribbajeti paribbajati. K±ma-
bhavaparikkh²ºanti kh²ºak±ma½ kh²ºabhava½.
M±nusaka½ yoganti m±nusaka½ pañcak±maguºayoga½. Dibba½ yoganti
dibba½ pañcak±maguºayoga½. Sabbayogavisa½yuttanti sabbakilesayogavisa½-
yutta½.
Ratinti pañcak±maguºarati½. Aratinti kusalabh±van±ya ukkaºµhita½. V²ranti
v²riyavanta½.
Sugatanti sundara½ µh±na½ gata½, sundar±ya v± paµipattiy± gata½.
Gatinti nibbatti½. Pureti at²te. Pacch±ti an±gate. Majjheti paccuppanne. Kiñca-
nanti kiñcanak±rako kileso.
Mahesinti mahante guºe pariyesanaµµhena mahesi½. Vijit±vinanti vijitavijaya½.
460. Eva½ bhagav± guºato kh²º±sava½yeva br±hmaºa½ dassetv± ye j±tito
br±hmaºoti abhinivesa½ karonti, te ida½ aj±nant±, s±va nesa½ diµµhi duddiµµh²ti
dassento samaññ± hes±ti g±th±dvayam±ha. Tassattho– yadida½ br±hmaºo
khattiyo bh±radv±jo v±seµµhoti n±magotta½ pakappita½ kata½ abhisaªkhata½,
samaññ± hes± lokasmi½, voh±ramattanti attho. Kasm±? Yasm± samucc± samu-
d±gata½ samaññ±ya ±gata½. Etañhi tattha tattha j±tak±leyevassa ñ±tis±lohitehi
pakappita½ kata½. No ce na½ eva½ pakappeyyu½, na koci kiñci disv± aya½
br±hmaºoti v± bh±radv±joti v± j±neyya. Eva½ pakappita½ peta½ d²gharatt±nusa-
yita½, diµµhigatamaj±nata½, ta½ pakappita½ n±magotta½ “n±magottamattameta½,
voh±rattha½ pakappitan”ti, aj±nant±na½ satt±na½ hadaye d²gharatta½ diµµhigata-
manusayita½. Tassa anusayitatt± ta½ n±magotta½ aj±nant± no pabrunti, “j±tiy±
hoti br±hmaºo”ti aj±nant±va eva½ vadant²ti vutta½ hoti.
Eva½ (3.0301) “ye ‘j±tito br±hmaºo’ti abhinivesa½ karonti, te ida½ voh±ra-
matta½ aj±nant±, s±va nesa½ diµµhi duddiµµh²”ti dassetv± id±ni nippariy±yameva
j±tiv±da½ paµikkhipanto kammav±dañca patiµµhapento na jacc±ti-±dim±ha. Tattha
“kammun±”ti upa¹¹hag±th±ya vitth±raºattha½ kassako kammun±ti-±di vutta½.
Tattha kammun±ti paccuppannena kasikamm±dinibbattakacetan±kammun±.
Paµiccasamupp±dadass±ti imin± paccayena eva½ hot²ti eva½ paµiccasamupp±-
dadass±vino. Kammavip±kakovid±ti samm±n±vam±n±rahakule kammavasena
uppatti hoti, aññ±pi h²napaº²tat± h²napaº²te kamme vipaccam±ne hot²ti. Eva½
kammavip±kakusal±.
Kammun± vattat²ti g±th±ya pana lokoti v± paj±ti v± sattoti v± ekoyevattho, vaca-
namattabhedo. Purimapadena cettha “atthi brahm± mah±brahm± seµµho sajit±”ti
diµµhiy± paµisedho veditabbo. Kammun± hi t±su t±su gat²su vattati loko, tassa ko
sajit±ti. Dutiyapadena “eva½ kammun± nibbattopi ca pavattepi at²tapaccuppanna-
bhedena kammun± vattati, sukhadukkh±ni paccanubhonto h²napaº²t±dibhedañca
±pajjanto pavattat²”ti dasseti. Tatiyena tamevattha½ nigameti “eva½ sabbath±pi
kammanibandhan± satt± kammeneva baddh± hutv± pavattanti, na aññath±”ti.
Catutthena tamettha½ upam±ya vibh±veti. Yath± hi rathassa y±yato ±ºi niba-
ndhana½ hoti, na t±ya anibaddho y±ti, eva½ lokassa nibbattato ca pavattato ca
kamma½ nibandhana½, na tena anibaddho nibbattati na pavattati.
Id±ni yasm± eva½ kammanibandhano loko, tasm± seµµhena kammun± seµµha-
bh±va½ dassento tapen±ti g±th±dvayam±ha. Tattha tapen±ti dhutaªgatapena.
Brahmacariyen±ti methunaviratiy±. Sa½yamen±ti s²lena. Damen±ti indriyada-
mena. Eten±Ti etena seµµhena parisuddhena brahmabh³tena kammun±
br±hmaºo hoti. Kasm±? Yasm± eta½ br±hmaºamuttama½, yasm± eta½ kamma½
uttamo br±hmaºaguºoti vutta½ hoti. “Brahm±nan”tipi p±µho. Aya½ panettha vaca-
nattho– brahma½ ±net²ti brahm±na½, br±hmaºabh±va½ ±vahat²ti vutta½ hoti.
Dutiyag±th±ya (3.0302) santoTi santakileso. Brahm± sakkoti brahm± ca sakko
ca, yo evar³po, so na kevala½ br±hmaºo, atha kho brahm± ca sakko ca so vij±-
nata½ paº¹it±na½, eva½ v±seµµha, j±n±h²ti vutta½ hoti. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±na-
mev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

V±seµµhasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

9. Subhasuttavaººan±

462. Eva½ me sutanti subhasutta½. Tattha todeyyaputtoti tudig±mav±sino tode-

yyabr±hmaºassa putto. ¾r±dhako hot²ti samp±dako hoti parip³rako. ѱya½
dhammanti k±raºadhamma½. Kusalanti anavajja½.
463. Micch±paµipattinti aniyy±nika½ akusalapaµipada½. Samm±paµipattinti
niyy±nika½ kusalapaµipada½.
Mahaµµhanti-±d²su mahantehi veyy±vaccakarehi v± upakaraºehi v± bah³hi
attho etth±ti mahaµµha½. Mahant±ni n±maggahaºamaªgal±d²ni kicc±ni etth±ti
mah±kicca½. Ida½ ajja kattabba½, ida½ sveti eva½ mahant±ni adhik±rasaªkh±-
t±ni adhikaraº±ni etth±ti mah±dhikaraºa½. Bah³na½ kamme yuttappayuttat±va-
sena p²¼±saªkh±to mah±sam±rambho etth±ti mah±sam±rambha½. Ghar±v±saka-
mmaµµh±nanti ghar±v±sakamma½. Eva½ sabbav±resu attho veditabbo. Kasi-
kamme cettha naªgalakoµi½ ±di½ katv± upakaraº±na½ pariyesanavasena maha-
µµhat±, vaºijj±ya yath±µhita½yeva bhaº¹a½ gahetv± parivattanavasena appaµµhat±
veditabb±. Vipajjam±nanti avuµµhi-ativuµµhi-±d²hi kasikamma½, maºisuvaºº±d²su
acchekat±d²hi ca vaºijjakamma½ appaphala½ hoti, m³lacchedampi p±puº±ti.
Vipariy±yena sampajjam±na½ mahapphala½ c³¼antev±sikassa viya.
464. Evameva khoTi yath± kasikammaµµh±na½ vipajjam±na½ appaphala½ hoti,
eva½ ghar±v±sakammaµµh±nampi. Akatakaly±ºo hi k±la½ katv± niraye (3.0303)
nibbattati. Mah±dattasen±pati n±ma kireko br±hmaºabhatto ahosi, tassa maraºa-
samaye nirayo upaµµh±si. So br±hmaºehi “ki½ passas²”ti vutto? Lohitagharanti
±ha. Brahmaloko bho esoti. Brahmaloko n±ma bho kahanti? Upar²ti. Mayha½
heµµh± upaµµh±t²ti. Kiñc±pi heµµh± upaµµh±ti, tath±pi upar²ti k±la½ katv± niraye
nibbatto. “Imin± amh±ka½ yaññe doso dinno”ti sahassa½ gahetv± n²haritu½
ada½su. Sampajjam±na½ pana mahapphala½ hoti. Katakaly±ºo hi k±la½ katv±
sagge nibbattati. Sakal±ya guttilavim±nakath±ya d²petabba½. Yath± pana ta½
vaºijjakammaµµh±na½ vipajjam±na½ appaphala½ hoti, eva½ s²lesu aparip³rak±-
rino anesan±ya yuttassa pabbajj±kammaµµh±nampi. Evar³p± hi neva jh±n±di-
sukha½ na saggamokkha½ labhati. Sampajjam±na½ pana mahapphala½ hoti.
S²l±ni hi p³retv± vipassana½ va¹¹hento arahattampi p±puº±ti.
Br±hmaº±, bho gotamoti idha ki½ pucch±m²ti pucchati? Br±hmaº± vadanti–
“pabbajito ime pañca dhamme p³retu½ samattho n±ma natthi, gahaµµhova p³ret²”-
ti. Samaºo pana gotamo– “gihissa v± aha½ m±ºava pabbajitassa v±”ti puna-
ppuna½ vadati, neva pabbajita½ muñcati, mayhameva puccha½ maññe na salla-
kkhet²ti c±gas²sena pañca dhamme pucch±m²ti pucchati. Sace te agar³ti sace
tuyha½ yath± br±hmaº± paññapenti, tath± idha bh±situ½ bh±riya½ na hoti, yadi
na koci aph±sukabh±vo hoti, bh±sass³ti attho. Na kho me, bhoti ki½ sandh±y±ha?
Paº¹itapaµir³pak±nañhi santike kathetu½ dukkha½ hoti, te pade pade akkhare
akkhare dosameva vadanti. Ekantapaº¹it± pana katha½ sutv± sukathita½ pasa½-
santi, dukkathite p±¼ipada-atthabyañjanesu ya½ ya½ virujjhati, ta½ ta½ uju½
katv± denti. Bhagavat± ca sadiso ekantapaº¹ito n±ma natthi, ten±ha “na kho me,
bho gotama, garu, yatthassu bhavanto v± nisinno bhavantar³po v±”ti. Saccanti
vac²sacca½. Tapanti tapacariya½. Brahmacariyanti methunavirati½. Ajjhenanti
mantagahaºa½. C±ganti ±misaparicc±ga½.
466. P±pito bhavissat²ti. Aj±nanabh±va½ p±pito bhavissati. Etadavoc±ti bhaga-
vat± andhaveº³pam±ya niggahito ta½ pacc±haritu½ asakkonto yath± n±ma
dubbalasunakho miga½
uµµhapetv± s±mikassa abhimukha½ (3.0304) katv± saya½ apasakkati, evameva½
±cariya½ apadisanto eva½ “br±hmaºo”ti-±divacana½ avoca. Tattha pokkharas±-
t²ti ida½ tassa n±ma½, “pokkharas±y²”tipi vuccati. Tassa kira k±yo setapokkhara-
sadiso devanagare uss±pitarajatatoraºa½ viya sobhati, s²sa½ panassa k±¼ava-
ººa-indan²lamaya½ viya, massupi candamaº¹ale k±¼ameghar±ji viya kh±yati,
akkh²ni n²luppalasadis±ni, n±s± rajatapan±¼ik± viya suvaµµit± suparisuddh±, hattha-
p±datal±ni ceva mukhañca katal±kh±rasaparikamma½ viya sobhati. Ativiya sobha-
ggappatto br±hmaºassa attabh±vo. Ar±jake µh±ne r±j±na½ k±tu½ yuttamima½
br±hmaºa½, evamesa sassiriko, iti na½ pokkharasadisatt± “pokkharas±t²”ti sañj±-
nanti, pokkhare pana so nibbatto, na m±tukucchiyanti iti na½ pokkhare sayitatt±
“pokkharas±y²”tipi sañj±nanti. OpamaññoTi upamaññagotto. Subhagavanikoti
ukkaµµh±ya subhagavanassa issaro. Hassaka½yev±ti hasitabbakaññeva. N±ma-
ka½yev±ti l±maka½yeva. Tadeva ta½ atth±bh±vena rittaka½. Rittakatt± ca
tucchaka½. Id±ni na½ bhagav± s±cariyaka½ niggaºhitu½ ki½ pana m±ºav±ti-±di-
m±ha.
467. Tattha katam± nesa½ seyyoti katam± v±c± tesa½ seyyo, p±sa½sataroti
attho. Sammucc±ti sammutiy± lokavoh±rena. Mant±ti tulayitv± pariggaºhitv±. Paµi-
saªkh±y±ti j±nitv±. Atthasa½hitanti k±raºanissita½. Eva½ santeti lokavoh±ra½
amuñcitv± tulayitv± j±nitv± k±raºanissita½ katv± kathit±ya seyyabh±ve sati. ¾vu-
toti ±varito. Nivutoti niv±rito. Ophuµoti onaddho. Pariyonaddhoti paliveµhito.
468. Gadhitoti-±d²ni vuttatth±neva. Sace ta½, bho gotama, µh±nanti sace eta½
k±raºamatthi. Sv±ss±ti dh³mach±rik±d²na½ abh±vena so assa aggi accim± ca
vaººim± ca pabhassaro c±ti. Tath³pam±ha½ m±ºav±ti tappaµibh±ga½ aha½.
Ida½ vutta½ hoti– yatheva hi tiºakaµµhup±d±na½ paµicca jalam±no aggi dh³mach±-
rikaªg±r±na½ atthit±ya sadoso hoti (3.0305), evameva½ pañca k±maguºe
paµicca uppann± p²ti j±tijar±by±dhimaraºasok±d²na½ atthit±ya sados±. Yath±
pana pariccattatiºakaµµhup±d±no dh³m±d²na½ abh±vena parisuddho, evameva½
lokuttarajjh±nadvayasampayutt± p²ti j±ti-±d²na½ abh±vena parisuddh±ti attho.
469. Id±ni ye te br±hmaºehi c±gas²sena pañca dhamm± paññatt±, tepi yasm±
pañceva hutv± na niccal± tiµµhanti, anukamp±j±tikena saddhi½ cha ±pajjanti.
Tasm± ta½ dosa½ dassetu½ ye te m±ºav±ti-±dim±ha. Tattha anukamp±j±tikanti
anukamp±sabh±va½.
Kattha bahula½ samanupassas²ti ida½ bhagav± yasm±– “esa ime pañca
dhamme pabbajito parip³retu½ samattho n±ma natthi, gahaµµho parip³ret²”ti ±ha,
tasm±– “pabbajitova ime p³reti, gahaµµho p³retu½ samattho n±ma natth²”ti teneva
mukhena bhaº±petu½ pucchati.
Na satata½ samita½ saccav±d²ti-±d²su gahaµµho aññasmi½ asati va¼añjanaka-
mus±v±dampi karotiyeva, pabbajit± asin± s²se chijjantepi dve kath± na kathenti.
Gahaµµho ca antotem±samattampi sikkh±pada½ rakkhitu½ na sakkoti, pabbajito
niccameva tapass² s²lav± tapanissitako hoti. Gahaµµho m±sassa aµµhadivasama-
ttampi uposathakamma½ k±tu½ na sakkoti, pabbajit± y±vaj²va½ brahmac±rino
honti. Gahaµµho ratanasuttamaªgalasuttamattampi potthake likhitv± µhapeti, pabba-
jit± nicca½ sajjh±yanti. Gahaµµho sal±kabhattampi akhaº¹a½ katv± d±tu½ na
sakkoti, pabbajit± aññasmi½ asati k±kasunakh±d²nampi piº¹a½ denti, bhaº¹agg±-
hakadaharassapi patte pakkhipantev±ti evamattho daµµhabbo. Cittass±hametenti
aha½ ete pañca dhamme mettacittassa pariv±re vad±m²ti attho.
470. J±tavaddhoti j±to ca va¹¹hito ca. Yo hi kevala½ tattha j±tova hoti, aññattha
va¹¹hito, tassa samant± g±mamagg± na sabbaso paccakkh± honti, tasm± j±tava-
ddhoti ±ha. J±tavaddhopi hi yo cira½ nikkhanto, tassa na sabbaso paccakkh±
honti, tasm± t±vadeva avasaµanti ±ha, ta½khaºameva nikkhantanti attho. Dandh±-
yitattanti “aya½ (3.0306) nu kho maggo aya½ na nu kho”ti kaªkh±vasena cir±yi-
tatta½. Vitth±yitattanti yath± sukhuma½ atthaj±ta½ sahas± pucchitassa kassaci
sar²ra½ thaddhabh±va½ gaºh±ti, eva½ thaddhabh±vagahaºa½. Natvev±ti imin±
sabbaññutaññ±ºassa appaµihatabh±va½ dasseti. Tassa hi purisassa m±r±vaµµan±-
d²na½ vasena siy± ñ±ºassa paµigh±to, tena so dandh±yeyya v± vitth±yeyya v±,
sabbaññutaññ±ºa½ pana appaµihata½, na sakk± tassa kenaci antar±yo k±tunti
d²peti.
Seyyath±pi m±ºava balav± saªkhadhamoti ettha balav±ti balasampanno.
Saªkhadhamoti saªkhadhamako. Appakasiren±ti akicchena adukkhena. Dubbalo
hi saªkhadhamako saªkha½ dhamantopi na sakkoti catasso dis± sarena viññ±-
petu½, n±ssa saªkhasaddo sabbaso phari. Balavato pana vipph±riko hoti, tasm±
balav±ti ±ha. Mett±ya cetovimuttiy±ti ettha mett±y±ti vutte upac±ropi appan±pi
vaµµati, cetovimuttiy±Ti vutte pana appan±va vaµµati. Ya½ pam±ºakata½
kammanti pam±ºakata½ kamma½ n±ma k±m±vacara½ vuccati, appam±ºakata½
kamma½ n±ma r³p±r³p±vacara½. Tesupi idha brahmavih±rakammaññeva adhi-
ppeta½. Tañhi pam±ºa½ atikkamitv± odhisaka-anodhisaka dis±pharaºavasena
va¹¹hetv± katatt± appam±ºakatanti vuccati. Na ta½ tatr±vasissati, na ta½ tatr±va-
tiµµhat²ti ta½ k±m±vacarakamma½ tasmi½ r³p±r³p±vacarakamme na oh²yati na
tiµµhati. Ki½ vutta½ hoti? K±m±vacarakamma½ tassa r³p±r³p±vacarakammassa
antar± laggitu½ v± µh±tu½ v± r³p±r³p±vacarakamma½ pharitv± pariy±diyitv±
attano ok±sa½ gahetv± patiµµh±tu½ v± na sakkoti, atha kho r³p±r³p±vacaraka-
mmameva k±m±vacara½ mahogho viya paritta-udaka½ pharitv± pariy±diyitv±
attano ok±sa½ gahetv± tiµµhati, tassa vip±ka½ paµib±hitv± sayameva brahmasaha-
byata½ upanet²ti. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Subhasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

10. Saªg±ravasuttavaººan±

473. Eva½ (3.0307) me sutanti saªg±ravasutta½. Tattha cañcalikappeti eva½-

n±make g±me. Abhippasann±ti aveccappas±davasena pasann±. S± kira sot±-
pann± ariyas±vik± bh±radv±jagottassa br±hmaºassa bhariy±. So br±hmaºo
pubbe k±lena k±la½ br±hmaºe nimantetv± tesa½ sakk±ra½ karoti. Ima½ pana
br±hmaºi½ ghara½ ±netv± abhir³p±ya mah±kul±ya br±hmaºiy± citta½ kopetu½
asakkonto br±hmaº±na½ sakk±ra½ k±tu½ n±sakkhi. Atha na½ br±hmaº± diµµha-
diµµhaµµh±ne– “nayid±ni tva½ br±hmaºaladdhiko, ek±hampi br±hmaº±na½
sakk±ra½ na karos²”ti nipp²¼enti. So ghara½ ±gantv± br±hmaºiy± tamattha½ ±ro-
cetv±– “sace, bhoti ekadivasa½ mukha½ rakkhitu½ sakkuºeyy±si, br±hmaº±na½
ekadivasa½ bhikkha½ dadeyyan”ti ±ha. Tuyha½ deyyadhamma½ ruccanaka-
µµh±ne dehi, ki½ mayha½ etth±ti. So br±hmaºe nimantetv± appodaka½ p±y±sa½
pac±petv± gharañca sujjh±petv± ±san±ni paññ±petv± br±hmaºe nis²d±pesi.
Br±hmaº² mah±s±µaka½ niv±setv± kaµacchu½ gahetv± parivisant² dussakaººake
pakkhalitv± “br±hmaºe parivis±m²”ti saññampi akatv± ±sevanavasena sahas±
satth±rameva anussaritv± ud±na½ ud±nesi.
Br±hmaº± ud±na½ sutv± “ubhatopakkhiko esa samaºassa gotamassa sah±yo,
n±ssa deyyadhamma½ gaºhiss±m±”ti kupit± bhojan±ni cha¹¹etv± nikkhami½su.
Br±hmaºo– “nanu paµhama½yeva ta½ avaca½ ‘ajjekadivasa½ mukha½ rakkhe-
yy±s²’ti, ettaka½ te kh²rañca taº¹ul±d²ni ca n±sit±n²”ti ativiya kopavasa½ upagato–
“evameva pan±ya½ vasal² yasmi½ v± tasmi½ v± tassa muº¹akassa samaºassa
vaººa½ bh±sati, id±ni ty±ha½ vasali tassa satthuno v±da½ ±ropess±m²”ti ±ha.
Atha na½ br±hmaº² “gaccha tva½, br±hmaºa, gantv± vij±nissas²”ti vatv± “na
khv±ha½ ta½, br±hmaºa, pass±mi sadevake loke …pe… v±da½ ±ropeyy±”ti-±di-
m±ha. So satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv±–
“Ki½su (3.0308) chetv± sukha½ seti, ki½su chetv± na socati;
kissassu ekadhammassa, vadha½ rocesi gotam±”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.187)–
Pañha½ pucchi. Satth± ±ha–
“Kodha½ chetv± sukha½ seti, kodha½ chetv± na socati;
kodhassa visam³lassa, madhuraggassa br±hmaºa;
vadha½ ariy± pasa½santi, tañhi chetv± na socat²”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.187)–
Pañha½ kathesi. So pabbajitv± arahatta½ patto. Tasseva kaniµµhabh±t± akkosaka-
bh±radv±jo n±ma “bh±t± me pabbajito”ti sutv± bhagavanta½ upasaªkamitv± akko-
sitv± bhagavat± vin²to pabbajitv± arahatta½ patto. Aparo tassa kaniµµho sundarika-
bh±radv±jo n±ma. Sopi bhagavanta½ upasaªkamitv± pañha½ pucchitv± vissa-
jjana½ sutv± pabbajitv± arahatta½ patto. Aparo tassa kaniµµho piªgalabh±radv±jo
n±ma. So pañha½ pucchitv± pañhaby±karaºapariyos±ne pabbajitv± arahatta½
patto. Saªg±ravo m±ºavoti aya½ tesa½ sabbakaniµµho tasmi½ divase br±hma-
ºehi saddhi½ ekabhattagge nisinno. Avabh³t±v±ti ava¹¹hibh³t± avamaªgalabh³-
t±yeva. Parabh³t±v±ti vin±sa½ patt±yeva. Vijjam±n±nanti vijjam±nesu. S²lapaññ±-
ºanti s²lañca ñ±ºañca na j±n±si.
474. Diµµhadhamm±bhiññ±vos±nap±ramippatt±ti diµµhadhamme abhiññ±te ima-
smiññeva attabh±ve abhij±nitv± vositavos±n± hutv± p±ram²saªkh±ta½ sabbadha-
mm±na½ p±rabh³ta½ nibb±na½ patt± mayanti vatv± ±dibrahmacariya½ paµij±na-
nt²ti attho. ¾dibrahmacariyanti brahmacariyassa ±dibh³t± upp±dak± janak±ti eva½
paµij±nant²ti vutta½ hoti. Takk²ti takkag±h². V²ma½s²ti v²ma½sako, paññ±c±ra½
car±petv± eva½v±d². Tes±hamasm²ti tesa½ samm±sambuddh±na½ ahamasmi
aññataro.
485. Aµµhitavatanti aµµhitatapa½, assa padh±napadena saddhi½ sambandho,
tath± sappurisapadassa. Idañhi vutta½ hoti– bhoto gotamassa aµµhitapadh±na-
vata½ ahosi, sappurisapadh±navata½ ahos²ti. Atthi dev±ti (3.0309) puµµho sam±-
noti ida½ m±ºavo “samm±sambuddho aj±nantova pak±ses²”ti saññ±ya ±ha. Eva½
santeti tumh±ka½ aj±nanabh±ve sante. Tuccha½ mus± hot²ti tumh±ka½ kath±
aphal± nipphal± hoti. Eva½ m±ºavo bhagavanta½ mus±v±dena niggaºh±ti n±ma.
Viññun± purisen±ti paº¹itena manussena. Tva½ pana aviññut±ya may± by±ka-
tampi na j±n±s²ti d²peti. Uccena sammatanti uccena saddena sammata½ p±kaµa½
lokasmi½. Adhidev±ti susud±rak±pi hi dev± n±ma honti, deviyo n±ma honti dev±
pana adhidev± n±ma, loke devo dev²ti laddhan±mehi manussehi adhik±ti attho.
Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Papañcas³daniy± majjhimanik±yaµµhakath±ya

Saªg±ravasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

Pañcamavaggavaººan± niµµhit±.

Majjhimapaºº±sa-aµµhakath± niµµhit±.